This is a modern-English version of The Will to Believe, and Other Essays in Popular Philosophy, originally written by James, William. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.




THE WILL TO BELIEVE


AND OTHER ESSAYS IN
POPULAR PHILOSOPHY



BY WILLIAM JAMES




NEW IMPRESSION


LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.

FOURTH AVENUE & 30TH STREET, NEW YORK
LONDON, BOMBAY, AND CALCUTTA
1912




Copyright, 1896
BY WILLIAM JAMES

First Edition. February, 1897,

Reprinted, May, 1897, September, 1897,
March, 1898, August, 1899, June, 1902,
January, 1903, May, 1904, June, 1905,
March, 1907, April, 1908,
September, 1909, December, 1910,
November, 1911, November, 1912



To
My Old Friend,
CHARLES SANDERS PEIRCE,

To whose philosophic comradeship in old times
and to whose writings in more recent years
I owe more incitement and help than
I can express or repay.




{vii}

PREFACE.

At most of our American Colleges there are Clubs formed by the students devoted to particular branches of learning; and these clubs have the laudable custom of inviting once or twice a year some maturer scholar to address them, the occasion often being made a public one. I have from time to time accepted such invitations, and afterwards had my discourse printed in one or other of the Reviews. It has seemed to me that these addresses might now be worthy of collection in a volume, as they shed explanatory light upon each other, and taken together express a tolerably definite philosophic attitude in a very untechnical way.

At most American colleges, students form clubs focused on specific areas of study. These clubs have a commendable tradition of inviting a more experienced scholar to speak to them once or twice a year, often making it a public event. I have occasionally accepted such invitations, and afterward had my talks published in various reviews. I believe these addresses might now be worth compiling into a book, as they illuminate each other and collectively express a fairly clear philosophical viewpoint in a straightforward manner.

Were I obliged to give a short name to the attitude in question, I should call it that of radical empiricism, in spite of the fact that such brief nicknames are nowhere more misleading than in philosophy. I say 'empiricism,' because it is contented to regard its most assured conclusions concerning matters of fact as hypotheses liable to modification in the course of future experience; and I say 'radical,' because it treats the doctrine of monism itself as an hypothesis, and, {viii} unlike so much of the half-way empiricism that is current under the name of positivism or agnosticism or scientific naturalism, it does not dogmatically affirm monism as something with which all experience has got to square. The difference between monism and pluralism is perhaps the most pregnant of all the differences in philosophy. Primâ facie the world is a pluralism; as we find it, its unity seems to be that of any collection; and our higher thinking consists chiefly of an effort to redeem it from that first crude form. Postulating more unity than the first experiences yield, we also discover more. But absolute unity, in spite of brilliant dashes in its direction, still remains undiscovered, still remains a Grenzbegriff. "Ever not quite" must be the rationalistic philosopher's last confession concerning it. After all that reason can do has been done, there still remains the opacity of the finite facts as merely given, with most of their peculiarities mutually unmediated and unexplained. To the very last, there are the various 'points of view' which the philosopher must distinguish in discussing the world; and what is inwardly clear from one point remains a bare externality and datum to the other. The negative, the alogical, is never wholly banished. Something—"call it fate, chance, freedom, spontaneity, the devil, what you will"—is still wrong and other and outside and unincluded, from your point of view, even though you be the greatest of philosophers. Something is always mere fact and givenness; and there may be in the whole universe no one point of view extant from which this would not be found to be the case. "Reason," as a gifted writer says, "is {ix} but one item in the mystery; and behind the proudest consciousness that ever reigned, reason and wonder blushed face to face. The inevitable stales, while doubt and hope are sisters. Not unfortunately the universe is wild,—game-flavored as a hawk's wing. Nature is miracle all; the same returns not save to bring the different. The slow round of the engraver's lathe gains but the breadth of a hair, but the difference is distributed back over the whole curve, never an instant true,—ever not quite."[1]

If I had to give a short name to the attitude in question, I would call it radical empiricism, even though such brief labels can be more misleading than helpful in philosophy. I say 'empiricism' because it accepts its most reliable conclusions about facts as hypotheses that can change with future experiences; and I say 'radical' because it views the idea of monism itself as a hypothesis, and, unlike much of the half-hearted empiricism that goes by the names of positivism, agnosticism, or scientific naturalism, it doesn't assert monism dogmatically as something all experiences must fit. The difference between monism and pluralism is perhaps the most significant difference in philosophy. Primâ facie the world appears as a pluralism; as we observe it, its unity seems to resemble that of any grouping; and our more advanced thinking largely involves trying to elevate it from that initial basic form. By assuming more unity than our first experiences suggest, we also uncover more. However, absolute unity, despite impressive hints toward it, remains undiscovered and is still a Grenzbegriff. "Ever not quite" must be the rationalistic philosopher’s ultimate confession about it. After all that reason can achieve has been accomplished, the concrete facts still exist as given, with most of their unique features being unmediated and unexplained. Throughout, there are different 'points of view' that the philosopher must recognize when discussing the world; what is clear from one perspective remains just a bare externality and fact from another. The negative, the illogical, is never completely eliminated. Something—"call it fate, chance, freedom, spontaneity, the devil, whatever you like"—is still wrong and other and outside and excluded, from your point of view, even if you are the greatest of philosophers. Something is always just fact and givenness; and it may be that in the entirety of the universe, there is no perspective from which this wouldn’t be true. "Reason," as a talented writer suggests, "is just one element in the mystery; and behind the most dominant consciousness that ever existed, reason and wonder faced each other, blushing. The inevitable becomes stale, while doubt and hope are kindred spirits. It’s not unfortunate that the universe is wild—its essence is as game-flavored as a hawk’s wing. Nature is a miracle in all aspects; the same does not return without bringing the different. The slow rotation of the engraver's lathe only gains the width of a hair, but the difference is spread back across the entire curve, never perfectly true—always not quite." [1]

This is pluralism, somewhat rhapsodically expressed. He who takes for his hypothesis the notion that it is the permanent form of the world is what I call a radical empiricist. For him the crudity of experience remains an eternal element thereof. There is no possible point of view from which the world can appear an absolutely single fact. Real possibilities, real indeterminations, real beginnings, real ends, real evil, real crises, catastrophes, and escapes, a real God, and a real moral life, just as common-sense conceives these things, may remain in empiricism as conceptions which that philosophy gives up the attempt either to 'overcome' or to reinterpret in monistic form.

This is pluralism, somewhat poetically put. Someone who assumes that this is the permanent nature of the world is what I refer to as a radical empiricist. For them, the rawness of experience is always a fundamental part of it. There's no perspective from which the world can be seen as a completely unified fact. Real possibilities, real uncertainties, real beginnings, real endings, real evil, real crises, disasters, and escapes, a real God, and a real moral life—as common sense understands these concepts—can remain in empiricism as ideas that this philosophy stops trying to 'overcome' or reinterpret in a unified way.

Many of my professionally trained confrères will smile at the irrationalism of this view, and at the artlessness of my essays in point of technical form. But they should be taken as illustrations of the radically empiricist attitude rather than as argumentations for its validity. That admits meanwhile of {x} being argued in as technical a shape as any one can desire, and possibly I may be spared to do later a share of that work. Meanwhile these essays seem to light up with a certain dramatic reality the attitude itself, and make it visible alongside of the higher and lower dogmatisms between which in the pages of philosophic history it has generally remained eclipsed from sight.

Many of my professionally trained colleagues will find the irrationality of this view amusing, as well as the simplicity of my essays in terms of technical form. However, they should be seen as examples of a fundamentally empiricist perspective rather than as arguments for its validity. That can certainly be discussed in as technical a manner as anyone might want, and I might have the opportunity to contribute to that later. In the meantime, these essays seem to illuminate this attitude with a certain dramatic reality, making it visible alongside the higher and lower dogmatisms that have generally overshadowed it in the history of philosophy.

The first four essays are largely concerned with defending the legitimacy of religious faith. To some rationalizing readers such advocacy will seem a sad misuse of one's professional position. Mankind, they will say, is only too prone to follow faith unreasoningly, and needs no preaching nor encouragement in that direction. I quite agree that what mankind at large most lacks is criticism and caution, not faith. Its cardinal weakness is to let belief follow recklessly upon lively conception, especially when the conception has instinctive liking at its back. I admit, then, that were I addressing the Salvation Army or a miscellaneous popular crowd it would be a misuse of opportunity to preach the liberty of believing as I have in these pages preached it. What such audiences most need is that their faiths should be broken up and ventilated, that the northwest wind of science should get into them and blow their sickliness and barbarism away. But academic audiences, fed already on science, have a very different need. Paralysis of their native capacity for faith and timorous abulia in the religious field are their special forms of mental weakness, brought about by the notion, carefully instilled, that there is something called scientific evidence by {xi} waiting upon which they shall escape all danger of shipwreck in regard to truth. But there is really no scientific or other method by which men can steer safely between the opposite dangers of believing too little or of believing too much. To face such dangers is apparently our duty, and to hit the right channel between them is the measure of our wisdom as men. It does not follow, because recklessness may be a vice in soldiers, that courage ought never to be preached to them. What should be preached is courage weighted with responsibility,—such courage as the Nelsons and Washingtons never failed to show after they had taken everything into account that might tell against their success, and made every provision to minimize disaster in case they met defeat. I do not think that any one can accuse me of preaching reckless faith. I have preached the right of the individual to indulge his personal faith at his personal risk. I have discussed the kinds of risk; I have contended that none of us escape all of them; and I have only pleaded that it is better to face them open-eyed than to act as if we did not know them to be there.

The first four essays mainly focus on defending the legitimacy of religious faith. To some rational readers, this argument might seem like a sad abuse of one's professional role. They might say that people are too likely to follow faith blindly and don't need any preaching or encouragement in that direction. I completely agree that what people really lack is criticism and caution, not faith. Their main weakness is allowing belief to follow an impulsive idea, especially when that idea comes with a strong personal appeal. I admit that if I were speaking to the Salvation Army or a mixed crowd, it would be a misuse of the opportunity to preach the freedom to believe as I have in these pages. What such audiences really need is for their beliefs to be questioned and examined, to let the fresh air of science in and blow away their outdated and primitive views. But academic audiences, who are already familiar with science, have a very different need. Their specific weaknesses, like a paralysis of their natural capacity for faith and a fearful uncertainty in the religious area, stem from the firm belief that there is something called scientific evidence that, if they wait for, will allow them to avoid any risk of getting lost in their search for truth. However, there is no scientific or any other method that can safely navigate between the dangers of believing too little or too much. Facing these dangers appears to be our responsibility, and finding the right balance between them is a measure of our wisdom as individuals. Just because recklessness can be a flaw in soldiers doesn’t mean we should never preach courage to them. What should be preached is courage paired with responsibility—like the courage shown by leaders such as Nelson and Washington, who never failed to consider all the factors that might hinder their success and took measures to minimize the chances of failure. I don’t think anyone can accuse me of promoting reckless faith. I have advocated for the individual's right to pursue personal faith at their own risk. I have explored the types of risks involved; I have argued that none of us can completely avoid them; and I have simply suggested that it's better to face them with our eyes open than to act as if they aren’t there.

After all, though, you will say, Why such an ado about a matter concerning which, however we may theoretically differ, we all practically agree? In this age of toleration, no scientist will ever try actively to interfere with our religious faith, provided we enjoy it quietly with our friends and do not make a public nuisance of it in the market-place. But it is just on this matter of the market-place that I think the utility of such essays as mine may turn. If {xii} religious hypotheses about the universe be in order at all, then the active faiths of individuals in them, freely expressing themselves in life, are the experimental tests by which they are verified, and the only means by which their truth or falsehood can be wrought out. The truest scientific hypothesis is that which, as we say, 'works' best; and it can be no otherwise with religious hypotheses. Religious history proves that one hypothesis after another has worked ill, has crumbled at contact with a widening knowledge of the world, and has lapsed from the minds of men. Some articles of faith, however, have maintained themselves through every vicissitude, and possess even more vitality to-day than ever before: it is for the 'science of religions' to tell us just which hypotheses these are. Meanwhile the freest competition of the various faiths with one another, and their openest application to life by their several champions, are the most favorable conditions under which the survival of the fittest can proceed. They ought therefore not to lie hid each under its bushel, indulged-in quietly with friends. They ought to live in publicity, vying with each other; and it seems to me that (the régime of tolerance once granted, and a fair field shown) the scientist has nothing to fear for his own interests from the liveliest possible state of fermentation in the religious world of his time. Those faiths will best stand the test which adopt also his hypotheses, and make them integral elements of their own. He should welcome therefore every species of religious agitation and discussion, so long as he is willing to allow that some religious hypothesis may be {xiii} true. Of course there are plenty of scientists who would deny that dogmatically, maintaining that science has already ruled all possible religious hypotheses out of court. Such scientists ought, I agree, to aim at imposing privacy on religious faiths, the public manifestation of which could only be a nuisance in their eyes. With all such scientists, as well as with their allies outside of science, my quarrel openly lies; and I hope that my book may do something to persuade the reader of their crudity, and range him on my side. Religious fermentation is always a symptom of the intellectual vigor of a society; and it is only when they forget that they are hypotheses and put on rationalistic and authoritative pretensions, that our faiths do harm. The most interesting and valuable things about a man are his ideals and over-beliefs. The same is true of nations and historic epochs; and the excesses of which the particular individuals and epochs are guilty are compensated in the total, and become profitable to mankind in the long run.

After all, you might wonder, why all this fuss over something that, even if we have different opinions in theory, we all pretty much agree on in practice? In this age of tolerance, no scientist will actively interfere with our religious beliefs as long as we keep them to ourselves with friends and don't make a scene about them in public. But I think the usefulness of essays like mine hinges on this very point about public discourse. If religious ideas about the universe have any value, then individuals' active beliefs in them, freely expressed through their lives, serve as the experimental tests that verify these ideas and the only way to determine their truthfulness. The best scientific hypothesis is the one that, as we say, 'works' best; the same goes for religious ideas. Religious history shows that one belief after another has failed and fallen apart as our understanding of the world has expanded. However, some beliefs have endured through every challenge and are even more vibrant today than ever before: it’s the job of the 'science of religions' to identify which beliefs those are. Meanwhile, the most open competition among various beliefs, and their active application to life by their advocates, create the best conditions for the survival of the fittest. They shouldn’t be kept hidden away, just shared quietly with friends. They should be public, competing against each other; and I believe that, once we accept a climate of tolerance and provide a fair space, scientists have nothing to fear from a lively religious landscape. Those beliefs that can incorporate scientific hypotheses as part of their structure will be the ones that endure. Therefore, scientists should embrace all forms of religious debate and engagement, as long as they're open to the possibility that some religious ideas *might* be true. Of course, many scientists would outright deny that, arguing that science has already dismissed all potential religious ideas. I agree that such scientists aim to push religious beliefs into the private sphere, viewing public expression as a nuisance. My disagreement is with those scientists and their allies outside of the scientific community, and I hope my book will help convince readers of their shortsightedness and bring them to my side. Religious debate is always a sign of society's intellectual vitality; it's only when belief systems forget they are hypotheses and start acting like they have absolute authority that they become harmful. The most fascinating and meaningful aspects of a person are their ideals and beliefs. This is also true for nations and historical periods; any excesses seen in individuals or eras are balanced out in the larger picture and ultimately benefit humanity in the long run.

The essay 'On some Hegelisms' doubtless needs an apology for the superficiality with which it treats a serious subject. It was written as a squib, to be read in a college-seminary in Hegel's logic, several of whose members, mature men, were devout champions of the dialectical method. My blows therefore were aimed almost entirely at that. I reprint the paper here (albeit with some misgivings), partly because I believe the dialectical method to be wholly abominable when worked by concepts alone, and partly because the essay casts some positive light on the pluralist-empiricist point of view.

The essay 'On some Hegelisms' definitely needs an apology for the superficial way it addresses a serious topic. It was written as a quick piece for a college seminar on Hegel's logic, where several mature men were strong supporters of the dialectical method. So, my criticisms were mainly directed at that. I'm reprinting the paper here (even though I have some reservations) partly because I think the dialectical method is completely terrible when it's based solely on concepts, and partly because the essay sheds some positive light on the pluralist-empiricist perspective.

{xiv}

The paper on Psychical Research is added to the volume for convenience and utility. Attracted to this study some years ago by my love of sportsmanlike fair play in science, I have seen enough to convince me of its great importance, and I wish to gain for it what interest I can. The American Branch of the Society is in need of more support, and if my article draws some new associates thereto, it will have served its turn.

The paper on Psychical Research is included in the volume for convenience and usefulness. Years ago, I became interested in this study because of my appreciation for fair play in science, and I have seen enough to convince me of its significance. I want to generate as much interest for it as possible. The American Branch of the Society needs more support, and if my article attracts some new members, it will have achieved its purpose.

Apology is also needed for the repetition of the same passage in two essays (pp. 59-61 and 96-7, 100-1). My excuse is that one cannot always express the same thought in two ways that seem equally forcible, so one has to copy one's former words.

Apologies are also needed for repeating the same passage in two essays (pp. 59-61 and 96-7, 100-1). My excuse is that it's not always possible to express the same idea in two ways that feel equally strong, so I had to reuse my previous words.

The Crillon-quotation on page 62 is due to Mr. W. M. Salter (who employed it in a similar manner in the 'Index' for August 24, 1882), and the dream-metaphor on p. 174 is a reminiscence from some novel of George Sand's—I forget which—read by me thirty years ago.

The Crillon quote on page 62 is attributed to Mr. W. M. Salter (who used it in a similar way in the 'Index' for August 24, 1882), and the dream metaphor on p. 174 is a memory from a novel by George Sand—I can't remember which one—I read thirty years ago.

Finally, the revision of the essays has consisted almost entirely in excisions. Probably less than a page and a half in all of new matter has been added.

Finally, the revision of the essays has mostly involved cuts. Probably less than a page and a half of new material has been added in total.


HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS,
December, 1896.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
CAMBRIDGE, MA,
December 1896.



[1] B. P. Blood: The Flaw in Supremacy: Published by the Author, Amsterdam, N. Y., 1893.

[1] B. P. Blood: The Flaw in Supremacy: Published by the Author, Amsterdam, NY, 1893.




{x}

CONTENTS.

PAGE

The desire to believe 1



Hypotheses and options, 1. Pascal's wager, 5. Clifford's veto, 8. Psychological causes of belief, 9. Thesis of the Essay, 11. Empiricism and absolutism, 12. Objective certitude and its unattainability, 13. Two different sorts of risks in believing, 17. Some risk unavoidable, 19. Faith may bring forth its own verification, 22. Logical conditions of religious belief, 25.

Hypotheses and options, 1. Pascal's wager, 5. Clifford's veto, 8. Psychological reasons for belief, 9. Main point of the Essay, 11. Empiricism and absolutism, 12. Objective certainty and its impossibility, 13. Two different kinds of risks in believing, 17. Some risks are unavoidable, 19. Faith can lead to its own proof, 22. Logical requirements of religious belief, 25.


Is life worth living? 32



Temperamental Optimism and Pessimism, 33. How reconcile with life one bent on suicide? 38. Religious melancholy and its cure, 39. Decay of Natural Theology, 43. Instinctive antidotes to pessimism, 46. Religion involves belief in an unseen extension of the world, 51. Scientific positivism, 52. Doubt actuates conduct as much as belief does, 54. To deny certain faiths is logically absurd, for they make their objects true, 56. Conclusion, 6l.

Temperamental Optimism and Pessimism, 33. How do you reconcile with life when someone is intent on suicide? 38. Religious sadness and how to overcome it, 39. The decline of Natural Theology, 43. Natural instincts to counteract pessimism, 46. Religion involves believing in an unseen part of the world, 51. Scientific positivism, 52. Doubt influences actions just as much as belief does, 54. It's logically absurd to deny certain beliefs because they validate their own truths, 56. Conclusion, 6l.


THE FEELING OF REASON 63



Rationality means fluent thinking, 63. Simplification, 65. Clearness, 66. Their antagonism, 66. Inadequacy of the abstract, 68. The thought of nonentity, 71. Mysticism, 74. Pure theory cannot banish wonder, 75. The passage to practice may restore the feeling of rationality, 75. Familiarity and expectancy, 76. 'Substance,' 80. A rational world must appear {xvi} congruous with our powers, 82. But these differ from man to man, 88. Faith is one of them, 90. Inseparable from doubt, 95. May verify itself, 96. Its rôle in ethics, 98. Optimism and pessimism, 101. Is this a moral universe?—what does the problem mean? 103. Anaesthesia versus energy, 107. Active assumption necessary, 107. Conclusion, 110.

Rationality means smooth thinking, 63. Simplification, 65. Clarity, 66. Their conflict, 66. Inadequacy of the abstract, 68. The idea of nothingness, 71. Mysticism, 74. Pure theory can't eliminate wonder, 75. The shift to practice may bring back a sense of rationality, 75. Familiarity and expectation, 76. 'Substance,' 80. A rational world must seem consistent with our abilities, 82. But these vary from person to person, 88. Faith is one of them, 90. Inseparable from doubt, 95. It may prove itself, 96. Its role in ethics, 98. Optimism and pessimism, 101. Is this a moral universe?—what does the question mean? 103. Anesthesia versus energy, 107. An active assumption is necessary, 107. Conclusion, 110.


Reflex Action and Theism 111



Prestige of Physiology, 112. Plan of neural action, 113. God the mind's adequate object, 116. Contrast between world as perceived and as conceived, 118. God, 120. The mind's three departments, 123. Science due to a subjective demand, 129. Theism a mean between two extremes, 134. Gnosticism, 137. No intellection except for practical ends, 140. Conclusion, 142.

Prestige of Physiology, 112. Plan of neural action, 113. God the mind's appropriate object, 116. Difference between the world as seen and as understood, 118. God, 120. The mind's three areas, 123. Science arising from a personal need, 129. Theism as a balance between two extremes, 134. Gnosticism, 137. No thinking except for practical purposes, 140. Conclusion, 142.


The problem of determinism 145



Philosophies seek a rational world, 146. Determinism and Indeterminism defined, 149. Both are postulates of rationality, 152. Objections to chance considered, 153. Determinism involves pessimism, 159. Escape via Subjectivism, 164. Subjectivism leads to corruption, 170. A world with chance in it is morally the less irrational alternative, 176. Chance not incompatible with an ultimate Providence, 180.

Philosophies aim for a rational world, 146. Determinism and Indeterminism explained, 149. Both are principles of rationality, 152. Objections to chance examined, 153. Determinism suggests pessimism, 159. Escape via Subjectivism, 164. Subjectivism leads to corruption, 170. A world with chance is morally the less irrational choice, 176. Chance is not incompatible with an ultimate Providence, 180.


THE MORAL PHILOSOPHER AND THE MORAL LIFE 184



The moral philosopher postulates a unified system, 185. Origin of moral judgments, 185. Goods and ills are created by judgment?, 189. Obligations are created by demands, 192. The conflict of ideals, 198. Its solution, 205. Impossibility of an abstract system of Ethics, 208. The easy-going and the strenuous mood, 211. Connection between Ethics and Religion, 212.

The moral philosopher suggests a unified system, 185. The source of moral judgments, 185. Are goods and ills determined by judgment?, 189. Responsibilities arise from demands, 192. The clash of ideals, 198. Its resolution, 205. The impossibility of a purely abstract system of Ethics, 208. The laid-back and the intense mindset, 211. The link between Ethics and Religion, 212.


Great Leaders and Their Surroundings 216



Solidarity of causes in the world, 216. The human mind abstracts in order to explain, 219. Different cycles of operation in Nature, 220. Darwin's distinction between causes that produce and causes that preserve a variation, 221. Physiological causes produce, the environment only adopts or preserves, great men, 225. When adopted they become social ferments, 226. Messrs. {xvii} Spencer and Allen criticised, 232. Messrs. Wallace and Gryzanowski quoted, 239. The laws of history, 244. Mental evolution, 245. Analogy between original ideas and Darwin's accidental variations, 247. Criticism of Spencer's views, 251.

Solidarity of causes in the world, 216. The human mind abstracts to explain, 219. Different cycles of operation in Nature, 220. Darwin's distinction between causes that produce and those that preserve variation, 221. Physiological causes produce; the environment only adopts or preserves great individuals, 225. When adopted, they become social catalysts, 226. Messrs. {xvii} Spencer and Allen criticized, 232. Messrs. Wallace and Gryzanowski quoted, 239. The laws of history, 244. Mental evolution, 245. Similarities between original ideas and Darwin's random variations, 247. Critique of Spencer's views, 251.


THE VALUE OF INDIVIDUALS 255



Small differences may be important, 256. Individual differences are important because they are the causes of social change, 259. Hero-worship justified, 261.

Small differences may be important, 256. Individual differences matter because they drive social change, 259. Hero-worship is justified, 261.


ABOUT SOME HEGELIANS 263



The world appears as a pluralism, 264. Elements of unity in the pluralism, 268. Hegel's excessive claims, 273. He makes of negation a bond of union, 273. The principle of totality, 277. Monism and pluralism, 279. The fallacy of accident in Hegel, 280. The good and the bad infinite, 284. Negation, 286. Conclusion, 292.—Note on the Anaesthetic revelation, 294.

The world looks like a variety of different things, 264. There are elements of unity within this variety, 268. Hegel's extreme assertions, 273. He makes negation a bond that connects, 273. The principle of wholeness, 277. Monism and variety, 279. The mistake of accident according to Hegel, 280. The positive and negative infinite, 284. Negation, 286. Conclusion, 292.—Note on the Anaesthetic revelation, 294.


WHAT PSYCHICAL RESEARCH HAS ACHIEVED 299



The unclassified residuum, 299. The Society for Psychical Research and its history, 303. Thought-transference, 308. Gurney's work, 309. The census of hallucinations, 312. Mediumship, 313. The 'subliminal self,' 315. 'Science' and her counter-presumptions, 317. The scientific character of Mr. Myers's work, 320. The mechanical-impersonal view of life versus the personal-romantic view, 324.

The unclassified remnants, 299. The Society for Psychical Research and its background, 303. Thought transference, 308. Gurney's research, 309. The survey of hallucinations, 312. Mediumship, 313. The 'subliminal self,' 315. 'Science' and its counterarguments, 317. The scientific nature of Mr. Myers's research, 320. The mechanical-impersonal perspective on life versus the personal-romantic perspective, 324.


INDEX 329




{1}

ESSAYS

IN

POPULAR PHILOSOPHY.


THE WILL TO BELIEVE.[1]

In the recently published Life by Leslie Stephen of his brother, Fitz-James, there is an account of a school to which the latter went when he was a boy. The teacher, a certain Mr. Guest, used to converse with his pupils in this wise: "Gurney, what is the difference between justification and sanctification?—Stephen, prove the omnipotence of God!" etc. In the midst of our Harvard freethinking and indifference we are prone to imagine that here at your good old orthodox College conversation continues to be somewhat upon this order; and to show you that we at Harvard have not lost all interest in these vital subjects, I have brought with me to-night something like a sermon on justification by faith to read to you,—I mean an essay in justification of faith, a defence of our right to adopt a believing attitude in religious matters, in spite of the fact that our merely logical {2} intellect may not have been coerced. 'The Will to Believe,' accordingly, is the title of my paper.

In the recently published Life by Leslie Stephen about his brother, Fitz-James, there's a story about a school he attended as a kid. The teacher, Mr. Guest, would engage his students like this: "Gurney, what's the difference between justification and sanctification?—Stephen, demonstrate the omnipotence of God!" etc. In the midst of our Harvard skepticism and indifference, we tend to think that at your good old orthodox College, conversations still happen like this; and to show you that we at Harvard still care about these important topics, I’ve brought with me tonight something resembling a sermon on justification by faith to share with you—I mean an essay in defense of faith, justifying our right to maintain a believing stance in religious matters, even though our purely logical intellect may not have been convinced. 'The Will to Believe,' then, is the title of my paper.

I have long defended to my own students the lawfulness of voluntarily adopted faith; but as soon as they have got well imbued with the logical spirit, they have as a rule refused to admit my contention to be lawful philosophically, even though in point of fact they were personally all the time chock-full of some faith or other themselves. I am all the while, however, so profoundly convinced that my own position is correct, that your invitation has seemed to me a good occasion to make my statements more clear. Perhaps your minds will be more open than those with which I have hitherto had to deal. I will be as little technical as I can, though I must begin by setting up some technical distinctions that will help us in the end.

I have long argued to my students that choosing to adopt a faith voluntarily is valid. However, once they've really gotten into logical thinking, they usually refuse to accept my argument as philosophically sound, even though they personally hold some kind of faith themselves. Still, I'm so deeply convinced that my position is right that your invitation seems like a great opportunity to clarify my points. Maybe your minds will be more open than those I've dealt with before. I'll try to keep the technical jargon to a minimum, but I need to start with some distinctions that will ultimately help us out.


I.

Let us give the name of hypothesis to anything that may be proposed to our belief; and just as the electricians speak of live and dead wires, let us speak of any hypothesis as either live or dead. A live hypothesis is one which appeals as a real possibility to him to whom it is proposed. If I ask you to believe in the Mahdi, the notion makes no electric connection with your nature,—it refuses to scintillate with any credibility at all. As an hypothesis it is completely dead. To an Arab, however (even if he be not one of the Mahdi's followers), the hypothesis is among the mind's possibilities: it is alive. This shows that deadness and liveness in an hypothesis are not intrinsic properties, but relations to the {3} individual thinker. They are measured by his willingness to act. The maximum of liveness in an hypothesis means willingness to act irrevocably. Practically, that means belief; but there is some believing tendency wherever there is willingness to act at all.

Let’s call anything that can be proposed to our belief a hypothesis; and just like electricians talk about live and dead wires, we can refer to a hypothesis as either live or dead. A live hypothesis is one that seems like a real possibility to the person it’s proposed to. If I ask you to believe in the Mahdi, that idea doesn’t connect with you at all—it doesn’t spark any credibility. As a hypothesis, it's completely dead. However, for an Arab (even if he’s not one of the Mahdi's followers), that hypothesis is a possibility in his mind: it’s alive. This shows that whether a hypothesis is considered dead or alive isn’t an inherent quality, but rather a relationship with the individual thinker. They are assessed by his willingness to act. The highest level of liveness in a hypothesis indicates a willingness to act decisively. Essentially, that means belief; but there’s some tendency to believe wherever there’s a willingness to act at all.

Next, let us call the decision between two hypotheses an option. Options may be of several kinds. They may be—1, living or dead; 2, forced or avoidable; 3, momentous or trivial; and for our purposes we may call an option a genuine option when it is of the forced, living, and momentous kind.

Next, let’s refer to the choice between two hypotheses as an option. Options can come in several types. They can be—1, living or dead; 2, forced or avoidable; 3, momentous or trivial; and for our purposes, we can define a genuine option as one that is forced, living, and momentous.

1. A living option is one in which both hypotheses are live ones. If I say to you: "Be a theosophist or be a Mohammedan," it is probably a dead option, because for you neither hypothesis is likely to be alive. But if I say: "Be an agnostic or be a Christian," it is otherwise: trained as you are, each hypothesis makes some appeal, however small, to your belief.

1. A living option is one where both choices are valid. If I say to you, "Be a theosophist or be a Muslim," it's probably a dead option because neither choice is likely to resonate with you. But if I say, "Be an agnostic or be a Christian," it's different: given your background, each option holds some appeal, even if it's minimal, to your beliefs.

2. Next, if I say to you: "Choose between going out with your umbrella or without it," I do not offer you a genuine option, for it is not forced. You can easily avoid it by not going out at all. Similarly, if I say, "Either love me or hate me," "Either call my theory true or call it false," your option is avoidable. You may remain indifferent to me, neither loving nor hating, and you may decline to offer any judgment as to my theory. But if I say, "Either accept this truth or go without it," I put on you a forced option, for there is no standing place outside of the alternative. Every dilemma based on a complete logical disjunction, with no possibility of not choosing, is an option of this forced kind.

2. Next, if I say to you, "Choose between taking your umbrella or leaving it at home," I'm not giving you a real choice because it's not mandatory. You can easily avoid the situation by just not going out at all. In the same way, if I say, "Either love me or hate me," or "Either believe my theory is true or think it’s false," your choice is something you can avoid. You might stay indifferent, neither loving nor hating me, and you could choose not to decide on my theory. But if I say, "Either accept this truth or do without it," I'm forcing you to choose, because there's no neutral option outside of that choice. Every dilemma that involves a complete logical choice, with no option to sit it out, is this kind of forced choice.

{4}

3. Finally, if I were Dr. Nansen and proposed to you to join my North Pole expedition, your option would be momentous; for this would probably be your only similar opportunity, and your choice now would either exclude you from the North Pole sort of immortality altogether or put at least the chance of it into your hands. He who refuses to embrace a unique opportunity loses the prize as surely as if he tried and failed. Per contra, the option is trivial when the opportunity is not unique, when the stake is insignificant, or when the decision is reversible if it later prove unwise. Such trivial options abound in the scientific life. A chemist finds an hypothesis live enough to spend a year in its verification: he believes in it to that extent. But if his experiments prove inconclusive either way, he is quit for his loss of time, no vital harm being done.

3. Finally, if I were Dr. Nansen and invited you to join my North Pole expedition, your choice would be a big deal; this could likely be your only chance for something like this, and your decision now would either cut you off from any chance of North Pole fame or at least give you the opportunity for it. If you turn down a rare opportunity, you miss out just as surely as if you tried and failed. On the other hand, the choice is insignificant when the opportunity isn’t unique, when the stakes are low, or when you can change your mind later if it turns out to be a bad decision. There are plenty of trivial options in the world of science. A chemist might find a hypothesis compelling enough to spend a year testing it: he believes in it to that extent. But if his experiments don’t produce clear results, he’s only wasted time, with no serious consequences.

It will facilitate our discussion if we keep all these distinctions well in mind.

It will help our discussion if we keep all these distinctions in mind.


II.

The next matter to consider is the actual psychology of human opinion. When we look at certain facts, it seems as if our passional and volitional nature lay at the root of all our convictions. When we look at others, it seems as if they could do nothing when the intellect had once said its say. Let us take the latter facts up first.

The next thing to consider is the psychology behind human opinions. When we examine certain facts, it appears that our emotions and desires are at the core of all our beliefs. On the other hand, when we look at different situations, it seems that people can do nothing once their intellect has made a decision. Let's discuss the latter situations first.

Does it not seem preposterous on the very face of it to talk of our opinions being modifiable at will? Can our will either help or hinder our intellect in its perceptions of truth? Can we, by just willing it, believe that Abraham Lincoln's existence is a myth, {5} and that the portraits of him in McClure's Magazine are all of some one else? Can we, by any effort of our will, or by any strength of wish that it were true, believe ourselves well and about when we are roaring with rheumatism in bed, or feel certain that the sum of the two one-dollar bills in our pocket must be a hundred dollars? We can say any of these things, but we are absolutely impotent to believe them; and of just such things is the whole fabric of the truths that we do believe in made up,—matters of fact, immediate or remote, as Hume said, and relations between ideas, which are either there or not there for us if we see them so, and which if not there cannot be put there by any action of our own.

Doesn’t it seem ridiculous at first glance to say our opinions can change whenever we want? Can our will really help or block our mind from seeing the truth? Can we just decide to believe that Abraham Lincoln never existed, {5} and that the pictures of him in McClure's Magazine are of someone else? Can we, through sheer will or by wishing hard enough, convince ourselves that we’re feeling fine when we’re actually stuck in bed with bad arthritis, or think that the two one-dollar bills in our pocket add up to a hundred dollars? We can claim any of these things, but we can’t genuinely believe them; and it’s exactly these kinds of things that form the basis of the truths we actually believe—facts, whether they are immediate or distant, as Hume stated, and connections between ideas that either exist for us or don’t, and if they don’t, we can't make them exist through our actions.

In Pascal's Thoughts there is a celebrated passage known in literature as Pascal's wager. In it he tries to force us into Christianity by reasoning as if our concern with truth resembled our concern with the stakes in a game of chance. Translated freely his words are these: You must either believe or not believe that God is—which will you do? Your human reason cannot say. A game is going on between you and the nature of things which at the day of judgment will bring out either heads or tails. Weigh what your gains and your losses would be if you should stake all you have on heads, or God's existence: if you win in such case, you gain eternal beatitude; if you lose, you lose nothing at all. If there were an infinity of chances, and only one for God in this wager, still you ought to stake your all on God; for though you surely risk a finite loss by this procedure, any finite loss is reasonable, even a certain one is reasonable, if there is but the possibility of {6} infinite gain. Go, then, and take holy water, and have masses said; belief will come and stupefy your scruples,—Cela vous fera croire et vous abêtira. Why should you not? At bottom, what have you to lose?

In Pascal's Thoughts, there's a well-known section referred to in literature as Pascal's wager. In it, he attempts to persuade us toward Christianity by comparing our search for truth to the stakes in a game of chance. Put simply, his argument is: You have to decide whether to believe or not believe that God exists—what will you choose? Your human reason can't determine this. There's a game happening between you and the nature of reality that, on judgment day, will show either heads or tails. Consider what your gains and losses would be if you placed everything on heads, or God's existence: if you win, you'll gain eternal happiness; if you lose, you lose nothing at all. Even if there were countless chances and only one for God in this wager, you should still bet everything on God because while you may risk a finite loss by doing so, any finite loss is reasonable—even a certain one—if there's even a chance of infinite reward. So, go ahead, take holy water and have masses said; belief will come and ease your doubts,—Cela vous fera croire et vous abêtira. Why not? Ultimately, what do you have to lose?

You probably feel that when religious faith expresses itself thus, in the language of the gaming-table, it is put to its last trumps. Surely Pascal's own personal belief in masses and holy water had far other springs; and this celebrated page of his is but an argument for others, a last desperate snatch at a weapon against the hardness of the unbelieving heart. We feel that a faith in masses and holy water adopted wilfully after such a mechanical calculation would lack the inner soul of faith's reality; and if we were ourselves in the place of the Deity, we should probably take particular pleasure in cutting off believers of this pattern from their infinite reward. It is evident that unless there be some pre-existing tendency to believe in masses and holy water, the option offered to the will by Pascal is not a living option. Certainly no Turk ever took to masses and holy water on its account; and even to us Protestants these means of salvation seem such foregone impossibilities that Pascal's logic, invoked for them specifically, leaves us unmoved. As well might the Mahdi write to us, saying, "I am the Expected One whom God has created in his effulgence. You shall be infinitely happy if you confess me; otherwise you shall be cut off from the light of the sun. Weigh, then, your infinite gain if I am genuine against your finite sacrifice if I am not!" His logic would be that of Pascal; but he would vainly use it on us, for the hypothesis he offers us is dead. No tendency to act on it exists in us to any degree.

You probably feel that when religious faith expresses itself like this, in the language of gambling, it's really reaching its limit. Surely Pascal's own belief in masses and holy water came from different sources; this famous passage of his is just an argument for others, a last-ditch effort to find a weapon against the resistance of the unbelieving heart. We sense that a faith in masses and holy water adopted deliberately after such a mechanical calculation would lack the genuine essence of true faith; and if we were in the position of the Deity, we would likely find pleasure in cutting off believers of this kind from their infinite rewards. It's clear that unless there's some existing tendency to believe in masses and holy water, the choice Pascal offers to the will isn't a genuine one. Certainly, no Muslim ever turned to masses and holy water for that reason; and even for us Protestants, these methods of salvation seem like impossible options, so Pascal's logic, proposed for them, doesn't affect us. It would be just like the Mahdi writing to us, saying, "I am the Expected One whom God has created in His brilliance. You'll be infinitely happy if you confess me; otherwise, you'll be cut off from the light of the sun. So consider your infinite gain if I am true against your finite sacrifice if I am not!" His logic would mirror Pascal's; but it would fail with us, since the hypothesis he offers is lifeless. There's no inclination to act on it in us at all.

{7}

The talk of believing by our volition seems, then, from one point of view, simply silly. From another point of view it is worse than silly, it is vile. When one turns to the magnificent edifice of the physical sciences, and sees how it was reared; what thousands of disinterested moral lives of men lie buried in its mere foundations; what patience and postponement, what choking down of preference, what submission to the icy laws of outer fact are wrought into its very stones and mortar; how absolutely impersonal it stands in its vast augustness,—then how besotted and contemptible seems every little sentimentalist who comes blowing his voluntary smoke-wreaths, and pretending to decide things from out of his private dream! Can we wonder if those bred in the rugged and manly school of science should feel like spewing such subjectivism out of their mouths? The whole system of loyalties which grow up in the schools of science go dead against its toleration; so that it is only natural that those who have caught the scientific fever should pass over to the opposite extreme, and write sometimes as if the incorruptibly truthful intellect ought positively to prefer bitterness and unacceptableness to the heart in its cup.

The idea of believing out of choice seems, from one perspective, just plain silly. From another perspective, it's even worse than silly; it's contemptible. When we look at the impressive structure of the physical sciences and see how it was built; how many selfless moral lives of individuals are buried in its very foundation; the patience and sacrifices, the suppression of preference, and the submission to the harsh realities of the world that are woven into its very fabric; and how completely impersonal it stands in its grand majesty—then every little sentimentalist blowing their own smoke rings and pretending to determine things based on their personal fantasies seems utterly foolish and despicable! Can we be surprised if those raised in the tough and honorable realm of science feel like rejecting such subjectivity? The entire system of values that develops in the realms of science runs counter to its acceptance, so it's only natural that those who have caught the scientific spirit might swing to the opposite extreme, sometimes writing as if the steadfastly honest intellect should actually prefer harshness and unpleasantness over the emotional comforts of the heart.

It fortifies my soul to know
That, though I perish, Truth is so—

It strengthens my spirit to know
That, even if I fade away, Truth remains—

sings Clough, while Huxley exclaims: "My only consolation lies in the reflection that, however bad our posterity may become, so far as they hold by the plain rule of not pretending to believe what they have no reason to believe, because it may be to their advantage so to pretend [the word 'pretend' is surely here redundant], they will not have reached the {8} lowest depth of immorality." And that delicious enfant terrible Clifford writes; "Belief is desecrated when given to unproved and unquestioned statements for the solace and private pleasure of the believer,... Whoso would deserve well of his fellows in this matter will guard the purity of his belief with a very fanaticism of jealous care, lest at any time it should rest on an unworthy object, and catch a stain which can never be wiped away.... If [a] belief has been accepted on insufficient evidence [even though the belief be true, as Clifford on the same page explains] the pleasure is a stolen one.... It is sinful because it is stolen in defiance of our duty to mankind. That duty is to guard ourselves from such beliefs as from a pestilence which may shortly master our own body and then spread to the rest of the town.... It is wrong always, everywhere, and for every one, to believe anything upon insufficient evidence."

sings Clough, while Huxley says: "My only comfort comes from knowing that, no matter how bad our descendants become, as long as they stick to the simple rule of not pretending to believe what they have no reason to believe just because it might benefit them to do so [the word 'pretend' here seems unnecessary], they won’t have sunk to the lowest level of immorality." And that delightful enfant terrible Clifford writes; "Belief is tainted when given to unproven and unquestioned statements for the comfort and personal enjoyment of the believer,... Anyone who wants to truly benefit their peers in this matter will protect the integrity of their belief with a kind of fanatic care, ensuring it never rests on an unworthy object and becomes stained in a way that can never be cleansed.... If [a] belief has been accepted on weak evidence [even if the belief is true, as Clifford explains on the same page], the enjoyment is a stolen one.... It is wrong because it’s taken in disregard of our duty to humanity. That duty is to protect ourselves from such beliefs as if they were a disease that could soon take over our own lives and then spread to the rest of the community.... It is always wrong, everywhere, and for everyone, to believe anything on insufficient evidence."


III.

All this strikes one as healthy, even when expressed, as by Clifford, with somewhat too much of robustious pathos in the voice. Free-will and simple wishing do seem, in the matter of our credences, to be only fifth wheels to the coach. Yet if any one should thereupon assume that intellectual insight is what remains after wish and will and sentimental preference have taken wing, or that pure reason is what then settles our opinions, he would fly quite as directly in the teeth of the facts.

All of this feels positive, even when articulated, as Clifford does, with a bit too much forceful emotion in his tone. Free will and simple desire seem to be unnecessary extras in our beliefs. However, if someone were to conclude that intellectual understanding is all that's left once desire, will, and emotional preference fade away, or that pure reason dictates our opinions, they would be completely ignoring the facts.

It is only our already dead hypotheses that our willing nature is unable to bring to life again But what has made them dead for us is for the most part {9} a previous action of our willing nature of an antagonistic kind. When I say 'willing nature,' I do not mean only such deliberate volitions as may have set up habits of belief that we cannot now escape from,—I mean all such factors of belief as fear and hope, prejudice and passion, imitation and partisanship, the circumpressure of our caste and set. As a matter of fact we find ourselves believing, we hardly know how or why. Mr. Balfour gives the name of 'authority' to all those influences, born of the intellectual climate, that make hypotheses possible or impossible for us, alive or dead. Here in this room, we all of us believe in molecules and the conservation of energy, in democracy and necessary progress, in Protestant Christianity and the duty of fighting for 'the doctrine of the immortal Monroe,' all for no reasons worthy of the name. We see into these matters with no more inner clearness, and probably with much less, than any disbeliever in them might possess. His unconventionality would probably have some grounds to show for its conclusions; but for us, not insight, but the prestige of the opinions, is what makes the spark shoot from them and light up our sleeping magazines of faith. Our reason is quite satisfied, in nine hundred and ninety-nine cases out of every thousand of us, if it can find a few arguments that will do to recite in case our credulity is criticised by some one else. Our faith is faith in some one else's faith, and in the greatest matters this is most the case. Our belief in truth itself, for instance, that there is a truth, and that our minds and it are made for each other,—what is it but a passionate affirmation of desire, in which our social system backs us up? We want to have a truth; we want to believe that our {10} experiments and studies and discussions must put us in a continually better and better position towards it; and on this line we agree to fight out our thinking lives. But if a pyrrhonistic sceptic asks us how we know all this, can our logic find a reply? No! certainly it cannot. It is just one volition against another,—we willing to go in for life upon a trust or assumption which he, for his part, does not care to make.[2]

It’s only our dead hypotheses that our willing nature can’t revive. What has made them dead for us is mostly a previous action of our willing nature that conflicts with them. When I say 'willing nature,' I’m not just talking about deliberate choices that have established beliefs we can't escape from—I mean all kinds of belief factors like fear, hope, prejudice, passion, imitation, and partisanship, as well as the pressure from our social class and group. In reality, we find ourselves believing, without really knowing how or why. Mr. Balfour calls all those influences, which come from our intellectual environment and determine whether hypotheses are possible or impossible for us, alive or dead, 'authority.' Here in this room, we all believe in molecules and the conservation of energy, in democracy and necessary progress, in Protestant Christianity and the obligation to support 'the doctrine of the immortal Monroe,' all for reasons that aren’t particularly strong. We understand these matters no better—and probably worse—than any disbeliever does. His unconventional stance might have some strong arguments behind it, while for us, it’s not insight but the prestige of these opinions that ignites our dormant beliefs. For nine hundred and ninety-nine out of a thousand of us, our reason is satisfied if it can come up with a few arguments just in case someone questions our credulity. Our faith is essentially faith in someone else’s faith, and this is especially true for the most significant issues. Our belief in truth itself, for instance—that there is a truth and that our minds and it are compatible—what is it really but a passionate desire that our social system supports? We want to have a truth; we want to believe that our experiments, studies, and discussions improve our understanding of it, and along these lines, we agree to challenge each other in our thinking lives. But if a skeptical person asks us how we know all this, can our logic provide an answer? No! It absolutely cannot. It’s simply one will against another—we are willing to accept life based on a trust or assumption that he, on his part, does not wish to make.[2]

As a rule we disbelieve all facts and theories for which we have no use. Clifford's cosmic emotions find no use for Christian feelings. Huxley belabors the bishops because there is no use for sacerdotalism in his scheme of life. Newman, on the contrary, goes over to Romanism, and finds all sorts of reasons good for staying there, because a priestly system is for him an organic need and delight. Why do so few 'scientists' even look at the evidence for telepathy, so called? Because they think, as a leading biologist, now dead, once said to me, that even if such a thing were true, scientists ought to band together to keep it suppressed and concealed. It would undo the uniformity of Nature and all sorts of other things without which scientists cannot carry on their pursuits. But if this very man had been shown something which as a scientist he might do with telepathy, he might not only have examined the evidence, but even have found it good enough. This very law which the logicians would impose upon us—if I may give the name of logicians to those who would rule out our willing nature here—is based on nothing but their own natural wish to exclude all elements for {11} which they, in their professional quality of logicians, can find no use.

As a rule, we tend to disregard all facts and theories that we find unhelpful. Clifford's cosmic emotions see no value in Christian feelings. Huxley criticizes the bishops because sacerdotalism doesn't fit into his worldview. Newman, on the other hand, converts to Romanism and discovers various valid reasons to stay, as he considers a priestly system to be an essential need and joy. Why do so few 'scientists' even consider the evidence for telepathy? Because they believe, as a prominent biologist who has since passed said to me, that even if telepathy were real, scientists should unite to keep it hidden. It would disrupt the uniformity of Nature and many other fundamental aspects that scientists rely on in their work. However, if this very individual had been presented with something he could actually *do* with telepathy as a scientist, he might not only have examined the evidence but might have even found it compelling. This law that logicians impose on us—if I may refer to those who attempt to dismiss our willing nature as logicians—is based solely on their own natural desire to eliminate any elements that, in their role as logicians, they find no use for. {11}

Evidently, then, our non-intellectual nature does influence our convictions. There are passional tendencies and volitions which run before and others which come after belief, and it is only the latter that are too late for the fair; and they are not too late when the previous passional work has been already in their own direction. Pascal's argument, instead of being powerless, then seems a regular clincher, and is the last stroke needed to make our faith in masses and holy water complete. The state of things is evidently far from simple; and pure insight and logic, whatever they might do ideally, are not the only things that really do produce our creeds.

Clearly, our non-intellectual side influences our beliefs. There are emotional drives and decisions that come before belief and others that come after, and it’s only the latter that arrive too late to be relevant; however, they're not too late if our earlier emotional efforts have already pushed us in that direction. Pascal's argument, rather than being ineffective, actually serves as a strong conclusion, providing the final boost needed to fully establish our faith in rituals and symbols like holy water. The situation is clearly quite complex; pure understanding and logic, no matter how ideal, are not the only factors that truly shape our beliefs.


IV.

Our next duty, having recognized this mixed-up state of affairs, is to ask whether it be simply reprehensible and pathological, or whether, on the contrary, we must treat it as a normal element in making up our minds. The thesis I defend is, briefly stated, this: Our passional nature not only lawfully may, but must, decide an option between propositions, whenever it is a genuine option that cannot by its nature be decided on intellectual grounds; for to say, under such circumstances, "Do not decide, but leave the question open," is itself a passional decision,—just like deciding yes or no,—and is attended with the same risk of losing the truth. The thesis thus abstractly expressed will, I trust, soon become quite clear. But I must first indulge in a bit more of preliminary work.

Our next job, after recognizing this confusing situation, is to ask whether it's simply wrong and unhealthy, or if we should see it as a normal part of making decisions. The main point I argue is this: Our emotional nature not only can, but must, choose between options when it's a real choice that can't be decided purely on logical grounds; for to say, in such situations, "Don't decide, just keep the question open," is itself an emotional decision—just like saying yes or no—and carries the same risk of missing the truth. This point, although expressed in abstract terms, will hopefully become clear soon. But first, I need to do a bit more preliminary work.


{12}

V.

It will be observed that for the purposes of this discussion we are on 'dogmatic' ground,—ground, I mean, which leaves systematic philosophical scepticism altogether out of account. The postulate that there is truth, and that it is the destiny of our minds to attain it, we are deliberately resolving to make, though the sceptic will not make it. We part company with him, therefore, absolutely, at this point. But the faith that truth exists, and that our minds can find it, may be held in two ways. We may talk of the empiricist way and of the absolutist way of believing in truth. The absolutists in this matter say that we not only can attain to knowing truth, but we can know when we have attained to knowing it; while the empiricists think that although we may attain it, we cannot infallibly know when. To know is one thing, and to know for certain that we know is another. One may hold to the first being possible without the second; hence the empiricists and the absolutists, although neither of them is a sceptic in the usual philosophic sense of the term, show very different degrees of dogmatism in their lives.

It can be noted that for this discussion, we're on 'dogmatic' ground—meaning, we're not considering systematic philosophical skepticism at all. We're deliberately choosing to accept the idea that truth exists and that it’s our purpose to discover it, even though skeptics won't accept this. So, we completely part ways with them here. However, the belief that truth exists and that our minds can find it can be held in two ways. We can refer to the empiricist approach and the absolutist approach to believing in truth. The absolutists argue that not only can we know the truth, but we can also know when we have achieved that knowledge; whereas empiricists believe that while we may attain it, we can't be completely certain about when we have. To know is one thing, and to be certain that we know is another. One might believe the first is possible without the second; thus, while both empiricists and absolutists are not skeptics in the typical philosophical sense, they exhibit very different levels of dogmatism in their lives.

If we look at the history of opinions, we see that the empiricist tendency has largely prevailed in science, while in philosophy the absolutist tendency has had everything its own way. The characteristic sort of happiness, indeed, which philosophies yield has mainly consisted in the conviction felt by each successive school or system that by it bottom-certitude had been attained. "Other philosophies are collections of opinions, mostly false; my philosophy {13} gives standing-ground forever,"—who does not recognize in this the key-note of every system worthy of the name? A system, to be a system at all, must come as a closed system, reversible in this or that detail, perchance, but in its essential features never!

If we look at the history of opinions, we see that the empirical approach has mostly dominated science, while in philosophy, the absolutist approach has had everything its own way. The kind of happiness that philosophies provide mostly comes from the belief held by each new school or system that it has achieved ultimate certainty. "Other philosophies are just opinions, mostly wrong; my philosophy {13} offers a solid foundation forever,"—who doesn’t recognize this as the main idea behind every credible system? For something to be a system at all, it has to be a closed system, possibly reversible in some details, but in its essential aspects, never!

Scholastic orthodoxy, to which one must always go when one wishes to find perfectly clear statement, has beautifully elaborated this absolutist conviction in a doctrine which it calls that of 'objective evidence.' If, for example, I am unable to doubt that I now exist before you, that two is less than three, or that if all men are mortal then I am mortal too, it is because these things illumine my intellect irresistibly. The final ground of this objective evidence possessed by certain propositions is the adaequatio intellectûs nostri cum rê. The certitude it brings involves an aptitudinem ad extorquendum certum assensum on the part of the truth envisaged, and on the side of the subject a quietem in cognitione, when once the object is mentally received, that leaves no possibility of doubt behind; and in the whole transaction nothing operates but the entitas ipsa of the object and the entitas ipsa of the mind. We slouchy modern thinkers dislike to talk in Latin,—indeed, we dislike to talk in set terms at all; but at bottom our own state of mind is very much like this whenever we uncritically abandon ourselves: You believe in objective evidence, and I do. Of some things we feel that we are certain: we know, and we know that we do know. There is something that gives a click inside of us, a bell that strikes twelve, when the hands of our mental clock have swept the dial and meet over the meridian hour. The greatest empiricists among us are only empiricists on reflection: when {14} left to their instincts, they dogmatize like infallible popes. When the Cliffords tell us how sinful it is to be Christians on such 'insufficient evidence,' insufficiency is really the last thing they have in mind. For them the evidence is absolutely sufficient, only it makes the other way. They believe so completely in an anti-christian order of the universe that there is no living option: Christianity is a dead hypothesis from the start.

Scholastic orthodoxy, which is always the go-to when you're seeking perfectly clear statements, has thoroughly developed this absolutist belief in a doctrine it calls 'objective evidence.' For instance, if I can't doubt that I exist before you, that two is less than three, or that if all humans are mortal then I am mortal too, it's because these ideas shine a light on my understanding in an undeniable way. The ultimate basis of this objective evidence found in certain statements is the adaequatio intellectûs nostri cum rê. The certainty it brings involves an aptitudinem ad extorquendum certum assensum from the truth being considered, and on the side of the observer, a quietem in cognitione, once the object is mentally acknowledged, that leaves no room for doubt; and throughout this entire process, only the entitas ipsa of the object and the entitas ipsa of the mind are at play. We modern thinkers often avoid speaking in Latin—actually, we tend to shy away from rigid terms altogether; but deep down, our mindset resembles this whenever we uncritically let ourselves go: You believe in objective evidence, and so do I. For some things, we feel completely certain: we know, and we know that we know. There’s something that clicks within us, like a bell ringing at noon, when our mental clock's hands align at the highest point. The most rigorous empiricists among us are only empiricists upon reflection: left to their instincts, they assert like infallible authorities. When the Cliffords criticize how wrong it is to be Christians based on such 'insufficient evidence,' being insufficient is actually the last thing on their minds. For them, the evidence is absolutely sufficient, but it supports the opposite view. They believe so firmly in an anti-Christian view of the universe that there's no real choice: Christianity is a dead hypothesis from the start.


VI.

But now, since we are all such absolutists by instinct, what in our quality of students of philosophy ought we to do about the fact? Shall we espouse and indorse it? Or shall we treat it as a weakness of our nature from which we must free ourselves, if we can?

But now, since we all have such strong beliefs by nature, what should we, as philosophy students, do about this fact? Should we embrace and support it? Or should we see it as a weakness in our nature that we need to overcome, if possible?

I sincerely believe that the latter course is the only one we can follow as reflective men. Objective evidence and certitude are doubtless very fine ideals to play with, but where on this moonlit and dream-visited planet are they found? I am, therefore, myself a complete empiricist so far as my theory of human knowledge goes. I live, to be sure, by the practical faith that we must go on experiencing and thinking over our experience, for only thus can our opinions grow more true; but to hold any one of them—I absolutely do not care which—as if it never could be reinterpretable or corrigible, I believe to be a tremendously mistaken attitude, and I think that the whole history of philosophy will bear me out. There is but one indefectibly certain truth, and that is the truth that pyrrhonistic scepticism itself leaves {15} standing,—the truth that the present phenomenon of consciousness exists. That, however, is the bare starting-point of knowledge, the mere admission of a stuff to be philosophized about. The various philosophies are but so many attempts at expressing what this stuff really is. And if we repair to our libraries what disagreement do we discover! Where is a certainly true answer found? Apart from abstract propositions of comparison (such as two and two are the same as four), propositions which tell us nothing by themselves about concrete reality, we find no proposition ever regarded by any one as evidently certain that has not either been called a falsehood, or at least had its truth sincerely questioned by some one else. The transcending of the axioms of geometry, not in play but in earnest, by certain of our contemporaries (as Zöllner and Charles H. Hinton), and the rejection of the whole Aristotelian logic by the Hegelians, are striking instances in point.

I genuinely believe that the latter option is the only path we can take as thoughtful individuals. Objective evidence and certainty are certainly appealing ideals to consider, but where in this moonlit, dream-like world can they actually be found? Therefore, I am fully an empiricist when it comes to my understanding of human knowledge. I do, of course, live by the practical belief that we must keep experiencing and reflecting on our experiences, because that’s how our opinions can become more accurate. However, to hold on to any one opinion—as if it could never be reinterpreted or corrected—I think is a deeply flawed mindset, and I believe the entire history of philosophy supports my view. There is only one undeniable truth, and that is the truth that even radical skepticism acknowledges: the truth that our current experience of consciousness exists. That, however, is just the basic starting point of knowledge, merely recognizing that there is something to think about philosophically. The various philosophies are just attempts to explain what this basic stuff truly is. And if we look into our libraries, what disagreements do we find! Where can we discover a definitively true answer? Aside from abstract comparisons (like two and two equals four), which tell us nothing on their own about real life, we find no statement universally accepted as evidently true that hasn’t either been labeled a falsehood or at least had its truth genuinely questioned by someone else. The way certain contemporary thinkers (like Zöllner and Charles H. Hinton) have gone beyond the axioms of geometry in seriousness, and the rejection of all Aristotelian logic by the Hegelians, are striking examples of this. {15}

No concrete test of what is really true has ever been agreed upon. Some make the criterion external to the moment of perception, putting it either in revelation, the consensus gentium, the instincts of the heart, or the systematized experience of the race. Others make the perceptive moment its own test,—Descartes, for instance, with his clear and distinct ideas guaranteed by the veracity of God; Reid with his 'common-sense;' and Kant with his forms of synthetic judgment a priori. The inconceivability of the opposite; the capacity to be verified by sense; the possession of complete organic unity or self-relation, realized when a thing is its own other,—are standards which, in turn, have been used. The much {16} lauded objective evidence is never triumphantly there, it is a mere aspiration or Grenzbegriff, marking the infinitely remote ideal of our thinking life. To claim that certain truths now possess it, is simply to say that when you think them true and they are true, then their evidence is objective, otherwise it is not. But practically one's conviction that the evidence one goes by is of the real objective brand, is only one more subjective opinion added to the lot. For what a contradictory array of opinions have objective evidence and absolute certitude been claimed! The world is rational through and through,—its existence is an ultimate brute fact; there is a personal God,—a personal God is inconceivable; there is an extra-mental physical world immediately known,—the mind can only know its own ideas; a moral imperative exists,—obligation is only the resultant of desires; a permanent spiritual principle is in every one,—there are only shifting states of mind; there is an endless chain of causes,—there is an absolute first cause; an eternal necessity,—a freedom; a purpose,—no purpose; a primal One,—a primal Many; a universal continuity,—an essential discontinuity in things; an infinity,—no infinity. There is this,—there is that; there is indeed nothing which some one has not thought absolutely true, while his neighbor deemed it absolutely false; and not an absolutist among them seems ever to have considered that the trouble may all the time be essential, and that the intellect, even with truth directly in its grasp, may have no infallible signal for knowing whether it be truth or no. When, indeed, one remembers that the most striking practical application to life of the doctrine of objective certitude has been {17} the conscientious labors of the Holy Office of the Inquisition, one feels less tempted than ever to lend the doctrine a respectful ear.

No solid test of what is actually true has ever been agreed upon. Some people place the criteria outside the moment of perception, relying on things like revelation, the consensus of humanity, the instincts of the heart, or the collective experience of our species. Others believe that the moment of perception itself is enough to validate truth—Descartes with his clear and distinct ideas confirmed by God’s truthfulness; Reid with his 'common sense'; and Kant with his forms of synthetic judgments a priori. The impossibility of the opposite, the ability to be verified by senses, and the existence of complete organic unity or self-relation—realized when something is its own other—are also standards that have been used. The highly praised objective evidence is rarely concrete; it remains a mere aspiration or a border concept, marking the far-off ideal of our thinking life. To say that certain truths have this evidence is just to claim that when you perceive them as true and they actually are true, then their evidence is objective; otherwise, it's not. Practically speaking, one’s belief that the evidence they rely on is genuinely objective is just another subjective opinion added to the mix. The variety of opinions claiming objective evidence and absolute certainty is bewildering! The world is entirely rational—its existence is a fundamental fact; there is a personal God—yet the idea of a personal God is unimaginable; there is a physical world that exists outside the mind—yet the mind can only know its own ideas; a moral imperative exists—yet obligation is just a result of desires; a permanent spiritual principle exists within everyone—yet there are only ever-changing states of mind; there is an unending chain of causes—yet there is also an ultimate first cause; an eternal necessity exists—yet there is freedom; there is a purpose—yet no purpose at all; a primal One exists—a primal Many exists; a universal continuity exists—there is essential discontinuity in things; there is infinity—yet there is no infinity. There is this—there is that; indeed, there’s nothing that someone hasn’t believed to be absolutely true while their neighbor saw it as completely false; and not a single absolutist in that crowd seems to have considered that the issue might be fundamental, and that the intellect, even when grasping truth directly, may lack an infallible sign to determine whether it is truth or not. When one considers that the most notable practical application of the doctrine of objective certainty has been the diligent work of the Holy Office of the Inquisition, one feels less inclined than ever to give this doctrine a respectful listen.

But please observe, now, that when as empiricists we give up the doctrine of objective certitude, we do not thereby give up the quest or hope of truth itself. We still pin our faith on its existence, and still believe that we gain an ever better position towards it by systematically continuing to roll up experiences and think. Our great difference from the scholastic lies in the way we face. The strength of his system lies in the principles, the origin, the terminus a quo of his thought; for us the strength is in the outcome, the upshot, the terminus ad quem. Not where it comes from but what it leads to is to decide. It matters not to an empiricist from what quarter an hypothesis may come to him: he may have acquired it by fair means or by foul; passion may have whispered or accident suggested it; but if the total drift of thinking continues to confirm it, that is what he means by its being true.

But please notice that when we, as empiricists, give up the idea of objective certainty, we don't give up the pursuit or hope for truth itself. We still believe in its existence and continue to think that we move closer to it by systematically gathering experiences and reflecting on them. Our main difference from the scholastics is in our perspective. Their system is strong because of its principles, origins, and terminus a quo; for us, strength lies in the results, the outcomes, the terminus ad quem. It's not about where an idea comes from but rather what it leads to that matters. An empiricist doesn't care where a hypothesis originates; it could come through legitimate means or questionable ones. It might have been inspired by passion or simply suggested by chance. However, if the overall direction of thought continues to support it, that is what makes it true to him.


VII.

One more point, small but important, and our preliminaries are done. There are two ways of looking at our duty in the matter of opinion,—ways entirely different, and yet ways about whose difference the theory of knowledge seems hitherto to have shown very little concern. We must know the truth; and we must avoid error,—these are our first and great commandments as would-be knowers; but they are not two ways of stating an identical commandment, they are two separable laws. Although it may indeed happen that when we believe the truth A, we escape {18} as an incidental consequence from believing the falsehood B, it hardly ever happens that by merely disbelieving B we necessarily believe A. We may in escaping B fall into believing other falsehoods, C or D, just as bad as B; or we may escape B by not believing anything at all, not even A.

One more thing, small but important, and then we'll be done with the preliminaries. There are two ways to look at our responsibility regarding opinions—entirely different perspectives, yet the theory of knowledge hasn’t really addressed their differences. We must know the truth; and we must avoid error—these are our top principles as aspiring knowers; but they aren't just two ways of saying the same thing; they're two distinct laws. While it might happen that by believing the truth A, we accidentally avoid the falsehood B, it rarely occurs that simply not believing B guarantees that we believe A. In trying to avoid B, we might end up believing other falsehoods, C or D, that are just as wrong as B; or we might avoid B by not believing anything at all, not even A.

Believe truth! Shun error!—these, we see, are two materially different laws; and by choosing between them we may end by coloring differently our whole intellectual life. We may regard the chase for truth as paramount, and the avoidance of error as secondary; or we may, on the other hand, treat the avoidance of error as more imperative, and let truth take its chance. Clifford, in the instructive passage which I have quoted, exhorts us to the latter course. Believe nothing, he tells us, keep your mind in suspense forever, rather than by closing it on insufficient evidence incur the awful risk of believing lies. You, on the other hand, may think that the risk of being in error is a very small matter when compared with the blessings of real knowledge, and be ready to be duped many times in your investigation rather than postpone indefinitely the chance of guessing true. I myself find it impossible to go with Clifford. We must remember that these feelings of our duty about either truth or error are in any case only expressions of our passional life. Biologically considered, our minds are as ready to grind out falsehood as veracity, and he who says, "Better go without belief forever than believe a lie!" merely shows his own preponderant private horror of becoming a dupe. He may be critical of many of his desires and fears, but this fear he slavishly obeys. He cannot imagine any one questioning its binding force. For my own part, I {19} have also a horror of being duped; but I can believe that worse things than being duped may happen to a man in this world: so Clifford's exhortation has to my ears a thoroughly fantastic sound. It is like a general informing his soldiers that it is better to keep out of battle forever than to risk a single wound. Not so are victories either over enemies or over nature gained. Our errors are surely not such awfully solemn things. In a world where we are so certain to incur them in spite of all our caution, a certain lightness of heart seems healthier than this excessive nervousness on their behalf. At any rate, it seems the fittest thing for the empiricist philosopher.

Believe in truth! Avoid error!—these are two fundamentally different principles; and by choosing between them, we can end up shaping our entire intellectual life differently. We can see the pursuit of truth as the most important goal, while treating the avoidance of error as secondary; or we can view the avoidance of error as more critical and let truth take its chances. Clifford, in the insightful passage I’ve quoted, encourages us to take the latter approach. He tells us to believe nothing, to keep our minds open indefinitely, rather than risk the terrible consequences of believing falsehoods based on insufficient evidence. Conversely, you might think that the risk of being wrong is trivial compared to the benefits of genuine knowledge and be willing to get misled several times in your search for the truth, rather than delay the opportunity to guess correctly. Personally, I find it hard to agree with Clifford. We must remember that our feelings of duty regarding truth or error are ultimately just reflections of our emotional lives. Biologically speaking, our minds can just as easily produce falsehoods as they can produce truth, and anyone who believes, “It’s better to have no beliefs at all than to believe a lie!” is simply showing their personal fear of being deceived. They might critique many of their desires and anxieties, but this particular fear they follow religiously. They can’t imagine anyone questioning its authority. As for me, I also dread being deceived; however, I believe that worse things than being deceived can happen to a person in this world: so Clifford’s advice sounds completely unrealistic to me. It’s like a general telling his troops that it’s better to never go into battle than to risk even a single injury. Victories over enemies or nature don’t come that way. Our mistakes aren’t such serious matters. In a world where we are almost guaranteed to make errors regardless of our caution, maintaining a certain lightheartedness seems healthier than this excessive anxiety about them. At the very least, it seems like the most appropriate attitude for an empiricist philosopher.


VIII.

And now, after all this introduction, let us go straight at our question. I have said, and now repeat it, that not only as a matter of fact do we find our passional nature influencing us in our opinions, but that there are some options between opinions in which this influence must be regarded both as an inevitable and as a lawful determinant of our choice.

And now, after all this setup, let’s get straight to the point. I’ve mentioned before, and I’ll say it again, that our emotions affect our opinions. Moreover, there are certain choices among opinions where this influence has to be seen as both unavoidable and a legitimate factor in our decisions.

I fear here that some of you my hearers will begin to scent danger, and lend an inhospitable ear. Two first steps of passion you have indeed had to admit as necessary,—we must think so as to avoid dupery, and we must think so as to gain truth; but the surest path to those ideal consummations, you will probably consider, is from now onwards to take no further passional step.

I’m worried that some of you in the audience will start to sense trouble and become unwelcoming. You have already recognized two important aspects of passion as essential—we need to think critically to avoid being fooled, and we need to think clearly to discover the truth. However, you might think that the best way to reach those ideal outcomes is to not take any more emotional steps from here on out.

Well, of course, I agree as far as the facts will allow. Wherever the option between losing truth and gaining it is not momentous, we can throw the {20} chance of gaining truth away, and at any rate save ourselves from any chance of believing falsehood, by not making up our minds at all till objective evidence has come. In scientific questions, this is almost always the case; and even in human affairs in general, the need of acting is seldom so urgent that a false belief to act on is better than no belief at all. Law courts, indeed, have to decide on the best evidence attainable for the moment, because a judge's duty is to make law as well as to ascertain it, and (as a learned judge once said to me) few cases are worth spending much time over: the great thing is to have them decided on any acceptable principle, and got out of the way. But in our dealings with objective nature we obviously are recorders, not makers, of the truth; and decisions for the mere sake of deciding promptly and getting on to the next business would be wholly out of place. Throughout the breadth of physical nature facts are what they are quite independently of us, and seldom is there any such hurry about them that the risks of being duped by believing a premature theory need be faced. The questions here are always trivial options, the hypotheses are hardly living (at any rate not living for us spectators), the choice between believing truth or falsehood is seldom forced. The attitude of sceptical balance is therefore the absolutely wise one if we would escape mistakes. What difference, indeed, does it make to most of us whether we have or have not a theory of the Röntgen rays, whether we believe or not in mind-stuff, or have a conviction about the causality of conscious states? It makes no difference. Such options are not forced on us. On every account it is better not to make them, but still keep weighing reasons pro et contra with an indifferent hand.

Well, of course, I agree as much as the facts allow. Whenever the choice between losing truth and gaining it isn’t significant, we can disregard the chance of gaining truth and avoid the risk of believing falsehood by not making any decisions until we have objective evidence. In scientific matters, this is almost always the case; and even in general human affairs, the need to act is rarely so urgent that acting on a false belief is better than having no belief at all. Courts do need to make decisions based on the best evidence available at the time, because a judge's job is to create law as well as interpret it, and (as a wise judge once told me) few cases are worth spending too much time on: the main thing is to have them decided on any acceptable principle and move on. But in our interactions with objective nature, we are clearly recorders, not creators, of the truth; making decisions just for the sake of moving quickly to the next issue would be completely inappropriate. Across the entire spectrum of physical reality, facts exist as they are, independently of us, and there is rarely such urgency about them that we would need to risk being misled by believing a premature theory. The questions we face are usually trivial choices, the hypotheses aren’t really significant (at least not for us as observers), and the choice between believing truth or falsehood is rarely pressing. Therefore, maintaining a skeptical balance is the smartest approach to avoid mistakes. What difference does it really make to most of us whether we have a theory about X-rays, whether we believe in mind-stuff, or hold a belief about the causality of conscious states? It makes no difference. Those choices aren’t forced on us. It's better not to make them while still weighing the reasons pro et contra with an unbiased perspective.

{21}

I speak, of course, here of the purely judging mind. For purposes of discovery such indifference is to be less highly recommended, and science would be far less advanced than she is if the passionate desires of individuals to get their own faiths confirmed had been kept out of the game. See for example the sagacity which Spencer and Weismann now display. On the other hand, if you want an absolute duffer in an investigation, you must, after all, take the man who has no interest whatever in its results: he is the warranted incapable, the positive fool. The most useful investigator, because the most sensitive observer, is always he whose eager interest in one side of the question is balanced by an equally keen nervousness lest he become deceived.[3] Science has organized this nervousness into a regular technique, her so-called method of verification; and she has fallen so deeply in love with the method that one may even say she has ceased to care for truth by itself at all. It is only truth as technically verified that interests her. The truth of truths might come in merely affirmative form, and she would decline to touch it. Such truth as that, she might repeat with Clifford, would be stolen in defiance of her duty to mankind. Human passions, however, are stronger than technical rules. "Le coeur a ses raisons," as Pascal says, "que la raison ne connaît pas;" and however indifferent to all but the bare rules of the game the umpire, the abstract intellect, may be, the concrete players who furnish him the materials to judge of are usually, each one of them, in love with some pet 'live hypothesis' of his own. Let us agree, however, that wherever there is no forced option, the {22} dispassionately judicial intellect with no pet hypothesis, saving us, as it does, from dupery at any rate, ought to be our ideal.

I’m talking about the purely judging mind here. For discovery purposes, such indifference isn't exactly recommended, and science would be much less advanced than it is if people's passionate desires to confirm their own beliefs had been kept out of the mix. Take a look at the wisdom that Spencer and Weismann are showing now. On the flip side, if you want a total failure in an investigation, you should choose the person who has no interest in the results at all: they are guaranteed to be incapable, a complete fool. The most valuable investigator, because they are the most sensitive observer, is always the one whose strong interest in one side of the question is balanced by an equally strong concern about being deceived.[3] Science has systematized this concern into a regular technique, what we call the method of verification; and she has become so enamored with the method that one could say she has stopped caring about truth for its own sake. Only truth that is technically verified captures her interest. The ultimate truth might come simply as an affirmation, and she would refuse to consider it. Such truth, she might echo Clifford, would be taken in defiance of her duty to humanity. However, human passions are stronger than technical rules. "The heart has its reasons," as Pascal says, "that reason does not understand;" and no matter how indifferent the umpire, the abstract intellect, might be to anything but the basic rules of the game, the actual players who provide the material for judgment are usually each in love with some favorite 'live hypothesis' of their own. Let’s agree, though, that where there’s no forced choice, the dispassionately judicial intellect with no favorite hypothesis, saving us from deception at least, should be our ideal.

The question next arises: Are there not somewhere forced options in our speculative questions, and can we (as men who may be interested at least as much in positively gaining truth as in merely escaping dupery) always wait with impunity till the coercive evidence shall have arrived? It seems a priori improbable that the truth should be so nicely adjusted to our needs and powers as that. In the great boarding-house of nature, the cakes and the butter and the syrup seldom come out so even and leave the plates so clean. Indeed, we should view them with scientific suspicion if they did.

The next question is: Are there really forced choices in our speculative inquiries, and can we (as individuals who might care at least as much about genuinely discovering the truth as about just avoiding deception) always wait without consequences until the undeniable evidence arrives? It seems unlikely that the truth would be so perfectly aligned with our needs and abilities. In the vast boarding house of nature, the food and the condiments rarely come out so evenly and leave the plates so spotless. In fact, we should look at them with scientific skepticism if they did.


IX.

Moral questions immediately present themselves as questions whose solution cannot wait for sensible proof. A moral question is a question not of what sensibly exists, but of what is good, or would be good if it did exist. Science can tell us what exists; but to compare the worths, both of what exists and of what does not exist, we must consult not science, but what Pascal calls our heart. Science herself consults her heart when she lays it down that the infinite ascertainment of fact and correction of false belief are the supreme goods for man. Challenge the statement, and science can only repeat it oracularly, or else prove it by showing that such ascertainment and correction bring man all sorts of other goods which man's heart in turn declares. The question of having moral beliefs at all or not having them is decided by {23} our will. Are our moral preferences true or false, or are they only odd biological phenomena, making things good or bad for us, but in themselves indifferent? How can your pure intellect decide? If your heart does not want a world of moral reality, your head will assuredly never make you believe in one. Mephistophelian scepticism, indeed, will satisfy the head's play-instincts much better than any rigorous idealism can. Some men (even at the student age) are so naturally cool-hearted that the moralistic hypothesis never has for them any pungent life, and in their supercilious presence the hot young moralist always feels strangely ill at ease. The appearance of knowingness is on their side, of naïveté and gullibility on his. Yet, in the inarticulate heart of him, he clings to it that he is not a dupe, and that there is a realm in which (as Emerson says) all their wit and intellectual superiority is no better than the cunning of a fox. Moral scepticism can no more be refuted or proved by logic than intellectual scepticism can. When we stick to it that there is truth (be it of either kind), we do so with our whole nature, and resolve to stand or fall by the results. The sceptic with his whole nature adopts the doubting attitude; but which of us is the wiser, Omniscience only knows.

Moral questions come up as issues that demand answers without waiting for solid proof. A moral question isn’t about what physically exists, but about what is good, or what would be good if it existed. Science can tell us what exists, but to evaluate the worths of what exists and what doesn’t, we need to turn to what Pascal calls our heart. Science itself relies on this heart when it claims that the endless pursuit of facts and correction of false beliefs are the ultimate goods for humanity. If you challenge this claim, science can only repeat it in a vague way or support it by showing that this pursuit brings various other goods that our hearts acknowledge. The issue of whether we should have moral beliefs or not is determined by {23} our will. Are our moral preferences true or false, or are they just strange biological occurrences that label things as good or bad for us, but are indifferent in themselves? How can pure intellect make that decision? If your heart doesn’t want a world with moral reality, your mind will definitely not convince you of one. Mephistophelian skepticism actually caters to the mind's desire for play much better than any strict idealism can. Some people (even students) are so naturally cool-headed that the moral hypothesis feels lifeless to them, and in their condescending presence, the passionate young moralist often feels uncomfortable. They exude an air of knowledge, while he appears naïve and gullible. Still, deep down, he holds onto the belief that he isn’t being fooled, and there’s a realm where, as Emerson says, all their cleverness and intellectual superiority is no better than a fox's trickery. Moral skepticism can’t be proven or disproven by logic any more than intellectual skepticism can. When we insist that there is truth (of any kind), we do so with our entire being, committed to facing the outcomes. The skeptic adopts a doubtful stance with his whole nature; however, only Omniscience knows which of us is really wiser.

Turn now from these wide questions of good to a certain class of questions of fact, questions concerning personal relations, states of mind between one man and another. Do you like me or not?—for example. Whether you do or not depends, in countless instances, on whether I meet you half-way, am willing to assume that you must like me, and show you trust and expectation. The previous faith on my part in your liking's existence is in such cases what makes {24} your liking come. But if I stand aloof, and refuse to budge an inch until I have objective evidence, until you shall have done something apt, as the absolutists say, ad extorquendum assensum meum, ten to one your liking never comes. How many women's hearts are vanquished by the mere sanguine insistence of some man that they must love him! he will not consent to the hypothesis that they cannot. The desire for a certain kind of truth here brings about that special truth's existence; and so it is in innumerable cases of other sorts. Who gains promotions, boons, appointments, but the man in whose life they are seen to play the part of live hypotheses, who discounts them, sacrifices other things for their sake before they have come, and takes risks for them in advance? His faith acts on the powers above him as a claim, and creates its own verification.

Now let's shift from these broad questions of morality to a specific set of factual questions about personal relationships and the state of mind between individuals. Do you like me or not?—for instance. Whether you like me often depends on whether I'm willing to meet you halfway, assume that you must like me, and show you trust and expect that from me. My previous belief in your potential affection is often what draws that affection out. But if I stay distant and refuse to move until I have clear evidence—until you do something fitting to show me your agreement—then the chances are pretty high that your feelings never develop. How many women have been won over simply by a man insisting that they must love him! He won't accept that they might not. The desire for a certain kind of truth here actually creates that truth’s existence; and this is true in countless other situations as well. Who gets promotions, favors, or job offers, but the person who lives as if those opportunities are real possibilities? He anticipates them, gives up other things for them before they arrive, and takes risks for them in advance. His belief acts as a claim on the opportunities above him, and it brings about its own proof.

A social organism of any sort whatever, large or small, is what it is because each member proceeds to his own duty with a trust that the other members will simultaneously do theirs. Wherever a desired result is achieved by the co-operation of many independent persons, its existence as a fact is a pure consequence of the precursive faith in one another of those immediately concerned. A government, an army, a commercial system, a ship, a college, an athletic team, all exist on this condition, without which not only is nothing achieved, but nothing is even attempted. A whole train of passengers (individually brave enough) will be looted by a few highwaymen, simply because the latter can count on one another, while each passenger fears that if he makes a movement of resistance, he will be shot before any one else backs him up. If we believed that the whole car-full would rise {25} at once with us, we should each severally rise, and train-robbing would never even be attempted. There are, then, cases where a fact cannot come at all unless a preliminary faith exists in its coming. And where faith in a fact can help create the fact, that would be an insane logic which should say that faith running ahead of scientific evidence is the 'lowest kind of immorality' into which a thinking being can fall. Yet such is the logic by which our scientific absolutists pretend to regulate our lives!

A social organism of any kind, big or small, is what it is because each member performs their own duties with the trust that others will do the same. Wherever a desired outcome is achieved through the cooperation of many independent people, its existence is simply a result of the mutual faith among those involved. A government, an army, a business system, a ship, a college, an athletic team—all depend on this condition; without it, not only is nothing achieved, but nothing is even attempted. A whole train of passengers (who are individually brave enough) can be robbed by a few thieves, simply because the thieves trust one another, while each passenger is afraid that if they try to resist, they'll be shot before anyone else supports them. If we believed that everyone in the car would stand up with us, we would all get up together, and train robberies would never even be attempted. There are, then, situations where a fact can't come about unless there is a prior faith in its occurrence. And where faith in a fact can help create the fact, it would be insane logic to claim that having faith before scientific evidence is the 'lowest form of immorality' a thinking being can fall into. Yet that is the logic by which our scientific absolutists pretend to control our lives!


X.

In truths dependent on our personal action, then, faith based on desire is certainly a lawful and possibly an indispensable thing.

In situations where the truth relies on our own actions, having faith based on desire is definitely valid and might even be essential.

But now, it will be said, these are all childish human cases, and have nothing to do with great cosmical matters, like the question of religious faith. Let us then pass on to that. Religions differ so much in their accidents that in discussing the religious question we must make it very generic and broad. What then do we now mean by the religious hypothesis? Science says things are; morality says some things are better than other things; and religion says essentially two things.

But now, some might say these are all immature human issues and have nothing to do with major cosmic matters, like the question of religious faith. So let’s move on to that. Religions vary so much in their specific details that when discussing the religious question, we must keep it very general and broad. What do we mean now by the religious hypothesis? Science tells us that things exist; morality suggests that some things are better than others; and religion essentially states two main ideas.

First, she says that the best things are the more eternal things, the overlapping things, the things in the universe that throw the last stone, so to speak, and say the final word. "Perfection is eternal,"—this phrase of Charles Secrétan seems a good way of putting this first affirmation of religion, an affirmation which obviously cannot yet be verified scientifically at all.

First, she says that the best things are the more eternal things, the overlapping things, the things in the universe that throw the last stone, so to speak, and say the final word. "Perfection is eternal,"—this phrase of Charles Secrétan seems a good way of putting this first affirmation of religion, an affirmation which obviously cannot yet be verified scientifically at all.

{26}

The second affirmation of religion is that we are better off even now if we believe her first affirmation to be true.

The second belief in religion is that we're better off even now if we accept its first claim as true.

Now, let us consider what the logical elements of this situation are in case the religious hypothesis in both its branches be really true. (Of course, we must admit that possibility at the outset. If we are to discuss the question at all, it must involve a living option. If for any of you religion be a hypothesis that cannot, by any living possibility be true, then you need go no farther. I speak to the 'saving remnant' alone.) So proceeding, we see, first, that religion offers itself as a momentous option. We are supposed to gain, even now, by our belief, and to lose by our non-belief, a certain vital good. Secondly, religion is a forced option, so far as that good goes. We cannot escape the issue by remaining sceptical and waiting for more light, because, although we do avoid error in that way if religion be untrue, we lose the good, if it be true, just as certainly as if we positively chose to disbelieve. It is as if a man should hesitate indefinitely to ask a certain woman to marry him because he was not perfectly sure that she would prove an angel after he brought her home. Would he not cut himself off from that particular angel-possibility as decisively as if he went and married some one else? Scepticism, then, is not avoidance of option; it is option of a certain particular kind of risk. Better risk loss of truth than chance of error,—that is your faith-vetoer's exact position. He is actively playing his stake as much as the believer is; he is backing the field against the religious hypothesis, just as the believer is backing the religious hypothesis against the field. To preach scepticism to us as a duty until {27} 'sufficient evidence' for religion be found, is tantamount therefore to telling us, when in presence of the religious hypothesis, that to yield to our fear of its being error is wiser and better than to yield to our hope that it may be true. It is not intellect against all passions, then; it is only intellect with one passion laying down its law. And by what, forsooth, is the supreme wisdom of this passion warranted? Dupery for dupery, what proof is there that dupery through hope is so much worse than dupery through fear? I, for one, can see no proof; and I simply refuse obedience to the scientist's command to imitate his kind of option, in a case where my own stake is important enough to give me the right to choose my own form of risk. If religion be true and the evidence for it be still insufficient, I do not wish, by putting your extinguisher upon my nature (which feels to me as if it had after all some business in this matter), to forfeit my sole chance in life of getting upon the winning side,—that chance depending, of course, on my willingness to run the risk of acting as if my passional need of taking the world religiously might be prophetic and right.

Now, let's think about the key aspects of this situation if the religious hypothesis in both its forms is actually true. (We have to acknowledge that possibility from the start. If we're going to discuss this at all, it has to involve a real choice. If for any of you religion is a hypothesis that could never possibly be true, then you don't need to read any further. I'm speaking only to the 'saving remnant'.) So moving forward, we see, first, that religion presents itself as a significant option. It's suggested that we gain something important by believing and lose out by not believing. Secondly, religion is a mandatory option in terms of that good. We can't avoid the decision by staying skeptical and waiting for more clarity because, although we might avoid being wrong if religion is untrue, we still miss out on the good if it is true, just as surely as if we actively chose not to believe. It's like a man who hesitates endlessly to propose to a certain woman because he's not completely sure she'll turn out to be wonderful after they get married. Wouldn’t he be shutting himself off from that potential happiness just as much as if he married someone else? So skepticism isn’t a way to avoid making a choice; it’s a choice about a specific kind of risk. Better to risk losing the truth than to take the chance of being wrong—that’s exactly the position of someone who vetoes faith. They're just as invested as the believer is; they're betting against the religious hypothesis, just like the believer is betting on the religious hypothesis against everything else. To preach skepticism as a duty until {27} 'sufficient evidence' for religion is found is basically telling us that in the face of the religious hypothesis, it's wiser and better to give in to our fear of it being false than to our hope that it might be true. It’s not about pure intellect versus all emotions; it’s just intellect siding with one emotion. And what exactly backs up the supposed wisdom of this emotion? If both are misleading, what evidence is there that being misled by hope is any worse than being misled by fear? I, for one, see no proof; I refuse to follow the scientist's directive to adopt his kind of choice in a situation where my own stake is significant enough for me to have the right to choose my own risk. If religion is true and the evidence for it is still lacking, I don’t want to shut down my instincts (which feel, after all, like they have a role in this) and lose my only chance in life to be on the winning side— that chance relies on my willingness to take the risk of acting as if my deep need for a religious perspective might actually be accurate and valid.

All this is on the supposition that it really may be prophetic and right, and that, even to us who are discussing the matter, religion is a live hypothesis which may be true. Now, to most of us religion comes in a still further way that makes a veto on our active faith even more illogical. The more perfect and more eternal aspect of the universe is represented in our religions as having personal form. The universe is no longer a mere It to us, but a Thou, if we are religious; and any relation that may be possible from person to person might be possible {28} here. For instance, although in one sense we are passive portions of the universe, in another we show a curious autonomy, as if we were small active centres on our own account. We feel, too, as if the appeal of religion to us were made to our own active good-will, as if evidence might be forever withheld from us unless we met the hypothesis half-way. To take a trivial illustration: just as a man who in a company of gentlemen made no advances, asked a warrant for every concession, and believed no one's word without proof, would cut himself off by such churlishness from all the social rewards that a more trusting spirit would earn,—so here, one who should shut himself up in snarling logicality and try to make the gods extort his recognition willy-nilly, or not get it at all, might cut himself off forever from his only opportunity of making the gods' acquaintance. This feeling, forced on us we know not whence, that by obstinately believing that there are gods (although not to do so would be so easy both for our logic and our life) we are doing the universe the deepest service we can, seems part of the living essence of the religious hypothesis. If the hypothesis were true in all its parts, including this one, then pure intellectualism, with its veto on our making willing advances, would be an absurdity; and some participation of our sympathetic nature would be logically required. I, therefore, for one cannot see my way to accepting the agnostic rules for truth-seeking, or wilfully agree to keep my willing nature out of the game. I cannot do so for this plain reason, that a rule of thinking which would absolutely prevent me from acknowledging certain kinds of truth if those kinds of truth were really there, would be an irrational rule. That for me {29} is the long and short of the formal logic of the situation, no matter what the kinds of truth might materially be.

All this assumes that it might actually be prophetic and true, and that even for us discussing this, religion is a live theory that could be valid. For most of us, religion comes in a way that makes rejecting our active faith even more unreasonable. The more complete and eternal aspect of the universe is seen in our religions as having a personal form. The universe is no longer just an It for us, but a Thou, if we are religious; and any relationship that might exist between people could also exist here. For instance, although in one sense we are passive parts of the universe, in another sense we exhibit a strange independence, as if we are small active centers on our own. We also feel like the call of religion to us appeals to our own active goodwill, as if evidence could be forever held back from us unless we engage with the idea. To give a simple example: just like a man in a group of gentlemen who makes no effort, demands proof for every concession, and doesn’t believe anyone without evidence would miss out on all the social rewards a more trusting person would gain,—similarly, someone who isolates themselves in stubborn logic and tries to force the gods into recognizing them, or not getting acknowledged at all, might end up forever missing their only chance to connect with the divine. This feeling, imposed on us from who knows where, that by stubbornly believing in gods (even though it would be so easy for our reasoning and our lives to not do so) we're doing the universe the greatest service we can, seems to be part of the very essence of the religious belief. If the belief were true in all its aspects, including this one, then pure intellectualism, with its rejection of our willingness to engage, would be nonsensical; and some part of our sympathetic nature would logically be needed. Therefore, I personally cannot bring myself to accept agnostic rules for seeking truth, or willfully agree to exclude my willingness from the equation. I can’t do that for this straightforward reason: a thinking rule that would completely stop me from recognizing certain types of truth if they truly exist would be an irrational rule. For me, {29} that’s the crux of the formal logic in this situation, regardless of what kinds of truth might actually be out there.


I confess I do not see how this logic can be escaped. But sad experience makes me fear that some of you may still shrink from radically saying with me, in abstracto, that we have the right to believe at our own risk any hypothesis that is live enough to tempt our will. I suspect, however, that if this is so, it is because you have got away from the abstract logical point of view altogether, and are thinking (perhaps without realizing it) of some particular religious hypothesis which for you is dead. The freedom to 'believe what we will' you apply to the case of some patent superstition; and the faith you think of is the faith defined by the schoolboy when he said, "Faith is when you believe something that you know ain't true." I can only repeat that this is misapprehension. In concreto, the freedom to believe can only cover living options which the intellect of the individual cannot by itself resolve; and living options never seem absurdities to him who has them to consider. When I look at the religious question as it really puts itself to concrete men, and when I think of all the possibilities which both practically and theoretically it involves, then this command that we shall put a stopper on our heart, instincts, and courage, and wait—acting of course meanwhile more or less as if religion were not true[4]—till {30} doomsday, or till such time as our intellect and senses working together may have raked in evidence enough,—this command, I say, seems to me the queerest idol ever manufactured in the philosophic cave. Were we scholastic absolutists, there might be more excuse. If we had an infallible intellect with its objective certitudes, we might feel ourselves disloyal to such a perfect organ of knowledge in not trusting to it exclusively, in not waiting for its releasing word. But if we are empiricists, if we believe that no bell in us tolls to let us know for certain when truth is in our grasp, then it seems a piece of idle fantasticality to preach so solemnly our duty of waiting for the bell. Indeed we may wait if we will,—I hope you do not think that I am denying that,—but if we do so, we do so at our peril as much as if we believed. In either case we act, taking our life in our hands. No one of us ought to issue vetoes to the other, nor should we bandy words of abuse. We ought, on the contrary, delicately and profoundly to respect one another's mental freedom: then only shall we bring about the intellectual republic; then only shall we have that spirit of inner tolerance without which all our outer tolerance is soulless, and which is empiricism's glory; then only shall we live and let live, in speculative as well as in practical things.

I admit I don't see how we can avoid this logic. But past experiences make me worry that some of you might hesitate to boldly agree with me, in abstracto, that we have the right to believe at our own risk any hypothesis that is compelling enough to sway our will. I suspect that if this is the case, it's because you've completely moved away from the abstract logical perspective and are likely (even if you don’t realize it) thinking about a specific religious hypothesis that feels dead to you. The freedom to 'believe what we want' seems to apply only to some obvious superstition; and the faith you're considering is what a schoolboy once defined as, "Faith is when you believe something that you know isn't true." I can only reiterate that this is a misunderstanding. In concreto, the freedom to believe can only apply to genuine options that an individual’s intellect can't resolve on its own; and genuine options never seem absurd to those who have to consider them. When I examine the religious question as it actually confronts real people, and when I contemplate all the possibilities it involves, practically and theoretically, the command to suppress our hearts, instincts, and courage, and just wait—while, of course, acting somewhat as if religion were not true[4]—until doomsday, or until our intellect and senses can gather enough evidence together, this command strikes me as the strangest idol ever created in the philosophical cave. If we were scholastic absolutists, there might be more justification. If we had an infallible intellect with its objective certainties, we might feel unfaithful to such a perfect source of knowledge by not trusting it completely, by not waiting for its conclusive word. But if we are empiricists, if we believe that no bell in us tolls to let us know for sure when we have the truth, then it seems ridiculous to preach so earnestly about the duty of waiting for the bell. Indeed, we can wait if we choose to—I hope you don’t think I’m saying otherwise—but if we do, we do so at our own risk just as much as if we believed. In either case, we act, taking our lives into our own hands. None of us should veto one another, nor should we throw around insults. Instead, we should deeply and respectfully honor each other’s mental freedom: that’s when we’ll create an intellectual republic; that’s when we will achieve the inner tolerance that makes all our outward tolerance meaningful, and that is the pride of empiricism; that’s when we can truly live and let live, in both speculative and practical matters.

I began by a reference to Fitz James Stephen; let me end by a quotation from him. "What do you think {31} of yourself? What do you think of the world?... These are questions with which all must deal as it seems good to them. They are riddles of the Sphinx, and in some way or other we must deal with them.... In all important transactions of life we have to take a leap in the dark.... If we decide to leave the riddles unanswered, that is a choice; if we waver in our answer, that, too, is a choice: but whatever choice we make, we make it at our peril. If a man chooses to turn his back altogether on God and the future, no one can prevent him; no one can show beyond reasonable doubt that he is mistaken. If a man thinks otherwise and acts as he thinks, I do not see that any one can prove that he is mistaken. Each must act as he thinks best; and if he is wrong, so much the worse for him. We stand on a mountain pass in the midst of whirling snow and blinding mist, through which we get glimpses now and then of paths which may be deceptive. If we stand still we shall be frozen to death. If we take the wrong road we shall be dashed to pieces. We do not certainly know whether there is any right one. What must we do? 'Be strong and of a good courage.' Act for the best, hope for the best, and take what comes.... If death ends all, we cannot meet death better."[5]

I started with a reference to Fitz James Stephen, so let me finish with a quote from him. "What do you think of yourself? What do you think of the world?... These are questions everyone must face in their own way. They are riddles of the Sphinx, and somehow we have to deal with them.... In all major life decisions, we have to take a leap into the unknown.... If we choose to leave the riddles unanswered, that's a choice; if we hesitate in our answer, that's a choice too: but whatever choice we make, we do it at our own risk. If someone decides to completely turn away from God and the future, no one can stop him; no one can prove beyond a reasonable doubt that he is wrong. If someone thinks differently and acts according to that belief, I don’t think anyone can prove that he is wrong. Each person must act as they believe is best; if they are wrong, then that’s their consequence. We find ourselves at a mountain pass in the middle of swirling snow and blinding fog, occasionally catching sight of paths that may mislead us. If we stay still, we’ll freeze to death. If we take the wrong path, we’ll be crushed. We don’t really know if there’s a right path. What should we do? 'Be strong and courageous.' Act for the best, hope for the best, and accept whatever comes.... If death is the end, we can’t face it any better."



[1] An Address to the Philosophical Clubs of Yale and Brown Universities. Published in the New World, June, 1896.

[1] An Address to the Philosophical Clubs of Yale and Brown Universities. Published in the New World, June, 1896.

[2] Compare the admirable page 310 in S. H. Hodgson's "Time and Space," London, 1865.

[2] Check out the impressive page 310 in S. H. Hodgson's "Time and Space," London, 1865.

[3] Compare Wilfrid Ward's Essay, "The Wish to Believe," in his Witnesses to the Unseen, Macmillan & Co., 1893.

[3] Check out Wilfrid Ward's essay, "The Wish to Believe," in his Witnesses to the Unseen, Macmillan & Co., 1893.

[4] Since belief is measured by action, he who forbids us to believe religion to be true, necessarily also forbids us to act as we should if we did believe it to be true. The whole defence of religious faith hinges upon action. If the action required or inspired by the religious hypothesis is in no way different from that dictated by the naturalistic hypothesis, then religious faith is a pure superfluity, better pruned away, and controversy about its legitimacy is a piece of idle trifling, unworthy of serious minds. I myself believe, of course, that the religious hypothesis gives to the world an expression which specifically determines our reactions, and makes them in a large part unlike what they might be on a purely naturalistic scheme of belief.

[4] Since belief is shown through actions, if someone prevents us from believing that religion is true, they are also stopping us from acting as we should if we truly believed it. The entire defense of religious faith relies on action. If the actions prompted or inspired by the religious viewpoint are no different from those suggested by a naturalistic viewpoint, then religious faith is simply unnecessary and should be discarded, making the debate over its validity trivial and not worthy of serious thinkers. Personally, I believe that the religious viewpoint provides a unique expression that shapes our reactions in a way that is quite different from what they would be under a purely naturalistic belief system.

[5] Liberty, Equality, Fraternity, p. 353, 2d edition. London, 1874.

[5] Liberty, Equality, Fraternity, p. 353, 2nd edition. London, 1874.




{32}

IS LIFE WORTH LIVING?[1]

When Mr. Mallock's book with this title appeared some fifteen years ago, the jocose answer that "it depends on the liver" had great currency in the newspapers. The answer which I propose to give to-night cannot be jocose. In the words of one of Shakespeare's prologues,—

When Mr. Mallock's book with this title came out about fifteen years ago, the humorous response that "it depends on the liver" was widely used in the newspapers. The answer I plan to give tonight can't be funny. In the words of one of Shakespeare's prologues,—

"I come no more to make you laugh; things now,
That bear a weighty and a serious brow,
Sad, high, and working, full of state and woe,"—

"I’m not here to make you laugh anymore; things now,
carry a heavy and serious expression,
sad, intense, and meaningful, full of importance and sorrow,"—

must be my theme. In the deepest heart of all of us there is a corner in which the ultimate mystery of things works sadly; and I know not what such an association as yours intends, nor what you ask of those whom you invite to address you, unless it be to lead you from the surface-glamour of existence, and for an hour at least to make you heedless to the buzzing and jigging and vibration of small interests and excitements that form the tissue of our ordinary consciousness. Without further explanation or apology, then, I ask you to join me in turning an attention, commonly too unwilling, to the profounder bass-note of life. Let us search the lonely depths for an hour together, and see what answers in the last folds and recesses of things our question may find.

must be my theme. In the deepest part of all of us, there’s a place where the ultimate mystery of things works sadly; and I don’t know what your association intends, nor what you want from those you invite to speak to you, unless it’s to take you away from the surface glamour of life, and for at least an hour, to make you forget the buzzing, dancing, and distractions of small interests and excitements that make up the fabric of our everyday awareness. Without further explanation or apology, then, I ask you to join me in focusing our often unwilling attention on the deeper notes of life. Let’s explore the lonely depths together for an hour and see what answers we can find in the hidden folds and corners of existence.


{33}

I

With many men the question of life's worth is answered by a temperamental optimism which makes them incapable of believing that anything seriously evil can exist. Our dear old Walt Whitman's works are the standing text-book of this kind of optimism. The mere joy of living is so immense in Walt Whitman's veins that it abolishes the possibility of any other kind of feeling:—

With many men, the question of life's value is answered by a sunny disposition that makes them unable to believe that anything truly evil can exist. Our beloved Walt Whitman's works are the go-to reference for this type of optimism. The sheer joy of living runs so deep in Walt Whitman that it eliminates the possibility of any other kind of feeling:—

"To breathe the air, how delicious!
To speak, to walk, to seize something by the hand!...
To be this incredible God I am!...
O amazement of things, even the least particle!
O spirituality of things!
I too carol the Sun, usher'd or at noon, or as now, setting;
I too throb to the brain and beauty of the earth and of all the
growths of the earth....

"Breathing the air is so refreshing!
To talk, to walk, to hold something in my hand!...
To be this incredible being I am!...
Oh, the wonder of everything, even the tiniest particle!
Oh, the spirit in everything!
I too celebrate the Sun, whether at dawn, noon, or now, at sunset;
I too pulse with the energy and beauty of the earth and all the
growths of the earth....

I sing to the last the equalities, modern or old,
I sing the endless finales of things,
I say Nature continues—glory continues.
I praise with electric voice,
For I do not see one imperfection in the universe,
And I do not see one cause or result lamentable at last."

I sing to the end the equalities, modern or old,
I sing the endless conclusions of things,
I say Nature goes on—glory goes on.
I praise with an electric voice,
Because I don’t see a single imperfection in the universe,
And I don’t see one cause or result that’s regrettable in the end."

So Rousseau, writing of the nine years he spent at Annecy, with nothing but his happiness to tell:—

So Rousseau, writing about the nine years he spent in Annecy, shares nothing but his happiness:—


"How tell what was neither said nor done nor even thought, but tasted only and felt, with no object of my felicity but the emotion of felicity itself! I rose with the sun, and I was happy; I went to walk, and I was happy; I saw 'Maman,' and I was happy; I left her, and I was happy. I rambled through the woods and over the vine-slopes, I wandered in the valleys, I read, I lounged, I {34} worked in the garden, I gathered the fruits, I helped at the indoor work, and happiness followed me everywhere. It was in no one assignable thing; it was all within myself; it could not leave me for a single instant."

"How do you describe what wasn’t said, done, or even thought, but only tasted and felt, with nothing to make me happy except the joy itself! I woke up with the sun, and I was happy; I went for a walk, and I was happy; I saw ‘Mom,’ and I was happy; I left her, and I was happy. I wandered through the woods and up the vine-covered slopes, I strolled in the valleys, I read, I relaxed, I {34} worked in the garden, I picked fruits, I helped with indoor chores, and happiness followed me everywhere. It wasn’t tied to anything in particular; it was all within me; it never left me for a single moment."


If moods like this could be made permanent, and constitutions like these universal, there would never be any occasion for such discourses as the present one. No philosopher would seek to prove articulately that life is worth living, for the fact that it absolutely is so would vouch for itself, and the problem disappear in the vanishing of the question rather than in the coming of anything like a reply. But we are not magicians to make the optimistic temperament universal; and alongside of the deliverances of temperamental optimism concerning life, those of temperamental pessimism always exist, and oppose to them a standing refutation. In what is called 'circular insanity,' phases of melancholy succeed phases of mania, with no outward cause that we can discover; and often enough to one and the same well person life will present incarnate radiance to-day and incarnate dreariness to-morrow, according to the fluctuations of what the older medical books used to call "the concoction of the humors." In the words of the newspaper joke, "it depends on the liver." Rousseau's ill-balanced constitution undergoes a change, and behold him in his latter evil days a prey to melancholy and black delusions of suspicion and fear. Some men seem launched upon the world even from their birth with souls as incapable of happiness as Walt Whitman's was of gloom, and they have left us their messages in even more lasting verse than his,—the exquisite Leopardi, for example; or our own contemporary, {35} James Thomson, in that pathetic book, The City of Dreadful Night, which I think is less well-known than it should be for its literary beauty, simply because men are afraid to quote its words,—they are so gloomy, and at the same time so sincere. In one place the poet describes a congregation gathered to listen to a preacher in a great unillumined cathedral at night. The sermon is too long to quote, but it ends thus:—

If moods like this could last forever, and if these types of personalities were universal, there would be no need for discussions like this one. No philosopher would feel the need to explain that life is worth living, because the fact that it undeniably is would speak for itself, and the issue would dissolve rather than requiring a response. But we can’t magically make an optimistic outlook universal; along with the positive views about life, there are always the negative viewpoints that stand firmly against them. In what’s known as 'circular insanity,' periods of sadness follow bursts of happiness without any clear external cause; often, a healthy person can experience vibrant joy one day and deep gloom the next, influenced by what older medical texts called "the concoction of the humors." As the newspaper joke goes, "it depends on the liver." Rousseau’s unstable temperament changes, and in his later years, he becomes consumed by sadness and dark thoughts of suspicion and fear. Some individuals appear to come into the world with souls incapable of happiness, just as Walt Whitman was incapable of feeling gloomy, and they have left us their messages in even more enduring poetry than his—like the exquisite Leopardi, for instance, or our contemporary, {35} James Thomson, in that moving book, The City of Dreadful Night, which I believe is less recognized than it deserves to be for its literary beauty, simply because people are hesitant to quote its lines—they are so dark yet so heartfelt. In one part, the poet describes a congregation gathering to listen to a preacher in a vast unlit cathedral at night. The sermon is too lengthy to quote, but it ends like this:—

"'O Brothers of sad lives! they are so brief;
A few short years must bring us all relief:
Can we not bear these years of laboring breath.
But if you would not this poor life fulfil,
Lo, you are free to end it when you will,
Without the fear of waking after death.'—

"'O Brothers with sorrowful lives! They're so short;
A few brief years will soon bring us all peace:
Can we not endure these years of struggling to breathe?
But if you don’t want to get through this tough life,
Look, you are free to end it whenever you choose,
"Without the concern of waking up after death." —

"The organ-like vibrations of his voice
Thrilled through the vaulted aisles and died away;
The yearning of the tones which bade rejoice
Was sad and tender as a requiem lay:
Our shadowy congregation rested still,
As brooding on that 'End it when you will.'

"The rich, resonant vibrations of his voice
Reverberated through the high ceilings and gradually disappeared;
The longing in the tones that urged joy
Was gentle and moving like a funeral song:
Our hazy audience remained quiet,
As if contemplating 'End it whenever you want.'

*****

"Our shadowy congregation rested still,
As musing on that message we had heard,
And brooding on that 'End it when you will,'
Perchance awaiting yet some other word;
When keen as lightning through a muffled sky
Sprang forth a shrill and lamentable cry;—

"Our quiet group sat in silence,
Thinking about the message we received,
And pondering that 'You can end it whenever you choose,'
Maybe waiting for some other updates;
When suddenly, like lightning in a dark sky,
A sharp and sorrowful cry broke through;—

"'The man speaks sooth, alas! the man speaks sooth:
We have no personal life beyond the grave;
There is no God; Fate knows nor wrath nor ruth:
Can I find here the comfort which I crave?

"The man speaks the truth, unfortunately! The man speaks the truth:
We don't have a personal life after death;
There is no God; Fate feels neither anger nor pity:
Can I find the comfort I'm seeking here?

"'In all eternity I had one chance,
One few years' term of gracious human life,—
The splendors of the intellect's advance,
The sweetness of the home with babes and wife;

"'In all eternity I had one chance,
A short moment of blessed human life, —
The brilliance of the mind's growth,
The happiness of being at home with kids and a partner;

{36}

"'The social pleasures with their genial wit;
The fascination of the worlds of art;
The glories of the worlds of Nature lit
By large imagination's glowing heart;

"'The fun of social gatherings and their friendly humor;
The appeal found in the world of art;
The beauty of the natural world illuminated
By the lively core of a big imagination;

"'The rapture of mere being, full of health;
The careless childhood and the ardent youth;
The strenuous manhood winning various wealth,
The reverend age serene with life's long truth;

"The joy of just existing, full of vitality;
The carefree childhood and the passionate young adulthood;
The hard-working adulthood earning diverse riches,
The wise old age is at peace with the lasting wisdom of life;

"'All the sublime prerogatives of Man;
The storied memories of the times of old,
The patient tracking of the world's great plan
Through sequences and changes myriadfold.

"'All the amazing privileges of humanity;
The legendary memories of ancient times,
The careful following of the world's grand design
Through countless ups and downs.

"'This chance was never offered me before;
For me the infinite past is blank and dumb;
This chance recurreth never, nevermore;
Blank, blank for me the infinite To-come.

"'This opportunity was never given to me before;
To me, the endless past feels empty and silent;
This opportunity will never come again, ever;
Empty, empty for me the limitless future.

"'And this sole chance was frustrate from my birth,
A mockery, a delusion; and my breath
Of noble human life upon this earth
So racks me that I sigh for senseless death.

"'And this only chance was ruined from the moment I was born,
A joke, an illusion; and my life.
As a noble human being on this earth
It tortures me so much that I wish for a meaningless death.

"'My wine of life is poison mixed with gall,
My noonday passes in a nightmare dream,
I worse than lose the years which are my all:
What can console me for the loss supreme?

"'My wine of life is poison mixed with bitterness,
My afternoons are filled with terrifying dreams,
I lose more than just the years that mean everything to me:
What can console me for this profound loss?

"'Speak not of comfort where no comfort is,
Speak not at all: can words make foul things fair!
Our life 's a cheat, our death a black abyss:
Hush, and be mute, envisaging despair.'

"'Don't talk about comfort where there is none,
Don't say anything: can words really turn bad situations into good ones?
Our life is a deception, our death a dark void:
"Be quiet and stay silent, reflecting on despair."

"This vehement voice came from the northern aisle,
Rapid and shrill to its abrupt harsh close;
And none gave answer for a certain while,
For words must shrink from these most wordless woes;
At last the pulpit speaker simply said,
With humid eyes and thoughtful, drooping head,—

"This intense voice came from the northern aisle,
Fast and intense until its sudden, brutal ending;
And no one replied for a while,
Because words can't express these profound, unspoken sorrows;
Finally, the speaker at the pulpit said,
With teary eyes and a thoughtful, lowered head,—

{37}

"'My Brother, my poor Brothers, it is thus:
This life holds nothing good for us,
But it ends soon and nevermore can be;
And we knew nothing of it ere our birth,
And shall know nothing when consigned to earth;
I ponder these thoughts, and they comfort me.'"

"'My brother, my poor brothers, here's the thing:
This life offers us nothing good,
But it ends quickly and won't return;
And we knew nothing of it before we were born,
And we’ll know nothing when we’re laid to rest;
I think about this, and it makes me feel better.


"It ends soon, and never more can be," "Lo, you are free to end it when you will,"—these verses flow truthfully from the melancholy Thomson's pen, and are in truth a consolation for all to whom, as to him, the world is far more like a steady den of fear than a continual fountain of delight. That life is not worth living the whole army of suicides declare,—an army whose roll-call, like the famous evening gun of the British army, follows the sun round the world and never terminates. We, too, as we sit here in our comfort, must 'ponder these things' also, for we are of one substance with these suicides, and their life is the life we share. The plainest intellectual integrity,—nay, more, the simplest manliness and honor, forbid us to forget their case.

"It ends soon, and it can never be again," "Look, you are free to end it whenever you want,"—these lines come genuinely from the sorrowful Thomson's pen and truly provide comfort for everyone who, like him, finds the world to be much more of a steady source of fear than a constant wellspring of joy. That life isn't worth living is something the entire group of suicides states—an army whose roll call, like the famous evening gun of the British army, follows the sun around the globe and never ends. We, too, as we sit here comfortably, must 'think about these things' as well, because we are connected to these suicides, and their life is the life we share. The most basic intellectual honesty—indeed, even the simplest sense of manliness and honor—forces us not to overlook their situation.


"If suddenly," says Mr. Ruskin, "in the midst of the enjoyments of the palate and lightnesses of heart of a London dinner-party, the walls of the chamber were parted, and through their gap the nearest human beings who were famishing and in misery were borne into the midst of the company feasting and fancy free; if, pale from death, horrible in destitution, broken by despair, body by body they were laid upon the soft carpet, one beside the chair of every guest,—would only the crumbs of the dainties be cast to them; would only a passing glance, a passing thought, be vouchsafed to them? Yet the actual facts, the real relation of each Dives and Lazarus, are not altered by the {38} intervention of the house-wall between the table and the sick-bed,—by the few feet of ground (how few!) which are, indeed, all that separate the merriment from the misery."

"If suddenly," says Mr. Ruskin, "in the middle of the pleasures of taste and the lightheartedness of a London dinner party, the walls of the room were to part, and through the opening, the nearest human beings who were starving and in pain were brought into the midst of the guests enjoying themselves; if, pale from the brink of death, horrifically destitute, broken by despair, one by one they were laid on the soft carpet next to each guest’s chair,—would only the crumbs of the delicacies be thrown to them? Would they only receive a fleeting glance or thought? Yet the actual facts, the true relationship of each rich man and Lazarus, are not changed by the {38} barrier of the house wall between the feast and the sickbed,—by the few feet of ground (how few!) that actually separate joy from suffering."


II.

To come immediately to the heart of my theme, then, what I propose is to imagine ourselves reasoning with a fellow-mortal who is on such terms with life that the only comfort left him is to brood on the assurance, "You may end it when you will." What reasons can we plead that may render such a brother (or sister) willing to take up the burden again? Ordinary Christians, reasoning with would-be suicides, have little to offer them beyond the usual negative, "Thou shalt not." God alone is master of life and death, they say, and it is a blasphemous act to anticipate his absolving hand. But can we find nothing richer or more positive than this, no reflections to urge whereby the suicide may actually see, and in all sad seriousness feel, that in spite of adverse appearances even for him life is still worth living? There are suicides and suicides (in the United States about three thousand of them every year), and I must frankly confess that with perhaps the majority of these my suggestions are impotent to deal. Where suicide is the result of insanity or sudden frenzied impulse, reflection is impotent to arrest its headway; and cases like these belong to the ultimate mystery of evil, concerning which I can only offer considerations tending toward religious patience at the end of this hour. My task, let me say now, is practically narrow, and my words are to deal only with that metaphysical tedium vitae which is peculiar to {39} reflecting men. Most of you are devoted, for good or ill, to the reflective life. Many of you are students of philosophy, and have already felt in your own persons the scepticism and unreality that too much grubbing in the abstract roots of things will breed. This is, indeed, one of the regular fruits of the over-studious career. Too much questioning and too little active responsibility lead, almost as often as too much sensualism does, to the edge of the slope, at the bottom of which lie pessimism and the nightmare or suicidal view of life. But to the diseases which reflection breeds, still further reflection can oppose effective remedies; and it is of the melancholy and Weltschmerz bred of reflection that I now proceed to speak.

To get straight to the point, what I'm suggesting is that we think of a conversation with someone who feels so disconnected from life that their only comfort is the thought, "You can end it whenever you want." What reasons can we offer that might encourage this person to carry on with life? Regular Christians talking to potential suicides have little more to say than the usual prohibition, "You shall not." They claim that God is the only one in charge of life and death, and it’s wrong to take that into your own hands. But can we come up with something more meaningful and positive than this? Can we find insights that would help the person see, and truly feel, that despite what seems to be the case, life is still worth living? There are different kinds of suicides (in the U.S., around three thousand each year), and I must admit that my suggestions may not be effective for most of these cases. When suicide is driven by mental illness or sudden impulses, mere reflection won't stop it; those situations are part of the greater mystery of evil, regarding which I can only offer thoughts on religious patience at the end of this discussion. Let me clarify that my focus is quite specific, and my words will address only that metaphysical tedium vitae that pertains to reflecting individuals. Most of you are committed, for better or worse, to a reflective lifestyle. Many of you study philosophy and have already experienced the skepticism and surrealism that can come from overanalyzing the abstract nature of things. This is indeed a common consequence of an overly studious life. Too much questioning and too little active engagement can lead, just as easily as excess indulgence can, to the brink of where pessimism and a nightmarish or suicidal perspective on life await. However, to the ailments that reflection can cause, further reflection can offer real solutions; and it is the sorrow and Weltschmerz that come from reflection that I want to discuss now.

Let me say, immediately, that my final appeal is to nothing more recondite than religious faith. So far as my argument is to be destructive, it will consist in nothing more than the sweeping away of certain views that often keep the springs of religious faith compressed; and so far as it is to be constructive, it will consist in holding up to the light of day certain considerations calculated to let loose these springs in a normal, natural way. Pessimism is essentially a religious disease. In the form of it to which you are most liable, it consists in nothing but a religious demand to which there comes no normal religious reply.

Let me say right away that my final point is based on nothing more complex than faith. As far as my argument aims to break things down, it will simply involve clearing away certain beliefs that often hold back genuine religious faith; and regarding the constructive side, it will focus on presenting certain ideas meant to free these beliefs in a normal, natural manner. Pessimism is essentially a spiritual issue. In the version of it that you're most prone to, it’s really just a spiritual request that doesn’t receive a proper religious response.

Now, there are two stages of recovery from this disease, two different levels upon which one may emerge from the midnight view to the daylight view of things, and I must treat of them in turn. The second stage is the more complete and joyous, and it corresponds to the freer exercise of religious {40} trust and fancy. There are, as is well known, persons who are naturally very free in this regard, others who are not at all so. There are persons, for instance, whom we find indulging to their heart's content in prospects of immortality; and there are others who experience the greatest difficulty in making such a notion seem real to themselves at all. These latter persons are tied to their senses, restricted to their natural experience; and many of them, moreover, feel a sort of intellectual loyalty to what they call 'hard facts,' which is positively shocked by the easy excursions into the unseen that other people make at the bare call of sentiment. Minds of either class may, however, be intensely religious. They may equally desire atonement and reconciliation, and crave acquiescence and communion with the total soul of things. But the craving, when the mind is pent in to the hard facts, especially as science now reveals them, can breed pessimism, quite as easily as it breeds optimism when it inspires religious trust and fancy to wing their way to another and a better world.

There are two stages of recovery from this disease, two different levels at which one can move from a dark perspective to a brighter one, and I will discuss them one at a time. The second stage is more complete and joyful, corresponding to a freer expression of religious trust and imagination. Some people are naturally open in this regard, while others are not at all. For example, there are those who happily indulge in thoughts of immortality, and then there are others who find it very difficult to consider such ideas as real at all. The latter group tends to be tied to their senses and limited by their natural experiences; many also feel a sort of intellectual loyalty to what they call 'hard facts,' which is deeply unsettled by the easy flights into the unseen that others take at the prompt of emotion. However, minds in either group can be deeply religious. They may equally seek atonement and connection, and long for acceptance and unity with the overall essence of existence. But when the mind is confined to hard facts—especially as science currently presents them—this craving can lead to pessimism just as easily as it can inspire optimism when it allows religious trust and imagination to take flight toward another, better world.

That is why I call pessimism an essentially religious disease. The nightmare view of life has plenty of organic sources; but its great reflective source has at all times been the contradiction between the phenomena of nature and the craving of the heart to believe that behind nature there is a spirit whose expression nature is. What philosophers call 'natural theology' has been one way of appeasing this craving; that poetry of nature in which our English literature is so rich has been another way. Now, suppose a mind of the latter of our two classes, whose imagination is pent in consequently, and who takes its {41} facts 'hard;' suppose it, moreover, to feel strongly the craving for communion, and yet to realize how desperately difficult it is to construe the scientific order of nature either theologically or poetically,—and what result can there be but inner discord and contradiction? Now, this inner discord (merely as discord) can be relieved in either of two ways: The longing to read the facts religiously may cease, and leave the bare facts by themselves; or, supplementary facts may be discovered or believed-in, which permit the religious reading to go on. These two ways of relief are the two stages of recovery, the two levels of escape from pessimism, to which I made allusion a moment ago, and which the sequel will, I trust, make more clear.

That’s why I refer to pessimism as a fundamentally religious illness. The dark view of life has many underlying causes, but its main reflective cause has always been the clash between the realities of nature and the deep-seated desire to believe that behind nature there’s a spirit expressed through it. What philosophers refer to as 'natural theology' has been one way to satisfy this desire; the poetry of nature, which our English literature is rich in, has been another. Now, imagine a person from the latter group whose imagination is confined because of this, and who takes the facts too literally; suppose they also feel a strong longing for connection, yet realize how incredibly hard it is to interpret the scientific order of nature either theologically or poetically—what else can result but inner conflict and contradiction? This inner conflict can be relieved in one of two ways: the desire to interpret the facts in a religious manner may fade, leaving just the bare facts, or new facts may be discovered or accepted that allow the religious interpretation to continue. These two ways of relief are the two stages of recovery, the two options for escaping pessimism that I mentioned earlier, which I hope will become clearer as we continue.


III.

Starting then with nature, we naturally tend, if we have the religious craving, to say with Marcus Aurelius, "O Universe! what thou wishest I wish." Our sacred books and traditions tell us of one God who made heaven and earth, and, looking on them, saw that they were good. Yet, on more intimate acquaintance, the visible surfaces of heaven and earth refuse to be brought by us into any intelligible unity at all. Every phenomenon that we would praise there exists cheek by jowl with some contrary phenomenon that cancels all its religious effect upon the mind. Beauty and hideousness, love and cruelty, life and death keep house together in indissoluble partnership; and there gradually steals over us, instead of the old warm notion of a man-loving Deity, that of an awful power that neither hates nor loves, but rolls all things {42} together meaninglessly to a common doom. This is an uncanny, a sinister, a nightmare view of life, and its peculiar unheimlichkeit, or poisonousness, lies expressly in our holding two things together which cannot possibly agree,—in our clinging, on the one hand, to the demand that there shall be a living spirit of the whole; and, on the other, to the belief that the course of nature must be such a spirit's adequate manifestation and expression. It is in the contradiction between the supposed being of a spirit that encompasses and owns us, and with which we ought to have some communion, and the character of such a spirit as revealed by the visible world's course, that this particular death-in-life paradox and this melancholy-breeding puzzle reside, Carlyle expresses the result in that chapter of his immortal 'Sartor Resartus' entitled 'The Everlasting No.' "I lived," writes poor Teufelsdröckh, "in a continual, indefinite, pining fear; tremulous, pusillanimous, apprehensive of I knew not what: it seemed as if all things in the heavens above and the earth beneath would hurt me; as if the heavens and the earth were but boundless jaws of a devouring monster, wherein I, palpitating, lay waiting to be devoured."

Starting with nature, we naturally tend, if we have a spiritual yearning, to echo Marcus Aurelius: "O Universe! what you desire, I desire." Our sacred texts and traditions tell us about one God who created heaven and earth and, upon seeing them, declared they were good. Yet, as we get to know them better, the visible aspects of heaven and earth resist being unified in any meaningful way. Every phenomenon we admire coexists alongside some opposite that negates its religious significance in our minds. Beauty and ugliness, love and cruelty, life and death exist together in an inseparable partnership; and instead of the comforting idea of a loving Deity, we slowly adopt a concept of a terrifying force that neither hates nor loves but pushes everything toward a common fate without meaning. This creates an unsettling, eerie, and nightmarish perception of life, and its unique discomfort arises from our attempt to hold together two things that cannot coexist—we insist there should be a living spirit that encompasses all, while simultaneously believing that the natural order must adequately represent that spirit. The contradiction between the imagined existence of a spirit that envelops and owns us, with which we should connect, and the nature of that spirit as revealed by the world's happenings, leads to this specific paradox of feeling dead while alive and this melancholic riddle. Carlyle sums it up in a chapter of his timeless work 'Sartor Resartus' titled 'The Everlasting No.' "I lived," writes poor Teufelsdröckh, "in a constant, vague, aching fear; trembling, timid, anxious about I knew not what: it felt as if everything in the heavens above and the earth below would harm me; as if the heavens and the earth were merely endless jaws of a consuming monster, where I, quaking, lay waiting to be devoured."

This is the first stage of speculative melancholy. No brute can have this sort of melancholy; no man who is irreligious can become its prey. It is the sick shudder of the frustrated religious demand, and not the mere necessary outcome of animal experience. Teufelsdröckh himself could have made shift to face the general chaos and bedevilment of this world's experiences very well, were he not the victim of an originally unlimited trust and affection towards them. If he might meet them piecemeal, with no suspicion {43} of any whole expressing itself in them, shunning the bitter parts and husbanding the sweet ones, as the occasion served, and as the day was foul or fair, he could have zigzagged toward an easy end, and felt no obligation to make the air vocal with his lamentations. The mood of levity, of 'I don't care,' is for this world's ills a sovereign and practical anaesthetic. But, no! something deep down in Teufelsdröckh and in the rest of us tells us that there is a Spirit in things to which we owe allegiance, and for whose sake we must keep up the serious mood. And so the inner fever and discord also are kept up; for nature taken on her visible surface reveals no such Spirit, and beyond the facts of nature we are at the present stage of our inquiry not supposing ourselves to look.

This is the first stage of speculative sadness. No brute can feel this kind of sadness; no person who lacks faith can fall victim to it. It is the sick shiver of a frustrated spiritual longing, not just a basic result of animal experience. Teufelsdröckh could have managed to face the general chaos and troubles of this world’s experiences quite well, if he weren’t burdened by an originally limitless trust and affection towards them. If he could encounter them piece by piece, without suspecting that any whole expresses itself in them, avoiding the bitter parts and savoring the sweet ones as the occasion arose, and depending on whether the day was good or bad, he could have moved toward an easy end without feeling the need to make the air heavy with his sorrows. The mood of lightness, of 'I don’t care,' is a strong and practical anesthetic for the world's pain. But no! Something deep inside Teufelsdröckh and the rest of us tells us that there is a Spirit in things to which we owe loyalty, and for whose sake we must maintain a serious demeanor. And so, the inner turmoil and discord continue; for nature, on its visible surface, reveals no such Spirit, and beyond the facts of nature, we are not pretending to look at this stage of our inquiry. {43}

Now, I do not hesitate frankly and sincerely to confess to you that this real and genuine discord seems to me to carry with it the inevitable bankruptcy of natural religion naïvely and simply taken. There were times when Leibnitzes with their heads buried in monstrous wigs could compose Theodicies, and when stall-fed officials of an established church could prove by the valves in the heart and the round ligament of the hip-joint the existence of a "Moral and Intelligent Contriver of the World." But those times are past; and we of the nineteenth century, with our evolutionary theories and our mechanical philosophies, already know nature too impartially and too well to worship unreservedly any God of whose character she can be an adequate expression. Truly, all we know of good and duty proceeds from nature; but none the less so all we know of evil. Visible nature is all plasticity and indifference,—a moral multiverse, as one might call it, and not a moral {44} universe. To such a harlot we owe no allegiance; with her as a whole we can establish no moral communion; and we are free in our dealings with her several parts to obey or destroy, and to follow no law but that of prudence in coming to terms with such other particular features as will help us to our private ends. If there be a divine Spirit of the universe, nature, such as we know her, cannot possibly be its ultimate word to man. Either there is no Spirit revealed in nature, or else it is inadequately revealed there; and (as all the higher religions have assumed) what we call visible nature, or this world, must be but a veil and surface-show whose full meaning resides in a supplementary unseen or other world.

Now, I honestly and openly confess that this genuine discord seems to me to lead to the inevitable collapse of natural religion taken at face value. There were times when philosophers like Leibniz, with their towering wigs, could write Theodicies, and when officials of established churches could use the anatomy of the heart and the structure of the hip joint to prove the existence of a "Moral and Intelligent Designer of the World." But those days are gone; and we in the nineteenth century, with our theories of evolution and our mechanical philosophies, understand nature too impartially and too well to unconditionally worship any God whose character she could adequately represent. Truly, all that we understand about good and duty comes from nature; but so does everything we know about evil. Visible nature is entirely flexible and indifferent—a moral multiverse, you might say, rather than a moral universe. We owe no allegiance to such a being; we cannot establish a moral connection with her as a whole; and we are free in our interactions with her various parts to obey or destroy, following no law except that of practicality in dealing with those specific elements that will help us achieve our personal goals. If there is a divine Spirit of the universe, then nature, as we know it, cannot possibly be its ultimate word to humanity. Either there is no Spirit revealed in nature, or it is inadequately revealed there; and (as all higher religions have claimed) what we call visible nature, or this world,must be just a veil and superficial display whose true meaning lies in a hidden or other world.

I cannot help, therefore, accounting it on the whole a gain (though it may seem for certain poetic constitutions a very sad loss) that the naturalistic superstition, the worship of the God of nature, simply taken as such, should have begun to loosen its hold upon the educated mind. In fact, if I am to express my personal opinion unreservedly, I should say (in spite of its sounding blasphemous at first to certain ears) that the initial step towards getting into healthy ultimate relations with the universe is the act of rebellion against the idea that such a God exists. Such rebellion essentially is that which in the chapter I have quoted from Carlyle goes on to describe:—

I can't help but see it as an overall gain (even if it seems like a significant loss to some poetic minds) that the belief in nature as a divine force has started to lose its grip on educated people. Honestly, if I were to share my personal view openly, I would say (even though it might initially sound blasphemous to some) that the first step toward establishing a healthy relationship with the universe is to rebel against the idea that such a God exists. This rebellion is what Carlyle describes in the chapter I quoted:—


"'Wherefore, like a coward, dost thou forever pip and whimper, and go cowering and trembling? Despicable biped!... Hast thou not a heart; canst thou not suffer whatsoever it be; and, as a Child of Freedom, though outcast, trample Tophet itself under thy feet, while it consumes thee? Let it come, then, I will meet it and defy it!' And as I so thought, there rushed like a stream of fire {45} over my whole soul; and I shook base Fear away from me forever....

"'Why, like a coward, do you keep whining and cowering in fear? Pathetic human! Do you not have a heart? Can you not endure anything? As a Child of Freedom, even if you're an outcast, trample hell itself under your feet while it consumes you! Let it come; I will face it and defy it!' And as I thought this, a surge of determination washed over my whole soul, and I shook off Fear forever....{45}

"Thus had the Everlasting No pealed authoritatively through all the recesses of my being, of my Me, and then was it that my whole Me stood up, in native God-created majesty, and recorded its Protest. Such a Protest, the most important transaction in life, may that same Indignation and Defiance, in a psychological point of view, be fitly called. The Everlasting No had said: 'Behold, thou art fatherless, outcast, and the Universe is mine;' to which my whole Me now made answer: 'I am not thine, but Free, and forever hate thee!' From that hour," Teufelsdröckh-Carlyle adds, "I began to be a man."

"Thus, the Everlasting No echoed firmly through every part of my being, and at that moment, my entire self rose up, in its inherent, God-given greatness, and declared its Protest. Such a Protest, the most significant moment in life, can be aptly described as that same Indignation and Defiance from a psychological perspective. The Everlasting No had proclaimed: 'Look, you are fatherless, an outcast, and the Universe belongs to me;' to which my entire self replied: 'I am not yours, but Free, and I will forever despise you!' From that hour," Teufelsdröckh-Carlyle adds, "I began to be a man."


And our poor friend, James Thomson, similarly writes:—

And our poor friend, James Thomson, similarly writes:—

"Who is most wretched in this dolorous place?
I think myself, yet I would rather be
My miserable self than He, than He
Who formed such creatures to his own disgrace.

"Who is the most miserable in this sad place?
I think it's me, but I'd prefer to be
My sorry self compared to Him, compared to Him.
Who made such beings to his own shame.

The vilest thing must be less vile than Thou
From whom it had its being, God and Lord!
Creator of all woe and sin! abhorred,
Malignant and implacable! I vow

The most disgraceful thing must be less shameful than You
From whom it came to be, God and Lord!
Creator of all sadness and wrongdoing! despised,
Malicious and unyielding! I swear

That not for all Thy power furled and unfurled,
For all the temples to Thy glory built,
Would I assume the ignominious guilt
Of having made such men in such a world."

That not for all your power wrapped and unwrapped,
For all the temples constructed to honor you,
Would I take on the shameful guilt?
Of having created such people in such a world."


We are familiar enough in this community with the spectacle of persons exulting in their emancipation from belief in the God of their ancestral Calvinism,—him who made the garden and the serpent, and pre-appointed the eternal fires of hell. Some of them have found humaner gods to worship, others are simply converts from all theology; but, both alike, they {46} assure us that to have got rid of the sophistication of thinking they could feel any reverence or duty toward that impossible idol gave a tremendous happiness to their souls. Now, to make an idol of the spirit of nature, and worship it, also leads to sophistication; and in souls that are religious and would also be scientific the sophistication breeds a philosophical melancholy, from which the first natural step of escape is the denial of the idol; and with the downfall of the idol, whatever lack of positive joyousness may remain, there comes also the downfall of the whimpering and cowering mood. With evil simply taken as such, men can make short work, for their relations with it then are only practical. It looms up no longer so spectrally, it loses all its haunting and perplexing significance, as soon as the mind attacks the instances of it singly, and ceases to worry about their derivation from the 'one and only Power.'

We’re quite familiar in this community with the sight of people celebrating their freedom from the belief in the God of their Calvinist ancestors—who created the garden and the serpent and predetermined the eternal fires of hell. Some have found kinder deities to worship, while others have simply turned away from all theology; yet, both groups assure us that shedding the complexity of thinking they could feel any reverence or obligation toward that unattainable idol has brought immense happiness to their souls. Now, making an idol out of the spirit of nature and worshiping it also leads to complexity; and in individuals who are both religious and want to be scientific, this complexity breeds a philosophical sadness, from which the most natural way to escape is by denying the idol. With the idol's downfall, any lingering joylessness fades, along with the whimpering and fearful mindset. When evil is simply accepted as evil, people can handle it better, as their relationship with it becomes practical. It no longer looms so ominously; it loses all its haunting and confusing significance as soon as the mind examines instances of it individually and stops worrying about their origin from the 'one and only Power.' {46}

Here, then, on this stage of mere emancipation from monistic superstition, the would-be suicide may already get encouraging answers to his question about the worth of life. There are in most men instinctive springs of vitality that respond healthily when the burden of metaphysical and infinite responsibility rolls off. The certainty that you now may step out of life whenever you please, and that to do so is not blasphemous or monstrous, is itself an immense relief. The thought of suicide is now no longer a guilty challenge and obsession.

Here, on this stage of simply breaking free from one-dimensional belief, someone contemplating suicide might find encouraging answers to their question about the value of life. Most people have instinctive sources of vitality that react positively when the weight of endless, metaphysical responsibility is lifted. The assurance that you can step out of life whenever you want, and that doing so isn't something to be ashamed of or horrified by, is a huge relief. The idea of suicide is no longer a guilty challenge or obsession.

"This little life is all we must endure;
The grave's most holy peace is ever sure,"—

"This short life is all we have to get through;
The grave's sacred peace is always certain,"—

says Thomson; adding, "I ponder these thoughts, and they comfort me." Meanwhile we can always {47} stand it for twenty-four hours longer, if only to see what to-morrow's newspaper will contain, or what the next postman will bring.

says Thomson; adding, "I think about these things, and they make me feel better." Meanwhile, we can always {47} handle it for another twenty-four hours, if only to find out what tomorrow's newspaper will bring, or what the next postman will deliver.

But far deeper forces than this mere vital curiosity are arousable, even in the pessimistically-tending mind; for where the loving and admiring impulses are dead, the hating and fighting impulses will still respond to fit appeals. This evil which we feel so deeply is something that we can also help to overthrow; for its sources, now that no 'Substance' or 'Spirit' is behind them, are finite, and we can deal with each of them in turn. It is, indeed, a remarkable fact that sufferings and hardships do not, as a rule, abate the love of life; they seem, on the contrary, usually to give it a keener zest. The sovereign source of melancholy is repletion. Need and struggle are what excite and inspire us; our hour of triumph is what brings the void. Not the Jews of the captivity, but those of the days of Solomon's glory are those from whom the pessimistic utterances in our Bible come. Germany, when she lay trampled beneath the hoofs of Bonaparte's troopers, produced perhaps the most optimistic and idealistic literature that the world has seen; and not till the French 'milliards' were distributed after 1871 did pessimism overrun the country in the shape in which we see it there to-day. The history of our own race is one long commentary on the cheerfulness that comes with fighting ills. Or take the Waldenses, of whom I lately have been reading, as examples of what strong men will endure. In 1483 a papal bull of Innocent VIII. enjoined their extermination. It absolved those who should take up the crusade against them from all ecclesiastical pains and penalties, released them from {48} any oath, legitimized their title to all property which they might have illegally acquired, and promised remission of sins to all who should kill the heretics.

But there are much deeper forces at play than just mere interest in survival, even in those with a pessimistic outlook; where feelings of love and admiration are absent, feelings of hate and aggression can still respond to the right triggers. The evil we feel so profoundly is something we can also help to overcome; its sources, now that there’s no ‘Substance’ or ‘Spirit’ behind them, are finite, and we can tackle them one by one. It’s actually quite remarkable that suffering and hardship typically don’t lessen our love for life; instead, they usually make it even more vibrant. The root of melancholy comes from having too much. It’s need and struggle that motivate and inspire us; our moments of victory are often when we feel emptiness. It’s not the exiled Jews who express pessimism in our scriptures, but those from the glory days of Solomon. Germany, when it was crushed under Napoleon’s forces, produced possibly the most optimistic and idealistic literature the world has ever seen; and it wasn’t until the French 'milliards' were distributed after 1871 that pessimism spread throughout the country in the way we see it today. The history of our own people reflects the positivity that comes with fighting through challenges. Take the Waldenses, whom I’ve recently been reading about, as examples of the resilience of strong individuals. In 1483, a papal bull from Innocent VIII called for their extermination. It freed those who took up arms against them from all church penalties, released them from any oaths, legitimized their claims to any property they might have unlawfully acquired, and promised forgiveness of sins to anyone who killed the heretics.


"There is no town in Piedmont," says a Vaudois writer, "where some of our brethren have not been put to death. Jordan Terbano was burnt alive at Susa; Hippolite Rossiero at Turin, Michael Goneto, an octogenarian, at Sarcena; Vilermin Ambrosio hanged on the Col di Meano; Hugo Chiambs, of Fenestrelle, had his entrails torn from his living body at Turin; Peter Geymarali of Bobbio in like manner had his entrails taken out in Lucerna, and a fierce cat thrust in their place to torture him further; Maria Romano was buried alive at Rocca Patia; Magdalena Fauno underwent the same fate at San Giovanni; Susanna Michelini was bound hand and foot, and left to perish of cold and hunger on the snow at Sarcena; Bartolomeo Fache, gashed with sabres, had the wounds filled up with quicklime, and perished thus in agony at Penile; Daniel Michelini had his tongue torn out at Bobbo for having praised God; James Baridari perished covered with sulphurous matches which had been forced into his flesh under the nails, between the fingers, in the nostrils, in the lips, and all over the body, and then lighted; Daniel Rovelli had his mouth filled with gunpowder, which, being lighted, blew his head to pieces;... Sara Rostignol was slit open from the legs to the bosom, and left so to perish on the road between Eyral and Lucerna; Anna Charbonnier was impaled, and carried thus on a pike from San Giovanni to La Torre."[2]

"There is no town in Piedmont," says a Vaudois writer, "where some of our brethren haven't been killed. Jordan Terbano was burned alive at Susa; Hippolite Rossiero at Turin, Michael Goneto, an eighty-year-old, at Sarcena; Vilermin Ambrosio was hanged on the Col di Meano; Hugo Chiambs from Fenestrelle had his innards ripped out of his living body at Turin; Peter Geymarali from Bobbio suffered the same fate in Lucerna, where his entrails were removed, and a ferocious cat was stuffed in their place to inflict more pain; Maria Romano was buried alive at Rocca Patia; Magdalena Fauno met the same end at San Giovanni; Susanna Michelini was bound hand and foot and left to die from the cold and hunger on the snow at Sarcena; Bartolomeo Fache, sliced open with sabres, had his wounds packed with quicklime and perished in agony at Penile; Daniel Michelini had his tongue ripped out at Bobbo for praising God; James Baridari died covered in sulfur matches forced into his flesh under the nails, between the fingers, in his nostrils, in his lips, and all over his body, then set on fire; Daniel Rovelli had gunpowder packed in his mouth which, when ignited, blew his head apart;... Sara Rostignol was cut open from her legs to her chest and left to die on the road between Eyral and Lucerna; Anna Charbonnier was impaled and carried on a pike from San Giovanni to La Torre."[2]


Und dergleicken mehr! In 1630 the plague swept away one-half of the Vaudois population, including fifteen of their seventeen pastors. The places of these were supplied from Geneva and Dauphiny, and {49} the whole Vaudois people learned French in order to follow their services. More than once their number fell, by unremitting persecution, from the normal standard of twenty-five thousand to about four thousand. In 1686 the Duke of Savoy ordered the three thousand that remained to give up their faith or leave the country. Refusing, they fought the French and Piedmontese armies till only eighty of their fighting men remained alive or uncaptured, when they gave up, and were sent in a body to Switzerland. But in 1689, encouraged by William of Orange and led by one of their pastor-captains, between eight hundred and nine hundred of them returned to conquer their old homes again. They fought their way to Bobi, reduced to four hundred men in the first half year, and met every force sent against them, until at last the Duke of Savoy, giving up his alliance with that abomination of desolation, Louis XIV., restored them to comparative freedom,—since which time they have increased and multiplied in their barren Alpine valleys to this day.

And so on! In 1630, the plague wiped out half of the Vaudois population, including fifteen of their seventeen pastors. Their replacements were brought in from Geneva and Dauphiny, and {49} the entire Vaudois community learned French to follow their services. More than once, their numbers dropped from the usual twenty-five thousand to about four thousand due to relentless persecution. In 1686, the Duke of Savoy ordered the remaining three thousand to either abandon their faith or leave the country. They refused and fought against the French and Piedmontese armies until only eighty of their fighters were left alive or free, at which point they surrendered and were sent as a group to Switzerland. However, in 1689, motivated by William of Orange and led by one of their pastor-captains, between eight hundred and nine hundred of them returned to reclaim their old homes. They battled their way to Bobi, dwindling to four hundred men in the first six months, facing every force sent against them until finally the Duke of Savoy, breaking his alliance with the dreadful Louis XIV, restored them to a degree of freedom—ever since, they have thrived in their rugged Alpine valleys to this day.

What are our woes and sufferance compared with these? Does not the recital of such a fight so obstinately waged against such odds fill us with resolution against our petty powers of darkness,—machine politicians, spoilsmen, and the rest? Life is worth living, no matter what it bring, if only such combats may be carried to successful terminations and one's heel set on the tyrant's throat. To the suicide, then, in his supposed world of multifarious and immoral nature, you can appeal—and appeal in the name of the very evils that make his heart sick there—to wait and see his part of the battle out. And the consent to live on, which you ask of him under these {50} circumstances, is not the sophistical 'resignation' which devotees of cowering religions preach: it is not resignation in the sense of licking a despotic Deity's hand. It is, on the contrary, a resignation based on manliness and pride. So long as your would-be suicide leaves an evil of his own unremedied, so long he has strictly no concern with evil in the abstract and at large. The submission which you demand of yourself to the general fact of evil in the world, your apparent acquiescence in it, is here nothing but the conviction that evil at large is none of your business until your business with your private particular evils is liquidated and settled up. A challenge of this sort, with proper designation of detail, is one that need only be made to be accepted by men whose normal instincts are not decayed; and your reflective would-be suicide may easily be moved by it to face life with a certain interest again. The sentiment of honor is a very penetrating thing. When you and I, for instance, realize how many innocent beasts have had to suffer in cattle-cars and slaughter-pens and lay down their lives that we might grow up, all fattened and clad, to sit together here in comfort and carry on this discourse, it does, indeed, put our relation to the universe in a more solemn light. "Does not," as a young Amherst philosopher (Xenos Clark, now dead) once wrote, "the acceptance of a happy life upon such terms involve a point of honor?" Are we not bound to take some suffering upon ourselves, to do some self-denying service with our lives, in return for all those lives upon which ours are built? To hear this question is to answer it in but one possible way, if one have a normally constituted heart.

What are our troubles and struggles compared to these? Doesn’t the story of a fight fought so fiercely against such odds inspire us to stand up against our minor evils—like corrupt politicians, opportunists, and others? Life is worth living, no matter what it brings, as long as battles like these can end successfully and a tyrant can be brought down. To the person contemplating suicide, in his perceived world of chaos and immorality, you can appeal to him—and appeal using the very troubles that make him feel sick—to stick around and finish his part of the fight. The willingness to continue living that you ask from him under these circumstances isn’t the empty 'resignation' that followers of cowardly religions preach; it’s not about submissively accepting a cruel deity’s will. Instead, it’s a resignation rooted in strength and pride. As long as someone considering suicide leaves a personal struggle unresolved, they have no real concern with evil in general. The submission you ask of yourself regarding the existence of evil in the world, your apparent acceptance of it, is really just the understanding that large-scale evil is none of your business until you deal with your own specific issues. This sort of challenge, with clear details, is one that men whose instincts are still intact will accept; and a thoughtful person considering suicide might very well find the motivation to engage with life again. The sense of honor is quite powerful. When you and I, for instance, realize how many innocent animals had to suffer in transport and slaughter to provide us with food and comfort to sit here and have this discussion, it undoubtedly makes our relationship with the universe feel more serious. "Doesn't," as a young philosopher from Amherst (Xenos Clark, now deceased) once wrote, "the acceptance of a happy life under such circumstances involve a point of honor?" Are we not obligated to endure some suffering ourselves and provide some selfless service with our lives in exchange for all those lives that support ours? Hearing this question leads to only one answer, if one has a heart that functions normally.

{51}

Thus, then, we see that mere instinctive curiosity, pugnacity, and honor may make life on a purely naturalistic basis seem worth living from day to day to men who have cast away all metaphysics in order to get rid of hypochondria, but who are resolved to owe nothing as yet to religion and its more positive gifts. A poor half-way stage, some of you may be inclined to say; but at least you must grant it to be an honest stage; and no man should dare to speak meanly of these instincts which are our nature's best equipment, and to which religion herself must in the last resort address her own peculiar appeals.

So, we can see that basic instincts like curiosity, aggression, and a sense of honor might make life seem worth living day by day for people who have rejected all metaphysical ideas to escape their anxieties, but who aren’t yet ready to embrace religion and its more tangible benefits. Some of you might consider this a poor halfway point; however, you have to acknowledge it as a genuine stage. No one should belittle these instincts, which are the best part of our nature, and to which religion itself must ultimately direct its unique messages.


IV.

And now, in turning to what religion may have to say to the question, I come to what is the soul of my discourse. Religion has meant many things in human history; but when from now onward I use the word I mean to use it in the supernaturalist sense, as declaring that the so-called order of nature, which constitutes this world's experience, is only one portion of the total universe, and that there stretches beyond this visible world an unseen world of which we now know nothing positive, but in its relation to which the true significance of our present mundane life consists. A man's religious faith (whatever more special items of doctrine it may involve) means for me essentially his faith in the existence of an unseen order of some kind in which the riddles of the natural order may be found explained. In the more developed religions the natural world has always been regarded as the mere scaffolding or vestibule of a truer, more eternal world, and affirmed to be a sphere of {52} education, trial, or redemption. In these religions, one must in some fashion die to the natural life before one can enter into life eternal. The notion that this physical world of wind and water, where the sun rises and the moon sets, is absolutely and ultimately the divinely aimed-at and established thing, is one which we find only in very early religions, such as that of the most primitive Jews. It is this natural religion (primitive still, in spite of the fact that poets and men of science whose good-will exceeds their perspicacity keep publishing it in new editions tuned to our contemporary ears) that, as I said a while ago, has suffered definitive bankruptcy in the opinion of a circle of persons, among whom I must count myself, and who are growing more numerous every day. For such persons the physical order of nature, taken simply as science knows it, cannot be held to reveal any one harmonious spiritual intent. It is mere weather, as Chauncey Wright called it, doing and undoing without end.

And now, as I address what religion might contribute to this question, I get to the heart of my argument. Religion has represented many things throughout human history; however, from now on, when I use the term, I intend it in a supernatural sense. This means I believe that the natural order, which shapes our worldly experiences, is only one part of the entire universe, and beyond this visible world lies an unseen realm of which we currently know nothing definite. The true significance of our current earthly lives relates to this invisible world. A person's religious faith—regardless of any specific doctrines—essentially means believing in the existence of some sort of unseen order that can explain the mysteries of the natural order. In more developed religions, the natural world is often viewed as just a framework or entrance to a more genuine and eternal world, representing a space for education, testing, or redemption. In these religions, one must metaphorically 'die' to the natural life before entering eternal life. The belief that this physical world of winds and waters, where the sun rises and the moon sets, is the ultimate and divinely intended reality is found only in ancient religions, like those of the earliest Jews. This natural religion—still primitive, despite being revised and repackaged by poets and well-meaning scientists who may lack clear insight—has, as I mentioned earlier, reached a point of bankruptcy in the eyes of a growing number of individuals, myself included. For these individuals, the physical order of nature, as understood by science, does not reveal any unified spiritual purpose. It is simply weather, as Chauncey Wright described it, constantly in motion without resolution.

Now, I wish to make you feel, if I can in the short remainder of this hour, that we have a right to believe the physical order to be only a partial order; that we have a right to supplement it by an unseen spiritual order which we assume on trust, if only thereby life may seem to us better worth living again. But as such a trust will seem to some of you sadly mystical and execrably unscientific, I must first say a word or two to weaken the veto which you may consider that science opposes to our act.

Now, I want to help you feel, if I can in the brief time we have left in this hour, that we have the right to see the physical world as just part of a bigger picture; that we’re entitled to add to it an unseen spiritual dimension that we accept on faith, if it makes life feel more meaningful again. However, since this kind of faith might seem overly mystical and frustratingly unscientific to some of you, I need to say a few words to challenge the opposition you might think science has toward our belief.

There is included in human nature an ingrained naturalism and materialism of mind which can only admit facts that are actually tangible. Of this sort of mind the entity called 'science' is the idol. {53} Fondness for the word 'scientist' is one of the notes by which you may know its votaries; and its short way of killing any opinion that it disbelieves in is to call it 'unscientific.' It must be granted that there is no slight excuse for this. Science has made such glorious leaps in the last three hundred years, and extended our knowledge of nature so enormously both in general and in detail; men of science, moreover, have as a class displayed such admirable virtues,—that it is no wonder if the worshippers of science lose their head. In this very University, accordingly, I have heard more than one teacher say that all the fundamental conceptions of truth have already been found by science, and that the future has only the details of the picture to fill in. But the slightest reflection on the real conditions will suffice to show how barbaric such notions are. They show such a lack of scientific imagination, that it is hard to see how one who is actively advancing any part of science can make a mistake so crude. Think how many absolutely new scientific conceptions have arisen in our own generation, how many new problems have been formulated that were never thought of before, and then cast an eye upon the brevity of science's career. It began with Galileo, not three hundred years ago. Four thinkers since Galileo, each informing his successor of what discoveries his own lifetime had seen achieved, might have passed the torch of science into our hands as we sit here in this room. Indeed, for the matter of that, an audience much smaller than the present one, an audience of some five or six score people, if each person in it could speak for his own generation, would carry us away to the black unknown of the human species, {54} to days without a document or monument to tell their tale. Is it credible that such a mushroom knowledge, such a growth overnight as this, can represent more than the minutest glimpse of what the universe will really prove to be when adequately understood? No! our science is a drop, our ignorance a sea. Whatever else be certain, this at least is certain,—that the world of our present natural knowledge is enveloped in a larger world of some sort of whose residual properties we at present can frame no positive idea.

Human nature includes an ingrained naturalism and materialism that only accepts facts that are tangible. For this mindset, the entity known as 'science' is revered. {53} People who are fond of the term 'scientist' are easy to recognize, and they tend to dismiss any opinion they disagree with by labeling it 'unscientific.' It’s important to note that there is some justification for this stance. Science has made significant advancements over the last three hundred years and greatly expanded our understanding of nature both broadly and in detail. Additionally, scientists as a group have displayed admirable qualities, which explains why their followers can become overly enthusiastic. In this University, I have heard multiple instructors claim that all the fundamental truths have already been discovered by science and that the future only holds details to fill in. However, just a little thought about the actual conditions reveals how primitive such ideas are. They display such a lack of scientific imagination that it’s hard to understand how anyone actively involved in science could be so mistaken. Consider how many entirely new scientific concepts have emerged in our own generation and how many new problems have been identified that were never previously considered. Now reflect on how short the history of science is. It started with Galileo, less than three hundred years ago. Four thinkers following Galileo, each aware of the discoveries made during their lifetimes, could have passed the torch of science to us as we sit in this room. In fact, an audience even smaller than the one we have now—of about five or six dozen people—if each person could represent their own generation, would take us back to the dark unknown of our species, {54} to times without any documents or monuments to tell their stories. Is it believable that such a rapid accumulation of knowledge, such an overnight growth, can represent anything more than the tiniest glimpse of what the universe will really turn out to be when fully understood? No! Our scientific achievements are but a drop, while our ignorance is an ocean. Whatever else may be certain, this at least is definite—our current understanding of natural knowledge is surrounded by a larger world of some kind, about which we can presently form no clear ideas.

Agnostic positivism, of course, admits this principle theoretically in the most cordial terms, but insists that we must not turn it to any practical use. We have no right, this doctrine tells us, to dream dreams, or suppose anything about the unseen part of the universe, merely because to do so may be for what we are pleased to call our highest interests. We must always wait for sensible evidence for our beliefs; and where such evidence is inaccessible we must frame no hypotheses whatever. Of course this is a safe enough position in abstracto. If a thinker had no stake in the unknown, no vital needs, to live or languish according to what the unseen world contained, a philosophic neutrality and refusal to believe either one way or the other would be his wisest cue. But, unfortunately, neutrality is not only inwardly difficult, it is also outwardly unrealizable, where our relations to an alternative are practical and vital. This is because, as the psychologists tell us, belief and doubt are living attitudes, and involve conduct on our part. Our only way, for example, of doubting, or refusing to believe, that a certain thing is, is continuing to act as if it were not. If, for instance, {55} I refuse to believe that the room is getting cold, I leave the windows open and light no fire just as if it still were warm. If I doubt that you are worthy of my confidence, I keep you uninformed of all my secrets just as if you were unworthy of the same. If I doubt the need of insuring my house, I leave it uninsured as much as if I believed there were no need. And so if I must not believe that the world is divine, I can only express that refusal by declining ever to act distinctively as if it were so, which can only mean acting on certain critical occasions as if it were not so, or in an irreligious way. There are, you see, inevitable occasions in life when inaction is a kind of action, and must count as action, and when not to be for is to be practically against; and in all such cases strict and consistent neutrality is an unattainable thing.

Agnostic positivism acknowledges this principle in theory, but argues that we shouldn’t use it in practice. This perspective tells us that we have no right to dream or make assumptions about the unseen parts of the universe just because it might benefit our so-called highest interests. We must always wait for concrete evidence for our beliefs; where such evidence isn’t available, we shouldn’t create any hypotheses at all. While this stance may seem safe in theory, if someone has no personal stake in the unknown, no critical needs that depend on what the unseen world holds, then remaining neutral and refusing to believe one way or another might be the smartest approach. However, neutrality is not only hard to maintain internally; it’s also impossible to achieve externally when our relationships to alternatives are practical and essential. This is because, as psychologists point out, belief and doubt are active attitudes that influence our actions. For example, the only way to genuinely doubt or refuse to believe that something exists is to act as if it doesn't. If I doubt that a room is getting cold, I leave the windows open and don’t light a fire as if it were still warm. If I question whether you deserve my trust, I keep my secrets from you just as if you were unworthy of them. If I’m uncertain about whether I need to insure my house, I leave it uninsured as if I believe there’s no need. So, if I must not believe that the world is divine, the only way to show that refusal is by not acting as if it is, which means behaving in some significant situations as if it isn’t, or in a non-religious way. There are, clearly, unavoidable moments in life when inaction is a form of action and must be seen that way, and when not taking a stance means effectively being against it. In all such cases, strict and consistent neutrality is impossible.

And, after all, is not this duty of neutrality where only our inner interests would lead us to believe, the most ridiculous of commands? Is it not sheer dogmatic folly to say that our inner interests can have no real connection with the forces that the hidden world may contain? In other cases divinations based on inner interests have proved prophetic enough. Take science itself! Without an imperious inner demand on our part for ideal logical and mathematical harmonies, we should never have attained to proving that such harmonies be hidden between all the chinks and interstices of the crude natural world. Hardly a law has been established in science, hardly a fact ascertained, which was not first sought after, often with sweat and blood, to gratify an inner need. Whence such needs come from we do not know; we find them in us, and biological psychology so far only classes them with Darwin's 'accidental variations.' {56} But the inner need of believing that this world of nature is a sign of something more spiritual and eternal than itself is just as strong and authoritative in those who feel it, as the inner need of uniform laws of causation ever can be in a professionally scientific head. The toil of many generations has proved the latter need prophetic. Why may not the former one be prophetic, too? And if needs of ours outrun the visible universe, why may not that be a sign that an invisible universe is there? What, in short, has authority to debar us from trusting our religious demands? Science as such assuredly has no authority, for she can only say what is, not what is not; and the agnostic "thou shalt not believe without coercive sensible evidence" is simply an expression (free to any one to make) of private personal appetite for evidence of a certain peculiar kind.

And isn’t it ridiculous to think that this duty of neutrality, which only serves our inner interests, is a valid command? Isn’t it pure dogmatic nonsense to claim that our inner interests have no real connection to the forces that the hidden world might hold? In other situations, insights based on inner interests have turned out to be quite prophetic. Just look at science! Without a strong inner desire for ideal logical and mathematical patterns, we would never have discovered that such patterns are hidden in all the gaps and spaces of the rough natural world. Almost every law established in science, and every fact confirmed, was pursued, often with great effort, to satisfy an inner need. We don’t know where these needs come from; we just find them within ourselves, and so far biological psychology only categorizes them as Darwin’s 'accidental variations.' {56} But the inner need to believe that the natural world signifies something more spiritual and eternal is just as strong and authoritative for those who feel it, as the need for consistent laws of causation is for someone who is scientifically minded. The labor of countless generations has proven the latter need to be prophetic. Why can’t the former need be prophetic too? And if our needs exceed what we can see in the universe, why can’t that indicate the existence of an invisible universe? What, ultimately, gives anyone the right to stop us from trusting our religious impulses? Science, in itself, has no authority to do so, as it can only state what exists, not what does not exist; and the agnostic's claim that “you should not believe without compelling evidence” is merely a reflection of a personal desire for a certain type of evidence.

Now, when I speak of trusting our religious demands, just what do I mean by 'trusting'? Is the word to carry with it license to define in detail an invisible world, and to anathematize and excommunicate those whose trust is different? Certainly not! Our faculties of belief were not primarily given us to make orthodoxies and heresies withal; they were given us to live by. And to trust our religious demands means first of all to live in the light of them, and to act as if the invisible world which they suggest were real. It is a fact of human nature, that men can live and die by the help of a sort of faith that goes without a single dogma or definition. The bare assurance that this natural order is not ultimate but a mere sign or vision, the external staging of a many-storied universe, in which spiritual forces have the last word and are eternal,—this bare {57} assurance is to such men enough to make life seem worth living in spite of every contrary presumption suggested by its circumstances on the natural plane. Destroy this inner assurance, however, vague as it is, and all the light and radiance of existence is extinguished for these persons at a stroke. Often enough the wild-eyed look at life—the suicidal mood—will then set in.

Now, when I talk about trusting our religious beliefs, what do I mean by 'trusting'? Does the word suggest a right to define in detail an invisible world and to condemn or exclude those whose beliefs differ? Absolutely not! Our capacity for belief wasn't primarily given to create orthodoxies and heresies; it was given to help us live. Trusting our religious beliefs means, first of all, living according to them and acting as if the invisible world they imply is real. It's part of human nature that people can live and die based on a kind of faith that doesn't rely on any dogma or strict definition. The simple assurance that the natural order is not the ultimate reality, but just a sign or reflection of a much deeper universe, where spiritual forces ultimately prevail and are eternal—this basic assurance is often enough for people to find life worthwhile despite any negativity suggested by their circumstances in the natural world. However, if this inner assurance is destroyed, no matter how vague it is, all the light and joy of life is suddenly snuffed out for those individuals. Often, this can lead to a desperate outlook on life—the feeling of wanting to give up.

And now the application comes directly home to you and me. Probably to almost every one of us here the most adverse life would seem well worth living, if we only could be certain that our bravery and patience with it were terminating and eventuating and bearing fruit somewhere in an unseen spiritual world. But granting we are not certain, does it then follow that a bare trust in such a world is a fool's paradise and lubberland, or rather that it is a living attitude in which we are free to indulge? Well, we are free to trust at our own risks anything that is not impossible, and that can bring analogies to bear in its behalf. That the world of physics is probably not absolute, all the converging multitude of arguments that make in favor of idealism tend to prove; and that our whole physical life may lie soaking in a spiritual atmosphere, a dimension of being that we at present have no organ for apprehending, is vividly suggested to us by the analogy of the life of our domestic animals. Our dogs, for example, are in our human life but not of it. They witness hourly the outward body of events whose inner meaning cannot, by any possible operation, be revealed to their intelligence,—events in which they themselves often play the cardinal part. My terrier bites a teasing boy, for example, and the father demands damages. The dog {58} may be present at every step of the negotiations, and see the money paid, without an inkling of what it all means, without a suspicion that it has anything to do with him; and he never can know in his natural dog's life. Or take another case which used greatly to impress me in my medical-student days. Consider a poor dog whom they are vivisecting in a laboratory. He lies strapped on a board and shrieking at his executioners, and to his own dark consciousness is literally in a sort of hell. He cannot see a single redeeming ray in the whole business; and yet all these diabolical-seeming events are often controlled by human intentions with which, if his poor benighted mind could only be made to catch a glimpse of them, all that is heroic in him would religiously acquiesce. Healing truth, relief to future sufferings of beast and man, are to be bought by them. It may be genuinely a process of redemption. Lying on his back on the board there he may be performing a function incalculably higher than any that prosperous canine life admits of; and yet, of the whole performance, this function is the one portion that must remain absolutely beyond his ken.

And now this message hits home for you and me. For most of us here, even the toughest life would seem worth living if we were just certain that our courage and patience would lead to something meaningful in an unseen spiritual world. But if we can't be certain, does that mean that just trusting in such a world is foolish and naive, or can it be a genuine way of living that we're free to embrace? Well, we're free to trust, at our own risk, anything that isn't impossible and has some reasoning behind it. The fact that the world of physics may not be absolute is supported by a multitude of arguments in favor of idealism; and the idea that our entire physical life might exist within a spiritual atmosphere—a dimension of existence we currently can't perceive—strongly strikes us when we think about our pets. For example, our dogs are part of our human life but don't fully understand it. They witness the constant stream of events happening around them, but the deeper meaning of those events is completely beyond their understanding, even when they play a key role in them. My terrier might bite a bothersome kid, and then the kid's dad asks for compensation. The dog could be present at every step of the discussion and see the money change hands, yet he wouldn't get what it all means or think it has anything to do with him; and he never can know in his natural dog life. Or consider a poor dog being used for experiments in a lab. He’s strapped down, screaming at the people hurting him, and to him, it’s like living in hell. He can’t see any good in the whole situation; yet, all these seemingly cruel actions are often guided by human intentions that, if only his limited mind could grasp them, would make him completely accept his fate. There’s healing truth involved, relief from suffering for both animals and humans, and it may genuinely lead to redemption. As he lies on that board, he might be fulfilling a purpose that's unimaginably higher than anything a lucky dog would experience; and yet, this purpose is the one thing that he can never truly understand.

Now turn from this to the life of man. In the dog's life we see the world invisible to him because we live in both worlds. In human life, although we only see our world, and his within it, yet encompassing both these worlds a still wider world may be there, as unseen by us as our world is by him; and to believe in that world may be the most essential function that our lives in this world have to perform. But "may be! may be!" one now hears the positivist contemptuously exclaim; "what use can a scientific life have for maybes?" Well, I reply, the {59} 'scientific' life itself has much to do with maybes, and human life at large has everything to do with them. So far as man stands for anything, and is productive or originative at all, his entire vital function may be said to have to deal with maybes. Not a victory is gained, not a deed of faithfulness or courage is done, except upon a maybe; not a service, not a sally of generosity, not a scientific exploration or experiment or text-book, that may not be a mistake. It is only by risking our persons from one hour to another that we live at all. And often enough our faith beforehand in an uncertified result is the only thing that makes the result come true. Suppose, for instance, that you are climbing a mountain, and have worked yourself into a position from which the only escape is by a terrible leap. Have faith that you can successfully make it, and your feet are nerved to its accomplishment. But mistrust yourself, and think of all the sweet things you have heard the scientists say of maybes, and you will hesitate so long that, at last, all unstrung and trembling, and launching yourself in a moment of despair, you roll in the abyss. In such a case (and it belongs to an enormous class), the part of wisdom as well as of courage is to believe what is in the line of your needs, for only by such belief is the need fulfilled. Refuse to believe, and you shall indeed be right, for you shall irretrievably perish. But believe, and again you shall be right, for you shall save yourself. You make one or the other of two possible universes true by your trust or mistrust,—both universes having been only maybes, in this particular, before you contributed your act.

Now let's shift focus to human life. In a dog's life, we see a world that's invisible to them because we experience both worlds. In human life, even though we only see our own world and the one within it, there could be an even broader world surrounding both, just as unseen to us as our world is to them. Believing in that world might be the most important thing our lives in this world can achieve. But now you might hear the skeptic scoff, "What’s the point of maybes in a scientific life?" Well, I can argue that the so-called 'scientific' life is deeply intertwined with maybes, and human life as a whole deals with them extensively. Whenever humanity stands for something, and is creative or productive, the essence of our existence is about dealing with maybes. Not a single victory is won, nor any act of loyalty or bravery carried out, without relying on a maybe; no act of service, no burst of generosity, nor any scientific research or textbook is free from the possibility of being wrong. We only truly live by risking ourselves from one moment to the next. Quite often, our initial faith in an unverified outcome is the only thing that brings that outcome into reality. For example, if you find yourself climbing a mountain and have reached a point where the only way down is a daunting leap, believing you can make it will help prepare you for that jump. But if you doubt yourself and reflect on all the cautious things scientists say about maybes, you will hesitate until, frazzled and frightened, you finally leap in desperation and fall into the abyss. In such situations, which are very common, wisdom and courage both suggest you should "believe in what you need," because only through that belief can your needs be met. If you refuse to believe, you may indeed be correct, but you’ll also doom yourself to failure. However, if you do believe, you'll also be right, as you will save yourself. Your trust or doubt can make one of two potential realities come true—both of which were just maybes until you chose to act.

Now, it appears to me that the question whether life is worth living is subject to conditions logically {60} much like these. It does, indeed, depend on you the liver. If you surrender to the nightmare view and crown the evil edifice by your own suicide, you have indeed made a picture totally black. Pessimism, completed by your act, is true beyond a doubt, so far as your world goes. Your mistrust of life has removed whatever worth your own enduring existence might have given to it; and now, throughout the whole sphere of possible influence of that existence, the mistrust has proved itself to have had divining power. But suppose, on the other hand, that instead of giving way to the nightmare view you cling to it that this world is not the ultimatum. Suppose you find yourself a very well-spring, as Wordsworth says, of—

Now, it seems to me that the question of whether life is worth living is tied to conditions that make sense logically, much like these. It really depends on you, the person living it. If you give in to a bleak perspective and end your life through suicide, you've created a completely dark picture. Pessimism, completed by your choice, is undeniably true for your experience. Your distrust of life has stripped away any worth that your ongoing existence might have contributed to it; and now, throughout the entire range of potential influence of that existence, that distrust has shown it can foresee outcomes. But, suppose instead of succumbing to the negative view, you hold on to the belief that this world is not the final answer. Imagine you discover yourself to be, as Wordsworth says, a very source of—

"Zeal, and the virtue to exist by faith
As soldiers live by courage; as, by strength
Of heart, the sailor fights with roaring seas."

"Passion and the ability to live by faith
Like how soldiers rely on courage; just as, by the strength
Of their hearts, sailors battle against raging seas."

Suppose, however thickly evils crowd upon you, that your unconquerable subjectivity proves to be their match, and that you find a more wonderful joy than any passive pleasure can bring in trusting ever in the larger whole. Have you not now made life worth living on these terms? What sort of a thing would life really be, with your qualities ready for a tussle with it, if it only brought fair weather and gave these higher faculties of yours no scope? Please remember that optimism and pessimism are definitions of the world, and that our own reactions on the world, small as they are in bulk, are integral parts of the whole thing, and necessarily help to determine the definition. They may even be the decisive elements in determining the definition. A large mass can have its unstable equilibrium overturned by the addition {61} of a feather's weight; a long phrase may have its sense reversed by the addition of the three letters n-o-t. This life is worth living, we can say, since it is what we make it, from the moral point of view; and we are determined to make it from that point of view, so far as we have anything to do with it, a success.

Suppose, no matter how many challenges you face, that your unstoppable perspective is a match for them, and that you discover a joy more amazing than any passive pleasure could offer by placing your trust in the bigger picture. Haven't you made life worth living under those conditions? What would life really be like, with your strengths ready to tackle it, if it only brought you good times and gave your higher abilities no chance to shine? Remember that optimism and pessimism are definitions of the world, and our reactions to it, though small in scale, are essential parts of the whole and help shape that definition. They might even play a crucial role in defining it. A large mass can lose its balance with the addition of just a feather; a long phrase can have its meaning changed by adding the three letters n-o-t. This life is worth living, we can say, because it is what we make it, from a moral standpoint; and we are committed to making it a success from that perspective, as much as we can.

Now, in this description of faiths that verify themselves I have assumed that our faith in an invisible order is what inspires those efforts and that patience which make this visible order good for moral men. Our faith in the seen world's goodness (goodness now meaning fitness for successful moral and religious life) has verified itself by leaning on our faith in the unseen world. But will our faith in the unseen world similarly verify itself? Who knows?

Now, in this description of self-validating beliefs, I assume that our faith in an invisible order is what motivates the efforts and patience that make this visible world positive for moral individuals. Our faith in the goodness of the visible world (with goodness now meaning suitability for a successful moral and religious life) has proven itself by relying on our faith in the unseen world. But will our faith in the unseen world prove itself in the same way? Who knows?

Once more it is a case of maybe; and once more maybes are the essence of the situation. I confess that I do not see why the very existence of an invisible world may not in part depend on the personal response which any one of us may make to the religious appeal. God himself, in short, may draw vital strength and increase of very being from our fidelity. For my own part, I do not know what the sweat and blood and tragedy of this life mean, if they mean anything short of this. If this life be not a real fight, in which something is eternally gained for the universe by success, it is no better than a game of private theatricals from which one may withdraw at will. But it feels like a real fight,—as if there were something really wild in the universe which we, with all our idealities and faithfulnesses, are needed to redeem; and first of all to redeem our own hearts from atheisms and fears. For such a half-wild, half-saved universe our nature is adapted. The deepest thing in our {62} nature is this Binnenleben (as a German doctor lately has called it), this dumb region of the heart in which we dwell alone with our willingnesses and unwillingnesses, our faiths and fears. As through the cracks and crannies of caverns those waters exude from the earth's bosom which then form the fountain-heads of springs, so in these crepuscular depths of personality the sources of all our outer deeds and decisions take their rise. Here is our deepest organ of communication with the nature of things; and compared with these concrete movements of our soul all abstract statements and scientific arguments—the veto, for example, which the strict positivist pronounces upon our faith—sound to us like mere chatterings of the teeth. For here possibilities, not finished facts, are the realities with which we have actively to deal; and to quote my friend William Salter, of the Philadelphia Ethical Society, "as the essence of courage is to stake one's life on a possibility, so the essence of faith is to believe that the possibility exists."

Once again, it's a case of maybe; and once again, maybes are at the core of the situation. I admit that I don't understand why the existence of an invisible world might not partly depend on how each of us responds to the religious appeal. Essentially, God may draw vital strength and increase His very being from our loyalty. For me, I don't know what the sweat, blood, and tragedy of this life mean, if they mean anything less than this. If this life isn’t a real struggle, in which something is eternally gained for the universe through success, then it’s no better than a private theater performance that one can leave at any time. But it feels like a real struggle—like there's something truly wild in the universe that we, with all our ideals and commitments, are needed to redeem; first and foremost, to redeem our own hearts from atheism and fears. Our nature is suited for such a half-wild, half-saved universe. The most profound aspect of our nature is this Binnenleben (as a German doctor recently called it), this quiet area of the heart where we dwell alone with our willingness and unwillingness, our faith and fears. Just as water seeps from the earth in caverns and creates the sources of springs, in these shadowy depths of personality, the origins of all our outer actions and choices emerge. Here lies our deepest way of connecting with the nature of things; and compared to these concrete movements of our soul, all abstract statements and scientific arguments—the objections, for example, that strict positivists make against our faith—sound to us like mere chattering of teeth. This is where possibilities, not finished facts, are the realities we actively engage with; and to quote my friend William Salter from the Philadelphia Ethical Society, "as the essence of courage is to stake one's life on a possibility, so the essence of faith is to believe that the possibility exists."


These, then, are my last words to you: Be not afraid of life. Believe that life is worth living, and your belief will help create the fact. The 'scientific proof' that you are right may not be clear before the day of judgment (or some stage of being which that expression may serve to symbolize) is reached. But the faithful fighters of this hour, or the beings that then and there will represent them, may then turn to the faint-hearted, who here decline to go on, with words like those with which Henry IV. greeted the tardy Crillon after a great victory had been gained: "Hang yourself, brave Crillon! we fought at Arques, and you were not there."

These are my final words to you: Don't be afraid of life. Believe that life is worth living, and that belief will help make it true. The 'scientific proof' that you are right may not be obvious until the day of judgment (or some level of existence that this phrase might symbolize). But the dedicated warriors of this time, or the beings that will represent them then, may turn to those who hesitate to continue with words like those Henry IV. said to the late Crillon after a great victory: "Hang yourself, brave Crillon! we fought at Arques, and you weren't there."



[1] An Address to the Harvard Young Men's Christian Association. Published in the International Journal of Ethics for October, 1895, and as a pocket volume by S. B. Weston, Philadelphia, 1896.

[1] A Speech to the Harvard Young Men's Christian Association. Published in the International Journal of Ethics for October, 1895, and as a pocket book by S. B. Weston, Philadelphia, 1896.

[2] Quoted by George E. Waring in his book on Tyrol. Compare A. Bérard: Les Vaudois, Lyon, Storck, 1892.

[2] Quoted by George E. Waring in his book about Tyrol. Compare A. Bérard: Les Vaudois, Lyon, Storck, 1892.




{63}

THE SENTIMENT OF RATIONALITY.[1]

I.

What is the task which philosophers set themselves to perform; and why do they philosophize at all? Almost every one will immediately reply: They desire to attain a conception of the frame of things which shall on the whole be more rational than that somewhat chaotic view which every one by nature carries about with him under his hat. But suppose this rational conception attained, how is the philosopher to recognize it for what it is, and not let it slip through ignorance? The only answer can be that he will recognize its rationality as he recognizes everything else, by certain subjective marks with which it affects him. When he gets the marks, he may know that he has got the rationality.

What is the task that philosophers take on, and why do they engage in philosophy at all? Almost everyone would quickly respond: They want to achieve a more rational understanding of the world than the somewhat chaotic perspective that everyone naturally carries around. But once this rational understanding is achieved, how will the philosopher know it for what it is and not let it slip away through ignorance? The only answer is that he will recognize its rationality just like he recognizes everything else, by certain personal indicators that it leaves on him. When he identifies those indicators, he can be sure that he has grasped the rationality.

What, then, are the marks? A strong feeling of ease, peace, rest, is one of them. The transition from a state of puzzle and perplexity to rational comprehension is full of lively relief and pleasure.

What, then, are the signs? A strong feeling of comfort, peace, and rest is one of them. The shift from confusion and uncertainty to clear understanding is filled with vibrant relief and joy.

But this relief seems to be a negative rather than a positive character. Shall we then say that the feeling of rationality is constituted merely by the absence {64} of any feeling of irrationality? I think there are very good grounds for upholding such a view. All feeling whatever, in the light of certain recent psychological speculations, seems to depend for its physical condition not on simple discharge of nerve-currents, but on their discharge under arrest, impediment, or resistance. Just as we feel no particular pleasure when we breathe freely, but a very intense feeling of distress when the respiratory motions are prevented,—so any unobstructed tendency to action discharges itself without the production of much cogitative accompaniment, and any perfectly fluent course of thought awakens but little feeling; but when the movement is inhibited, or when the thought meets with difficulties, we experience distress. It is only when the distress is upon us that we can be said to strive, to crave, or to aspire. When enjoying plenary freedom either in the way of motion or of thought, we are in a sort of anaesthetic state in which we might say with Walt Whitman, if we cared to say anything about ourselves at such times, "I am sufficient as I am." This feeling of the sufficiency of the present moment, of its absoluteness,—this absence of all need to explain it, account for it, or justify it,—is what I call the Sentiment of Rationality. As soon, in short, as we are enabled from any cause whatever to think with perfect fluency, the thing we think of seems to us pro tanto rational.

But this relief seems to be more negative than positive. Should we then say that the feeling of rationality is just the absence of any feeling of irrationality? I believe there are strong reasons to support this idea. All feelings, based on some recent psychological theories, seem to depend on their physical state not just on the simple release of nerve currents, but on their release being blocked, hindered, or resisted. Just as we don’t experience particular pleasure when we breathe easily, but feel intense distress when our breathing is obstructed—similarly, any unobstructed tendency to act releases itself without much thought, and any smooth flow of thought stirs up little emotion; however, when that flow is hindered, or when thoughts face challenges, we feel distress. It’s only when we feel this distress that we can be said to strive, crave, or aspire. When we enjoy complete freedom in motion or thought, we’re in a sort of numb state in which we might think, as Walt Whitman suggested, if we felt like reflecting on ourselves at such times, "I am sufficient as I am." This sensation of the present moment's sufficiency, its completeness—this lack of any need to explain, justify, or account for it—is what I refer to as the Sentiment of Rationality. Essentially, once we can think with complete fluency for any reason, what we think about seems rational to us pro tanto.

Whatever modes of conceiving the cosmos facilitate this fluency, produce the sentiment of rationality. Conceived in such modes, being vouches for itself and needs no further philosophic formulation. But this fluency may be obtained in various ways; and first I will take up the theoretic way.

Whatever ways of understanding the universe make this fluency possible create a sense of rationality. When viewed through these lenses, existence proves its own validity and doesn’t require additional philosophical explanation. However, this fluency can be achieved in different ways; first, I will discuss the theoretical approach.

{65}

The facts of the world in their sensible diversity are always before us, but our theoretic need is that they should be conceived in a way that reduces their manifoldness to simplicity. Our pleasure at finding that a chaos of facts is the expression of a single underlying fact is like the relief of the musician at resolving a confused mass of sound into melodic or harmonic order. The simplified result is handled with far less mental effort than the original data; and a philosophic conception of nature is thus in no metaphorical sense a labor-saving contrivance. The passion for parsimony, for economy of means in thought, is the philosophic passion par excellence; and any character or aspect of the world's phenomena which gathers up their diversity into monotony will gratify that passion, and in the philosopher's mind stand for that essence of things compared with which all their other determinations may by him be overlooked.

The facts of the world in their sensible diversity are always in front of us, but we need to understand them in a way that simplifies their complexity. Our joy in realizing that a chaotic mix of facts represents a single core truth is similar to the relief a musician feels when turning a jumbled mass of sound into a melody or harmony. The simplified outcome requires much less mental effort than the original information; thus, a philosophical understanding of nature is not just a metaphorical shortcut. The desire for simplicity, for efficient thinking, is the ultimate philosophical passion; any characteristic or aspect of the world's phenomena that condenses their variety into uniformity will satisfy that passion and represent the essence of things to the philosopher, allowing him to overlook all their other details.

More universality or extensiveness is, then, one mark which the philosopher's conceptions must possess. Unless they apply to an enormous number of cases they will not bring him relief. The knowledge of things by their causes, which is often given as a definition of rational knowledge, is useless to him unless the causes converge to a minimum number, while still producing the maximum number of effects. The more multiple then are the instances, the more flowingly does his mind rove from fact to fact. The phenomenal transitions are no real transitions; each item is the same old friend with a slightly altered dress.

More universality or extensiveness is, then, one characteristic that the philosopher's ideas must have. Unless they apply to a vast number of cases, they won't provide him with any relief. Understanding things by their causes, which is often described as a definition of rational knowledge, is useless to him unless those causes can be reduced to a minimal number while still producing a maximum number of effects. The more varied the examples are, the more easily his mind shifts from one fact to another. The apparent transitions aren't real transitions; each item is the same familiar concept dressed up slightly differently.

Who does not feel the charm of thinking that the moon and the apple are, as far as their relation to the {66} earth goes, identical; of knowing respiration and combustion to be one; of understanding that the balloon rises by the same law whereby the stone sinks; of feeling that the warmth in one's palm when one rubs one's sleeve is identical with the motion which the friction checks; of recognizing the difference between beast and fish to be only a higher degree of that between human father and son; of believing our strength when we climb the mountain or fell the tree to be no other than the strength of the sun's rays which made the corn grow out of which we got our morning meal?

Who doesn't feel the joy in thinking that the moon and the apple are, when it comes to their connection to the earth, the same; recognizing that breathing and burning are the same process; knowing that a balloon rises by the same principle that makes a stone fall; feeling that the warmth in your hand when you rub your sleeve is the same as the motion that friction stops; understanding that the difference between animals and fish is just a higher degree of the difference between a human father and son; and believing that the strength we use to climb a mountain or chop down a tree is really just the same power from the sun’s rays that helped grow the corn for our breakfast?


But alongside of this passion for simplification there exists a sister passion, which in some minds—though they perhaps form the minority—is its rival. This is the passion for distinguishing; it is the impulse to be acquainted with the parts rather than to comprehend the whole. Loyalty to clearness and integrity of perception, dislike of blurred outlines, of vague identifications, are its characteristics. It loves to recognize particulars in their full completeness, and the more of these it can carry the happier it is. It prefers any amount of incoherence, abruptness, and fragmentariness (so long as the literal details of the separate facts are saved) to an abstract way of conceiving things that, while it simplifies them, dissolves away at the same time their concrete fulness. Clearness and simplicity thus set up rival claims, and make a real dilemma for the thinker.

But along with this passion for simplification, there’s a related passion that, in some people—though they may be the minority—competes with it. This is the passion for distinguishing; it’s the urge to be familiar with the details instead of understanding the whole. It values clarity and integrity of perception, and it dislikes blurred outlines and vague identifications. It loves to recognize specifics in their full form, and the more details it can hold onto, the happier it is. It prefers any level of incoherence, abruptness, and fragmentariness (as long as the literal details of the individual facts are preserved) over an abstract way of thinking that simplifies things but simultaneously loses their concrete richness. Clarity and simplicity thus create competing claims and pose a real dilemma for the thinker.

A man's philosophic attitude is determined by the balance in him of these two cravings. No system of philosophy can hope to be universally accepted among men which grossly violates either need, or {67} entirely subordinates the one to the other. The fate of Spinosa, with his barren union of all things in one substance, on the one hand; that of Hume, with his equally barren 'looseness and separateness' of everything, on the other,—neither philosopher owning any strict and systematic disciples to-day, each being to posterity a warning as well as a stimulus,—show us that the only possible philosophy must be a compromise between an abstract monotony and a concrete heterogeneity. But the only way to mediate between diversity and unity is to class the diverse items as cases of a common essence which you discover in them. Classification of things into extensive 'kinds' is thus the first step; and classification of their relations and conduct into extensive 'laws' is the last step, in their philosophic unification. A completed theoretic philosophy can thus never be anything more than a completed classification of the world's ingredients; and its results must always be abstract, since the basis of every classification is the abstract essence embedded in the living fact,—the rest of the living fact being for the time ignored by the classifier. This means that none of our explanations are complete. They subsume things under heads wider or more familiar; but the last heads, whether of things or of their connections, are mere abstract genera, data which we just find in things and write down.

A person's philosophical outlook is shaped by the balance of these two desires within them. No philosophical system can expect to be widely accepted if it severely undermines either need or {67} completely prioritizes one over the other. The outcomes of Spinoza, with his sterile view of everything as a single substance, on one side, and Hume, with his equally lifeless notion of everything being separate, on the other, serve as reminders that both philosophers lack dedicated and systematic followers today, each presenting a cautionary tale as much as encouragement for future thinkers. This shows that a viable philosophy must find a middle ground between a dull uniformity and a rich variety. The only way to reconcile diversity and unity is to categorize the diverse elements as representatives of a common essence found within them. Thus, the first step is to classify things into broad 'categories,' while the final step involves categorizing their relationships and behaviors into broad 'laws' for philosophical unity. A fully developed theoretical philosophy can therefore only represent a thorough classification of the world's components; its conclusions will always be abstract since every classification is based on the abstract essence embedded within the living reality, leaving other aspects of the living reality momentarily overlooked by the classifier. This implies that none of our explanations are fully comprehensive. They group things under broader or more relatable categories; however, these ultimate categories, whether regarding things or their relationships, are just abstract generalizations—data we observe in things and document.

When, for example, we think that we have rationally explained the connection of the facts A and B by classing both under their common attribute x, it is obvious that we have really explained only so much of these items as is x. To explain the connection of choke-damp and suffocation by the lack of oxygen is {68} to leave untouched all the other peculiarities both of choke-damp and of suffocation,—such as convulsions and agony on the one hand, density and explosibility on the other. In a word, so far as A and B contain l, m, n, and o, p, q, respectively, in addition to x, they are not explained by x. Each additional particularity makes its distinct appeal. A single explanation of a fact only explains it from a single point of view. The entire fact is not accounted for until each and all of its characters have been classed with their likes elsewhere. To apply this now to the case of the universe, we see that the explanation of the world by molecular movements explains it only so far as it actually is such movements. To invoke the 'Unknowable' explains only so much as is unknowable, 'Thought' only so much as is thought, 'God' only so much as is God. Which thought? Which God?—are questions that have to be answered by bringing in again the residual data from which the general term was abstracted. All those data that cannot be analytically identified with the attribute invoked as universal principle, remain as independent kinds or natures, associated empirically with the said attribute but devoid of rational kinship with it.

When we think we’ve rationally explained the connection between facts A and B by categorizing both under their shared characteristic x, it’s clear that we’ve really only clarified part of these items as is x. To explain the link between choke-damp and suffocation due to a lack of oxygen is {68} to leave out all the other unique features of both choke-damp and suffocation—like convulsions and agony on one side, and density and explosibility on the other. In short, as long as A and B contain l, m, n, and o, p, q, respectively, in addition to x, they aren’t fully explained by x. Each additional detail makes its own distinct point. A single explanation of a fact only covers it from one perspective. The whole fact isn’t fully addressed until every one of its characteristics has been grouped with similar ones elsewhere. Applying this to the universe, we see that explaining the world through molecular movements only accounts for it to the extent that it actually is those movements. Referencing the 'Unknowable' explains just as much as is unknowable, 'Thought' as much as is thought, 'God' as much as is God. Which thought? Which God?—these questions need answers by reintroducing the leftover data from which the general term was derived. All those details that can’t be analytically connected to the attribute called universal principle remain as independent kinds or natures, linked empirically to that attribute but without any rational connection to it.

Hence the unsatisfactoriness of all our speculations. On the one hand, so far as they retain any multiplicity in their terms, they fail to get us out of the empirical sand-heap world; on the other, so far as they eliminate multiplicity the practical man despises their empty barrenness. The most they can say is that the elements of the world are such and such, and that each is identical with itself wherever found; but the question Where is it found? the practical man is left to answer by his own wit. Which, of all the {69} essences, shall here and now be held the essence of this concrete thing, the fundamental philosophy never attempts to decide. We are thus led to the conclusion that the simple classification of things is, on the one hand, the best possible theoretic philosophy, but is, on the other, a most miserable and inadequate substitute for the fulness of the truth. It is a monstrous abridgment of life, which, like all abridgments is got by the absolute loss and casting out of real matter. This is why so few human beings truly care for philosophy. The particular determinations which she ignores are the real matter exciting needs, quite as potent and authoritative as hers. What does the moral enthusiast care for philosophical ethics? Why does the AEsthetik of every German philosopher appear to the artist an abomination of desolation?

Hence the dissatisfaction with all our theories. On one hand, as long as they keep any diversity in their terms, they fail to lift us out of the messy, empirical world; on the other hand, when they strip away that diversity, practical people scorn their empty void. The most they can claim is that the elements of the world are defined in certain ways, and that each is the same wherever it is found; but the question "Where is it found?" is left for the practical person to answer with their own insight. Which, of all the {69} essences, should be considered the essence of this specific thing at this moment, fundamental philosophy never attempts to determine. We thus arrive at the conclusion that a simple classification of things offers, on one hand, the best theoretical philosophy, but on the other, is a pitiful and insufficient replacement for the fullness of truth. It's a massive reduction of life, which, like all reductions, comes from the total loss and exclusion of real substance. This is why so few people truly care about philosophy. The specific details it overlooks are the real issues that spark needs, just as powerful and significant as its own. What does the moral enthusiast care about philosophical ethics? Why does the aesthetics of every German philosopher seem like an utter disaster to the artist?

Grau, theurer Freund, ist alle Theorie
Und grün des Lebens goldner Baum.

Gray, dear friend, is all theory
And green is the golden tree of life.

The entire man, who feels all needs by turns, will take nothing as an equivalent for life but the fulness of living itself. Since the essences of things are as a matter of fact disseminated through the whole extent of time and space, it is in their spread-outness and alternation that he will enjoy them. When weary of the concrete clash and dust and pettiness, he will refresh himself by a bath in the eternal springs, or fortify himself by a look at the immutable natures. But he will only be a visitor, not a dweller in the region; he will never carry the philosophic yoke upon his shoulders, and when tired of the gray monotony of her problems and insipid spaciousness of her results, will always escape gleefully into the teeming and dramatic richness of the concrete world.

The whole person, who experiences all needs at different times, will accept nothing as equivalent to life except the fullness of living itself. Since the essences of things are actually spread out through time and space, it’s in their distribution and variation that he finds enjoyment. When he gets tired of the concrete conflicts, dust, and trivialities, he will refresh himself by taking a dip in the eternal springs or strengthen himself by observing the unchanging natures. However, he will only be a visitor, not a permanent resident; he won't bear the philosophical weight on his shoulders. When he grows weary of the dull sameness of her problems and the bland vastness of her outcomes, he will always joyfully escape into the vibrant and dramatic richness of the concrete world.

{70}

So our study turns back here to its beginning. Every way of classifying a thing is but a way of handling it for some particular purpose. Conceptions, 'kinds,' are teleological instruments. No abstract concept can be a valid substitute for a concrete reality except with reference to a particular interest in the conceiver. The interest of theoretic rationality, the relief of identification, is but one of a thousand human purposes. When others rear their heads, it must pack up its little bundle and retire till its turn recurs. The exaggerated dignity and value that philosophers have claimed for their solutions is thus greatly reduced. The only virtue their theoretic conception need have is simplicity, and a simple conception is an equivalent for the world only so far as the world is simple,—the world meanwhile, whatever simplicity it may harbor, being also a mightily complex affair. Enough simplicity remains, however, and enough urgency in our craving to reach it, to make the theoretic function one of the most invincible of human impulses. The quest of the fewest elements of things is an ideal that some will follow, as long as there are men to think at all.

So our study comes back to where it started. Every way of classifying something is just a way of managing it for a specific purpose. Concepts, or 'types,' are tools for achieving goals. No abstract idea can replace a concrete reality unless it relates to a specific interest of the person thinking about it. The interest of theoretical reasoning, finding out what something is, is just one of countless human purposes. When other interests come up, it has to pack its little bag and step back until it’s needed again. The inflated importance and value that philosophers have placed on their solutions is therefore significantly diminished. The only quality their theoretical ideas need to have is simplicity, and a simple idea only represents the world as far as the world itself is simple—the world, despite any simplicity it may have, is also incredibly complex. However, enough simplicity exists, and enough urgency in our desire to grasp it, to make the theoretical function one of the strongest human drives. The search for the fewest essential elements of things is an ideal that some will pursue as long as there are people who think at all.


But suppose the goal attained. Suppose that at last we have a system unified in the sense that has been explained. Our world can now be conceived simply, and our mind enjoys the relief. Our universal concept has made the concrete chaos rational. But now I ask, Can that which is the ground of rationality in all else be itself properly called rational? It would seem at first sight that it might. One is tempted at any rate to say that, since the craving for rationality is appeased by the identification of one {71} thing with another, a datum which left nothing else outstanding might quench that craving definitively, or be rational in se. No otherness being left to annoy us, we should sit down at peace. In other words, as the theoretic tranquillity of the boor results from his spinning no further considerations about his chaotic universe, so any datum whatever (provided it were simple, clear, and ultimate) ought to banish puzzle from the universe of the philosopher and confer peace, inasmuch as there would then be for him absolutely no further considerations to spin.

But let's imagine we achieve that goal. Suppose we finally have a system unified in the way described. Our world can now be understood easily, and our minds can relax. Our universal concept has turned the concrete chaos into something rational. But now I ask, can what grounds rationality in everything else truly be called rational itself? At first glance, it seems like it could be. One might be tempted to say that, since the desire for rationality is satisfied by linking one thing to another, a fact that leaves nothing else unresolved might completely satisfy that desire or be rational in se. With nothing else left to bother us, we should be at peace. In other words, just as the simple-minded person's calm comes from not thinking further about his chaotic universe, any fact (as long as it's simple, clear, and ultimate) should eliminate confusion from the philosopher's world and bring peace, since there would be no more thoughts to chase.

This in fact is what some persons think. Professor Bain says,—

This is actually what some people believe. Professor Bain says,—


"A difficulty is solved, a mystery unriddled, when it can be shown to resemble something else; to be an example of a fact already known. Mystery is isolation, exception, or it may be apparent contradiction: the resolution of the mystery is found in assimilation, identity, fraternity. When all things are assimilated, so far as assimilation can go, so far as likeness holds, there is an end to explanation; there is an end to what the mind can do, or can intelligently desire.... The path of science as exhibited in modern ages is toward generality, wider and wider, until we reach the highest, the widest laws of every department of things; there explanation is finished, mystery ends, perfect vision is gained."

A problem is solved and a mystery is figured out when it can be shown to resemble something else; when it becomes an example of a fact that is already known. Mystery is about being isolated, being an exception, or it might even seem contradictory. The way to resolve the mystery is through assimilation, identity, and connection. When everything is assimilated to the fullest extent possible and as much as likeness applies, there’s an end to explanation; there’s a limit to what the mind can comprehend or can genuinely seek.... The path of science, as seen in modern times, moves toward broader generalities, reaching wider and wider until we find the ultimate, the most extensive laws of all kinds of things; there, explanation comes to an end, mysteries are resolved, and clear understanding is achieved.


But, unfortunately, this first answer will not hold. Our mind is so wedded to the process of seeing an other beside every item of its experience, that when the notion of an absolute datum is presented to it, it goes through its usual procedure and remains pointing at the void beyond, as if in that lay further matter for contemplation. In short, it spins for itself the further positive consideration of a nonentity {72} enveloping the being of its datum; and as that leads nowhere, back recoils the thought toward its datum again. But there is no natural bridge between nonentity and this particular datum, and the thought stands oscillating to and fro, wondering "Why was there anything but nonentity; why just this universal datum and not another?" and finds no end, in wandering mazes lost. Indeed, Bain's words are so untrue that in reflecting men it is just when the attempt to fuse the manifold into a single totality has been most successful, when the conception of the universe as a unique fact is nearest its perfection, that the craving for further explanation, the ontological wonder-sickness, arises in its extremest form. As Schopenhauer says, "The uneasiness which keeps the never-resting clock of metaphysics in motion, is the consciousness that the non-existence of this world is just as possible as its existence."

But unfortunately, this first answer won’t hold up. Our minds are so accustomed to seeing an other alongside every experience that when we're faced with the idea of an absolute foundation, we go through our usual routine and keep focusing on the void beyond, as if there's more to think about there. In short, we create a further consideration of a nonentity surrounding our foundation, and since that leads nowhere, our thoughts bounce back to our original point again. However, there’s no natural link between a nonentity and this specific foundation, leaving our thoughts swinging back and forth, questioning “Why is there anything at all instead of just a nonentity? Why this universal foundation and not another?” and finding no resolution, lost in endless mazes. In fact, Bain's assertion is so inaccurate that for reflective individuals, it’s precisely when the effort to merge the diverse into a single whole has been most successful—when the idea of the universe as a unique fact is closest to perfection—that the desire for further explanation, the ontological wonder, appears more intensely. As Schopenhauer puts it, "The uneasiness that keeps the endlessly ticking clock of metaphysics in motion is the awareness that the non-existence of this world is just as possible as its existence." {72}

The notion of nonentity may thus be called the parent of the philosophic craving in its subtilest and profoundest sense. Absolute existence is absolute mystery, for its relations with the nothing remain unmediated to our understanding. One philosopher only has pretended to throw a logical bridge over this chasm. Hegel, by trying to show that nonentity and concrete being are linked together by a series of identities of a synthetic kind, binds everything conceivable into a unity, with no outlying notion to disturb the free rotary circulation of the mind within its bounds. Since such unchecked movement gives the feeling of rationality, he must be held, if he has succeeded, to have eternally and absolutely quenched all rational demands.

The idea of nonexistence can be seen as the root of philosophical curiosity in its most subtle and deep sense. Absolute existence is an absolute mystery, as its connection to nothingness remains beyond our understanding. Only one philosopher has claimed to create a logical link across this gap. Hegel, by attempting to demonstrate that nonexistence and concrete existence are connected through a series of synthetic identities, brings everything imaginable into a unity, without any outside concepts disrupting the free flow of thought within its limits. Since such unrestricted movement creates a sense of rationality, he must be considered, if successful, as having permanently and completely satisfied all rational needs.

But for those who deem Hegel's heroic effort to {73} have failed, nought remains but to confess that when all things have been unified to the supreme degree, the notion of a possible other than the actual may still haunt our imagination and prey upon our system. The bottom of being is left logically opaque to us, as something which we simply come upon and find, and about which (if we wish to act) we should pause and wonder as little as possible. The philosopher's logical tranquillity is thus in essence no other than the boor's. They differ only as to the point at which each refuses to let further considerations upset the absoluteness of the data he assumes. The boor does so immediately, and is liable at any moment to the ravages of many kinds of doubt. The philosopher does not do so till unity has been reached, and is warranted against the inroads of those considerations, but only practically, not essentially, secure from the blighting breath of the ultimate Why? If he cannot exorcise this question, he must ignore or blink it, and, assuming the data of his system as something given, and the gift as ultimate, simply proceed to a life of contemplation or of action based on it. There is no doubt that this acting on an opaque necessity is accompanied by a certain pleasure. See the reverence of Carlyle for brute fact: "There is an infinite significance in fact." "Necessity," says Dühring, and he means not rational but given necessity, "is the last and highest point that we can reach.... It is not only the interest of ultimate and definitive knowledge, but also that of the feelings, to find a last repose and an ideal equilibrium in an uttermost datum which can simply not be other than it is."

But for those who think Hegel's impressive effort has failed, all that's left is to admit that even when everything has been brought together to the highest degree, the idea of something that could be different from what actually is might still linger in our minds and challenge our understanding. The foundation of existence remains logically unclear to us, as something we merely encounter and find, and about which (if we want to act) we should hesitate to ponder too deeply. The philosopher's sense of calm is essentially no different from that of the unrefined person. They only differ in the point at which each decides to ignore further thoughts that might disturb the certainty of the facts they accept. The unrefined person makes that decision right away and is constantly vulnerable to various doubts. The philosopher waits until unity is achieved, and is shielded from those doubts, but only practically, not fundamentally, safe from the unsettling question of the ultimate Why? If he can't eliminate this question, he must either overlook it or pretend it doesn't exist, and, taking the facts of his system as given and that gift as final, simply move on to a life of thought or action based on it. There's no doubt that acting on a vague necessity brings a certain satisfaction. Consider Carlyle's respect for raw fact: "There is an infinite significance in fact." "Necessity," says Dühring, and he refers not to rational but given necessity, "is the last and highest point that we can reach.... It is not only the concern of ultimate and definitive knowledge, but also of our feelings, to find a final rest and a perfect balance in an ultimate fact that simply cannot be anything other than what it is."

Such is the attitude of ordinary men in their theism, God's fiat being in physics and morals such an {74} uttermost datum. Such also is the attitude of all hard-minded analysts and Verstandesmenschen. Lotze, Renouvier, and Hodgson promptly say that of experience as a whole no account can be given, but neither seek to soften the abruptness of the confession nor to reconcile us with our impotence.

Such is the mindset of everyday people regarding their belief in God, with God's authority being the ultimate factor in both physics and morals. Similarly, this is the perspective of all rigid thinkers and analytical minds. Lotze, Renouvier, and Hodgson quickly state that we cannot explain experience as a whole, but they neither try to soften the harshness of this admission nor help us come to terms with our powerlessness.


But mediating attempts may be made by more mystical minds. The peace of rationality may be sought through ecstasy when logic fails. To religious persons of every shade of doctrine moments come when the world, as it is, seems so divinely orderly, and the acceptance of it by the heart so rapturously complete, that intellectual questions vanish; nay, the intellect itself is hushed to sleep,—as Wordsworth says, "thought is not; in enjoyment it expires." Ontological emotion so fills the soul that ontological speculation can no longer overlap it and put her girdle of interrogation-marks round existence. Even the least religious of men must have felt with Walt Whitman, when loafing on the grass on some transparent summer morning, that "swiftly arose and spread round him the peace and knowledge that pass all the argument of the earth." At such moments of energetic living we feel as if there were something diseased and contemptible, yea vile, in theoretic grubbing and brooding. In the eye of healthy sense the philosopher is at best a learned fool.

But people with more mystical perspectives might try to mediate. The tranquility of reason may be pursued through ecstasy when logic falls short. For religious individuals of every belief, there are times when the world appears so beautifully ordered that accepting it fully with the heart feels overwhelmingly complete, causing intellectual doubts to disappear; indeed, the intellect itself falls silent—as Wordsworth says, "thought is not; in enjoyment it expires." Deep emotional experiences fill the soul so entirely that philosophical questioning can no longer intrude, wrapping existence in a belt of interrogation marks. Even the least religious among us can resonate with Walt Whitman, who, while relaxing on the grass on a clear summer morning, felt that "swiftly arose and spread round him the peace and knowledge that pass all the argument of the earth." In those moments of vibrant living, we sense that there's something sickly and contemptible, even vile, about obsessively theorizing and brooding. To the healthy mind, the philosopher is at best a learned fool.

Since the heart can thus wall out the ultimate irrationality which the head ascertains, the erection of its procedure into a systematized method would be a philosophic achievement of first-rate importance. But as used by mystics hitherto it has lacked universality, being available for few persons and at few times, and {75} even in these being apt to be followed by fits of reaction and dryness; and if men should agree that the mystical method is a subterfuge without logical pertinency, a plaster but no cure, and that the idea of non-entity can never be exorcised, empiricism will be the ultimate philosophy. Existence then will be a brute fact to which as a whole the emotion of ontologic wonder shall rightfully cleave, but remain eternally unsatisfied. Then wonderfulness or mysteriousness will be an essential attribute of the nature of things, and the exhibition and emphasizing of it will continue to be an ingredient in the philosophic industry of the race. Every generation will produce its Job, its Hamlet, its Faust, or its Sartor Resartus.

Since the heart can block out the ultimate irrationality that the mind identifies, creating a systematic approach to this would be a significant philosophical accomplishment. However, as it's been used by mystics in the past, it hasn't been universal, being available to only a few people at certain times, and even then, it tends to be followed by bouts of backlash and dryness. If people were to agree that the mystical method is just a workaround without logical relevance, more like a bandage than a cure, and that the idea of non-being can never be fully dismissed, then empiricism would become the ultimate philosophy. Existence would then be a basic fact to which the feeling of ontological wonder would rightly attach, yet remain forever unfulfilled. In that case, wonder or mystery would be a fundamental characteristic of reality, and showcasing and emphasizing it would continue to be a part of humanity's philosophical endeavors. Every generation will produce its own Job, Hamlet, Faust, or Sartor Resartus.


With this we seem to have considered the possibilities of purely theoretic rationality. But we saw at the outset that rationality meant only unimpeded mental function. Impediments that arise in the theoretic sphere might perhaps be avoided if the stream of mental action should leave that sphere betimes and pass into the practical. Let us therefore inquire what constitutes the feeling of rationality in its practical aspect. If thought is not to stand forever pointing at the universe in wonder, if its movement is to be diverted from the issueless channel of purely theoretic contemplation, let us ask what conception of the universe will awaken active impulses capable of effecting this diversion. A definition of the world which will give back to the mind the free motion which has been blocked in the purely contemplative path may so far make the world seem rational again.

With this, it seems we've explored the possibilities of purely theoretical rationality. However, we noted from the beginning that rationality simply meant uninterrupted mental function. Obstacles that come up in the theoretical realm might be avoided if our thinking shifts away from that sphere and focuses on practical matters. So, let's examine what creates the feeling of rationality in its practical sense. If thought isn’t meant to just endlessly gaze at the universe in awe, and if its direction is to change from the pointless stream of purely theoretical contemplation, let’s consider what understanding of the universe will spark active impulses that can drive this change. A definition of the world that allows the mind to regain the free movement lost in the purely contemplative path might help restore a sense of rationality to our view of the world.

Well, of two conceptions equally fit to satisfy the logical demand, that one which awakens the active {76} impulses, or satisfies other aesthetic demands better than the other, will be accounted the more rational conception, and will deservedly prevail.

Well, of the two ideas that equally meet the logical needs, the one that stirs up active impulses or fulfills other aesthetic needs better than the other will be considered the more rational idea and will rightfully take precedence.

There is nothing improbable in the supposition that an analysis of the world may yield a number of formulae, all consistent with the facts. In physical science different formulae may explain the phenomena equally well,—the one-fluid and the two-fluid theories of electricity, for example. Why may it not be so with the world? Why may there not be different points of view for surveying it, within each of which all data harmonize, and which the observer may therefore either choose between, or simply cumulate one upon another? A Beethoven string-quartet is truly, as some one has said, a scraping of horses' tails on cats' bowels, and may be exhaustively described in such terms; but the application of this description in no way precludes the simultaneous applicability of an entirely different description. Just so a thorough-going interpretation of the world in terms of mechanical sequence is compatible with its being interpreted teleologically, for the mechanism itself may be designed.

There’s nothing unlikely about the idea that analyzing the world could produce several theories, all consistent with the facts. In physical science, different theories can equally explain the phenomena—like the one-fluid and two-fluid theories of electricity, for instance. So why can't it be the same with the world? Why can't there be different perspectives to observe it, each of which makes all the data fit together, allowing the observer to choose between them or just stack them on top of each other? A Beethoven string quartet is indeed, as someone put it, just a scratching of horse tails on cat guts, and can be fully described in those terms; but using this description doesn’t rule out the possibility of applying a completely different description at the same time. Similarly, a comprehensive interpretation of the world in terms of mechanical processes can coexist with a teleological interpretation, since the mechanism itself might be intentionally designed.

If, then, there were several systems excogitated, equally satisfying to our purely logical needs, they would still have to be passed in review, and approved or rejected by our aesthetic and practical nature. Can we define the tests of rationality which these parts of our nature would use?

If there were several systems created that equally meet our logical needs, they would still need to be evaluated and either accepted or rejected by our aesthetic and practical sensibilities. Can we outline the criteria for rationality that these aspects of our nature would apply?


Philosophers long ago observed the remarkable fact that mere familiarity with things is able to produce a feeling of their rationality. The empiricist school has been so much struck by this circumstance {77} as to have laid it down that the feeling of rationality and the feeling of familiarity are one and the same thing, and that no other kind of rationality than this exists. The daily contemplation of phenomena juxtaposed in a certain order begets an acceptance of their connection, as absolute as the repose engendered by theoretic insight into their coherence. To explain a thing is to pass easily back to its antecedents; to know it is easily to foresee its consequents. Custom, which lets us do both, is thus the source of whatever rationality the thing may gain in our thought.

Philosophers have long noted the insightful observation that simply being familiar with things can create a sense of their rationality. The empiricist school has been so impressed by this idea {77} that it claims the feeling of rationality and the feeling of familiarity are essentially the same, and that no other type of rationality exists. Regularly observing phenomena arranged in a certain way leads to an acceptance of their connection, as solid as the understanding gained from theoretical insight into their coherence. To explain something is to easily trace back to its origins; to know it is to easily anticipate its outcomes. Habit, which allows us to do both, is therefore the source of any rationality that the thing may acquire in our minds.

In the broad sense in which rationality was defined at the outset of this essay, it is perfectly apparent that custom must be one of its factors. We said that any perfectly fluent and easy thought was devoid of the sentiment of irrationality. Inasmuch then as custom acquaints us with all the relations of a thing, it teaches us to pass fluently from that thing to others, and pro tanto tinges it with the rational character.

In the general sense of rationality defined at the beginning of this essay, it's clear that custom must be one of its elements. We mentioned that any smooth and effortless thought lacks the feeling of irrationality. Since custom familiarizes us with all the relationships of a thing, it helps us move easily from that thing to others, and in doing so, it adds a rational quality to it.

Now, there is one particular relation of greater practical importance than all the rest,—I mean the relation of a thing to its future consequences. So long as an object is unusual, our expectations are baffled; they are fully determined as soon as it becomes familiar. I therefore propose this as the first practical requisite which a philosophic conception must satisfy: It must, in a general way at least, banish uncertainty from the future. The permanent presence of the sense of futurity in the mind has been strangely ignored by most writers, but the fact is that our consciousness at a given moment is never free from the ingredient of expectancy. Every one knows how when a painful thing has to be undergone in the {78} near future, the vague feeling that it is impending penetrates all our thought with uneasiness and subtly vitiates our mood even when it does not control our attention; it keeps us from being at rest, at home in the given present. The same is true when a great happiness awaits us. But when the future is neutral and perfectly certain, 'we do not mind it,' as we say, but give an undisturbed attention to the actual. Let now this haunting sense of futurity be thrown off its bearings or left without an object, and immediately uneasiness takes possession of the mind. But in every novel or unclassified experience this is just what occurs; we do not know what will come next; and novelty per se becomes a mental irritant, while custom per se is a mental sedative, merely because the one baffles while the other settles our expectations.

Now, there's one particular relationship that's more important in practical terms than all the others—I’m talking about the relationship between something and its future consequences. As long as an object is unusual, our expectations are thrown off; they become clear as soon as it becomes familiar. So, I propose this as the first practical requirement that a philosophical idea must meet: It must, at least in a general sense, eliminate uncertainty from the future. Most writers have strangely overlooked the constant presence of future considerations in our minds, but the truth is that our awareness at any given moment is never free from some level of expectation. We all know how when a painful experience is about to happen in the {78} near future, the vague feeling that it’s coming clouds our thoughts with unease and subtly affects our mood even if it doesn’t dominate our attention; it keeps us from being settled and comfortable in the present. The same goes for when great happiness is on the way. But when the future is neutral and completely certain, 'we don’t mind it,' as we say, and can focus our attention on what’s happening now. If this nagging sense of what’s to come gets out of whack or is left without a focus, unease instantly takes over our minds. In every new or uncertain experience, this is exactly what happens; we don’t know what will happen next, and novelty per se becomes a source of mental irritation, while routine per se is a calming influence, simply because one leaves us uncertain while the other aligns our expectations.

Every reader must feel the truth of this. What is meant by coming 'to feel at home' in a new place, or with new people? It is simply that, at first, when we take up our quarters in a new room, we do not know what draughts may blow in upon our back, what doors may open, what forms may enter, what interesting objects may be found in cupboards and corners. When after a few days we have learned the range of all these possibilities, the feeling of strangeness disappears. And so it does with people, when we have got past the point of expecting any essentially new manifestations from their character.

Every reader has to understand this. What does it mean to "feel at home" in a new place or with new people? It simply means that, at first, when we settle into a new room, we don’t know what drafts might hit us from behind, what doors might open, what people might come in, or what interesting items we might find in cupboards and corners. After a few days, once we've figured out all these possibilities, the feeling of strangeness fades away. The same goes for people; once we move past expecting any fundamentally new sides of their character, that feeling of unfamiliarity goes away.

The utility of this emotional effect of expectation is perfectly obvious; 'natural selection,' in fact, was bound to bring it about sooner or later. It is of the utmost practical importance to an animal that he should have prevision of the qualities of the objects {79} that surround him, and especially that he should not come to rest in presence of circumstances that might be fraught either with peril or advantage,—go to sleep, for example, on the brink of precipices, in the dens of enemies, or view with indifference some new-appearing object that might, if chased, prove an important addition to the larder. Novelty ought to irritate him. All curiosity has thus a practical genesis. We need only look at the physiognomy of a dog or a horse when a new object comes into his view, his mingled fascination and fear, to see that the element of conscious insecurity or perplexed expectation lies at the root of his emotion. A dog's curiosity about the movements of his master or a strange object only extends as far as the point of deciding what is going to happen next. That settled, curiosity is quenched. The dog quoted by Darwin, whose behavior in presence of a newspaper moved by the wind seemed to testify to a sense 'of the supernatural,' was merely exhibiting the irritation of an uncertain future. A newspaper which could move spontaneously was in itself so unexpected that the poor brute could not tell what new wonders the next moment might bring forth.

The usefulness of this emotional response to expectation is clearly evident; 'natural selection' was bound to lead to this outcome eventually. It’s critically important for an animal to anticipate the qualities of the objects around it, especially to avoid settling down in situations that could be dangerous or beneficial—like falling asleep at the edge of a cliff, in a predator's den, or ignoring a new object that could become a valuable food source if pursued. New things should trigger a sense of unease. All curiosity has a practical origin. We only need to observe the expressions of dogs or horses when they see something unfamiliar; their mix of fascination and fear shows that their feelings stem from a sense of insecurity or confused expectation. A dog's curiosity about its owner’s actions or a strange object lasts only until it figures out what will happen next. Once that's clear, curiosity fades. The dog referenced by Darwin, whose reaction to a newspaper blowing in the wind seemed to indicate a sense of the 'supernatural,' was simply showing the discomfort of an uncertain future. A newspaper moving on its own was so unexpected that the poor creature couldn't predict what new surprises the next moment might bring.

To turn back now to philosophy. An ultimate datum, even though it be logically unrationalized, will, if its quality is such as to define expectancy, be peacefully accepted by the mind; while if it leave the least opportunity for ambiguity in the future, it will to that extent cause mental uneasiness if not distress. Now, in the ultimate explanations of the universe which the craving for rationality has elicited from the human mind, the demands of expectancy to be satisfied have always played a fundamental part. {80} The term set up by philosophers as primordial has been one which banishes the incalculable. 'Substance,' for example, means, as Kant says, das Beharrliche, which will be as it has been, because its being is essential and eternal. And although we may not be able to prophesy in detail the future phenomena to which the substance shall give rise, we may set our minds at rest in a general way, when we have called the substance God, Perfection, Love, or Reason, by the reflection that whatever is in store for us can never at bottom be inconsistent with the character of this term; so that our attitude even toward the unexpected is in a general sense defined. Take again the notion of immortality, which for common people seems to be the touchstone of every philosophic or religious creed: what is this but a way of saying that the determination of expectancy is the essential factor of rationality? The wrath of science against miracles, of certain philosophers against the doctrine of free-will, has precisely the same root,—dislike to admit any ultimate factor in things which may rout our prevision or upset the stability of our outlook.

Let’s go back to philosophy. An ultimate fact, even if it’s not logically justified, will be calmly accepted by the mind if its nature defines what we expect. However, if it leaves even the slightest room for doubt about the future, it will cause some level of mental discomfort, if not distress. In the ultimate explanations of the universe that our desire for rationality has driven us to find, meeting our expectations has always been a crucial part. {80} The concept created by philosophers as fundamental is one that dismisses the unpredictable. 'Substance,' for instance, means, as Kant says, das Beharrliche, which is consistent because its existence is essential and eternal. Although we may not be able to predict in detail the future events that this substance will produce, we can find peace in a general sense when we refer to substance as God, Perfection, Love, or Reason, reflecting that whatever happens can never fundamentally conflict with the essence of this concept; thus, our response to the unexpected is generally defined. Consider the idea of immortality, which seems to be the benchmark for every philosophical or religious belief: this is just another way of saying that the determination of expectation is the key element of rationality. The conflict between science and miracles, and the opposition from certain philosophers to the idea of free will, comes from the same source—a reluctance to accept any ultimate factor in things that could disrupt our predictions or disturb the stability of our perspective.

Anti-substantialist writers strangely overlook this function in the doctrine of substance; "If there be such a substratum," says Mill, "suppose it at this instant miraculously annihilated, and let the sensations continue to occur in the same order, and how would the substratum be missed? By what signs should we be able to discover that its existence had terminated? Should we not have as much reason to believe that it still existed as we now have? And if we should not then be warranted in believing it, how can we be so now?" Truly enough, if we have {81} already securely bagged our facts in a certain order, we can dispense with any further warrant for that order. But with regard to the facts yet to come the case is far different. It does not follow that if substance may be dropped from our conception of the irrecoverably past, it need be an equally empty complication to our notions of the future. Even if it were true that, for aught we know to the contrary, the substance might develop at any moment a wholly new set of attributes, the mere logical form of referring things to a substance would still (whether rightly or wrongly) remain accompanied by a feeling of rest and future confidence. In spite of the acutest nihilistic criticism, men will therefore always have a liking for any philosophy which explains things per substantiam.

Anti-substantialist writers strangely overlook this function in the concept of substance. “If there is such a substratum,” Mill says, “imagine it is miraculously destroyed right now, and let the sensations continue to happen in the same order. How would we notice that the substratum is gone? What signs would show us that its existence has ended? Would we not have just as much reason to believe it still exists as we do now? And if we shouldn’t believe in its existence then, how can we justify believing in it now?” It’s true that if we already have our facts neatly organized in a particular order, we can do away with any further justification for that order. But when it comes to the facts that are yet to come, the situation is quite different. Just because we can set aside substance in our understanding of the irretrievably past doesn't mean it should be an equally unnecessary complication in our thoughts about the future. Even if it is true, for any reason we can't contradict, that substance might develop a completely new set of qualities at any moment, the mere logical act of referring things to a substance would still, whether correctly or incorrectly, come with a sense of stability and future assurance. Despite the sharpest nihilistic critiques, people will always be drawn to any philosophy that explains things per substantiam.

A very natural reaction against the theosophizing conceit and hide-bound confidence in the upshot of things, which vulgarly optimistic minds display, has formed one factor of the scepticism of empiricists, who never cease to remind us of the reservoir of possibilities alien to our habitual experience which the cosmos may contain, and which, for any warrant we have to the contrary, may turn it inside out to-morrow. Agnostic substantialism like that of Mr. Spencer, whose Unknowable is not merely the unfathomable but the absolute-irrational, on which, if consistently represented in thought, it is of course impossible to count, performs the same function of rebuking a certain stagnancy and smugness in the manner in which the ordinary philistine feels his security. But considered as anything else than as reactions against an opposite excess, these philosophies of uncertainty cannot be acceptable; the general mind will fail to {82} come to rest in their presence, and will seek for solutions of a more reassuring kind.

A natural response to the theosophical arrogance and rigid confidence in the outcomes of things, often seen in overly optimistic people, has contributed to the skepticism of empiricists. They constantly remind us of the vast possibilities beyond our usual experiences that the universe might hold, which could completely change everything tomorrow, based on the scant evidence we have otherwise. Agnostic substantialism, like that of Mr. Spencer, whose Unknowable represents not just the unfathomable but absolute irrationality, ultimately serves to challenge the complacency and stagnation felt by the ordinary person who believes they are secure. However, when viewed as more than just reactions to a different extreme, these philosophies of uncertainty aren't really acceptable; the general public won’t find peace in their presence and will search for more reassuring answers. {82}

We may then, I think, with perfect confidence lay down as a first point gained in our inquiry, that a prime factor in the philosophic craving is the desire to have expectancy defined; and that no philosophy will definitively triumph which in an emphatic manner denies the possibility of gratifying this need.

We can then, I believe, confidently conclude as a first point in our inquiry that a key factor in the philosophical quest is the desire to have expectations clarified; and that no philosophy will ultimately succeed if it strongly denies the possibility of fulfilling this need.


We pass with this to the next great division of our topic. It is not sufficient for our satisfaction merely to know the future as determined, for it may be determined in either of many ways, agreeable or disagreeable. For a philosophy to succeed on a universal scale it must define the future congruously with our spontaneous powers. A philosophy may be unimpeachable in other respects, but either of two defects will be fatal to its universal acceptance. First, its ultimate principle must not be one that essentially baffles and disappoints our dearest desires and most cherished powers. A pessimistic principle like Schopenhauer's incurably vicious Will-substance, or Hartmann's wicked jack-of-all-trades the Unconscious, will perpetually call forth essays at other philosophies. Incompatibility of the future with their desires and active tendencies is, in fact, to most men a source of more fixed disquietude than uncertainty itself. Witness the attempts to overcome the 'problem of evil,' the 'mystery of pain.' There is no 'problem of good.'

We move on to the next big part of our topic. It's not enough for us to simply know the future as it's set; it can be determined in many ways, some good and some bad. For a philosophy to really thrive universally, it has to define the future in line with our natural abilities. A philosophy can be flawless in other areas, but it will struggle to gain widespread acceptance if it has either of two major flaws. First, its core principle shouldn't fundamentally frustrate and disappoint our deepest desires and most valued abilities. A pessimistic principle like Schopenhauer's endlessly troubling Will-substance or Hartmann's tricky Unconscious will constantly lead people to explore other philosophies. For most people, the mismatch between the future and their desires and active inclinations is often a more persistent source of unease than uncertainty itself. Just look at the efforts to tackle the 'problem of evil' and the 'mystery of pain.' There's no such thing as a 'problem of good.'

But a second and worse defect in a philosophy than that of contradicting our active propensities is to give them no object whatever to press against. A philosophy whose principle is so incommensurate with our most intimate powers as to deny them all {83} relevancy in universal affairs, as to annihilate their motives at one blow, will be even more unpopular than pessimism. Better face the enemy than the eternal Void! This is why materialism will always fail of universal adoption, however well it may fuse things into an atomistic unity, however clearly it may prophesy the future eternity. For materialism denies reality to the objects of almost all the impulses which we most cherish. The real meaning of the impulses, it says, is something which has no emotional interest for us whatever. Now, what is called 'extradition' is quite as characteristic of our emotions as of our senses: both point to an object as the cause of the present feeling. What an intensely objective reference lies in fear! In like manner an enraptured man and a dreary-feeling man are not simply aware of their subjective states; if they were, the force of their feelings would all evaporate. Both believe there is outward cause why they should feel as they do: either, "It is a glad world! how good life is!" or, "What a loathsome tedium is existence!" Any philosophy which annihilates the validity of the reference by explaining away its objects or translating them into terms of no emotional pertinency, leaves the mind with little to care or act for. This is the opposite condition from that of nightmare, but when acutely brought home to consciousness it produces a kindred horror. In nightmare we have motives to act, but no power; here we have powers, but no motives. A nameless unheimlichkeit comes over us at the thought of there being nothing eternal in our final purposes, in the objects of those loves and aspirations which are our deepest energies. The monstrously lopsided equation of the universe and its {84} knower, which we postulate as the ideal of cognition, is perfectly paralleled by the no less lopsided equation of the universe and the doer. We demand in it a character for which our emotions and active propensities shall be a match. Small as we are, minute as is the point by which the cosmos impinges upon each one of us, each one desires to feel that his reaction at that point is congruous with the demands of the vast whole,—that he balances the latter, so to speak, and is able to do what it expects of him. But as his abilities to do lie wholly in the line of his natural propensities; as he enjoys reacting with such emotions as fortitude, hope, rapture, admiration, earnestness, and the like; and as he very unwillingly reacts with fear, disgust, despair, or doubt,—a philosophy which should only legitimate emotions of the latter sort would be sure to leave the mind a prey to discontent and craving.

But a second and worse flaw in a philosophy, beyond contradicting our active inclinations, is failing to provide any real object to strive against. A philosophy whose principles are so out of touch with our deepest capacities that it dismisses their relevance in universal matters and instantly wipes out their motivations will be even less popular than pessimism. Better to confront the enemy than to face the endless Void! This is why materialism will never achieve widespread acceptance, no matter how well it unifies things into an atomic whole or how clearly it predicts the future eternity. Materialism undermines the reality of the objects of almost all the impulses we hold dear. It claims that the true meaning of these impulses is something that holds no emotional interest for us at all. Now, what’s referred to as 'extradition' is just as much a part of our emotions as it is of our senses: both indicate an object as the source of our current feelings. Just think about the strong objective reference in fear! Similarly, someone in a state of joy and someone feeling dreary are not merely conscious of their own feelings; if they were, the power of their emotions would fade away. Both believe there’s an external reason for their feelings: either, "What a wonderful world! How great life is!" or, "What a miserable monotony existence is!" Any philosophy that invalidates this reference by dismissing its objects or reducing them to something emotionally irrelevant leaves the mind with little to care about or act upon. This stands in opposition to the feeling of a nightmare; however, when sharply brought to consciousness, it evokes a similar horror. In a nightmare, we have motivations to act but lack the power; here, we have abilities, but no motivations. A nameless sense of unease washes over us at the thought of there being nothing eternal in our ultimate goals, in the objects of those loves and aspirations that drive our deepest energies. The drastically unbalanced equation of the universe and its knower, which we assume as the ideal of knowledge, is perfectly mirrored by the similarly unbalanced equation of the universe and the doer. We demand a character in it that matches our emotions and active inclinations. As small as we are, and as tiny as the point is where the cosmos touches each of us, everyone wants to feel that their response at that point aligns with the demands of the vast whole—that they, so to speak, balance it, and can meet its expectations. But since a person's abilities to act are wholly aligned with their natural inclinations; since they thrive on responding with emotions like courage, hope, joy, admiration, earnestness, and the like; and since they are reluctant to respond with fear, disgust, despair, or doubt—any philosophy that legitimizes only the latter set of emotions would surely leave the mind vulnerable to discontent and longing.

It is far too little recognized how entirely the intellect is built up of practical interests. The theory of evolution is beginning to do very good service by its reduction of all mentality to the type of reflex action. Cognition, in this view, is but a fleeting moment, a cross-section at a certain point, of what in its totality is a motor phenomenon. In the lower forms of life no one will pretend that cognition is anything more than a guide to appropriate action. The germinal question concerning things brought for the first time before consciousness is not the theoretic 'What is that?' but the practical 'Who goes there?' or rather, as Horwicz has admirably put it, 'What is to be done?'—'Was fang' ich an?' In all our discussions about the intelligence of lower animals, the only test we use is that of their acting as if for a purpose. {85} Cognition, in short, is incomplete until discharged in act; and although it is true that the later mental development, which attains its maximum through the hypertrophied cerebrum of man, gives birth to a vast amount of theoretic activity over and above that which is immediately ministerial to practice, yet the earlier claim is only postponed, not effaced, and the active nature asserts its rights to the end.

It’s not recognized enough how much the intellect is shaped by practical interests. The theory of evolution is starting to be helpful by reducing all mental activity to the idea of reflex action. From this perspective, cognition is just a brief moment, a snapshot at a certain point, of what is overall a motor phenomenon. In simpler forms of life, no one would argue that cognition is anything more than a guide to taking appropriate action. The essential question about things first brought to our awareness isn't the theoretical 'What is that?' but the practical 'Who goes there?' or as Horwicz has brilliantly stated, 'What is to be done?'—'Was fang' ich an?' In all our discussions about the intelligence of lower animals, the only test we apply is whether they are acting as if they have a purpose. {85} In short, cognition isn't complete until it leads to action; and while it’s true that later mental development, which peaks with the enlarged cerebrum of humans, generates a lot of theoretical activity beyond what's directly useful for practice, the initial demand for action is only delayed, not eliminated, and the active nature asserts its rights all the way to the end.

When the cosmos in its totality is the object offered to consciousness, the relation is in no whit altered. React on it we must in some congenial way. It was a deep instinct in Schopenhauer which led him to reinforce his pessimistic argumentation by a running volley of invective against the practical man and his requirements. No hope for pessimism unless he is slain!

When the entire cosmos is presented to our awareness, the relationship doesn’t change at all. We must respond to it in some compatible way. Schopenhauer had a strong instinct that drove him to support his pessimistic views with a constant barrage of insults aimed at the practical person and his needs. There's no hope for pessimism unless he is destroyed!

Helmholtz's immortal works on the eye and ear are to a great extent little more than a commentary on the law that practical utility wholly determines which parts of our sensations we shall be aware of, and which parts we shall ignore. We notice or discriminate an ingredient of sense only so far as we depend upon it to modify our actions. We comprehend a thing when we synthetize it by identity with another thing. But the other great department of our understanding, acquaintance (the two departments being recognized in all languages by the antithesis of such words as wissen and kennen; scire and noscere, etc.), what is that also but a synthesis,—a synthesis of a passive perception with a certain tendency to reaction? We are acquainted with a thing as soon as we have learned how to behave towards it, or how to meet the behavior which we expect from it. Up to that point it is still 'strange' to us.

Helmholtz's timeless works on the eye and ear largely serve as a commentary on the principle that practical usefulness completely determines which aspects of our sensations we become aware of and which we ignore. We notice or identify a sensory element only to the extent that we rely on it to influence our actions. We truly understand something when we connect it to something else we already know. However, the other major area of our understanding, known as acquaintance (a distinction recognized in every language through contrasting terms like wissen and kennen; scire and noscere, etc.), is also just a synthesis—a combination of passive perception and a certain response tendency. We become acquainted with something as soon as we learn how to act toward it or how to respond to the behavior we expect from it. Until that point, it remains 'strange' to us.

{86}

If there be anything at all in this view, it follows that however vaguely a philosopher may define the ultimate universal datum, he cannot be said to leave it unknown to us so long as he in the slightest degree pretends that our emotional or active attitude toward it should be of one sort rather than another. He who says "life is real, life is earnest," however much he may speak of the fundamental mysteriousness of things, gives a distinct definition to that mysteriousness by ascribing to it the right to claim from us the particular mood called seriousness,—which means the willingness to live with energy, though energy bring pain. The same is true of him who says that all is vanity. For indefinable as the predicate 'vanity' may be in se, it is clearly something that permits anaesthesia, mere escape from suffering, to be our rule of life. There can be no greater incongruity than for a disciple of Spencer to proclaim with one breath that the substance of things is unknowable, and with the next that the thought of it should inspire us with awe, reverence, and a willingness to add our co-operative push in the direction toward which its manifestations seem to be drifting. The unknowable may be unfathomed, but if it make such distinct demands upon our activity we surely are not ignorant of its essential quality.

If there’s any truth to this idea, it means that no matter how vaguely a philosopher might describe the ultimate universal truth, they can't say it's completely unknown to us as long as they suggest we should react to it in a certain way. When someone says "life is real, life is serious," no matter how much they talk about the fundamental mystery of things, they are clearly defining that mystery by implying it demands from us a specific attitude called seriousness—which means being willing to engage with life energetically, even if that energy leads to pain. The same applies to someone who claims that everything is pointless. Because as vague as the term 'pointlessness' might be in itself, it clearly allows for a numbness, a simple escape from suffering, to be our guiding principle. There’s no greater contradiction than for a follower of Spencer to declare in one breath that the essence of things is unknowable, and in the next breath that this thought should fill us with awe, respect, and a desire to contribute to the direction in which its signs seem to be moving. The unknowable might be deep and unfathomable, but if it demands specific actions from us, we certainly can’t be oblivious to its fundamental nature.

If we survey the field of history and ask what feature all great periods of revival, of expansion of the human mind, display in common, we shall find, I think, simply this: that each and all of them have said to the human being, "The inmost nature of the reality is congenial to powers which you possess." In what did the emancipating message of primitive Christianity consist but in the announcement that {87} God recognizes those weak and tender impulses which paganism had so rudely overlooked? Take repentance: the man who can do nothing rightly can at least repent of his failures. But for paganism this faculty of repentance was a pure supernumerary, a straggler too late for the fair. Christianity took it, and made it the one power within us which appealed straight to the heart of God. And after the night of the middle ages had so long branded with obloquy even the generous impulses of the flesh, and defined the reality to be such that only slavish natures could commune with it, in what did the sursum corda of the platonizing renaissance lie but in the proclamation that the archetype of verity in things laid claim on the widest activity of our whole aesthetic being? What were Luther's mission and Wesley's but appeals to powers which even the meanest of men might carry with them,—faith and self-despair,—but which were personal, requiring no priestly intermediation, and which brought their owner face to face with God? What caused the wildfire influence of Rousseau but the assurance he gave that man's nature was in harmony with the nature of things, if only the paralyzing corruptions of custom would stand from between? How did Kant and Fichte, Goethe and Schiller, inspire their time with cheer, except by saying, "Use all your powers; that is the only obedience the universe exacts"? And Carlyle with his gospel of work, of fact, of veracity, how does he move us except by saying that the universe imposes no tasks upon us but such as the most humble can perform? Emerson's creed that everything that ever was or will be is here in the enveloping now; that man has but to obey himself,—"He who will rest in what he is, {88} is a part of destiny,"—is in like manner nothing but an exorcism of all scepticism as to the pertinency of one's natural faculties.

If we look at history and ask what common feature all great periods of revival and expansion of human thought share, I believe we'll find this: each one tells humanity, "The true nature of reality aligns with the abilities you possess." The liberating message of early Christianity was simply that God acknowledges those gentle and fragile impulses that paganism completely ignored. Consider repentance: the person who struggles to do things right can at least acknowledge their failures. But in paganism, this ability to repent was seen as unnecessary, a latecomer to the party. Christianity embraced it, turning it into the one power within us that connected directly to the heart of God. After the dark times of the Middle Ages, which had long belittled even the noblest human impulses and suggested that only submissive souls could engage with reality, the uplifting call of the Platonizing Renaissance was the affirmation that the true essence of things called upon the full vibrancy of our entire aesthetic existence. What were Luther's and Wesley's missions if not invitations to powers that even the lowest of men could access—faith and self-despair—that were personal, needing no priestly intermediaries, and brought individuals face to face with God? What sparked the profound influence of Rousseau if not the certainty that human nature resonates with the nature of the world, provided the crippling effects of custom were removed? How did Kant and Fichte, Goethe and Schiller ignite their era’s spirit but by asserting, "Use all your abilities; that's the only obedience the universe demands"? And how does Carlyle, with his emphasis on work, facts, and truth, inspire us except by stating that the universe presents us with no tasks that even the humblest among us can't handle? Emerson's belief that everything that has ever existed or will exist is present in the now, that one simply needs to be true to oneself—"He who rests in what he is, is a part of destiny"—is similarly just a way of dispelling all doubt about the usefulness of our natural abilities.

In a word, "Son of Man, stand upon thy feet and I will speak unto thee!" is the only revelation of truth to which the solving epochs have helped the disciple. But that has been enough to satisfy the greater part of his rational need. In se and per se the universal essence has hardly been more defined by any of these formulas than by the agnostic x; but the mere assurance that my powers, such as they are, are not irrelevant to it, but pertinent; that it speaks to them and will in some way recognize their reply; that I can be a match for it if I will, and not a footless waif,—suffices to make it rational to my feeling in the sense given above. Nothing could be more absurd than to hope for the definitive triumph of any philosophy which should refuse to legitimate, and to legitimate in an emphatic manner, the more powerful of our emotional and practical tendencies. Fatalism, whose solving word in all crises of behavior is "all striving is vain," will never reign supreme, for the impulse to take life strivingly is indestructible in the race. Moral creeds which speak to that impulse will be widely successful in spite of inconsistency, vagueness, and shadowy determination of expectancy. Man needs a rule for his will, and will invent one if one be not given him.

In short, "Son of Man, stand up and I will speak to you!" is the only revelation of truth that the challenging times have offered the seeker. But that has been enough to meet most of his rational needs. In se and per se, the universal essence hasn’t really been defined better by any of these formulas than by the agnostic x; but just knowing that my abilities, however limited, are relevant to it—that it speaks to them and will recognize my response in some way—that I can rise to its level if I choose, and not be a lost soul—makes it feel rational to me in the way described above. Nothing could be more ridiculous than to expect the ultimate victory of any philosophy that refuses to affirm, and to affirm emphatically, our strongest emotional and practical urges. Fatalism, which declares in every crisis of behavior that "all effort is futile," will never dominate, because the drive to live life with purpose is indestructible in humanity. Moral beliefs that appeal to that drive will succeed widely, despite inconsistencies, vagueness, and unclear expectations. People need a guide for their will, and they will create one if one is not provided.


But now observe a most important consequence. Men's active impulses are so differently mixed that a philosophy fit in this respect for Bismarck will almost certainly be unfit for a valetudinarian poet. In other words, although one can lay down in advance the {89} rule that a philosophy which utterly denies all fundamental ground for seriousness, for effort, for hope, which says the nature of things is radically alien to human nature, can never succeed,—one cannot in advance say what particular dose of hope, or of gnosticism of the nature of things, the definitely successful philosophy shall contain. In short, it is almost certain that personal temperament will here make itself felt, and that although all men will insist on being spoken to by the universe in some way, few will insist on being spoken to in just the same way. We have here, in short, the sphere of what Matthew Arnold likes to call Aberglaube, legitimate, inexpugnable, yet doomed to eternal variations and disputes.

But now notice a really important consequence. People's active impulses are so differently mixed that a philosophy suitable for Bismarck will likely be unsuitable for a frail poet. In other words, even though we can establish a rule that a philosophy which completely dismisses all fundamental grounds for seriousness, effort, and hope—one that claims the nature of things is fundamentally different from human nature—can never succeed, we can't predict exactly what the successful philosophy will contain in terms of hope or understanding about the nature of things. In short, it's almost certain that personal temperament will play a significant role here, and while everyone will want to be engaged by the universe in some way, few will want the engagement to be exactly the same. We find here, in essence, the area of what Matthew Arnold refers to as Aberglaube, legitimate, unassailable, yet condemned to endless variations and debates.

Take idealism and materialism as examples of what I mean, and suppose for a moment that both give a conception of equal theoretic clearness and consistency, and that both determine our expectations equally well. Idealism will be chosen by a man of one emotional constitution, materialism by another. At this very day all sentimental natures, fond of conciliation and intimacy, tend to an idealistic faith. Why? Because idealism gives to the nature of things such kinship with our personal selves. Our own thoughts are what we are most at home with, what we are least afraid of. To say then that the universe essentially is thought, is to say that I myself, potentially at least, am all. There is no radically alien corner, but an all-pervading intimacy. Now, in certain sensitively egotistic minds this conception of reality is sure to put on a narrow, close, sick-room air. Everything sentimental and priggish will be consecrated by it. That element in reality which every strong man of common-sense willingly feels there because it calls forth {90} powers that he owns—the rough, harsh, sea-wave, north-wind element, the denier of persons, the democratizer—is banished because it jars too much on the desire for communion. Now, it is the very enjoyment of this element that throws many men upon the materialistic or agnostic hypothesis, as a polemic reaction against the contrary extreme. They sicken at a life wholly constituted of intimacy. There is an overpowering desire at moments to escape personality, to revel in the action of forces that have no respect for our ego, to let the tides flow, even though they flow over us. The strife of these two kinds of mental temper will, I think, always be seen in philosophy. Some men will keep insisting on the reason, the atonement, that lies in the heart of things, and that we can act with; others, on the opacity of brute fact that we must react against.

Take idealism and materialism as examples of what I mean, and suppose for a moment that both provide a clear and consistent understanding, and that both shape our expectations equally well. An idealist will be chosen by one type of emotional person, while another will lean towards materialism. Nowadays, all idealistic types, who are fond of connection and closeness, tend to gravitate toward an idealistic belief. Why? Because idealism relates the nature of things to our personal selves. Our own thoughts are what we are most comfortable with and least afraid of. So, saying that the universe is fundamentally thought means that I, at least potentially, am all. There’s no completely alien part, only a pervasive intimacy. However, in some sensitive egotistical minds, this view of reality can become narrow, confined, and stifling. Everything sentimental and self-righteous gets validated by it. The aspect of reality that any sensible, strong person can feel because it awakens{90} the raw, tough, sea-surge, north-wind spirit—the one that disregards individual identities and promotes equality—is excluded because it clashes too much with the longing for connection. This very enjoyment of that element drives many people toward materialistic or agnostic viewpoints as a counter-reaction against the opposite extreme. They become frustrated by a life that is entirely about intimacy. At times, there’s an overwhelming urge to escape personal concerns, to take pleasure in forces that have no regard for our ego, to let the currents flow, even if they carry us with them. The tension between these two types of mental attitudes will, I believe, always be evident in philosophy. Some people will persist in emphasizing the reason and harmony inherent in things that we can engage with, while others will focus on the harshness of raw facts that we must respond to.


Now, there is one element of our active nature which the Christian religion has emphatically recognized, but which philosophers as a rule have with great insincerity tried to huddle out of sight in their pretension to found systems of absolute certainty. I mean the element of faith. Faith means belief in something concerning which doubt is still theoretically possible; and as the test of belief is willingness to act, one may say that faith is the readiness to act in a cause the prosperous issue of which is not certified to us in advance. It is in fact the same moral quality which we call courage in practical affairs; and there will be a very widespread tendency in men of vigorous nature to enjoy a certain amount of uncertainty in their philosophic creed, just as risk lends a zest to worldly activity. Absolutely certified philosophies {91} seeking the inconcussum are fruits of mental natures in which the passion for identity (which we saw to be but one factor of the rational appetite) plays an abnormally exclusive part. In the average man, on the contrary, the power to trust, to risk a little beyond the literal evidence, is an essential function. Any mode of conceiving the universe which makes an appeal to this generous power, and makes the man seem as if he were individually helping to create the actuality of the truth whose metaphysical reality he is willing to assume, will be sure to be responded to by large numbers.

Now, there’s one aspect of our active nature that the Christian religion has clearly recognized, but which philosophers generally have insincerely tried to sweep under the rug in their efforts to create systems of absolute certainty. I’m talking about the element of faith. Faith means believing in something that still has room for doubt; and since the test of belief is the willingness to act, we can say that faith is the readiness to act on a cause whose successful outcome isn’t guaranteed. It’s actually the same moral quality we refer to as courage in practical matters; and many strong-willed individuals tend to appreciate a bit of uncertainty in their philosophical beliefs, just as taking risks adds excitement to worldly pursuits. Philosophies that demand absolute certainty seeking the inconcussum are products of minds where the desire for certainty (which we identified as just one aspect of rational thought) takes an unhealthily dominant role. In the average person, however, the ability to trust, to venture a little beyond what is clearly evident, is a vital function. Any way of understanding the universe that appeals to this generous capacity and makes a person feel as though they are individually contributing to the creation of the truth they are willing to accept will likely resonate with many.

The necessity of faith as an ingredient in our mental attitude is strongly insisted on by the scientific philosophers of the present day; but by a singularly arbitrary caprice they say that it is only legitimate when used in the interests of one particular proposition,—the proposition, namely, that the course of nature is uniform. That nature will follow to-morrow the same laws that she follows to-day is, they all admit, a truth which no man can know; but in the interests of cognition as well as of action we must postulate or assume it. As Helmholtz says: "Hier gilt nur der eine Rath: vertraue und handle!" And Professor Bain urges: "Our only error is in proposing to give any reason or justification of the postulate, or to treat it as otherwise than begged at the very outset."

The importance of faith as a part of our mindset is strongly emphasized by today's scientific philosophers; however, oddly enough, they claim it's only valid when applied to one specific idea—the idea that nature operates consistently. They all agree that no one can truly **know** that nature will follow the same laws tomorrow as it does today, but for both understanding and action, we need to assume it. As Helmholtz puts it: "Here, there’s only one piece of advice: trust and act!" And Professor Bain suggests: "Our only mistake is in trying to provide a reason or justification for this assumption or treating it as anything other than an assumption we accept from the very beginning."

With regard to all other possible truths, however, a number of our most influential contemporaries think that an attitude of faith is not only illogical but shameful. Faith in a religious dogma for which there is no outward proof, but which we are tempted to postulate for our emotional interests, just as we {92} postulate the uniformity of nature for our intellectual interests, is branded by Professor Huxley as "the lowest depth of immorality." Citations of this kind from leaders of the modern Aufklärung might be multiplied almost indefinitely. Take Professor Clifford's article on the 'Ethics of Belief.' He calls it 'guilt' and 'sin' to believe even the truth without 'scientific evidence.' But what is the use of being a genius, unless with the same scientific evidence as other men, one can reach more truth than they? Why does Clifford fearlessly proclaim his belief in the conscious-automaton theory, although the 'proofs' before him are the same which make Mr. Lewes reject it? Why does he believe in primordial units of 'mind-stuff' on evidence which would seem quite worthless to Professor Bain? Simply because, like every human being of the slightest mental originality, he is peculiarly sensitive to evidence that bears in some one direction. It is utterly hopeless to try to exorcise such sensitiveness by calling it the disturbing subjective factor, and branding it as the root of all evil. 'Subjective' be it called! and 'disturbing' to those whom it foils! But if it helps those who, as Cicero says, "vim naturae magis sentiunt," it is good and not evil. Pretend what we may, the whole man within us is at work when we form our philosophical opinions. Intellect, will, taste, and passion co-operate just as they do in practical affairs; and lucky it is if the passion be not something as petty as a love of personal conquest over the philosopher across the way. The absurd abstraction of an intellect verbally formulating all its evidence and carefully estimating the probability thereof by a vulgar fraction by the size of whose denominator and numerator alone it is swayed, is {93} ideally as inept as it is actually impossible. It is almost incredible that men who are themselves working philosophers should pretend that any philosophy can be, or ever has been, constructed without the help of personal preference, belief, or divination. How have they succeeded in so stultifying their sense for the living facts of human nature as not to perceive that every philosopher, or man of science either, whose initiative counts for anything in the evolution of thought, has taken his stand on a sort of dumb conviction that the truth must lie in one direction rather than another, and a sort of preliminary assurance that his notion can be made to work; and has borne his best fruit in trying to make it work? These mental instincts in different men are the spontaneous variations upon which the intellectual struggle for existence is based. The fittest conceptions survive, and with them the names of their champions shining to all futurity.

When it comes to other possible truths, many of our most influential contemporaries believe that having faith is not only illogical but also shameful. Faith in a religious dogma for which there is no external proof, but which we feel inclined to adopt for our emotional well-being—much like we accept the uniformity of nature for our intellectual pursuits—is labeled by Professor Huxley as "the lowest depth of immorality." Quotes like this from leaders of the modern Enlightenment could be multiplied endlessly. Take Professor Clifford's article on the 'Ethics of Belief.' He calls it 'guilt' and 'sin' to believe even a truth without 'scientific evidence.' But what's the point of being a genius if, with the same scientific evidence as everyone else, one can only reach the same truths they do? Why does Clifford boldly declare his belief in the conscious-automaton theory, even though the evidence he has is the same that leads Mr. Lewes to reject it? Why does he accept primordial units of 'mind-stuff' based on evidence that seems completely inadequate to Professor Bain? Simply because, like any person with a bit of mental originality, he is especially tuned to evidence that points in a certain direction. It's pointless to try to dismiss this sensitivity by calling it a disturbing subjective factor and labeling it as the source of all evil. Call it 'subjective'—and 'disturbing' to those who feel thwarted by it! But if it helps those who, as Cicero says, "feel the power of nature more," then it's good, not evil. Regardless of pretense, the whole self is engaged when we form our philosophical opinions. Intellect, will, taste, and passion all work together just as they do in practical matters; and it's fortunate if the passion isn’t something as trivial as a desire for personal victory over the philosopher down the street. The ridiculous idea of an intellect that formulates all its evidence and meticulously weighs the probability by a simple fraction, swayed only by the size of its numerator and denominator, is ideally as ineffective as it is practically impossible. It's almost unbelievable that individuals who are working philosophers would claim that any philosophy can be or ever has been created without the influence of personal preference, belief, or intuition. How have they managed to dull their understanding of the living facts of human nature to the point of not realizing that every philosopher, or significant scientific figure, whose contributions really matter in the evolution of thought, has stood on a sort of unspoken conviction that truth must lie in one direction rather than another, and a preliminary confidence that their idea can actually work; and has yielded their best results by attempting to make it work? These mental instincts in different people are the spontaneous variations upon which the intellectual competition for survival is founded. The strongest ideas endure, along with the names of their advocates shining through time.

The coil is about us, struggle as we may. The only escape from faith is mental nullity. What we enjoy most in a Huxley or a Clifford is not the professor with his learning, but the human personality ready to go in for what it feels to be right, in spite of all appearances. The concrete man has but one interest,—to be right. That for him is the art of all arts, and all means are fair which help him to it. Naked he is flung into the world, and between him and nature there are no rules of civilized warfare. The rules of the scientific game, burdens of proof, presumptions, experimenta crucis, complete inductions, and the like, are only binding on those who enter that game. As a matter of fact we all more or less do enter it, because it helps us to our end. But if the means presume to frustrate the end and call us cheats for being right in {94} advance of their slow aid, by guesswork or by hook or crook, what shall we say of them? Were all of Clifford's works, except the Ethics of Belief, forgotten, he might well figure in future treatises on psychology in place of the somewhat threadbare instance of the miser who has been led by the association of ideas to prefer his gold to all the goods he might buy therewith.

The coil surrounds us, no matter how much we fight it. The only way to escape from faith is to numb our minds. What we appreciate most in a Huxley or a Clifford isn't just the learned professor, but the person who is willing to pursue what they believe is right, regardless of appearances. The practical person has only one goal—to be right. That, for them, is the ultimate skill, and any means that help achieve it are justified. They are thrown naked into the world, and there are no civilized rules between them and nature. The rules of scientific inquiry, like burdens of proof, assumptions, experimenta crucis, and complete inductions, only apply to those who choose to play that game. In reality, we all somewhat engage in it because it aids us in reaching our objectives. But if the methods attempt to obstruct the end and label us as frauds for being right through intuition or whatever means necessary, what can we say about them? Even if all of Clifford's works were forgotten except for the Ethics of Belief, he could still be referenced in future discussions about psychology instead of the overly familiar example of the miser who, through mental associations, prefers his gold over all the things he could buy with it.

In short, if I am born with such a superior general reaction to evidence that I can guess right and act accordingly, and gain all that comes of right action, while my less gifted neighbor (paralyzed by his scruples and waiting for more evidence which he dares not anticipate, much as he longs to) still stands shivering on the brink, by what law shall I be forbidden to reap the advantages of my superior native sensitiveness? Of course I yield to my belief in such a case as this or distrust it, alike at my peril, just as I do in any of the great practical decisions of life. If my inborn faculties are good, I am a prophet; if poor, I am a failure: nature spews me out of her mouth, and there is an end of me. In the total game of life we stake our persons all the while; and if in its theoretic part our persons will help us to a conclusion, surely we should also stake them there, however inarticulate they may be.[2]

In short, if I’m born with such a strong ability to respond to evidence that I can accurately guess and act on it, reaping all the benefits of doing the right thing, while my less fortunate neighbor (held back by his doubts and waiting for more proof he’s afraid to predict, no matter how much he wishes he could) remains stuck at the edge, what right do I have to be stopped from enjoying the rewards of my sharper instincts? Of course, I take a risk by trusting my beliefs in situations like this or doubting them, just as I do with any major life choices. If my natural abilities are good, I’m a visionary; if they’re lacking, I’m a failure: nature rejects me, and that’s the end of it. In the overall game of life, we constantly put ourselves on the line; if in its theoretical aspects our selves can guide us to a conclusion, then we should also invest ourselves there, no matter how clumsily we express it.[2]

{95}

But in being myself so very articulate in proving what to all readers with a sense for reality will seem a platitude, am I not wasting words? We cannot live or think at all without some degree of faith. Faith is synonymous with working hypothesis. The only difference is that while some hypotheses can be refuted in five minutes, others may defy ages. A chemist who conjectures that a certain wall-paper contains arsenic, and has faith enough to lead him to take the trouble to put some of it into a hydrogen bottle, finds out by the results of his action whether he was right or wrong. But theories like that of Darwin, or that of the kinetic constitution of matter, may exhaust the labors of generations in their corroboration, each tester of their truth proceeding in this simple way,—that he acts as if it were true, and expects the result to disappoint him if his assumption is false. The longer disappointment is delayed, the stronger grows his faith in his theory.

But in being so articulate in proving what will seem like a cliché to any reader with a sense of reality, am I not just wasting words? We can’t live or think at all without some level of faith. Faith is basically a working hypothesis. The only difference is that some hypotheses can be disproven in five minutes, while others might stand for ages. A chemist who suspects that a particular wallpaper contains arsenic and has enough faith to put some of it into a hydrogen bottle finds out whether he was right or wrong based on the results of his experiment. But theories like Darwin's or the kinetic theory of matter may take generations to confirm, with each tester approaching the truth in this straightforward way—acting as if it were true and expecting to be disappointed if their assumption is wrong. The longer the disappointment takes to arrive, the stronger their faith in the theory becomes.

Now, in such questions as God, immortality, absolute morality, and free-will, no non-papal believer at the present day pretends his faith to be of an essentially different complexion; he can always doubt his creed. But his intimate persuasion is that the odds in its favor are strong enough to warrant him in acting all along on the assumption of its truth. His corroboration or repudiation by the nature of things may be deferred until the day of judgment. The {96} uttermost he now means is something like this: "I expect then to triumph with tenfold glory; but if it should turn out, as indeed it may, that I have spent my days in a fool's paradise, why, better have been the dupe of such a dreamland than the cunning reader of a world like that which then beyond all doubt unmasks itself to view." In short, we go in against materialism very much as we should go in, had we a chance, against the second French empire or the Church of Rome, or any other system of things toward which our repugnance is vast enough to determine energetic action, but too vague to issue in distinct argumentation. Our reasons are ludicrously incommensurate with the volume of our feeling, yet on the latter we unhesitatingly act.

Now, when it comes to questions like God, immortality, absolute morality, and free will, no non-papal believer today claims that their faith is fundamentally different; they can always question their beliefs. But they feel strongly that the odds are in their favor enough to justify living as if their beliefs are true. Their confirmation or denial by the nature of things can wait until the day of judgment. The most they mean right now is something like this: "I expect to succeed with great glory; but if it turns out, as it very well might, that I've spent my life in a fool's paradise, then I’d rather have been the fool in such a dreamland than the clever skeptic of a reality that will undoubtedly reveal itself." In short, we oppose materialism much like we would stand against the second French Empire or the Church of Rome, or any other system we dislike enough to take decisive action against, yet our reasons are too unclear to result in specific arguments. Our justifications seem ridiculously inadequate compared to how strongly we feel, but we act without hesitation based on those feelings.


Now, I wish to show what to my knowledge has never been clearly pointed out, that belief (as measured by action) not only does and must continually outstrip scientific evidence, but that there is a certain class of truths of whose reality belief is a factor as well as a confessor; and that as regards this class of truths faith is not only licit and pertinent, but essential and indispensable. The truths cannot become true till our faith has made them so.

Now, I want to highlight something that, to my knowledge, has never been clearly stated: belief (as shown by our actions) not only often surpasses scientific evidence but also involves a specific type of truth where belief plays a role as both a factor and a witness. For this type of truth, faith is not just allowed and relevant; it is necessary and essential. These truths can't become true until our belief makes them so.

Suppose, for example, that I am climbing in the Alps, and have had the ill-luck to work myself into a position from which the only escape is by a terrible leap. Being without similar experience, I have no evidence of my ability to perform it successfully; but hope and confidence in myself make me sure I shall not miss my aim, and nerve my feet to execute what without those subjective emotions would perhaps have been impossible. But suppose that, on the contrary, {97} the emotions of fear and mistrust preponderate; or suppose that, having just read the Ethics of Belief, I feel it would be sinful to act upon an assumption unverified by previous experience,—why, then I shall hesitate so long that at last, exhausted and trembling, and launching myself in a moment of despair, I miss my foothold and roll into the abyss. In this case (and it is one of an immense class) the part of wisdom clearly is to believe what one desires; for the belief is one of the indispensable preliminary conditions of the realization of its object. There are then cases where faith creates its own verification. Believe, and you shall be right, for you shall save yourself; doubt, and you shall again be right, for you shall perish. The only difference is that to believe is greatly to your advantage.

Suppose I'm climbing in the Alps and I've ended up in a situation where the only way out is a dangerous leap. I have no previous experience to show that I can pull it off, but hope and confidence in myself make me believe I won't miss my target, encouraging me to take the leap which would be impossible without those feelings. But what if, on the other hand, I’m filled with fear and doubt? Or if, after reading the Ethics of Belief, I think it’s wrong to act on an assumption I haven't tested before? In that case, I'd hesitate so long that I'd eventually be so worn out and shaky that, in a moment of despair, I'd jump but miss my footing and fall into the abyss. In this scenario (and many others like it), the wise choice is clearly to believe in what you want; because that belief is essential for making it happen. There are situations where faith creates its own confirmation. If you believe, you'll be right because you'll save yourself; if you doubt, you'll also be right because you'll fail. The only difference is that believing is definitely in your favor.

The future movements of the stars or the facts of past history are determined now once for all, whether I like them or not. They are given irrespective of my wishes, and in all that concerns truths like these subjective preference should have no part; it can only obscure the judgment. But in every fact into which there enters an element of personal contribution on my part, as soon as this personal contribution demands a certain degree of subjective energy which, in its turn, calls for a certain amount of faith in the result,—so that, after all, the future fact is conditioned by my present faith in it,—how trebly asinine would it be for me to deny myself the use of the subjective method, the method of belief based on desire!

The future movements of the stars or the facts of past history are now set in stone, whether I like them or not. They exist regardless of my wishes, and when it comes to truths like these, personal preference shouldn't play a role; it can only cloud my judgment. However, in every fact that involves some personal input from me, as soon as that input requires a certain level of personal energy and, in turn, demands some degree of faith in the outcome—meaning the future fact hinges on my current belief in it—how foolish would it be for me to deny myself the use of a personal approach, one that relies on belief shaped by desire!

In every proposition whose bearing is universal (and such are all the propositions of philosophy), the acts of the subject and their consequences throughout eternity should be included in the formula. If M {98} represent the entire world minus the reaction of the thinker upon it, and if M + x represent the absolutely total matter of philosophic propositions (x standing for the thinker's reaction and its results),—what would be a universal truth if the term x were of one complexion, might become egregious error if x altered its character. Let it not be said that x is too infinitesimal a component to change the character of the immense whole in which it lies imbedded. Everything depends on the point of view of the philosophic proposition in question. If we have to define the universe from the point of view of sensibility, the critical material for our judgment lies in the animal kingdom, insignificant as that is, quantitatively considered. The moral definition of the world may depend on phenomena more restricted still in range. In short, many a long phrase may have its sense reversed by the addition of three letters, n-o-t; many a monstrous mass have its unstable equilibrium discharged one way or the other by a feather weight that falls.

In every statement that is universal (and all philosophical statements are), the actions of the subject and their consequences through eternity should be included in the equation. If M represents the entire world minus the thinker’s reaction to it, and if M + x represents the complete body of philosophical propositions (with x standing for the thinker’s reaction and its outcomes), then what may be considered a universal truth if x has one nature could become a glaring error if x changes its nature. Don’t say that x is too small to affect the vast whole it is a part of. Everything depends on the perspective of the philosophical proposition being discussed. If we define the universe from the standpoint of sensibility, the key material for our judgment lies in the animal kingdom, however insignificant that may be in quantitative terms. The moral definition of the world might rely on even more narrowly defined phenomena. In short, a long phrase can have its meaning completely flipped by adding three letters, n-o-t; a massive unstable structure can be tipped one way or the other by a featherweight that falls.

Let us make this clear by a few examples. The philosophy of evolution offers us to-day a new criterion to serve as an ethical test between right and wrong. Previous criteria, it says, being subjective, have left us still floundering in variations of opinion and the status belli. Here is a criterion which is objective and fixed: That is to be called good which is destined to prevail or survive. But we immediately see that this standard can only remain objective by leaving myself and my conduct out. If what prevails and survives does so by my help, and cannot do so without that help; if something else will prevail in case I alter my conduct,—how can I possibly now, conscious of alternative courses of action open before me, either of which {99} I may suppose capable of altering the path of events, decide which course to take by asking what path events will follow? If they follow my direction, evidently my direction cannot wait on them. The only possible manner in which an evolutionist can use his standard is the obsequious method of forecasting the course society would take but for him, and then putting an extinguisher on all personal idiosyncrasies of desire and interest, and with bated breath and tiptoe tread following as straight as may be at the tail, and bringing up the rear of everything. Some pious creatures may find a pleasure in this; but not only does it violate our general wish to lead and not to follow (a wish which is surely not immoral if we but lead aright), but if it be treated as every ethical principle must be treated,—namely, as a rule good for all men alike,—its general observance would lead to its practical refutation by bringing about a general deadlock. Each good man hanging back and waiting for orders from the rest, absolute stagnation would ensue. Happy, then, if a few unrighteous ones contribute an initiative which sets things moving again!

Let's clarify this with a few examples. The philosophy of evolution provides us today with a new standard to use as an ethical test for right and wrong. It argues that previous standards were subjective, leaving us confused with differing opinions and the status belli. Here’s a standard that is objective and fixed: What is deemed good is what is destined to prevail or survive. However, it quickly becomes clear that this standard can only remain objective by excluding my personal involvement and actions. If what prevails and survives does so with my assistance and cannot do so without it; if something else would prevail if I changed my behavior—how can I possibly, aware of the different choices before me, decide which path to take by asking what direction events will take? If they follow my lead, then clearly my lead can't depend on them. The only way an evolutionist can apply this standard is by submissively predicting the direction society would have taken without him, and then suppressing all personal quirks of desire and interest, treading cautiously and following as closely as possible, bringing up the rear of everything. Some devout individuals might find satisfaction in this, but it not only goes against our natural desire to lead rather than follow (a desire that is surely not immoral if we lead correctly), but if it is treated as every ethical principle should be—meaning, as a rule applicable to all individuals—it would lead to its practical downfall by causing a complete stalemate. Each good person hesitating and waiting for instructions from others would result in total stagnation. So, it’s fortunate if a few unruly souls provide an initiative that gets things moving again!

All this is no caricature. That the course of destiny may be altered by individuals no wise evolutionist ought to doubt. Everything for him has small beginnings, has a bud which may be 'nipped,' and nipped by a feeble force. Human races and tendencies follow the law, and have also small beginnings. The best, according to evolution, is that which has the biggest endings. Now, if a present race of men, enlightened in the evolutionary philosophy, and able to forecast the future, were able to discern in a tribe arising near them the potentiality of future supremacy; were able to see that their own {100} race would eventually be wiped out of existence by the new-comers if the expansion of these were left unmolested,—these present sages would have two courses open to them, either perfectly in harmony with the evolutionary test: Strangle the new race now, and ours survives; help the new race, and it survives. In both cases the action is right as measured by the evolutionary standard,—it is action for the winning side.

This is not a caricature. No knowledgeable evolutionist should doubt that individuals can change the course of destiny. Everything, for them, starts small, with a budding potential that can be "nipped," even by a weak force. Human races and trends also follow this law and have humble beginnings. According to evolution, the best outcomes are those with the biggest endings. Now, if a current group of people, aware of evolutionary philosophy and able to predict the future, could recognize a nearby tribe’s potential for future dominance; if they realized that their own race would eventually cease to exist due to the newcomers' unchecked expansion—these wise individuals would have two options that align perfectly with the principles of evolution: eliminate the new race now, allowing their own to survive; or support the new race, which would also ensure its survival. In both scenarios, their actions would be justified by the evolutionary standard—it’s an action for the side that wins.

Thus the evolutionist foundation of ethics is purely objective only to the herd of nullities whose votes count for zero in the march of events. But for others, leaders of opinion or potentates, and in general those to whose actions position or genius gives a far-reaching import, and to the rest of us, each in his measure,—whenever we espouse a cause we contribute to the determination of the evolutionary standard of right. The truly wise disciple of this school will then admit faith as an ultimate ethical factor. Any philosophy which makes such questions as, What is the ideal type of humanity? What shall be reckoned virtues? What conduct is good? depend on the question, What is going to succeed?—must needs fall back on personal belief as one of the ultimate conditions of the truth. For again and again success depends on energy of act; energy again depends on faith that we shall not fail; and that faith in turn on the faith that we are right,—which faith thus verifies itself.

The evolutionist foundation of ethics is completely objective only to the crowd of nonentities whose opinions don’t matter in the course of events. But for others—opinion leaders, powerful individuals, and generally those whose actions, due to their position or talent, have significant impact—each of us, in our own way, contributes to shaping the evolutionary standard of what is right whenever we support a cause. The truly wise follower of this school will recognize faith as a crucial ethical factor. Any philosophy that asks questions like, What is the ideal type of humanity? What should be considered virtues? What behavior is good? must ultimately rely on the question, What is going to succeed?—which inevitably leads back to personal belief as a fundamental condition of truth. Time and again, success relies on taking action; that action relies on the belief that we won’t fail, and that belief is grounded in the conviction that we are right—which belief ultimately proves itself.

Take as an example the question of optimism or pessimism, which makes so much noise just now in Germany. Every human being must sometime decide for himself whether life is worth living. Suppose that in looking at the world and seeing how full it is of misery, of old age, of wickedness and {101} pain, and how unsafe is his own future, he yields to the pessimistic conclusion, cultivates disgust and dread, ceases striving, and finally commits suicide. He thus adds to the mass M of mundane phenomena, independent of his subjectivity, the subjective complement x, which makes of the whole an utterly black picture illumined by no gleam of good. Pessimism completed, verified by his moral reaction and the deed in which this ends, is true beyond a doubt. M + x expresses a state of things totally bad. The man's belief supplied all that was lacking to make it so, and now that it is made so the belief was right.

Consider the issue of optimism versus pessimism, which is a hot topic right now in Germany. Every person must eventually decide for themselves whether life is worth living. If someone looks at the world and sees how filled it is with suffering, old age, evil, and pain, along with the uncertainty of their future, they might give in to a pessimistic outlook. This person might develop feelings of disgust and fear, stop trying, and ultimately take their own life. In doing so, they add to the overall sum of life's negative experiences, separate from their personal perspective, the subjective element that turns everything into a completely dark picture with no hint of goodness. When pessimism is fully realized, confirmed by their emotional response and the action they've taken, it is undeniably true. The equation M + x represents a situation that is entirely negative. The person's belief filled in everything that was missing to make it that way, and now that it has become that way, that belief has proven to be correct.

But now suppose that with the same evil facts M, the man's reaction x is exactly reversed; suppose that instead of giving way to the evil he braves it, and finds a sterner, more wonderful joy than any passive pleasure can yield in triumphing over pain and defying fear; suppose he does this successfully, and however thickly evils crowd upon him proves his dauntless subjectivity to be more than their match,—will not every one confess that the bad character of the M is here the conditio sine qua non of the good character of the x? Will not every one instantly declare a world fitted only for fair-weather human beings susceptible of every passive enjoyment, but without independence, courage, or fortitude, to be from a moral point of view incommensurably inferior to a world framed to elicit from the man every form of triumphant endurance and conquering moral energy? As James Hinton says,—

But now imagine that with the same negative circumstances M, the man's response x is completely opposite; instead of succumbing to the negativity, he stands up to it, discovering a deeper, more profound joy than any passive pleasure can offer by overcoming pain and defying fear; suppose he does this successfully, and no matter how many troubles come his way, he proves his unshakable spirit to be stronger than they are—won't everyone agree that the negative nature of M is essential for the positive nature of x? Won't everyone quickly assert that a world designed only for fair-weather individuals, who are open to every passive enjoyment but lack independence, courage, or resilience, is, from a moral perspective, vastly inferior to a world that challenges a person to demonstrate every kind of triumphant endurance and conquering moral strength? As James Hinton says,—


"Little inconveniences, exertions, pains.—these are the only things in which we rightly feel our life at all. If these be not there, existence becomes worthless, or worse; {102} success in putting them all away is fatal. So it is men engage in athletic sports, spend their holidays in climbing up mountains, find nothing so enjoyable as that which taxes their endurance and their energy. This is the way we are made, I say. It may or may not be a mystery or a paradox; it is a fact. Now, this enjoyment in endurance is just according to the intensity of life: the more physical vigor and balance, the more endurance can be made an element of satisfaction. A sick man cannot stand it. The line of enjoyable suffering is not a fixed one; it fluctuates with the perfectness of the life. That our pains are, as they are, unendurable, awful, overwhelming, crushing, not to be borne save in misery and dumb impatience, which utter exhaustion alone makes patient,—that our pains are thus unendurable, means not that they are too great, but that we are sick. We have not got our proper life. So you perceive pain is no more necessarily an evil, but an essential element of the highest good."[3]

"Little annoyances, challenges, and discomforts—these are the only things that truly make us feel alive. Without them, life loses its value or becomes worse. If we succeed in eliminating them, it can be detrimental. That’s why people get involved in sports, spend their vacations climbing mountains, and find the greatest joy in activities that push their endurance and energy. This is just how we are wired. It might be a mystery or a paradox, but it’s a fact. Enjoyment in enduring challenges aligns with the intensity of life: the more physical strength and balance we have, the more we can find satisfaction in endurance. Someone who is sick can't handle it. The threshold for enjoyable suffering isn't fixed; it varies with the quality of life. The fact that our pains are unbearable, terrifying, overwhelming, and crushing—only bearable through misery and silent impatience, which only total exhaustion allows us to endure—means not that they are too intense, but that we are unwell. We aren’t living as we should. So, you see, pain is not necessarily a bad thing, but a crucial part of achieving the highest good." {102}


But the highest good can be achieved only by our getting our proper life; and that can come about only by help of a moral energy born of the faith that in some way or other we shall succeed in getting it if we try pertinaciously enough. This world is good, we must say, since it is what we make it,—and we shall make it good. How can we exclude from the cognition of a truth a faith which is involved in the creation of the truth? M has its character indeterminate, susceptible of forming part of a thorough-going pessimism on the one hand, or of a meliorism, a moral (as distinguished from a sensual) optimism on the other. All depends on the character of the {103} personal contribution x. Wherever the facts to be formulated contain such a contribution, we may logically, legitimately, and inexpugnably believe what we desire. The belief creates its verification. The thought becomes literally father to the fact, as the wish was father to the thought.[4]

But the highest good can only be achieved by living our best life, and that can happen only with the help of a moral energy that comes from the belief that we will succeed in achieving it if we persist long enough. This world is good, we must say, since it is what we make it—and we will make it good. How can we ignore the faith that is involved in discovering the truth? M has an uncertain character, capable of being part of a complete pessimism on one hand, or a philosophy of improvement, a moral (as opposed to sensual) optimism on the other. It all depends on the nature of the personal contribution {103} x. Whenever the facts we are trying to express include such a contribution, we can logically, legitimately, and unavoidably believe what we wish. The belief brings about its own proof. The thought literally becomes the parent of the fact, just as the wish was the parent of the thought. [4]

Let us now turn to the radical question of life,—the question whether this be at bottom a moral or an unmoral universe,—and see whether the method of faith may legitimately have a place there. It is really the question of materialism. Is the world a simple brute actuality, an existence de facto about which the deepest thing that can be said is that it happens so to be; or is the judgment of better or worse, of ought, as intimately pertinent to phenomena as the simple judgment is or is not? The materialistic theorists say that judgments of worth are themselves mere matters of fact; that the words 'good' and 'bad' have no sense apart from subjective passions and interests which we may, if we please, play fast and loose with at will, so far as any duty of ours to the non-human universe is concerned. Thus, when a materialist says it is better for him to suffer great inconvenience than to break a promise, he only means that his social interests have become so knit up with {104} keeping faith that, those interests once being granted, it is better for him to keep the promise in spite of everything. But the interests themselves are neither right nor wrong, except possibly with reference to some ulterior order of interests which themselves again are mere subjective data without character, either good or bad.

Let’s now address the fundamental question of life—the question of whether this is ultimately a moral or an amoral universe—and see if faith can have a valid role here. It really comes down to the issue of materialism. Is the world just a simple, raw reality, an existence de facto about which the most profound thing we can say is that it exists; or is the evaluation of better or worse, of ought, just as relevant to phenomena as the simple judgment is or is not? Materialistic theorists argue that judgments of value are merely factual matters; that the terms 'good' and 'bad' mean nothing outside of personal feelings and interests that we can manipulate however we want regarding any responsibilities we have towards the non-human universe. So, when a materialist claims it’s better for him to endure significant inconvenience than to break a promise, he’s simply saying that his social interests are so intertwined with keeping his word that, given those interests, it’s better for him to uphold the promise regardless of the circumstances. However, those interests themselves aren’t inherently right or wrong, except maybe in relation to some deeper set of interests that are also just subjective facts without any intrinsic quality of being good or bad.

For the absolute moralists, on the contrary, the interests are not there merely to be felt,—they are to be believed in and obeyed. Not only is it best for my social interests to keep my promise, but best for me to have those interests, and best for the cosmos to have this me. Like the old woman in the story who described the world as resting on a rock, and then explained that rock to be supported by another rock, and finally when pushed with questions said it was rocks all the way down,—he who believes this to be a radically moral universe must hold the moral order to rest either on an absolute and ultimate should, or on a series of shoulds all the way down.[5]

For the absolute moralists, interests aren't just something to feel—they're something to believe in and follow. Not only is it best for my social interests to keep my promises, but it's also best for me to have those interests, and it's best for the universe to have me this way. Like the old woman in the story who said the world rests on a rock, then explained that rock is supported by another rock, and when pressed with questions said it's rocks all the way down—anyone who believes this is a fundamentally moral universe must think the moral order rests either on an absolute and ultimate should, or on a series of shoulds all the way down.[5]

The practical difference between this objective sort of moralist and the other one is enormous. The subjectivist in morals, when his moral feelings are at war with the facts about him, is always free to seek harmony by toning down the sensitiveness of the feelings. Being mere data, neither good nor evil in themselves, he may pervert them or lull them to sleep by any means at his command. Truckling, compromise, time-serving, capitulations of conscience, are conventionally opprobrious names for what, if successfully carried out, {105} would be on his principles by far the easiest and most praiseworthy mode of bringing about that harmony between inner and outer relations which is all that he means by good. The absolute moralist, on the other hand, when his interests clash with the world, is not free to gain harmony by sacrificing the ideal interests. According to him, these latter should be as they are and not otherwise. Resistance then, poverty, martyrdom if need be, tragedy in a word,—such are the solemn feasts of his inward faith. Not that the contradiction between the two men occurs every day; in commonplace matters all moral schools agree. It is only in the lonely emergencies of life that our creed is tested: then routine maxims fail, and we fall back on our gods. It cannot then be said that the question, Is this a moral world? is a meaningless and unverifiable question because it deals with something non-phenomenal. Any question is full of meaning to which, as here, contrary answers lead to contrary behavior. And it seems as if in answering such a question as this we might proceed exactly as does the physical philosopher in testing an hypothesis. He deduces from the hypothesis an experimental action, x; this he adds to the facts M already existing. It fits them if the hypothesis be true; if not, there is discord. The results of the action corroborate or refute the idea from which it flowed. So here: the verification of the theory which you may hold as to the objectively moral character of the world can consist only in this,—that if you proceed to act upon your theory it will be reversed by nothing that later turns up as your action's fruit; it will harmonize so well with the entire drift of experience that the latter will, as it were, adopt it, or at most give it an ampler {106} interpretation, without obliging you in any way to change the essence of its formulation. If this be an objectively moral universe, all acts that I make on that assumption, all expectations that I ground on it, will tend more and more completely to interdigitate with the phenomena already existing. M + x will be in accord; and the more I live, and the more the fruits of my activity come to light, the more satisfactory the consensus will grow. While if it be not such a moral universe, and I mistakenly assume that it is, the course of experience will throw ever new impediments in the way of my belief, and become more and more difficult to express in its language. Epicycle upon epicycle of subsidiary hypothesis will have to be invoked to give to the discrepant terms a temporary appearance of squaring with each other; but at last even this resource will fail.

The practical difference between this type of moralist and the other is huge. The subjectivist in morals, when his feelings conflict with the facts around him, can always try to find balance by dulling his feelings. As mere data, which aren't inherently good or evil, he can twist them or put them to rest through any means available to him. Terms like sycophancy, compromise, opportunism, and moral capitulation are generally seen as negative, but if done successfully, these actions would be the easiest and most commendable way to achieve the harmony between his inner beliefs and external realities, which is all he sees as good. On the other hand, the absolute moralist, when his interests clash with the world, cannot achieve harmony by sacrificing his ideals. He believes these ideals should remain as they are, without compromise. Resistance, poverty, martyrdom if necessary, and tragedy—these are the serious tests of his inner beliefs. The conflict between these two types of individuals doesn't happen every day; in ordinary situations, all moral schools agree. It's only in challenging moments of life that our beliefs are truly tested: then routine guidelines fail us, and we turn back to our core principles. So, it's not accurate to say that the question, Is this a moral world? is meaningless or untestable since it leads to different behaviors based on opposing answers. Any question becomes meaningful when, as in this case, opposing answers result in conflicting actions. In answering a question like this, we might follow the same approach as a physical scientist testing a hypothesis. The scientist derives an experimental action, x, from the hypothesis and adds it to the existing facts M. If the hypothesis is correct, it will align with the facts; if not, there will be a disconnect. The outcomes of the action either support or contradict the hypothesis. Similarly, the proof of your belief about the world's moral nature relies on this: if you act according to your belief, nothing that results from those actions should contradict it; instead, it should fit seamlessly with the overall flow of experience, which would, in a way, incorporate it or at most give it a broader interpretation without forcing you to alter its core idea. If this is a morally objective universe, all the actions I take based on that assumption, and all the expectations I have based on it, will increasingly align with the existing phenomena. M + x will match up, and as I live and see the results of my actions, this alignment will only become more satisfying. However, if it isn't a moral universe and I mistakenly believe it is, my experiences will continually create obstacles to my belief and make it harder to express in terms of that belief. I will have to propose layer upon layer of additional hypotheses to make the conflicting elements seem to fit, but eventually, even that will run out.

If, on the other hand, I rightly assume the universe to be not moral, in what does my verification consist? It is that by letting moral interests sit lightly, by disbelieving that there is any duty about them (since duty obtains only as between them and other phenomena), and so throwing them over if I find it hard to get them satisfied,—it is that by refusing to take up a tragic attitude, I deal in the long-run most satisfactorily with the facts of life. "All is vanity" is here the last word of wisdom. Even though in certain limited series there may be a great appearance of seriousness, he who in the main treats things with a degree of good-natured scepticism and radical levity will find that the practical fruits of his epicurean hypothesis verify it more and more, and not only save him from pain but do honor to his sagacity. While, on the other hand, he who contrary {107} to reality stiffens himself in the notion that certain things absolutely should be, and rejects the truth that at bottom it makes no difference what is, will find himself evermore thwarted and perplexed and bemuddled by the facts of the world, and his tragic disappointment will, as experience accumulates, seem to drift farther and farther away from that final atonement or reconciliation which certain partial tragedies often get.

If I assume that the universe isn’t moral, what does my understanding consist of? It’s about not taking moral interests too seriously, by doubting that there’s any obligation regarding them (since obligation only exists between them and other things), and letting them go if I struggle to meet them. By refusing to adopt a tragic viewpoint, I ultimately deal with life's realities in a much better way. “Everything is pointless” is the ultimate wisdom here. Even if there’s a serious appearance in certain situations, someone who mainly approaches things with a fair amount of skepticism and lightness will find that the practical outcomes of his carefree attitude confirm it more and more, saving him from pain and honoring his wisdom. Conversely, someone who stubbornly believes that certain things must absolutely be a certain way and ignores the truth that, at its core, it doesn't matter what is, will increasingly feel thwarted, confused, and bewildered by the facts of the world. His tragic disappointment will, as time goes on, seem to drift further away from any kind of ultimate resolution or peace that some limited tragedies sometimes achieve.

Anaesthesia is the watchword of the moral sceptic brought to bay and put to his trumps. Energy is that of the moralist. Act on my creed, cries the latter, and the results of your action will prove the creed true, and that the nature of things is earnest infinitely. Act on mine, says the epicurean, and the results will prove that seriousness is but a superficial glaze upon a world of fundamentally trivial import. You and your acts and the nature of things will be alike enveloped in a single formula, a universal vanitas vanitatum.

Anesthesia is the key term for the moral skeptic who has been cornered and is showing all his cards. Energy is what drives the moralist. "Follow my beliefs," shouts the moralist, "and the outcomes of your actions will confirm my beliefs are true, demonstrating that the essence of reality is profoundly serious." "Follow mine," replies the epicurean, "and the outcomes will show that seriousness is just a thin layer covering a world that is essentially trivial." You, your actions, and the essence of reality will all be wrapped up in one single concept, a universal vanitas vanitatum.


For the sake of simplicity I have written as if the verification might occur in the life of a single philosopher,—which is manifestly untrue, since the theories still face each other, and the facts of the world give countenance to both. Rather should we expect, that, in a question of this scope, the experience of the entire human race must make the verification, and that all the evidence will not be 'in' till the final integration of things, when the last man has had his say and contributed his share to the still unfinished x. Then the proof will be complete; then it will appear without doubt whether the moralistic x has filled up the gap which alone kept the M of the world from forming an even and harmonious unity, or whether the {108} non-moralistic x has given the finishing touches which were alone needed to make the M appear outwardly as vain as it inwardly was.

For simplicity, I've written as if the verification could happen in the life of just one philosopher, which isn’t true, since the theories still oppose each other, and the facts of the world support both. We should expect that, in a question this vast, the experience of all humanity will be necessary for the verification, and all the evidence won’t be complete until everything is finally integrated, when the last person has had their say and contributed their part to the still unfinished x. Then the proof will be complete; it will become clear whether the moralistic x has filled the gap that prevented the M of the world from forming a smooth and harmonious unity, or whether the {108} non-moralistic x has provided the final touches needed to make the M seem as outwardly empty as it was inwardly.

But if this be so, is it not clear that the facts M, taken per se, are inadequate to justify a conclusion either way in advance of my action? My action is the complement which, by proving congruous or not, reveals the latent nature of the mass to which it is applied. The world may in fact be likened unto a lock, whose inward nature, moral or unmoral, will never reveal itself to our simply expectant gaze. The positivists, forbidding us to make any assumptions regarding it, condemn us to eternal ignorance, for the 'evidence' which they wait for can never come so long as we are passive. But nature has put into our hands two keys, by which we may test the lock. If we try the moral key and it fits, it is a moral lock. If we try the unmoral key and it fits, it is an unmoral lock. I cannot possibly conceive of any other sort of 'evidence' or 'proof' than this. It is quite true that the co-operation of generations is needed to educe it. But in these matters the solidarity (so called) of the human race is a patent fact. The essential thing to notice is that our active preference is a legitimate part of the game,—that it is our plain business as men to try one of the keys, and the one in which we most confide. If then the proof exist not till I have acted, and I must needs in acting run the risk of being wrong, how can the popular science professors be right in objurgating in me as infamous a 'credulity' which the strict logic of the situation requires? If this really be a moral universe; if by my acts I be a factor of its destinies; if to believe where I may doubt be itself a moral act {109} analogous to voting for a side not yet sure to win,—by what right shall they close in upon me and steadily negate the deepest conceivable function of my being by their preposterous command that I shall stir neither hand nor foot, but remain balancing myself in eternal and insoluble doubt? Why, doubt itself is a decision of the widest practical reach, if only because we may miss by doubting what goods we might be gaining by espousing the winning side. But more than that! it is often practically impossible to distinguish doubt from dogmatic negation. If I refuse to stop a murder because I am in doubt whether it be not justifiable homicide, I am virtually abetting the crime. If I refuse to bale out a boat because I am in doubt whether my efforts will keep her afloat, I am really helping to sink her. If in the mountain precipice I doubt my right to risk a leap, I actively connive at my destruction. He who commands himself not to be credulous of God, of duty, of freedom, of immortality, may again and again be indistinguishable from him who dogmatically denies them. Scepticism in moral matters is an active ally of immorality. Who is not for is against. The universe will have no neutrals in these questions. In theory as in practice, dodge or hedge, or talk as we like about a wise scepticism, we are really doing volunteer military service for one side or the other.

But if that's the case, isn't it clear that the facts M, taken per se, aren't enough to justify a conclusion either way before I take action? My action is the missing piece that, by proving to be fitting or not, reveals the true character of the situation it affects. The world can actually be compared to a lock, whose inner nature, whether moral or immoral, will never show itself to our passive anticipation. The positivists, who forbid us from making any assumptions about it, condemn us to be forever ignorant, because the 'evidence' they wait for can never arrive as long as we remain inactive. But nature has given us two keys to test the lock. If we try the moral key and it fits, then it's a moral lock. If we try the immoral key and it fits, it's an immoral lock. I couldn’t grasp any other form of 'evidence' or 'proof' than this. It's true that the cooperation of generations is needed to reveal it. However, in this context, the so-called unity of the human race is an obvious fact. The key point to recognize is that our active choice is a legitimate part of the process — it's our responsibility as humans to try one of the keys, the one we have the most faith in. If the proof doesn’t exist until I take action, and I must risk being wrong by acting, how can the popular science professors condemn me for a 'credulity' that the strict logic of the situation actually requires? If this really is a moral universe; if my actions contribute to its destiny; if believing where I may doubt is itself a moral act {109} similar to voting for a side that may not yet be sure to win — on what grounds can they restrict me and deny the deepest possible function of my existence with their ridiculous command that I do nothing, but linger in eternal and irresolvable doubt? After all, doubt itself is a decision with significant practical implications, simply because we might miss out on what benefits we could gain by supporting the winning side. But there's more! It's often practically impossible to tell the difference between doubt and a dogmatic rejection. If I refuse to stop a murder because I'm uncertain whether it might be justifiable homicide, I'm effectively aiding the crime. If I refuse to bail out a boat because I'm unsure whether my efforts will keep it afloat, I'm actually contributing to its sinking. If I'm at the edge of a cliff and doubt my right to jump, I'm actively enabling my own demise. Someone who tells themselves not to believe in God, duty, freedom, or immortality may often be indistinguishable from someone who outright denies them. Skepticism in moral matters is an active ally of immorality. If you’re not for something, you’re against it. The universe won’t allow any neutral positions on these issues. In theory as in practice, whether we dodge, hedge, or discuss wise skepticism, we are essentially doing volunteer service for one side or the other.

Yet obvious as this necessity practically is, thousands of innocent magazine readers lie paralyzed and terrified in the network of shallow negations which the leaders of opinion have thrown over their souls. All they need to be free and hearty again in the exercise of their birthright is that these fastidious vetoes should be swept away. All that the human {110} heart wants is its chance. It will willingly forego certainty in universal matters if only it can be allowed to feel that in them it has that same inalienable right to run risks, which no one dreams of refusing to it in the pettiest practical affairs. And if I, in these last pages, like the mouse in the fable, have gnawed a few of the strings of the sophistical net that has been binding down its lion-strength, I shall be more than rewarded for my pains.

Yet it's clear that this necessity is very real, thousands of innocent magazine readers are stuck and scared in the web of shallow rejections that the opinion leaders have cast over them. All they need to feel free and enthusiastic again about exercising their birthright is for these picky restrictions to be lifted. All the human heart wants is its opportunity. It will gladly give up certainty in broader matters if only it can be allowed to feel that it has the same unchangeable right to take risks, which no one would dream of denying in the smallest practical situations. And if, in these last pages, I, like the mouse in the fable, have managed to chew through a few of the strings of the deceptive net that has been holding back its strength, I will be more than rewarded for my efforts.


To sum up: No philosophy will permanently be deemed rational by all men which (in addition to meeting logical demands) does not to some degree pretend to determine expectancy, and in a still greater degree make a direct appeal to all those powers of our nature which we hold in highest esteem. Faith, being one of these powers, will always remain a factor not to be banished from philosophic constructions, the more so since in many ways it brings forth its own verification. In these points, then, it is hopeless to look for literal agreement among mankind.

To sum up: No philosophy will ever be considered rational by everyone if it doesn't not only meet logical standards but also, to some extent, claim to shape our expectations, and even more so, appeal directly to the aspects of our nature that we value most. Faith, as one of these aspects, will always be a factor that can't be excluded from philosophical frameworks, especially since it often provides its own validation. Therefore, it's futile to seek literal agreement among all people on these matters.

The ultimate philosophy, we may therefore conclude, must not be too strait-laced in form, must not in all its parts divide heresy from orthodoxy by too sharp a line. There must be left over and above the propositions to be subscribed, ubique, semper, et ab omnibus, another realm into which the stifled soul may escape from pedantic scruples and indulge its own faith at its own risks; and all that can here be done will be to mark out distinctly the questions which fall within faith's sphere.

The ultimate philosophy, we can conclude, shouldn't be too rigid in structure and shouldn't overly separate heresy from orthodoxy with strict boundaries. There needs to be, beyond the propositions to be accepted, ubique, semper, et ab omnibus, a space where the constrained soul can free itself from rigid rules and explore its own beliefs at its own risk. All we can do here is clearly outline the questions that fall within the realm of faith.



[1] This essay as far as page 75 consists of extracts from an article printed in Mind for July, 1879. Thereafter it is a reprint of an address to the Harvard Philosophical Club, delivered in 1880, and published in the Princeton Review, July, 1882.

[1] This essay, up to page 75, includes excerpts from an article published in Mind in July 1879. After that, it reprints a speech given to the Harvard Philosophical Club in 1880, which was published in the Princeton Review in July 1882.

[2] At most, the command laid upon us by science to believe nothing not yet verified by the senses is a prudential rule intended to maximize our right thinking and minimize our errors in the long run. In the particular instance we must frequently lose truth by obeying it; but on the whole we are safer if we follow it consistently, for we are sure to cover our losses with our gains. It is like those gambling and insurance rules based on probability, in which we secure ourselves against losses in detail by hedging on the total run. But this hedging philosophy requires that long run should be there; and this makes it inapplicable to the question of religious faith as the latter comes home to the individual man. He plays the game of life not to escape losses, for he brings nothing with him to lose; he plays it for gains; and it is now or never with him, for the long run which exists indeed for humanity, is not there for him. Let him doubt, believe, or deny, he runs his risk, and has the natural right to choose which one it shall be.

[2] At most, the guideline from science to only believe what our senses have verified is a sensible rule meant to sharpen our thinking and reduce mistakes in the long run. In specific situations, we might often miss out on truth by following it; however, overall, it keeps us safer when we stick to it because our gains will likely outweigh our losses. It’s similar to betting and insurance strategies based on probability, where we protect ourselves against individual losses by betting on the bigger picture. But this protective philosophy assumes that a long-term view exists, which makes it unsuitable for the matter of religious faith as it relates to the individual. A person plays the game of life not to avoid losses, since they don’t have anything to lose; they play for the gains; and it’s a now-or-never situation for them because the long run that applies to humanity doesn’t apply to them. Whether they doubt, believe, or deny, they take their chances and have the natural right to choose what path to take.

[3] Life of James Hinton, pp. 172, 173. See also the excellent chapter on Faith and Sight in the Mystery of Matter, by J. Allanson Picton. Hinton's Mystery of Pain will undoubtedly always remain the classical utterance on this subject.

[3] Life of James Hinton, pp. 172, 173. See also the great chapter on Faith and Sight in the Mystery of Matter, by J. Allanson Picton. Hinton's Mystery of Pain will certainly always be the definitive statement on this topic.

[4] Observe that in all this not a word has been said of free-will. It all applies as well to a predetermined as to an indeterminate universe. If M + x is fixed in advance, the belief which leads to x and the desire which prompts the belief are also fixed. But fixed or not, these subjective states form a phenomenal condition necessarily preceding the facts; necessarily constitutive, therefore, of the truth M + x which we seek. If, however, free acts be possible, a faith in their possibility, by augmenting the moral energy which gives them birth, will increase their frequency in a given individual.

[4] Notice that not a word has been mentioned about free will in all of this. It applies equally to both a predetermined and an undetermined universe. If M + x is set from the start, then the belief that leads to x and the desire that drives that belief are also predetermined. But whether they are fixed or not, these subjective states create a necessary condition that precedes the facts; they are therefore essential to the truth of M + x that we are trying to understand. However, if free actions are possible, then a belief in their possibility can enhance the moral energy that brings them into existence, increasing their occurrence in a specific individual.

[5] In either case, as a later essay explains (see p. 193), the should which the moralist regards as binding upon him must be rooted in the feeling of some other thinker, or collection of thinkers, to whose demands he individually bows.

[5] In either case, as a later essay explains (see p. 193), the should that the moralist sees as obligatory must stem from the feelings of some other thinker, or group of thinkers, whose expectations he personally accepts.




{111}

REFLEX ACTION AND THEISM.[1]

MEMBERS OF THE MINISTERS' INSTITUTE:

Let me confess to the diffidence with which I find myself standing here to-day. When the invitation of your committee reached me last fall, the simple truth is that I accepted it as most men accept a challenge,—not because they wish to fight, but because they are ashamed to say no. Pretending in my small sphere to be a teacher, I felt it would be cowardly to shrink from the keenest ordeal to which a teacher can be exposed,—the ordeal of teaching other teachers. Fortunately, the trial will last but one short hour; and I have the consolation of remembering Goethe's verses,—

Let me admit the nervousness I feel standing here today. When your committee's invitation reached me last fall, I accepted it like most people accept a challenge—not because I wanted to fight, but because I felt ashamed to say no. Pretending to be a teacher in my limited way, I thought it would be cowardly to back away from the toughest test a teacher can face—the challenge of teaching other teachers. Luckily, this trial will last only one brief hour; and I find some comfort in remembering Goethe's verses,—

"Vor den Wissenden sich stellen,
Sicher ist 's in allen Fällen,"—

"Standing in front of those who know,
It's safe in every case,"—

for if experts are the hardest people to satisfy, they have at any rate the liveliest sense of the difficulties of one's task, and they know quickest when one hits the mark.

for if experts are the hardest people to please, they definitely have the keenest awareness of the challenges of one's task, and they can tell right away when someone gets it right.

Since it was as a teacher of physiology that I was most unworthily officiating when your committee's {112} invitation reached me, I must suppose it to be for the sake of bringing a puff of the latest winds of doctrine which blow over that somewhat restless sea that my presence is desired. Among all the healthy symptoms that characterize this age, I know no sounder one than the eagerness which theologians show to assimilate results of science, and to hearken to the conclusions of men of science about universal matters. One runs a better chance of being listened to to-day if one can quote Darwin and Helmholtz than if one can only quote Schleiermacher or Coleridge. I almost feel myself this moment that were I to produce a frog and put him through his physiological performances in a masterly manner before your eyes, I should gain more reverential ears for what I have to say during the remainder of the hour. I will not ask whether there be not something of mere fashion in this prestige which the words of the physiologists enjoy just now. If it be a fashion, it is certainly a beneficial one upon the whole; and to challenge it would come with a poor grace from one who at the moment he speaks is so conspicuously profiting by its favors.

Since I was serving as a physiology teacher when your committee's {112} invitation reached me, I assume my presence is desired to share the latest ideas circulating in that rather turbulent area. Among all the positive signs of this era, I can't think of a stronger one than the enthusiasm shown by theologians to incorporate scientific findings and listen to scientists’ views on universal topics. Nowadays, you’re more likely to be heard if you can reference Darwin and Helmholtz rather than only citing Schleiermacher or Coleridge. I almost feel that if I were to present a frog and demonstrate its physiological functions skillfully in front of you, I would earn more attentive listeners for what I want to say for the rest of the hour. I won’t question whether there’s a sense of trendiness to the respect that physiologists currently enjoy. If it is a trend, it’s certainly a beneficial one overall; and it wouldn’t be appropriate for someone who is clearly benefiting from its advantages at this moment to challenge it.

I will therefore only say this: that the latest breeze from the physiological horizon need not necessarily be the most important one. Of the immense amount of work which the laboratories of Europe and America, and one may add of Asia and Australia, are producing every year, much is destined to speedy refutation; and of more it may be said that its interest is purely technical, and not in any degree philosophical or universal.

I’ll just say this: the latest trends in physiology don’t always represent the most significant developments. Out of the vast amount of research coming from labs in Europe, America, and even Asia and Australia each year, a lot of it will be disproven quickly. Furthermore, much of it is only of technical interest and lacks philosophical or universal relevance.

This being the case, I know you will justify me if I fall back on a doctrine which is fundamental and well established rather than novel, and ask you whether {113} by taking counsel together we may not trace some new consequences from it which shall interest us all alike as men. I refer to the doctrine of reflex action, especially as extended to the brain. This is, of course, so familiar to you that I hardly need define it. In a general way, all educated people know what reflex action means.

Since that's the case, I know you'll support me if I rely on a well-established and fundamental principle instead of something new, and I want to ask you whether {113} by discussing it together, we can uncover some new insights that will interest us all as human beings. I'm talking about the concept of reflex action, particularly as it applies to the brain. This is so familiar to you that I hardly need to explain it. Generally speaking, everyone educated knows what reflex action means.

It means that the acts we perform are always the result of outward discharges from the nervous centres, and that these outward discharges are themselves the result of impressions from the external world, carried in along one or another of our sensory nerves. Applied at first to only a portion of our acts, this conception has ended by being generalized more and more, so that now most physiologists tell us that every action whatever, even the most deliberately weighed and calculated, does, so far as its organic conditions go, follow the reflex type. There is not one which cannot be remotely, if not immediately, traced to an origin in some incoming impression of sense. There is no impression of sense which, unless inhibited by some other stronger one, does not immediately or remotely express itself in action of some kind. There is no one of those complicated performances in the convolutions of the brain to which our trains of thought correspond, which is not a mere middle term interposed between an incoming sensation that arouses it and an outgoing discharge of some sort, inhibitory if not exciting, to which itself gives rise. The structural unit of the nervous system is in fact a triad, neither of whose elements has any independent existence. The sensory impression exists only for the sake of awaking the central process of reflection, and the central process of reflection exists {114} only for the sake of calling forth the final act. All action is thus re-action upon the outer world; and the middle stage of consideration or contemplation or thinking is only a place of transit, the bottom of a loop, both whose ends have their point of application in the outer world. If it should ever have no roots in the outer world, if it should ever happen that it led to no active measures, it would fail of its essential function, and would have to be considered either pathological or abortive. The current of life which runs in at our eyes or ears is meant to run out at our hands, feet, or lips. The only use of the thoughts it occasions while inside is to determine its direction to whichever of these organs shall, on the whole, under the circumstances actually present, act in the way most propitious to our welfare.

It means that the actions we take are always the result of signals from the nervous system, and those signals come from impressions from the outside world, brought in through one of our sensory nerves. Initially applied to just some of our actions, this idea has become more widespread, so that now most physiologists tell us that every action, even the most carefully considered ones, follows a reflex pattern based on its biological factors. There isn’t a single action that can’t be traced back to some kind of sensory input, whether directly or indirectly. Every sensory input will, unless blocked by a stronger one, express itself in some type of action immediately or eventually. None of the complex processes in our brain that align with our thoughts exist without being triggered by an incoming sensation that stimulates it and an outgoing response, whether inhibiting or activating, that it creates. The basic unit of the nervous system is actually a trio, where none of its components can exist independently. The sensory impression exists only to activate the central process of reflection, and that reflection exists solely to produce the final action. All actions are therefore reactions to the outside world, and the middle stage of reflection, contemplation, or thinking is just a transitional phase, the base of a loop connecting both ends back to the outer world. If it ever loses its connection to the outside, or if it leads to no actions, it would no longer serve its essential purpose and would have to be seen as either unhealthy or unsuccessful. The flow of life that comes through our eyes or ears is meant to be expressed through our hands, feet, or mouths. The only purpose of the thoughts it triggers while inside us is to direct that energy to whichever of these parts will, in the current situation, act in a way that’s most beneficial for us.

The willing department of our nature, in short, dominates both the conceiving department and the feeling department; or, in plainer English, perception and thinking are only there for behavior's sake.

The willing part of our nature, in short, controls both the thinking part and the feeling part; or, to put it simply, perception and thought exist only to serve behavior.

I am sure I am not wrong in stating this result as one of the fundamental conclusions to which the entire drift of modern physiological investigation sweeps us. If asked what great contribution physiology has made to psychology of late years, I am sure every competent authority will reply that her influence has in no way been so weighty as in the copious illustration, verification, and consolidation of this broad, general point of view.

I’m confident that I’m right in saying this outcome is one of the key conclusions that modern physiological research leads us to. If someone were to ask what significant contribution physiology has made to psychology in recent years, I believe every expert would agree that its impact has been most significant in richly illustrating, verifying, and solidifying this broad, general perspective.

I invite you, then, to consider what may be the possible speculative consequences involved in this great achievement of our generation. Already, it dominates all the new work done in psychology; but {115} what I wish to ask is whether its influence may not extend far beyond the limits of psychology, even into those of theology herself. The relations of the doctrine of reflex action with no less a matter than the doctrine of theism is, in fact, the topic to which I now invite your attention.

I invite you to think about what the potential speculative consequences are of this significant achievement of our generation. It already dominates all the new work in psychology; but {115} what I want to ask is whether its influence might not reach far beyond psychology, even into theology itself. The connection between the doctrine of reflex action and the doctrine of theism is, in fact, the topic I now want to bring to your attention.


We are not the first in the field. There have not been wanting writers enough to say that reflex action and all that follows from it give the coup de grâce to the superstition of a God.

We aren't the first to talk about this topic. Many writers have argued that reflex action and everything that comes from it deal the final blow to the belief in a God.

If you open, for instance, such a book on comparative psychology, as der Thierische Wille of G. H. Schneider, you will find, sandwiched in among the admirable dealings of the author with his proper subject, and popping out upon us in unexpected places, the most delightfully naïf German onslaughts on the degradation of theologians, and the utter incompatibility of so many reflex adaptations to the environment with the existence of a creative intelligence. There was a time, remembered by many of us here, when the existence of reflex action and all the other harmonies between the organism and the world were held to prove a God. Now, they are held to disprove him. The next turn of the whirligig may bring back proof of him again.

If you open, for example, a book on comparative psychology like *der Thierische Wille* by G. H. Schneider, you'll find, mixed in with the author's impressive analysis of his topic, some wonderfully straightforward German critiques of the decline of theologians and the clear mismatch between many reflex adaptations to the environment and the idea of a creative intelligence. There was a time, recalled by many of us here, when the existence of reflex action and all the other connections between organisms and their environment were thought to prove God's existence. Now, they’re seen as evidence against it. The next twist of fate might bring back proof of Him again.

Into this debate about his existence, I will not pretend to enter. I must take up humbler ground, and limit my ambition to showing that a God, whether existent or not, is at all events the kind of being which, if he did exist, would form the most adequate possible object for minds framed like our own to conceive as lying at the root of the universe. My thesis, in other words, is this: that some outward reality of {116} a nature defined as God's nature must be defined, is the only ultimate object that is at the same time rational and possible for the human mind's contemplation. Anything short of God is not rational, anything more than God is not possible, if the human mind be in truth the triadic structure of impression, reflection, and reaction which we at the outset allowed.

I'm not going to get involved in the debate about whether God exists. Instead, I’ll take a simpler approach and aim to show that a God, regardless of existence, is the kind of being that, if He did exist, would be the most fitting object for minds like ours to imagine as the foundation of the universe. In other words, my argument is this: some external reality defined as God’s nature must be considered the only ultimate object that is both rational and possible for the human mind to contemplate. Anything less than God isn’t rational, and anything more than God isn’t possible, if the human mind truly functions as the interplay of impression, reflection, and reaction that we initially described.

Theism, whatever its objective warrant, would thus be seen to have a subjective anchorage in its congruity with our nature as thinkers; and, however it may fare with its truth, to derive from this subjective adequacy the strongest possible guaranty of its permanence. It is and will be the classic mean of rational opinion, the centre of gravity of all attempts to solve the riddle of life,—some falling below it by defect, some flying above it by excess, itself alone satisfying every mental need in strictly normal measure. Our gain will thus in the first instance be psychological. We shall merely have investigated a chapter in the natural history of the mind, and found that, as a matter of such natural history, God may be called the normal object of the mind's belief. Whether over and above this he be really the living truth is another question. If he is, it will show the structure of our mind to be in accordance with the nature of reality. Whether it be or not in such accordance is, it seems to me, one of those questions that belong to the province of personal faith to decide. I will not touch upon the question here, for I prefer to keep to the strictly natural-history point of view. I will only remind you that each one of us is entitled either to doubt or to believe in the harmony between his faculties and the truth; and that, whether he doubt or {117} believe, he does it alike on his personal responsibility and risk.

Theism, regardless of its objective basis, can be seen as having a personal connection because it aligns with our nature as thinkers. No matter how true it may be, this personal fit offers the strongest guarantee of its lasting presence. It is, and will continue to be, the standard for rational thought, acting as the center of all efforts to unravel life’s mysteries—some fall short and others go overboard, while it alone meets every mental need in a balanced way. Our initial benefit will be psychological. We will have studied a part of the natural history of the mind and found that, in that context, God is a normal object of belief. Whether he is actually the living truth is a separate issue. If he is, it indicates that our mind's structure aligns with reality. Whether or not it aligns is, in my view, a question that falls under personal faith. I won’t explore that question here because I prefer to stick to the purely natural-history perspective. I just want to remind you that each of us has the right to either doubt or believe in the harmony between our abilities and the truth, and whether we doubt or believe, we do so at our own personal responsibility and risk.

"Du musst glauben, du musst wagen,
Denn die Götter leihn kein Pfand,
Nur ein Wunder kann dich tragen
In das schöne Wunderland."

"Du musst glauben, du musst wagen,
For the gods don't lend any collateral,
Nur ein Wunder kann dich tragen
In the beautiful Wonderland.


I will presently define exactly what I mean by God and by Theism, and explain what theories I referred to when I spoke just now of attempts to fly beyond the one and to outbid the other.

I will now clearly define what I mean by God and Theism, and explain the theories I was just mentioning when I talked about efforts to surpass one and to outdo the other.


But, first of all, let me ask you to linger a moment longer over what I have called the reflex theory of mind, so as to be sure that we understand it absolutely before going on to consider those of its consequences of which I am more particularly to speak. I am not quite sure that its full scope is grasped even by those who have most zealously promulgated it. I am not sure, for example, that all physiologists see that it commits them to regarding the mind as an essentially teleological mechanism. I mean by this that the conceiving or theorizing faculty—the mind's middle department—functions exclusively for the sake of ends that do not exist at all in the world of impressions we receive by way of our senses, but are set by our emotional and practical subjectivity altogether.[2] It is a transformer of the world of our impressions into a totally different world,—the world of our conception; and the transformation is effected in the interests of our volitional nature, and for no other purpose whatsoever. Destroy the volitional nature, the definite subjective purposes, preferences, {118} fondnesses for certain effects, forms, orders, and not the slightest motive would remain for the brute order of our experience to be remodelled at all. But, as we have the elaborate volitional constitution we do have, the remodelling must be effected; there is no escape. The world's contents are given to each of us in an order so foreign to our subjective interests that we can hardly by an effort of the imagination picture to ourselves what it is like. We have to break that order altogether,—and by picking out from it the items which concern us, and connecting them with others far away, which we say 'belong' with them, we are able to make out definite threads of sequence and tendency; to foresee particular liabilities and get ready for them; and to enjoy simplicity and harmony in place of what was chaos. Is not the sum of your actual experience taken at this moment and impartially added together an utter chaos? The strains of my voice, the lights and shades inside the room and out, the murmur of the wind, the ticking of the clock, the various organic feelings you may happen individually to possess, do these make a whole at all? Is it not the only condition of your mental sanity in the midst of them that most of them should become non-existent for you, and that a few others—the sounds, I hope, which I am uttering—should evoke from places in your memory that have nothing to do with this scene associates fitted to combine with them in what we call a rational train of thought,—rational, because it leads to a conclusion which we have some organ to appreciate? We have no organ or faculty to appreciate the simply given order. The real world as it is given objectively at this moment is the sum total of all its beings and {119} events now. But can we think of such a sum? Can we realize for an instant what a cross-section of all existence at a definite point of time would be? While I talk and the flies buzz, a sea-gull catches a fish at the mouth of the Amazon, a tree falls in the Adirondack wilderness, a man sneezes in Germany, a horse dies in Tartary, and twins are born in France. What does that mean? Does the contemporaneity of these events with one another and with a million others as disjointed, form a rational bond between them, and unite them into anything that means for us a world? Yet just such a collateral contemporaneity, and nothing else, is the real order of the world. It is an order with which we have nothing to do but to get away from it as fast as possible. As I said, we break it: we break it into histories, and we break it into arts, and we break it into sciences; and then we begin to feel at home. We make ten thousand separate serial orders of it, and on any one of these we react as though the others did not exist. We discover among its various parts relations that were never given to sense at all (mathematical relations, tangents, squares, and roots and logarithmic functions), and out of an infinite number of these we call certain ones essential and lawgiving, and ignore the rest. Essential these relations are, but only for our purpose, the other relations being just as real and present as they; and our purpose is to conceive simply and to foresee. Are not simple conception and prevision subjective ends pure and simple? They are the ends of what we call science; and the miracle of miracles, a miracle not yet exhaustively cleared up by any philosophy, is that the given order lends itself to the remodelling. It shows itself plastic to many of our scientific, to {120} many of our aesthetic, to many of our practical purposes and ends.

But first, let me ask you to take a moment to really think about what I call the reflex theory of mind, so we can fully understand it before discussing its specific consequences. I’m not sure if everyone who passionately promotes this idea truly grasps its full implications. For instance, I wonder if all physiologists realize that it requires them to see the mind as essentially a goal-driven mechanism. By this, I mean that our ability to conceive or theorize—the mind's central function—operates solely for the purposes that aren’t present in the sensory impressions we receive, but rather stem from our emotional and practical perspectives. It transforms the world of our impressions into a completely different realm—the realm of our concepts; and this transformation serves our willful nature, and nothing else. If we lose that willful nature, those clear subjective goals, preferences, and desires for certain outcomes and orders, there would be no reason at all to reshape the raw experiences we have. However, given our complex willful makeup, that reshaping must happen; there’s no avoiding it. The contents of the world are presented to each of us in a way that is so disconnected from our subjective interests that it’s hard to even imagine what that experience is like. We need to entirely break that order, and by selecting the elements that matter to us and linking them to others that seem related, we can create clear narratives and trends; we can anticipate specific challenges and prepare for them; and instead of chaos, we can find simplicity and harmony. Isn’t the totality of your current experience, if you put it all together honestly, complete chaos? The sounds of my voice, the light and shadows in the room and outside, the rustle of the wind, the ticking of the clock, the various physical sensations you might be experiencing—do these create any real unity? Isn’t it only because most of these elements fade from your awareness that you can maintain your mental clarity in the midst of them, and that a few others—the sounds I hope are coming from me—can trigger memories that don’t relate to this moment, allowing you to connect them into what we call a rational flow of thought—rational in that it leads to a conclusion we can appreciate? We don’t have a means to appreciate the order as it’s simply given. The real world, as it’s objectively presented right now, is the total of all beings and events that exist at this moment. But can we even imagine such a total? Can we grasp what it would be like to see a snapshot of all existence at a specific moment? While I speak and the flies buzz, a seagull catches a fish at the mouth of the Amazon, a tree falls in the Adirondack wilderness, a person sneezes in Germany, a horse dies in Tartary, and twins are born in France. What does all of this mean? Does the fact that these events occur simultaneously with many other unrelated ones create a meaningful connection among them or unite them into what we consider a world? Yet this simultaneous happening, and nothing more, is the actual order of the world. It’s an order we want to escape as quickly as possible. As I mentioned, we break it down: we fragment it into histories, arts, and sciences; and then we start to feel comfortable. We create countless distinct sequences from it, and we respond to any one of those as if the others don’t exist. We find among its many parts relationships that weren’t given through our senses at all (like mathematical relationships, tangents, squares, roots, and logarithmic functions), and from an infinite number of these, we select certain ones as essential and foundational, while ignoring the rest. These relationships are essential, but only for our purpose; the other relationships are just as real and present. Our aim is to understand simply and to anticipate. Are not simple understanding and foresight purely subjective goals? They are the objectives of what we call science; and the most extraordinary miracle, one that no philosophy has completely unraveled yet, is that the given order allows itself to be reshaped. It proves to be adaptable to many of our scientific, aesthetic, and practical objectives and goals.

When the man of affairs, the artist, or the man of science fails, he is not rebutted. He tries again. He says the impressions of sense must give way, must be reduced to the desiderated form.[3] They all postulate in the interests of their volitional nature a harmony between the latter and the nature of things. The theologian does no more. And the reflex doctrine of the mind's structure, though all theology should as yet have failed of its endeavor, could but confess that the endeavor itself at least obeyed in form the mind's most necessary law.[4]

When the businessman, the artist, or the scientist fails, he doesn't give up. He tries again. He believes that sensory impressions must yield, must be shaped into the desired form.[3] They all assume that in pursuit of their will, there should be harmony between their intentions and the nature of reality. The theologian does the same. Even if all theology has failed in its mission so far, the reflective understanding of the mind's structure can only acknowledge that the attempt itself at least follows the mind's essential law in its form.[4]


Now for the question I asked above: What kind of a being would God be if he did exist? The word 'God' has come to mean many things in the history {121} of human thought, from Venus and Jupiter to the 'Idee' which figures in the pages of Hegel. Even the laws of physical nature have, in these positivistic times, been held worthy of divine honor and presented as the only fitting object of our reverence.[5] Of course, if our discussion is to bear any fruit, we must mean something more definite than this. We must not call any object of our loyalty a 'God' without more ado, simply because to awaken our loyalty happens to be one of God's functions. He must have some intrinsic characteristics of his own besides; and theism must mean the faith of that man who believes that the object of his loyalty has those other attributes, negative or positive, as the case may be.

Now, to address the question I asked earlier: What kind of being would God be if he actually existed? The term 'God' has taken on various meanings throughout the history of human thought, ranging from Venus and Jupiter to the 'Idea' found in Hegel's writings. In these positivistic times, even the laws of nature have been regarded as worthy of divine tribute and presented as the only appropriate focus of our reverence.[5] Clearly, if our discussion is going to be meaningful, we need to have a more specific definition. We shouldn’t label anything we’re loyal to as 'God' without careful consideration, simply because inspiring our loyalty is one of His roles. God must possess some inherent characteristics of His own, and theism must represent the belief of someone who thinks that the object of their loyalty possesses those additional attributes, whether they are negative or positive, depending on the situation.

Now, as regards a great many of the attributes of God, and their amounts and mutual relations, the world has been delivered over to disputes. All such may for our present purpose be considered as quite inessential. Not only such matters as his mode of revealing himself, the precise extent of his providence and power and their connection with our free-will, the proportion of his mercy to his justice, and the amount of his responsibility for evil; but also his metaphysical relation to the phenomenal world, whether causal, substantial, ideal, or what not,—are affairs of purely sectarian opinion that need not concern us at all. Whoso debates them presupposes the essential features of theism to be granted already; and it is with these essential features, the bare poles of the subject, that our business exclusively lies.

Now, when it comes to many of the qualities of God, along with their quantities and how they relate to each other, the world has been caught up in debates. For our current purpose, we can consider all of these topics as unimportant. Not only issues like how he reveals himself, the exact scope of his providence and power, and how these connect to our free will, the balance between his mercy and justice, and his responsibility for evil; but also his abstract relationship to the physical world—whether it’s causal, substantial, ideal, or whatever—is simply a matter of personal belief that doesn’t need to concern us at all. Anyone who argues about these points assumes that the fundamental aspects of theism are already accepted; our focus is solely on these essential aspects, the basic elements of the topic.

{122}

Now, what are these essential features? First, it is essential that God be conceived as the deepest power in the universe; and, second, he must be conceived under the form of a mental personality. The personality need not be determined intrinsically any further than is involved in the holding of certain things dear, and in the recognition of our dispositions toward those things, the things themselves being all good and righteous things. But, extrinsically considered, so to speak, God's personality is to be regarded, like any other personality, as something lying outside of my own and other than me, and whose existence I simply come upon and find. A power not ourselves, then, which not only makes for righteousness, but means it, and which recognizes us,—such is the definition which I think nobody will be inclined to dispute. Various are the attempts to shadow forth the other lineaments of so supreme a personality to our human imagination; various the ways of conceiving in what mode the recognition, the hearkening to our cry, can come. Some are gross and idolatrous; some are the most sustained efforts man's intellect has ever made to keep still living on that subtile edge of things where speech and thought expire. But, with all these differences, the essence remains unchanged. In whatever other respects the divine personality may differ from ours or may resemble it, the two are consanguineous at least in this,—that both have purposes for which they care, and each can hear the other's call.

Now, what are these essential features? First, it’s crucial to see God as the greatest power in the universe; and second, he needs to be understood as a mental personality. The personality doesn’t have to be defined in detail beyond what involves caring about certain things and recognizing our feelings toward those things, which are all good and righteous. However, when viewed from the outside, God’s personality should be seen, like any other personality, as something separate from myself; it’s an existence I simply discover. A power beyond us, then, that not only promotes righteousness but represents it, and which recognizes us—such is a definition that I think most will agree upon. There are various attempts to illustrate other attributes of such a supreme personality to our human imagination; there are many ways to understand how recognition and response to our cries can occur. Some are crude and idolatrous; others reflect the most profound efforts of human intellect to remain on that delicate edge where speech and thought fade away. Yet, despite these differences, the core essence remains unchanged. Regardless of how the divine personality may differ from or resemble ours, they are at least alike in one respect—that both have purposes they care about, and each can hear the other’s call.


Meanwhile, we can already see one consequence and one point of connection with the reflex-action theory of mind. Any mind, constructed on the {123} triadic-reflex pattern, must first get its impression from the object which it confronts; then define what that object is, and decide what active measures its presence demands; and finally react. The stage of reaction depends on the stage of definition, and these, of course, on the nature of the impressing object. When the objects are concrete, particular, and familiar, our reactions are firm and certain enough,—often instinctive. I see the desk, and lean on it; I see your quiet faces, and I continue to talk. But the objects will not stay concrete and particular: they fuse themselves into general essences, and they sum themselves into a whole,—the universe. And then the object that confronts us, that knocks on our mental door and asks to be let in, and fixed and decided upon and actively met, is just this whole universe itself and its essence.

Meanwhile, we can already see one result and one connection with the reflex-action theory of mind. Any mind based on the triadic-reflex pattern must first take in an impression from the object it encounters; then identify what that object is and decide what actions its presence requires; and finally respond. The response stage depends on how well we define the object, which in turn relies on the characteristics of the object itself. When the objects are concrete, specific, and familiar, our reactions are strong and reliable—often instinctive. I see the desk and lean on it; I see your calm faces and keep talking. But the objects won't remain concrete and specific: they blend into general concepts and come together into a whole—the universe. And then the object that confronts us, that knocks on our mental door and asks to be acknowledged, understood, and actively engaged with, is none other than the universe itself and its essence.

What are they, and how shall I meet them?

What are they, and how should I meet them?

The whole flood of faiths and systems here rush in. Philosophies and denials of philosophy, religions and atheisms, scepticisms and mysticisms, confirmed emotional moods and habitual practical biases, jostle one another; for all are alike trials, hasty, prolix, or of seemly length, to answer this momentous question. And the function of them all, long or short, that which the moods and the systems alike subserve and pass into, is the third stage,—the stage of action. For no one of them itself is final. They form but the middle segment of the mental curve, and not its termination. As the last theoretic pulse dies away, it does not leave the mental process complete: it is but the forerunner of the practical moment, in which alone the cycle of mentality finds its rhythmic pause.

A torrent of beliefs and systems comes rushing in. Philosophies and rejections of philosophy, religions and atheisms, skepticism and mysticism, confirmed emotional states and ingrained practical biases, all collide; because they are all attempts, whether quick, verbose, or just the right length, to answer this crucial question. And the role of all these, whether long or short, which both moods and systems serve and contribute to, is the third stage—the stage of action. None of them are conclusive on their own. They are just the intermediate part of the mental process, not its end point. As the final theoretical pulse fades away, it doesn't leave the mental process complete: it is merely the precursor to the practical moment, in which alone the cycle of thought finds its rhythmic pause.

{124}

We easily delude ourselves about this middle stage. Sometimes we think it final, and sometimes we fail to see, amid the monstrous diversity in the length and complication of the cogitations which may fill it, that it can have but one essential function, and that the one we have pointed out,—the function of defining the direction which our activity, immediate or remote, shall take.

We often trick ourselves regarding this middle stage. Sometimes we believe it's the end, and other times we overlook the fact that, despite the vast variety in the duration and complexity of the thoughts that may occupy it, it has just one essential purpose—the one we've mentioned: defining the direction our actions, whether immediate or long-term, will take.

If I simply say, "Vanitas vanitatum, omnia vanitas!" I am defining the total nature of things in a way that carries practical consequences with it as decidedly as if I write a treatise De Natura Rerum in twenty volumes. The treatise may trace its consequences more minutely than the saying; but the only worth of either treatise or saying is that the consequences are there. The long definition can do no more than draw them; the short definition does no less. Indeed, it may be said that if two apparently different definitions of the reality before us should have identical consequences, those two definitions would really be identical definitions, made delusively to appear different merely by the different verbiage in which they are expressed.[6]

If I just say, "Vanitas vanitatum, omnia vanitas!" I'm defining the essence of things in a way that has practical implications just as clearly as if I were to write a twenty-volume treatise called De Natura Rerum. The treatise might go into more detail about its implications than the saying does, but the value of either the treatise or the saying lies in the fact that the implications are present. The lengthy definition can only outline them; the brief definition does just as much. In fact, it's fair to say that if two seemingly different definitions of the reality we face lead to the same implications, those two definitions are actually the same, merely appearing different because of the different words used to express them.[6]


My time is unfortunately too short to stay and give to this truth the development it deserves; but I will assume that you grant it without further parley, and pass to the next step in my argument. And here, too, I shall have to bespeak your close attention for a moment, while I pass over the subject far more {125} rapidly than it deserves. Whether true or false, any view of the universe which shall completely satisfy the mind must obey conditions of the mind's own imposing, must at least let the mind be the umpire to decide whether it be fit to be called a rational universe or not. Not any nature of things which may seem to be will also seem to be ipso facto rational; and if it do not seem rational, it will afflict the mind with a ceaseless uneasiness, till it be formulated or interpreted in some other and more congenial way. The study of what the mind's criteria of rationality are, the definition of its exactions in this respect, form an intensely interesting subject into which I cannot enter now with any detail.[7] But so much I think you will grant me without argument,—that all three departments of the mind alike have a vote in the matter, and that no conception will pass muster which violates any of their essential modes of activity, or which leaves them without a chance to work. By what title is it that every would-be universal formula, every system of philosophy which rears its head, receives the inevitable critical volley from one half of mankind, and falls to the rear, to become at the very best the creed of some partial sect? Either it has dropped out of its net some of our impressions of sense,—what we call the facts of nature,—or it has left the theoretic and defining department with a lot of inconsistencies and unmediated transitions on its hands; or else, finally, it has left some one or more of our fundamental active and emotional powers with no object outside of themselves to react-on or to live for. Any one of these defects is fatal to its complete success. Some one {126} will be sure to discover the flaw, to scout the system, and to seek another in its stead.

My time is unfortunately too short to stay and fully develop this truth as it deserves; but I'll assume you accept it without further discussion, and move on to the next part of my argument. And here too, I need to ask for your close attention for a moment while I brush over the topic much more quickly than it should be. Whether true or false, any perspective on the universe that aims to completely satisfy the mind must follow conditions set by the mind itself, allowing the mind to judge whether it qualifies as a rational universe or not. Just because something appears to be, it doesn’t automatically seem rational; if it doesn’t come off as rational, it will leave the mind in a constant state of unease until it can be understood or interpreted in a different and more fitting way. Exploring what the mind's standards of rationality are and defining its demands in this area is a fascinating subject I can’t delve into in detail right now. But I think you’ll agree without needing further argument—that all three parts of the mind deserve a say in this matter, and no idea can be accepted if it contradicts any of their essential ways of functioning or fails to engage them in some way. What gives rise to the inevitable critical backlash against every would-be universal formula, every philosophy that tries to assert itself, causing it to falter and, at best, become the belief of a limited group? Either it has overlooked some of our sensory impressions—what we refer to as the facts of nature—or it has left the theoretical and definitional aspect with a pile of inconsistencies and abrupt shifts; or finally, it has neglected to provide one or more of our fundamental active and emotional faculties with something external to engage with or live for. Any one of these flaws can derail its complete success. Someone is bound to spot the flaw, reject the system, and look for another in its place.

I need not go far to collect examples to illustrate to an audience of theologians what I mean. Nor will you in particular, as champions of the Unitarianism of New England, be slow to furnish, from the motives which led to your departure from our orthodox ancestral Calvinism, instances enough under the third or practical head. A God who gives so little scope to love, a predestination which takes from endeavor all its zest with all its fruit, are irrational conceptions, because they say to our most cherished powers, There is no object for you.

I don’t need to look far to find examples to show an audience of theologians what I mean. And you, as supporters of New England Unitarianism, won’t hesitate to provide enough instances based on the reasons you moved away from our traditional Calvinism. A God who allows little room for love and a predestination that strips effort of all its excitement and rewards are irrational ideas because they tell our most valued abilities, There is nothing for you to strive for.

Well, just as within the limits of theism some kinds are surviving others by reason of their greater practical rationality, so theism itself, by reason of its practical rationality, is certain to survive all lower creeds. Materialism and agnosticism, even were they true, could never gain universal and popular acceptance; for they both, alike, give a solution of things which is irrational to the practical third of our nature, and in which we can never volitionally feel at home. Each comes out of the second or theoretic stage of mental functioning, with its definition of the essential nature of things, its formula of formulas prepared. The whole array of active forces of our nature stands waiting, impatient for the word which shall tell them how to discharge themselves most deeply and worthily upon life. "Well!" cry they, "what shall we do?" "Ignoramus, ignorabimus!" says agnosticism. "React upon atoms and their concussions!" says materialism. What a collapse! The mental train misses fire, the middle fails to ignite the end, the cycle breaks down half-way to its conclusion; and the active {127} powers left alone, with no proper object on which to vent their energy, must either atrophy, sicken, and die, or else by their pent-up convulsions and excitement keep the whole machinery in a fever until some less incommensurable solution, some more practically rational formula, shall provide a normal issue for the currents of the soul.

Well, just as in the realm of theism some types are outlasting others because of their greater practical rationality, theism itself, due to its practical rationality, will definitely outlast all lesser beliefs. Materialism and agnosticism, even if they were true, could never achieve universal and popular acceptance; both offer a view of reality that feels irrational to a significant part of our nature, leaving us unable to genuinely connect with it. Each emerges from a theoretical stage of thinking, presenting definitions of the essential nature of things and prepared formulas. The full range of our active forces is waiting, eager for direction on how to express themselves meaningfully in life. "Well!" they shout, "what should we do?" "We don’t know, and we never will!" replies agnosticism. "Just react to atoms and their interactions!" says materialism. What a letdown! The mental process fails to ignite the next step, the progression breaks down before reaching its conclusion; and the active {127} forces, left without a suitable outlet for their energy, will either wither, become ill, and die or, through their repressed struggles and excitement, keep the whole system in turmoil until a more fitting solution, some more practically rational framework, emerges to provide a healthy outlet for the currents of the soul.

Now, theism always stands ready with the most practically rational solution it is possible to conceive. Not an energy of our active nature to which it does not authoritatively appeal, not an emotion of which it does not normally and naturally release the springs. At a single stroke, it changes the dead blank it of the world into a living thou, with whom the whole man may have dealings. To you, at any rate, I need waste no words in trying to prove its supreme commensurateness with all the demands that department Number Three of the mind has the power to impose on department Number Two.

Now, theism is always ready with the most practically rational solution that can be imagined. It draws on every facet of our active nature and taps into every emotion, releasing their potential in a normal and natural way. In one fell swoop, it transforms the lifeless blank "it" of the world into a lively "you," with whom the whole person can engage. For you, I don’t need to waste any words trying to prove how perfectly it meets all the demands that department Number Three of the mind can place on department Number Two.

Our volitional nature must then, until the end of time, exert a constant pressure upon the other departments of the mind to induce them to function to theistic conclusions. No contrary formulas can be more than provisionally held. Infra-theistic theories must be always in unstable equilibrium; for department Number Three ever lurks in ambush, ready to assert its rights, and on the slightest show of justification it makes its fatal spring, and converts them into the other form in which alone mental peace and order can permanently reign.

Our willful nature must then, until the end of time, constantly push the other parts of the mind to lead them towards theistic beliefs. No opposing ideas can be held for long. Non-theistic theories will always be in an unpredictable state; because department Number Three is always waiting, ready to claim its rights, and at the slightest hint of justification, it jumps in and transforms them into the only form where true mental peace and order can last.

The question is, then, Can departments One and Two, can the facts of nature and the theoretic elaboration of them, always lead to theistic conclusions?

The question is, then, Can departments One and Two, can the facts of nature and the theoretical explanation of them, always lead to theistic conclusions?

The future history of philosophy is the only {128} authority capable of answering that question. I, at all events, must not enter into it to-day, as that would be to abandon the purely natural-history point of view I mean to keep.

The future history of philosophy is the only {128} authority able to answer that question. I, for my part, must not delve into it today, as that would mean abandoning the purely natural-history perspective I intend to maintain.

This only is certain, that the theoretic faculty lives between two fires which never give her rest, and make her incessantly revise her formulations. If she sink into a premature, short-sighted, and idolatrous theism, in comes department Number One with its battery of facts of sense, and dislodges her from her dogmatic repose. If she lazily subside into equilibrium with the same facts of sense viewed in their simple mechanical outwardness, up starts the practical reason with its demands, and makes that couch a bed of thorns. From generation to generation thus it goes,—now a movement of reception from without, now one of expansion from within; department Number Two always worked to death, yet never excused from taking the most responsible part in the arrangements. To-day, a crop of new facts; to-morrow, a flowering of new motives,—the theoretic faculty always having to effect the transition, and life growing withal so complex and subtle and immense that her powers of conceiving are almost ruptured with the strain. See how, in France, the mummy-cloths of the academic and official theistic philosophy are rent by the facts of evolution, and how the young thinkers are at work! See, in Great Britain, how the dryness of the strict associationist school, which under the ministration of Mill, Bain, and Spencer dominated us but yesterday, gives way to more generous idealisms, born of more urgent emotional needs and wrapping the same facts in far more massive intellectual harmonies! These are but tackings to the common {129} port, to that ultimate Weltanschauung of maximum subjective as well as objective richness, which, whatever its other properties may be, will at any rate wear the theistic form.

The only certain thing is that the theoretical mind exists between two extremes that never let it rest, forcing it to constantly revise its ideas. If it falls into a premature, shortsighted, and idolizing belief in God, department Number One steps in with its array of sensory facts, shaking it from its dogmatic comfort. If it lazily settles into a state of balance with these same facts viewed in their straightforward, mechanical nature, practical reason springs up with its demands, turning that comfort into a bed of thorns. This cycle goes on from generation to generation—sometimes a movement of learning from outside, and other times a growth from within; department Number Two always overworked but never excused from its crucial role. Today brings a new set of facts; tomorrow, a bloom of new motivations—the theoretical mind always having to manage the transition, as life becomes increasingly complex, subtle, and vast, straining its ability to understand. Look at how, in France, the outdated theories of academic and official theistic philosophy are torn apart by the facts of evolution, and see how young thinkers are making progress! Look in Great Britain at how the rigidity of the strict associationist school, led by Mill, Bain, and Spencer not long ago, is giving way to more expansive idealisms, emerging from more pressing emotional needs and wrapping the same facts in much richer intellectual frameworks! These are just pieces moving towards the common goal, the ultimate worldview of maximum subjective and objective richness, which, regardless of its other characteristics, will at least have a theistic form.


Here let me say one word about a remark we often hear coming from the anti-theistic wing: It is base, it is vile, it is the lowest depth of immorality, to allow department Number Three to interpose its demands, and have any vote in the question of what is true and what is false; the mind must be a passive, reactionless sheet of white paper, on which reality will simply come and register its own philosophic definition, as the pen registers the curve on the sheet of a chronograph. "Of all the cants that are canted in this canting age" this has always seemed to me the most wretched, especially when it comes from professed psychologists. As if the mind could, consistently with its definition, be a reactionless sheet at all! As if conception could possibly occur except for a teleological purpose, except to show us the way from a state of things our senses cognize to another state of things our will desires! As if 'science' itself were anything else than such an end of desire, and a most peculiar one at that! And as if the 'truths' of bare physics in particular, which these sticklers for intellectual purity contend to be the only uncontaminated form, were not as great an alteration and falsification of the simply 'given' order of the world, into an order conceived solely for the mind's convenience and delight, as any theistic doctrine possibly can be!

Let me say a quick word about a remark we often hear from the anti-theistic camp: It's wrong, it's disgusting, and it's the lowest form of immorality to let department Number Three interfere and have any say in what's true and what's false; the mind should be a passive, blank canvas on which reality can come and establish its own philosophical definition, just like a pen records the curve on a timepiece's sheet. "Of all the nonsense that's been said in this nonsense-filled age," this has always struck me as the most miserable, especially when it comes from self-proclaimed psychologists. As if the mind could ever really be a reactionless blank slate! As if ideas could arise with no purpose, except to guide us from the reality our senses perceive to the reality our will yearns for! As if 'science' itself were anything other than a fulfillment of desire, and a particularly strange one at that! And as if the 'truths' of pure physics, which these sticklers for intellectual purity claim to be the only untainted form, weren’t just as much an alteration and distortion of the basic reality of the world, reshaped solely for the mind's ease and enjoyment, as any theistic belief could ever be!

Physics is but one chapter in the great jugglery which our conceiving faculty is forever playing with {130} the order of being as it presents itself to our reception. It transforms the unutterable dead level and continuum of the 'given' world into an utterly unlike world of sharp differences and hierarchic subordinations for no other reason than to satisfy certain subjective passions we possess.[8]

Physics is just one chapter in the grand act our minds are constantly engaged in with the structure of reality as it appears to us. It changes the indescribably flat and continuous 'given' world into a completely different realm of distinct differences and ranked hierarchies, all to satisfy some subjective desires we have.[8]

And, so far as we can see, the given world is there only for the sake of the operation. At any rate, to operate upon it is our only chance of approaching it; for never can we get a glimpse of it in the unimaginable insipidity of its virgin estate. To bid the man's subjective interests be passive till truth express itself from out the environment, is to bid the sculptor's chisel be passive till the statue express itself from out the stone. Operate we must! and the only choice left us is that between operating to poor or to rich results. The only possible duty there can be in the matter is the duty of getting the richest results that the material given will allow. The richness lies, of course, in the energy of all three departments of the mental cycle. Not a sensible 'fact' of department One must be left in the cold, not a faculty of department Three be paralyzed; and department Two must form an indestructible bridge. It is natural that the habitual neglect of department One by theologians should arouse indignation; but it is most unnatural that the indignation should take the form of a wholesale denunciation of department Three. It is the story of Kant's dove over again, denouncing the {131} pressure of the air. Certain of our positivists keep chiming to us, that, amid the wreck of every other god and idol, one divinity still stands upright,—that his name is Scientific Truth, and that he has but one commandment, but that one supreme, saying, Thou shalt not be a theist, for that would be to satisfy thy subjective propensities, and the satisfaction of those is intellectual damnation. These most conscientious gentlemen think they have jumped off their own feet,—emancipated their mental operations from the control of their subjective propensities at large and in toto. But they are deluded. They have simply chosen from among the entire set of propensities at their command those that were certain to construct, out of the materials given, the leanest, lowest, aridest result,—namely, the bare molecular world,—and they have sacrificed all the rest.[9]

And, as far as we can tell, the world exists only for the sake of action. At least, our only chance of engaging with it is to take action; we can never truly understand it in the stark dullness of its untouched state. Asking a person’s subjective interests to remain passive until truth reveals itself from the environment is like asking a sculptor's chisel to stay still until the statue emerges from the stone. We must take action! The only choice we have is whether our actions lead to poor or rich outcomes. Our duty in this situation is to achieve the richest results that the available material allows. The richness comes, of course, from the energy of all three areas of the mental cycle. Not a single sensible "fact" from area One should be ignored, not a faculty from area Three should be weakened; and area Two must serve as an unbreakable bridge. It’s understandable that the persistent neglect of area One by theologians would cause frustration; however, it’s utterly unnatural for that frustration to manifest as a broad condemnation of area Three. This is just like the story of Kant's dove complaining about the pressure of the air. Some of our positivists keep reminding us that, amidst the destruction of every other god and idol, one deity still stands tall—its name is Scientific Truth, and it has only one commandment: Thou shalt not be a theist, as that would simply cater to your subjective desires, which is intellectual downfall. These well-meaning individuals believe they have liberated themselves—they think they have freed their mental processes from the influence of their subjective desires completely. But they are mistaken. They have merely selected from their entire range of desires those that were bound to yield, from the given materials, the thinnest, most basic, and driest result—the bare molecular world—and they have sacrificed everything else.

Man's chief difference from the brutes lies in the exuberant excess of his subjective propensities,—his pre-eminence over them simply and solely in the number and in the fantastic and unnecessary character of his wants, physical, moral, aesthetic, and intellectual. Had his whole life not been a quest for the superfluous, he would never have established himself as inexpugnably as he has done in the necessary. And from the consciousness of this he should draw the lesson that his wants are to be trusted; that even {132} when their gratification seems farthest off, the uneasiness they occasion is still the best guide of his life, and will lead him to issues entirely beyond his present powers of reckoning. Prune down his extravagance, sober him, and you undo him. The appetite for immediate consistency at any cost, or what the logicians call the 'law of parsimony,'—which is nothing but the passion for conceiving the universe in the most labor-saving way,—will, if made the exclusive law of the mind, end by blighting the development of the intellect itself quite as much as that of the feelings or the will. The scientific conception of the world as an army of molecules gratifies this appetite after its fashion most exquisitely. But if the religion of exclusive scientificism should ever succeed in suffocating all other appetites out of a nation's mind, and imbuing a whole race with the persuasion that simplicity and consistency demand a tabula rasa to be made of every notion that does not form part of the soi-disant scientific synthesis, that nation, that race, will just as surely go to ruin, and fall a prey to their more richly constituted neighbors, as the beasts of the field, as a whole, have fallen a prey to man.

Man's main difference from animals is in the overwhelming abundance of his subjective desires—his superiority is found solely in the number and the bizarre, unnecessary nature of his physical, moral, aesthetic, and intellectual needs. If his entire life hadn't been a pursuit of the excessive, he wouldn't have established himself so firmly in the realm of the essential. From this awareness, he should learn that his desires are trustworthy; that even when their fulfillment seems far away, the discomfort they cause is still the best guide for his life and will lead him to outcomes far beyond his current understanding. Reducing his extravagance, tempering him, would only diminish him. The urge for immediate consistency at any cost, or what logicians refer to as the 'law of parsimony'—which is merely the desire to understand the universe in the most efficient way—will, if it becomes the sole rule of the mind, hinder the growth of intellect just as much as it stifles feelings or willpower. The scientific view of the world as a collection of molecules satisfies this desire in its own exquisite way. However, if the religion of strict scientificism ever manages to overpower all other desires in a society's mindset, convincing an entire race that simplicity and consistency require erasing every idea that doesn't fit into the so-called scientific framework, that nation or race is bound to decline and will fall victim to their more richly endowed neighbors, just as the beasts of the field have ultimately fallen to man.

I have myself little fear for our Anglo-Saxon race. Its moral, aesthetic, and practical wants form too dense a stubble to be mown by any scientific Occam's razor that has yet been forged. The knights of the razor will never form among us more than a sect; but when I see their fraternity increasing in numbers, and, what is worse, when I see their negations acquiring almost as much prestige and authority as their affirmations legitimately claim over the minds of the docile public, I feel as if the influences working in the direction of our mental barbarization were {133} beginning to be rather strong, and needed some positive counteraction. And when I ask myself from what quarter the invasion may best be checked, I can find no answer as good as the one suggested by casting my eyes around this room. For this needful task, no fitter body of men than the Unitarian clergy exists. Who can uphold the rights of department Three of the mind with better grace than those who long since showed how they could fight and suffer for department One? As, then, you burst the bonds of a narrow ecclesiastical tradition, by insisting that no fact of sense or result of science must be left out of account in the religious synthesis, so may you still be the champions of mental completeness and all-sidedness. May you, with equal success, avert the formation of a narrow scientific tradition, and burst the bonds of any synthesis which would pretend to leave out of account those forms of being, those relations of reality, to which at present our active and emotional tendencies are our only avenues of approach. I hear it said that Unitarianism is not growing in these days. I know nothing of the truth of the statement; but if it be true, it is surely because the great ship of Orthodoxy is nearing the port and the pilot is being taken on board. If you will only lead in a theistic science, as successfully as you have led in a scientific theology, your separate name as Unitarians may perish from the mouths of men; for your task will have been done, and your function at an end. Until that distant day, you have work enough in both directions awaiting you.

I have little fear for our Anglo-Saxon race. Its moral, aesthetic, and practical needs create too thick a barrier to be cut down by any scientific method that has been developed so far. The supporters of that method will never become more than a small group among us; however, when I see their numbers growing, and even worse, when I notice their negative ideas gaining nearly as much respect and authority as their positive claims over the receptive public, I feel like the forces pushing us toward mental barbarism are beginning to gain strength and require a solid response. When I consider where the resistance should come from, I find no better answer than looking around this room. For this important task, there's no group better suited than the Unitarian clergy. Who can defend the rights of the intellectual realm better than those who have long demonstrated their willingness to fight and sacrifice for the spiritual dimensions? Just as you broke free from restrictive religious traditions by insisting that all sensory facts and scientific results must be included in the religious conversation, may you also champion intellectual thoroughness and inclusiveness. May you successfully prevent the rise of a limited scientific tradition and break free from any synthesis that would ignore those forms of existence and relationships that our current emotional and active tendencies can only engage with. I've heard that Unitarianism isn't growing these days. I don't know how true that is, but if it is, it’s surely because the large ship of Orthodoxy is nearing the harbor and the pilot is being brought on board. If you will lead in a theistic science as effectively as you have led in scientific theology, your distinct identity as Unitarians may fade from people's lips; because your work will be complete, and your purpose fulfilled. Until that time comes, you have plenty of work waiting for you in both areas.


Meanwhile, let me pass to the next division of our subject. I said that we are forced to regard God as {134} the normal object of the mind's belief, inasmuch as any conception that falls short of God is irrational, if the word 'rational' be taken in its fullest sense; while any conception that goes beyond God is impossible, if the human mind be constructed after the triadic-reflex pattern we have discussed at such length. The first half of the thesis has been disposed of. Infra-theistic conceptions, materialisms and agnosticisms, are irrational because they are inadequate stimuli to man's practical nature. I have now to justify the latter half of the thesis.

Meanwhile, let me move on to the next part of our topic. I mentioned that we have to see God as {134} the standard object of the mind's belief, since any idea that falls short of God is irrational when we consider 'rational' in its broadest sense; whereas any idea that exceeds God is impossible, assuming the human mind follows the triadic-reflex pattern we've discussed in detail. The first half of the thesis has been addressed. Infra-theistic ideas, materialism, and agnosticism are irrational because they don't effectively stimulate our practical nature. Now, I need to support the second half of the thesis.

I dare say it may for an instant have perplexed some of you that I should speak of conceptions that aimed at going beyond God, and of attempts to fly above him or outbid him; so I will now explain exactly what I mean. In defining the essential attributes of God, I said he was a personality lying outside our own and other than us,—a power not ourselves. Now, the attempts to fly beyond theism, of which I speak, are attempts to get over this ultimate duality of God and his believer, and to transform it into some sort or other of identity. If infratheistic ways of looking on the world leave it in the third person, a mere it; and if theism turns the it into a thou,—so we may say that these other theories try to cover it with the mantle of the first person, and to make it a part of me.

I must admit it might have puzzled some of you that I would talk about ideas that try to surpass God and efforts to go beyond Him or outshine Him; so let me clarify what I mean. When I defined God's essential attributes, I said He is a personality that exists outside of us and is different from us—an entity that is not us. Now, the attempts to move beyond theism that I mention are efforts to overcome this fundamental separation between God and His believer, aiming to turn it into some form of identity. If infratheistic perspectives see the world as a third person, a mere it; and if theism transforms that it into a thou, then we can say that these other theories attempt to wrap it in the first person and make it a part of me.

I am well aware that I begin here to tread on ground in which trenchant distinctions may easily seem to mutilate the facts.

I know that I'm starting to walk on territory where sharp distinctions might easily distort the facts.

That sense of emotional reconciliation with God which characterizes the highest moments of the theistic consciousness may be described as 'oneness' with him, and so from the very bosom of theism a {135} monistic doctrine seem to arise. But this consciousness of self-surrender, of absolute practical union between one's self and the divine object of one's contemplation, is a totally different thing from any sort of substantial identity. Still the object God and the subject I are two. Still I simply come upon him, and find his existence given to me; and the climax of my practical union with what is given, forms at the same time the climax of my perception that as a numerical fact of existence I am something radically other than the Divinity with whose effulgence I am filled.

That feeling of emotional connection with God that defines the deepest moments of theistic awareness can be described as a sense of 'oneness' with Him, and from this very core of theism, a monistic idea seems to emerge. However, this feeling of self-surrender, of a complete practical union between oneself and the divine object of contemplation, is completely different from any kind of substantial identity. Still, God as the object and I as the subject are two separate entities. I still encounter Him and recognize that His existence is presented to me; and the peak of my practical union with what is presented to me simultaneously highlights that as a distinct numerical fact of existence, I am fundamentally different from the Divinity with whose radiance I am filled.

Now, it seems to me that the only sort of union of creature with creator with which theism, properly so called, comports, is of this emotional and practical kind; and it is based unchangeably on the empirical fact that the thinking subject and the object thought are numerically two. How my mind and will, which are not God, can yet cognize and leap to meet him, how I ever came to be so separate from him, and how God himself came to be at all, are problems that for the theist can remain unsolved and insoluble forever. It is sufficient for him to know that he himself simply is, and needs God; and that behind this universe God simply is and will be forever, and will in some way hear his call. In the practical assurance of these empirical facts, without 'Erkentnisstheorie' or philosophical ontology, without metaphysics of emanation or creation to justify or make them more intelligible, in the blessedness of their mere acknowledgment as given, lie all the peace and power he craves. The floodgates of the religious life are opened, and the full currents can pour through.

Now, it seems to me that the only kind of connection between a creature and its creator that true theism allows is this emotional and practical relationship; and it's firmly based on the undeniable fact that the thinking subject and the object of thought are two distinct entities. How my mind and will, which are not God, can recognize and respond to Him, how I became so separate from Him, and how God came into existence at all, are questions that, for a theist, may remain unanswered and unsolvable forever. It is enough for them to know that they simply exist and need God; that beyond this universe, God exists and will always be there, and in some way will respond to their call. In the practical certainty of these undeniable facts, without the need for 'Erkenntnistheorie' or philosophical ontology, without metaphysical theories of emanation or creation to explain or clarify them, lies all the peace and power they seek, simply in recognizing these truths as they are. The gates of religious life are opened, and the full streams can flow through.

It is this empirical and practical side of the theistic position, its theoretic chastity and modesty, which I {136} wish to accentuate here. The highest flights of theistic mysticism, far from pretending to penetrate the secrets of the me and the thou in worship, and to transcend the dualism by an act of intelligence, simply turn their backs on such attempts. The problem for them has simply vanished,—vanished from the sight of an attitude which refuses to notice such futile theoretic difficulties. Get but that "peace of God which passeth understanding," and the questions of the understanding will cease from puzzling and pedantic scruples be at rest. In other words, theistic mysticism, that form of theism which at first sight seems most to have transcended the fundamental otherness of God from man, has done it least of all in the theoretic way. The pattern of its procedure is precisely that of the simplest man dealing with the simplest fact of his environment. Both he and the theist tarry in department Two of their minds only so long as is necessary to define what is the presence that confronts them. The theist decides that its character is such as to be fitly responded to on his part by a religious reaction; and into that reaction he forthwith pours his soul. His insight into the what of life leads to results so immediately and intimately rational that the why, the how, and the whence of it are questions that lose all urgency. 'Gefühl ist Alles,' Faust says. The channels of department Three have drained those of department Two of their contents; and happiness over the fact that being has made itself what it is, evacuates all speculation as to how it could make itself at all.

It’s this practical and experiential aspect of theistic belief, its theoretical purity and humility, that I want to emphasize here. The highest forms of theistic mysticism don’t try to explore the mysteries of the self and the divine in worship or resolve the dualism through intellectual effort; they simply disregard such pursuits. The problem has completely disappeared for them—vanished from the perspective of a mindset that chooses to overlook such pointless theoretical issues. If you can achieve that "peace of God which surpasses understanding," the questions of intellect will no longer trouble you, and the pedantic worries will settle. In other words, theistic mysticism, which at first glance seems to have overcome the fundamental difference between God and humanity, has done so in a way that is least theoretical. Its approach mirrors that of the simplest person facing the most basic fact of their surroundings. Both this person and the theist linger in the second part of their minds only long enough to identify the presence in front of them. The theist determines that this presence deserves a religious response, and into that reaction, they pour their entire being. Their understanding of the "what" of life leads to outcomes that are so immediately sensible that the "why," "how," and "where" become questions of no real importance. "Feeling is everything," Faust says. The pathways of the third part of the mind have drained the second part of its contents, and the joy that being has manifested itself as it is, renders all speculation about how it came to be irrelevant.

But now, although to most human minds such a position as this will be the position of rational equilibrium, it is not difficult to bring forward certain {137} considerations, in the light of which so simple and practical a mental movement begins to seem rather short-winded and second-rate and devoid of intellectual style. This easy acceptance of an opaque limit to our speculative insight; this satisfaction with a Being whose character we simply apprehend without comprehending anything more about him, and with whom after a certain point our dealings can be only of a volitional and emotional sort; above all, this sitting down contented with a blank unmediated dualism,—are they not the very picture of unfaithfulness to the rights and duties of our theoretic reason?

But now, while most people might see this as a balanced viewpoint, it’s not hard to present some factors that make this straightforward and practical way of thinking seem rather shallow, second-rate, and lacking in intellectual depth. This uncritical acceptance of a vague limit to our understanding; this comfort with a Being whose nature we recognize without truly understanding anything more about Him, and with whom our interactions can only be based on will and emotion after a certain point; especially this contentment with a stark, unmediated dualism—aren’t they the very definition of disloyalty to the responsibilities and rights of our rational thought?

Surely, if the universe is reasonable (and we must believe that it is so), it must be susceptible, potentially at least, of being reasoned out to the last drop without residuum. Is it not rather an insult to the very word 'rational' to say that the rational character of the universe and its creator means no more than that we practically feel at home in their presence, and that our powers are a match for their demands? Do they not in fact demand to be understood by us still more than to be reacted on? Is not the unparalleled development of department Two of the mind in man his crowning glory and his very essence; and may not the knowing of the truth be his absolute vocation? And if it is, ought he flatly to acquiesce in a spiritual life of 'reflex type,' whose form is no higher than that of the life that animates his spinal cord,—nay, indeed, that animates the writhing segments of any mutilated worm?

Surely, if the universe makes sense (and we have to believe it does), it should be possible, at least in theory, to fully understand it without leaving anything out. Isn’t it kind of an insult to the word 'rational' to claim that the rational nature of the universe and its creator means nothing more than that we feel comfortable around them and that our abilities can meet their expectations? Don’t they actually require us to understand them even more than to react to them? Isn’t the extraordinary growth of the second part of the mind in humans our greatest achievement and very essence; and could it be that our pursuit of truth is our ultimate purpose? And if so, should we simply accept a spiritual life that’s merely 'reflexive,' one that operates at no higher level than the life that drives our spinal cord—indeed, even that which gives life to the writhing segments of a severed worm?

It is easy to see how such arguments and queries may result in the erection of an ideal of our mental destiny, far different from the simple and practical religious one we have described. We may well begin {138} to ask whether such things as practical reactions can be the final upshot and purpose of all our cognitive energy. Mere outward acts, changes in the position of parts of matter (for they are nothing else), can they possibly be the culmination and consummation of our relations with the nature of things? Can they possibly form a result to which our godlike powers of insight shall be judged merely subservient? Such an idea, if we scan it closely, soon begins to seem rather absurd. Whence this piece of matter comes and whither that one goes, what difference ought that to make to the nature of things, except so far as with the comings and the goings our wonderful inward conscious harvest may be reaped?

It's easy to understand how such arguments and questions might lead to an ideal about our mental destiny that is very different from the straightforward and practical religious perspective we discussed. We might start to wonder whether practical responses can really be the ultimate result and purpose of all our mental energy. Simple outward actions, shifts in the position of matter (because that's all they are), can they truly be the peak and fulfillment of our relationship with the nature of things? Can they really be seen as the end result that our incredible ability to understand is merely meant to support? That idea, if we examine it closely, starts to seem rather ridiculous. Where this piece of matter comes from and where that one goes, what difference should it make to the nature of things, except to the extent that our amazing inner awareness can be cultivated through these comings and goings?

And so, very naturally and gradually, one may be led from the theistic and practical point of view to what I shall call the gnostical one. We may think that department Three of the mind, with its doings of right and its doings of wrong, must be there only to serve department Two; and we may suspect that the sphere of our activity exists for no other purpose than to illumine our cognitive consciousness by the experience of its results. Are not all sense and all emotion at bottom but turbid and perplexed modes of what in its clarified shape is intelligent cognition? Is not all experience just the eating of the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, and nothing more?

And so, very naturally and gradually, one might be led from the theistic and practical point of view to what I’ll refer to as the gnostical perspective. We might think that department Three of the mind, with its notions of right and wrong, exists solely to serve department Two; and we might suspect that the realm of our actions exists for no other reason than to shed light on our cognitive awareness through the outcomes of those actions. Isn’t all sensation and emotion essentially just confused and muddled forms of what, in its clear state, is intelligent understanding? Isn’t all experience simply the act of consuming the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, and nothing more?

These questions fan the fire of an unassuageable gnostic thirst, which is as far removed from theism in one direction as agnosticism was removed from it in the other; and which aspires to nothing less than an absolute unity of knowledge with its object, and refuses to be satisfied short of a fusion and solution and saturation of both impression and action with reason, and {139} an absorption of all three departments of the mind into one. Time would fail us to-day (even had I the learning, which I have not) to speak of gnostic systems in detail. The aim of all of them is to shadow forth a sort of process by which spirit, emerging from its beginnings and exhausting the whole circle of finite experience in its sweep, shall at last return and possess itself as its own object at the climax of its career. This climax is the religious consciousness. At the giddy height of this conception, whose latest and best known form is the Hegelian philosophy, definite words fail to serve their purpose; and the ultimate goal,—where object and subject, worshipped and worshipper, facts and the knowledge of them, fall into one, and where no other is left outstanding beyond this one that alone is, and that we may call indifferently act or fact, reality or idea, God or creation,—this goal, I say, has to be adumbrated to our halting and gasping intelligence by coarse physical metaphors, 'positings' and 'self-returnings' and 'removals' and 'settings free,' which hardly help to make the matter clear.

These questions ignite an insatiable thirst for knowledge that is as far from theism in one direction as agnosticism is from it in the other. This thirst seeks nothing less than a complete unity between knowledge and its object and won’t settle for anything less than the merging and integration of both experience and action with reason, along with a combination of all three areas of the mind into one. We wouldn’t have the time today (even if I had the knowledge, which I don’t) to discuss gnostic systems in detail. The goal of all of them is to illustrate a kind of process through which the spirit, emerging from its origins and experiencing the entire range of finite experiences, ultimately returns to recognize itself as its own object at the peak of its journey. This peak is the religious consciousness. At this dizzying height, which is best represented by Hegelian philosophy, specific words fall short; the ultimate goal—where the object and subject, the worshipped and the worshipper, facts and their understanding, become one, and where nothing else exists beyond this singular reality that we can refer to as action or fact, reality or idea, God or creation—this goal, I say, must be suggested to our struggling and gasping understanding through crude physical metaphors like 'positings,' 'self-returnings,' 'removals,' and 'settings free,' which barely clarify the matter.

But from the midst of the curdling and the circling of it all we seem dimly to catch a glimpse of a state in which the reality to be known and the power of knowing shall have become so mutually adequate that each exhaustively is absorbed by the other and the twain become one flesh, and in which the light shall somehow have soaked up all the outer darkness into its own ubiquitous beams. Like all headlong ideals, this apotheosis of the bare conceiving faculty has its depth and wildness, its pang and its charm. To many it sings a truly siren strain; and so long as it is held only as a postulate, as a mere vanishing {140} point to give perspective to our intellectual aim, it is hard to see any empirical title by which we may deny the legitimacy of gnosticism's claims. That we are not as yet near the goal it prefigures can never be a reason why we might not continue indefinitely to approach it; and to all sceptical arguments, drawn from our reason's actual finiteness, gnosticism can still oppose its indomitable faith in the infinite character of its potential destiny.

But amidst all the confusion and chaos, we can faintly glimpse a state where reality and the ability to know each other are so perfectly aligned that they completely absorb one another, becoming one entity. In this state, light will have somehow absorbed all the darkness around it into its all-encompassing glow. Like all lofty ideals, this ultimate vision of pure thought has its depth and wildness, its pain and its allure. For many, it offers a truly enchanting melody; and as long as we view it merely as a hypothesis, just a fleeting point that gives context to our intellectual pursuit, it’s difficult to find any reasonable basis on which to reject the validity of gnosticism's claims. The fact that we are not yet close to this goal will never be a reason to stop trying to reach it; and in response to all skeptical arguments, based on our reason's inherent limitations, gnosticism can still assert its unbreakable belief in the infinite possibilities of our potential future.

Now, here it is that the physiologist's generalization, as it seems to me, may fairly come in, and by ruling any such extravagant faith out of court help to legitimate our personal mistrust of its pretensions. I confess that I myself have always had a great mistrust of the pretensions of the gnostic faith. Not only do I utterly fail to understand what a cognitive faculty erected into the absolute of being, with itself as its object, can mean; but even if we grant it a being other than itself for object, I cannot reason myself out of the belief that however familiar and at home we might become with the character of that being, the bare being of it, the fact that it is there at all, must always be something blankly given and presupposed in order that conception may begin its work; must in short lie beyond speculation, and not be enveloped in its sphere.

Now, I think this is where the physiologist's generalization can really fit in, helping to dismiss any wild beliefs and support our personal skepticism about its claims. I admit that I've always been quite skeptical of the claims of gnostic faith. Not only do I completely fail to grasp what it means to have a cognitive ability that is raised to the ultimate truth, with itself as its focus, but even if we accept that there’s something beyond itself as an object, I can't shake the belief that no matter how well we might understand the nature of that being, the mere existence of it—the fact that it exists at all—must always be something assumed and taken for granted in order for understanding to begin. In short, it has to lie beyond speculation and not be wrapped up in it.

Accordingly, it is with no small pleasure that as a student of physiology and psychology I find the only lesson I can learn from these sciences to be one that corroborates these convictions. From its first dawn to its highest actual attainment, we find that the cognitive faculty, where it appears to exist at all, appears but as one element in an organic mental whole, and as a minister to higher mental powers,—the powers {141} of will. Such a thing as its emancipation and absolution from these organic relations receives no faintest color of plausibility from any fact we can discern. Arising as a part, in a mental and objective world which are both larger than itself, it must, whatever its powers of growth may be (and I am far from wishing to disparage them), remain a part to the end. This is the character of the cognitive element in all the mental life we know, and we have no reason to suppose that that character will ever change. On the contrary, it is more than probable that to the end of time our power of moral and volitional response to the nature of things will be the deepest organ of communication therewith we shall ever possess. In every being that is real there is something external to, and sacred from, the grasp of every other. God's being is sacred from ours. To co-operate with his creation by the best and rightest response seems all he wants of us. In such co-operation with his purposes, not in any chimerical speculative conquest of him, not in any theoretic drinking of him up, must lie the real meaning of our destiny.

Therefore, it’s with great pleasure that I, as a student of physiology and psychology, find that the only lesson I can learn from these fields confirms my beliefs. From its earliest beginnings to its highest achievements, the cognitive ability, where it seems to exist at all, functions as just one part of an integrated mental whole and serves higher mental powers—the powers of will. The idea of its separation and freedom from these organic relationships lacks any substantial support from the facts we can observe. Arising as a part of a mental and objective world that is larger than itself, it must, no matter how much it may develop (and I certainly don’t mean to downplay that), remain a part until the very end. This is the nature of cognitive elements in all the mental life we are aware of, and there’s no reason to believe that will ever change. On the contrary, it’s more than likely that throughout time, our ability to respond morally and willfully to the nature of things will be the deepest means of connection we’ll ever have with it. In every real being, there’s something external to and sacred from the reach of every other being. God’s existence is sacred from ours. To work alongside his creation with the best and most appropriate response seems to be all he asks of us. It’s in this cooperation with his purposes, not in some fanciful speculative conquest of him, nor in any theoretical consumption of him, that we must find the true meaning of our destiny.

This is nothing new. All men know it at those rare moments when the soul sobers herself, and leaves off her chattering and protesting and insisting about this formula or that. In the silence of our theories we then seem to listen, and to hear something like the pulse of Being beat; and it is borne in upon us that the mere turning of the character, the dumb willingness to suffer and to serve this universe, is more than all theories about it put together. The most any theory about it can do is to bring us to that. Certain it is that the acutest theories, the greatest intellectual power, the most elaborate education, are a {142} sheer mockery when, as too often happens, they feed mean motives and a nerveless will. And it is equally certain that a resolute moral energy, no matter how inarticulate or unequipped with learning its owner may be, extorts from us a respect we should never pay were we not satisfied that the essential root of human personality lay there.

This isn't anything new. Everyone knows it in those rare moments when the soul clears its mind, stopping its endless chatter and complaints about this theory or that. In the quiet of our ideas, we seem to listen and hear something like the heartbeat of existence; it becomes clear that simply turning towards goodness, the silent readiness to endure and serve this universe, is more significant than all the theories combined. The best any theory can do is lead us to that realization. It's undeniable that even the sharpest theories, the greatest intellectual prowess, and the most advanced education are just empty gestures when, too often, they promote selfish motives and a weak will. It's equally true that a strong moral drive, no matter how unrefined or lacking in formal education its possessor may be, demands respect that we wouldn't give if we weren't convinced that the core of human character lies there.


I have sketched my subject in the briefest outlines; but still I hope you will agree that I have established my point, and that the physiological view of mentality, so far from invalidating, can but give aid and comfort to the theistic attitude of mind. Between agnosticism and gnosticism, theism stands midway, and holds to what is true in each. With agnosticism, it goes so far as to confess that we cannot know how Being made itself or us. With gnosticism, it goes so far as to insist that we can know Being's character when made, and how it asks us to behave.

I have outlined my topic in the simplest way possible, but I hope you’ll agree that I’ve made my point clear. The physiological perspective on the mind doesn’t undermine theism; rather, it supports and reassures it. Theism sits between agnosticism and gnosticism, embracing the truths of both. With agnosticism, it acknowledges that we can't know how Being created itself or us. With gnosticism, it argues that we can understand Being's nature and the way it expects us to act.

If any one fear that in insisting so strongly that behavior is the aim and end of every sound philosophy I have curtailed the dignity and scope of the speculative function in us, I can only reply that in this ascertainment of the character of Being lies an almost infinite speculative task. Let the voluminous considerations by which all modern thought converges toward idealistic or pan-psychic conclusions speak for me. Let the pages of a Hodgson, of a Lotze, of a Renouvier, reply whether within the limits drawn by purely empirical theism the speculative faculty finds not, and shall not always find, enough to do. But do it little or much, its place in a philosophy is always the same, and is set by the structural form of the mind. Philosophies, whether expressed in sonnets or {143} systems, all must wear this form. The thinker starts from some experience of the practical world, and asks its meaning. He launches himself upon the speculative sea, and makes a voyage long or short. He ascends into the empyrean, and communes with the eternal essences. But whatever his achievements and discoveries be while gone, the utmost result they can issue in is some new practical maxim or resolve, or the denial of some old one, with which inevitably he is sooner or later washed ashore on the terra firma of concrete life again.

If anyone is worried that by emphasizing behavior as the goal of every solid philosophy I’ve diminished the importance and range of our speculative abilities, I can only say that figuring out the nature of Being represents an almost limitless speculative challenge. Let the extensive arguments that modern thought uses to reach idealistic or panpsychic conclusions speak for me. Let the writings of Hodgson, Lotze, and Renouvier answer whether the speculative faculty, confined by purely empirical theism, doesn't and won’t always find plenty to do. Regardless of how much or how little it accomplishes, its role in philosophy remains constant, defined by the structure of the mind. Philosophies, whether written as sonnets or in systematic form, must all adhere to this structure. The thinker begins with some experience from the practical world and seeks its meaning. He sets out on a speculative journey, which may be long or short. He rises into the highest realms and engages with eternal truths. However, regardless of his accomplishments and insights during this journey, the ultimate outcome will always be a new practical principle or decision, or the rejection of an old one, with which he inevitably returns to the solid ground of everyday life.

Whatever thought takes this voyage is a philosophy. We have seen how theism takes it. And in the philosophy of a thinker who, though long neglected, is doing much to renovate the spiritual life of his native France to-day (I mean Charles Renouvier, whose writings ought to be better known among us than they are), we have an instructive example of the way in which this very empirical element in theism, its confession of an ultimate opacity in things, of a dimension of being which escapes our theoretic control, may suggest a most definite practical conclusion,—this one, namely, that 'our wills are free.' I will say nothing of Renouvier's line of reasoning; it is contained in many volumes which I earnestly recommend to your attention.[10] But to enforce my doctrine that the number of volumes is not what makes the philosophy, let me conclude by recalling to you the little poem of Tennyson, published last year, in which the speculative voyage is made, and the same conclusion reached in a few lines:—

Whatever thought takes this journey is a philosophy. We have seen how theism approaches it. And in the philosophy of a thinker who, though long overlooked, is significantly revitalizing the spiritual life of his native France today (I mean Charles Renouvier, whose writings deserve to be much better known among us), we have a valuable example of how this very empirical aspect of theism, its acknowledgment of an ultimate obscurity in things, of a realm of existence that eludes our theoretical grasp, can lead to a very clear practical conclusion—that 'our wills are free.' I won’t delve into Renouvier's reasoning; it's contained in many volumes that I strongly recommend you explore. But to emphasize my point that the number of volumes doesn't define the philosophy, let me end by highlighting the short poem by Tennyson, published last year, in which the speculative journey is undertaken, and the same conclusion is arrived at in just a few lines:—

{144}

"Out of the deep, my child, out of the deep,
From that great deep before our world begins,
Whereon the Spirit of God moves as he will,—
Out of the deep, my child, out of the deep,
From that true world within the world we see,
Whereof our world is but the bounding shore,—
Out of the deep, Spirit, out of the deep,
With this ninth moon that sends the hidden sun
Down yon dark sea, thou comest, darling boy.
For in the world which is not ours, they said,
'Let us make man,' and that which should be man,
From that one light no man can look upon,
Drew to this shore lit by the suns and moons
And all the shadows. O dear Spirit, half-lost
In thine own shadow and this fleshly sign
That thou art thou,—who wailest being born
And banish'd into mystery,...
...our mortal veil
And shattered phantom of that Infinite One,
Who made thee unconceivably thyself
Out of his whole world-self and all in all,—
Live thou, and of the grain and husk, the grape
And ivyberry, choose; and still depart
From death to death through life and life, and find
Nearer and ever nearer Him who wrought
Not matter, nor the finite-infinite,
But this main miracle, that thou art thou,
With power on thine own act and on the world
."

"From the depths, my child, from the depths,
From that vast deep before our world begins,
Where the Spirit of God moves freely,—
From the depths, my child, from the depths,
From the true world within the world we see,
Where our world is just the edge of that vastness,—
From the depths, Spirit, from the depths,
With this ninth moon that brings the hidden sun
Down that dark sea, you come, dear boy.
For in the world that isn't ours, they said,
'Let us create man,' and what should be man,
From that one light no one can behold,
Pushed to this shore lit by suns and moons
And all the shadows. O dear Spirit, half-lost
In your own shadow and this fleshly form
That shows you are you,—who cries upon being born
And cast into mystery,...
...our earthly existence
And shattered mirror of that Infinite One,
Who made you unimaginably yourself
Out of his whole world-self and everything,—
Live on, and from the grain and husk, the grape
And ivyberry, choose; and continue to move
From death to death through life and life, and discover
Closer and closer to Him who created
Not matter, nor the finite-infinite,
But this main miracle, that you are you,
With power over your own actions and the world
."



[1] Address delivered to the Unitarian Ministers' Institute at Princeton, Mass., 1881, and printed in the Unitarian Review for October of that year.

[1] Speech given to the Unitarian Ministers' Institute at Princeton, Mass., 1881, and published in the Unitarian Review for October of that year.

[2] See some Remarks on Spencer's Definition of Mind, in the Journal of Speculative Philosophy for January, 1878.

[2] Check out some comments on Spencer's definition of mind in the Journal of Speculative Philosophy from January 1878.

[3] "No amount of failure in the attempt to subject the world of sensible experience to a thorough-going system of conceptions, and to bring all happenings back to cases of immutably valid law, is able to shake our faith in the rightness of our principles. We hold fast to our demand that even the greatest apparent confusion must sooner or later solve itself in transparent formulas. We begin the work ever afresh; and, refusing to believe that nature will permanently withhold the reward of our exertions, think rather that we have hitherto only failed to push them in the right direction. And all this pertinacity flows from a conviction that we have no right to renounce the fulfilment of our task. What, in short sustains the courage of investigators is the force of obligation of an ethical idea." (Sigwart: Logik, bd. ii., p. 23.)

[3] "No matter how many times we fail in trying to fit the world of sensory experience into a comprehensive system of ideas, and to bring all events back to consistently valid laws, it doesn’t shake our belief in the correctness of our principles. We cling to our insistence that even the greatest apparent chaos will eventually be clarified into clear formulas. We start the work over and over; and, refusing to believe that nature will permanently deny the rewards of our efforts, we think instead that we have just not pushed in the right direction so far. All this determination comes from a belief that we have a duty to fulfill our task. What ultimately drives the courage of researchers is the weight of an ethical obligation." (Sigwart: Logik, bd. ii., p. 23.)

This is a true account of the spirit of science. Does it essentially differ from the spirit of religion? And is any one entitled to say in advance, that, while the one form of faith shall be crowned with success, the other is certainly doomed to fail?

This is a true account of the spirit of science. Does it fundamentally differ from the spirit of religion? And is anyone justified in claiming in advance that, while one kind of faith will be successful, the other is definitely destined to fail?

[4] Concerning the transformation of the given order into the order of conception, see S. H. Hodgson, The Philosophy of Reflection, chap. v.; H. Lotze, Logik, sects. 342-351; C. Sigwart, Logik, sects. 60-63, 105.

[4] For information on how the given order is transformed into the order of conception, refer to S. H. Hodgson, The Philosophy of Reflection, chapter v.; H. Lotze, Logic, sections 342-351; C. Sigwart, Logic, sections 60-63, 105.

[5] Haeckel has recently (Der Monismus, 1893, p. 37) proposed the Cosmic Ether as a divinity fitted to reconcile science with theistic faith.

[5] Haeckel recently suggested (Der Monismus, 1893, p. 37) the Cosmic Ether as a deity that can bridge the gap between science and religious belief.

[6] See the admirably original "Illustrations of the Logic of Science," by C. S. Peirce, especially the second paper, "How to make our Thoughts clear," in the Popular Science Monthly for January, 1878.

[6] Check out the impressively original "Illustrations of the Logic of Science" by C. S. Peirce, especially the second paper, "How to Make Our Thoughts Clear," in the Popular Science Monthly for January 1878.

[7] On this subject, see the preceding Essay.

[7] For more on this topic, refer to the earlier Essay.

[8] "As soon as it is recognized that our thought, as logic deals with it, reposes on our will to think, the primacy of the will, even in the theoretical sphere, must be conceded; and the last of presuppositions is not merely [Kant's] that 'I think' must accompany all my representations, but also that 'I will' must dominate all my thinking." (Sigwart; Logik, ll. 25.)

[8] "Once we realize that our thinking, as logic explains it, is based on our desire to think, we have to accept that the will takes priority, even in theory. The final assumption isn't just [Kant's] idea that 'I think' has to accompany all my thoughts, but also that 'I will' must guide all my thinking." (Sigwart; Logik, ll. 25.)

[9] As our ancestors said, Fiat justitia, pereat mundus, so we, who do not believe in justice or any absolute good, must, according to these prophets, be willing to see the world perish, in order that scientia fiat. Was there ever a more exquisite idol of the den, or rather of the shop? In the clean sweep to be made of superstitions, let the idol of stern obligation to be scientific go with the rest, and people will have a fair chance to understand one another. But this blowing of hot and of cold makes nothing but confusion.

[9] As our ancestors said, Fiat justitia, pereat mundus, so we, who do not believe in justice or any absolute good, must, according to these prophets, be willing to watch the world fall apart, so that scientia fiat. Was there ever a more refined idol in the den, or rather in the shop? In the effort to eliminate superstitions, let the idol of rigid scientific obligation go with the rest, and people will have a better chance to understand each other. But this back-and-forth only creates confusion.

[10] Especially the Essais de Critique Générale, 2me Edition, 6 vols., 12mo, Paris, 1875; and the Esquisse d'une Classification Systématique des Doctrines Philosophiques, 2 vols., 8vo, Paris, 1885.

[10] Especially the Essays on General Critique, 2nd Edition, 6 volumes, 12mo, Paris, 1875; and the Outline of a Systematic Classification of Philosophical Doctrines, 2 volumes, 8vo, Paris, 1885.




{145}

THE DILEMMA OF DETERMINISM.[1]

A common opinion prevails that the juice has ages ago been pressed out of the free-will controversy, and that no new champion can do more than warm up stale arguments which every one has heard. This is a radical mistake. I know of no subject less worn out, or in which inventive genius has a better chance of breaking open new ground,—not, perhaps, of forcing a conclusion or of coercing assent, but of deepening our sense of what the issue between the two parties really is, of what the ideas of fate and of free-will imply. At our very side almost, in the past few years, we have seen falling in rapid succession from the press works that present the alternative in entirely novel lights. Not to speak of the English disciples of Hegel, such as Green and Bradley; not to speak of Hinton and Hodgson, nor of Hazard here,—we see in the writings of Renouvier, Fouillée, and Delboeuf[2] how completely changed and refreshed is the form of all the old disputes. I cannot pretend to vie in originality with any of the masters I have named, and my ambition limits itself to just one little point. If I can make two of the necessarily implied corollaries {146} of determinism clearer to you than they have been made before, I shall have made it possible for you to decide for or against that doctrine with a better understanding of what you are about. And if you prefer not to decide at all, but to remain doubters, you will at least see more plainly what the subject of your hesitation is. I thus disclaim openly on the threshold all pretension to prove to you that the freedom of the will is true. The most I hope is to induce some of you to follow my own example in assuming it true, and acting as if it were true. If it be true, it seems to me that this is involved in the strict logic of the case. Its truth ought not to be forced willy-nilly down our indifferent throats. It ought to be freely espoused by men who can equally well turn their backs upon it. In other words, our first act of freedom, if we are free, ought in all inward propriety to be to affirm that we are free. This should exclude, it seems to me, from the free-will side of the question all hope of a coercive demonstration,—a demonstration which I, for one, am perfectly contented to go without.

A popular belief is that the debate over free will has been fully exhausted and that no new advocate can bring anything but tired arguments that everyone has already heard. This is a major mistake. I know of no topic less explored, or one where creative thinking has a better chance of uncovering new insights—not necessarily to reach a conclusion or force agreement, but to deepen our understanding of what the clash between the two sides really is, and what the concepts of fate and free will imply. Recently, we've seen a number of new publications that present these alternatives in completely fresh ways. Without even mentioning the English followers of Hegel, like Green and Bradley, or Hinton and Hodgson, or Hazard here—we can look at the works of Renouvier, Fouillée, and Delboeuf[2] to see how the framework of these longstanding debates has been thoroughly transformed and revitalized. I don’t claim to match the originality of any of the great thinkers I've named, and my goal is limited to just one small aspect. If I can clarify two of the necessary implied consequences of determinism for you, more than they've been made clear before, I’ll have helped you make a more informed decision about that doctrine, whether you agree or disagree. And if you choose not to decide at all but to remain uncertain, you will at least have a clearer view of what your doubts are about. I openly acknowledge from the start that I have no intention of proving to you that the freedom of will is true. My main hope is to encourage some of you to follow my example in assuming that it is true and acting as if it were true. If it is true, it seems to be a logical requirement of the situation. Its truth shouldn’t be forced on us against our will. It should be embraced willingly by those who can just as easily reject it. In other words, our first act of freedom, if we are free, should be to affirm that we are free. This should exclude, I believe, any expectation of a coercive demonstration of the free will argument—a demonstration that I, for one, am perfectly fine with doing without.


With thus much understood at the outset, we can advance. But not without one more point understood as well. The arguments I am about to urge all proceed on two suppositions: first, when we make theories about the world and discuss them with one another, we do so in order to attain a conception of things which shall give us subjective satisfaction; and, second, if there be two conceptions, and the one seems to us, on the whole, more rational than the other, we are entitled to suppose that the more rational one is the truer of the two. I hope that you are all willing to make these suppositions with me; {147} for I am afraid that if there be any of you here who are not, they will find little edification in the rest of what I have to say. I cannot stop to argue the point; but I myself believe that all the magnificent achievements of mathematical and physical science—our doctrines of evolution, of uniformity of law, and the rest—proceed from our indomitable desire to cast the world into a more rational shape in our minds than the shape into which it is thrown there by the crude order of our experience. The world has shown itself, to a great extent, plastic to this demand of ours for rationality. How much farther it will show itself plastic no one can say. Our only means of finding out is to try; and I, for one, feel as free to try conceptions of moral as of mechanical or of logical rationality. If a certain formula for expressing the nature of the world violates my moral demand, I shall feel as free to throw it overboard, or at least to doubt it, as if it disappointed my demand for uniformity of sequence, for example; the one demand being, so far as I can see, quite as subjective and emotional as the other is. The principle of causality, for example,—what is it but a postulate, an empty name covering simply a demand that the sequence of events shall some day manifest a deeper kind of belonging of one thing with another than the mere arbitrary juxtaposition which now phenomenally appears? It is as much an altar to an unknown god as the one that Saint Paul found at Athens. All our scientific and philosophic ideals are altars to unknown gods. Uniformity is as much so as is free-will. If this be admitted, we can debate on even terms. But if any one pretends that while freedom and variety are, in the first instance, subjective demands, necessity and uniformity are something {148} altogether different, I do not see how we can debate at all.[3]

With this much understood from the start, we can move forward. But we need to clarify one more point as well. The arguments I’m about to present are based on two assumptions: first, when we create theories about the world and talk about them with each other, we do this to achieve a view of things that gives us personal satisfaction; and second, if there are two views, and one seems, overall, more rational than the other, we can assume that the more rational one is also the truer of the two. I hope you're all willing to accept these assumptions with me; {147} because I'm afraid that anyone here who is not may find little value in the rest of what I have to say. I can’t pause to argue this point; but I believe that all the amazing accomplishments of math and physical science—our theories of evolution, of uniform laws, and so on—come from our unyielding desire to shape the world in our minds into a more rational form than the messy order of our experiences presents. The world has largely proven to be responsive to our demand for rationality. How much further it will continue to be responsive, no one knows. The only way to find out is to experiment; and I feel just as free to explore moral concepts as I do with mechanical or logical rationality. If a certain formula for understanding the nature of the world conflicts with my moral standards, I will feel just as free to discard it, or at least to question it, as I would if it did not meet my demand for consistency in sequences, for example; as far as I can see, both demands are equally subjective and emotional. Take the principle of causality, for instance—what is it but a postulate, a shallow term that basically expresses a desire for the sequence of events to eventually show a deeper connection between things than the mere random arrangement we currently observe? It’s just another altar to an unknown god, like the one Saint Paul found in Athens. All our scientific and philosophical ideals are altars to unknown gods. Uniformity is just as much an altar as free will is. If we accept this, we can argue on equal ground. But if someone claims that while freedom and variety are initially subjective needs, necessity and uniformity are something completely different, I don’t see how we can have any meaningful debate at all. [3]

To begin, then, I must suppose you acquainted with all the usual arguments on the subject. I cannot stop to take up the old proofs from causation, from statistics, from the certainty with which we can foretell one another's conduct, from the fixity of character, and all the rest. But there are two words which usually encumber these classical arguments, {149} and which we must immediately dispose of if we are to make any progress. One is the eulogistic word freedom, and the other is the opprobrious word chance. The word 'chance' I wish to keep, but I wish to get rid of the word 'freedom.' Its eulogistic associations have so far overshadowed all the rest of its meaning that both parties claim the sole right to use it, and determinists to-day insist that they alone are freedom's champions. Old-fashioned determinism was what we may call hard determinism. It did not shrink from such words as fatality, bondage of the will, necessitation, and the like. Nowadays, we have a soft determinism which abhors harsh words, and, repudiating fatality, necessity, and even predetermination, says that its real name is freedom; for freedom is only necessity understood, and bondage to the highest is identical with true freedom. Even a writer as little used to making capital out of soft words as Mr. Hodgson hesitates not to call himself a 'free-will determinist.'

To start, I assume you're familiar with the usual arguments on this topic. I can’t go over the old proofs about causation, statistics, the predictability of behavior, the consistency of character, and all that. But there are two words that typically complicate these classic arguments, {149} and we need to clear them up if we want to move forward. One is the positive word freedom, and the other is the negative word chance. I want to keep the word 'chance,' but I want to get rid of 'freedom.' Its positive associations have completely overshadowed its other meanings, leading both sides to claim sole ownership of it, with determinists insisting they are the only true advocates of freedom today. Traditional determinism was what we might label hard determinism. It didn’t shy away from terms like fatality, will's bondage, necessitation, and so forth. Nowadays, we have a soft determinism that is against harsh terms, rejecting fatality, necessity, and even predetermination, claiming that its real name is freedom; because freedom is just necessity understood, and being bound to the highest is the same as true freedom. Even a writer like Mr. Hodgson, who isn’t used to making a big deal out of soft words, isn’t afraid to call himself a 'free-will determinist.'

Now, all this is a quagmire of evasion under which the real issue of fact has been entirely smothered. Freedom in all these senses presents simply no problem at all. No matter what the soft determinist mean by it,—whether he mean the acting without external constraint; whether he mean the acting rightly, or whether he mean the acquiescing in the law of the whole,—who cannot answer him that sometimes we are free and sometimes we are not? But there is a problem, an issue of fact and not of words, an issue of the most momentous importance, which is often decided without discussion in one sentence,—nay, in one clause of a sentence,—by those very writers who spin out whole chapters in their efforts to show {150} what 'true' freedom is; and that is the question of determinism, about which we are to talk to-night.

Now, all of this is a messy situation of avoidance that has completely buried the real issue at hand. Freedom, in all these ways, poses no problem at all. Regardless of what the soft determinist means by it—whether they refer to acting without external constraints, acting rightly, or going along with the law of the whole—who can’t agree that sometimes we are free and sometimes we are not? But there is a problem, a matter of fact and not just words, a matter of great importance, which is often settled without any discussion in one sentence—actually, in one clause of a sentence—by those same writers who stretch out entire chapters in their attempts to explain what ‘true’ freedom is; and that is the issue of determinism, which we will discuss tonight.

Fortunately, no ambiguities hang about this word or about its opposite, indeterminism. Both designate an outward way in which things may happen, and their cold and mathematical sound has no sentimental associations that can bribe our partiality either way in advance. Now, evidence of an external kind to decide between determinism and indeterminism is, as I intimated a while back, strictly impossible to find. Let us look at the difference between them and see for ourselves. What does determinism profess?

Fortunately, there’s no confusion surrounding this word or its opposite, indeterminism. Both describe a way things can happen in the world, and their cold, mathematical tone doesn’t have any emotional connections that could bias us in one direction or the other beforehand. Now, as I hinted earlier, finding external evidence to choose between determinism and indeterminism is completely impossible. Let’s examine the difference between them and see for ourselves. What does determinism claim?

It professes that those parts of the universe already laid down absolutely appoint and decree what the other parts shall be. The future has no ambiguous possibilities hidden in its womb: the part we call the present is compatible with only one totality. Any other future complement than the one fixed from eternity is impossible. The whole is in each and every part, and welds it with the rest into an absolute unity, an iron block, in which there can be no equivocation or shadow of turning.

It claims that the parts of the universe that are already established completely determine what the other parts will be. The future has no unclear possibilities waiting to emerge: the part we refer to as the present can only align with one overall reality. Any other future outcome, besides the one set from eternity, is impossible. The whole exists in every part, connecting it with the others into a complete unity, an unyielding block, where there is no room for doubt or change.

"With earth's first clay they did the last man knead,
And there of the last harvest sowed the seed.
And the first morning of creation wrote
What the last dawn of reckoning shall read."

"With the earth's first clay, they shaped the last man,
And there, they planted the seed of the final harvest.
And the first morning of creation recorded
What the last dawn of judgment will reveal."


Indeterminism, on the contrary, says that the parts have a certain amount of loose play on one another, so that the laying down of one of them does not necessarily determine what the others shall be. It admits that possibilities may be in excess of actualities, and that things not yet revealed to our knowledge may really in themselves be ambiguous. Of two {151} alternative futures which we conceive, both may now be really possible; and the one become impossible only at the very moment when the other excludes it by becoming real itself. Indeterminism thus denies the world to be one unbending unit of fact. It says there is a certain ultimate pluralism in it; and, so saying, it corroborates our ordinary unsophisticated view of things. To that view, actualities seem to float in a wider sea of possibilities from out of which they are chosen; and, somewhere, indeterminism says, such possibilities exist, and form a part of truth.

Indeterminism, on the other hand, suggests that the parts can interact with some flexibility, meaning that the decision about one part doesn’t necessarily decide what happens with the others. It acknowledges that there may be more possibilities than actual events, and that things we don’t yet understand could be uncertain in themselves. Of the two {151} alternative futures we imagine, both might actually be possible right now; one only becomes impossible at the exact moment when the other becomes real and rules it out. Indeterminism thus argues that the world isn’t a rigid, singular reality. It claims there’s an inherent pluralism in the world, supporting our everyday, straightforward understanding of things. According to this perspective, actual events seem to drift in a broader ocean of possibilities from which they are selected; and, somewhere, indeterminism asserts that such possibilities exist and are part of the truth.

Determinism, on the contrary, says they exist nowhere, and that necessity on the one hand and impossibility on the other are the sole categories of the real. Possibilities that fail to get realized are, for determinism, pure illusions: they never were possibilities at all. There is nothing inchoate, it says, about this universe of ours, all that was or is or shall be actual in it having been from eternity virtually there. The cloud of alternatives our minds escort this mass of actuality withal is a cloud of sheer deceptions, to which 'impossibilities' is the only name that rightfully belongs.

Determinism, on the other hand, claims they exist nowhere, and that necessity on one side and impossibility on the other are the only real categories. For determinism, unrealized possibilities are just illusions: they were never possibilities at all. It asserts that there’s nothing vague about our universe; everything that was, is, or will be actual in it has been essentially present for eternity. The cloud of alternatives our minds accompany this reality with is simply a cloud of deceptions, and 'impossibilities' is the only name that truly fits.

The issue, it will be seen, is a perfectly sharp one, which no eulogistic terminology can smear over or wipe out. The truth must lie with one side or the other, and its lying with one side makes the other false.

The issue is clear-cut, and no flattering language can cover it up or erase it. The truth must be with one side or the other, and if it's with one side, that makes the other side false.

The question relates solely to the existence of possibilities, in the strict sense of the term, as things that may, but need not, be. Both sides admit that a volition, for instance, has occurred. The indeterminists say another volition might have occurred in its place; the determinists swear that nothing could possibly {152} have occurred in its place. Now, can science be called in to tell us which of these two point-blank contradicters of each other is right? Science professes to draw no conclusions but such as are based on matters of fact, things that have actually happened; but how can any amount of assurance that something actually happened give us the least grain of information as to whether another thing might or might not have happened in its place? Only facts can be proved by other facts. With things that are possibilities and not facts, facts have no concern. If we have no other evidence than the evidence of existing facts, the possibility-question must remain a mystery never to be cleared up.

The question only concerns the existence of possibilities, in the strict sense of the term, as things that could be, but don’t have to be. Both sides agree that a choice, for example, has been made. The indeterminists claim another choice could have been made instead; the determinists insist that nothing else could have happened in its place. Now, can science be called upon to tell us which of these two outright opposites is correct? Science claims to draw no conclusions except those based on facts, things that have actually occurred; but how can any assurance that something did happen provide us with even the smallest insight into whether something else could or could not have happened instead? Only facts can be proven by other facts. With things that are possibilities and not facts, facts are irrelevant. If we have no other evidence beyond what actually exists, the question of possibility remains a mystery that will never be solved.

And the truth is that facts practically have hardly anything to do with making us either determinists or indeterminists. Sure enough, we make a flourish of quoting facts this way or that; and if we are determinists, we talk about the infallibility with which we can predict one another's conduct; while if we are indeterminists, we lay great stress on the fact that it is just because we cannot foretell one another's conduct, either in war or statecraft or in any of the great and small intrigues and businesses of men, that life is so intensely anxious and hazardous a game. But who does not see the wretched insufficiency of this so-called objective testimony on both sides? What fills up the gaps in our minds is something not objective, not external. What divides us into possibility men and anti-possibility men is different faiths or postulates,—postulates of rationality. To this man the world seems more rational with possibilities in it,—to that man more rational with possibilities excluded; and talk as we will about having to yield to {153} evidence, what makes us monists or pluralists, determinists or indeterminists, is at bottom always some sentiment like this.

The truth is that facts barely influence whether we see ourselves as determinists or indeterminists. Sure, we like to cite facts in different ways; determinists often brag about how accurately we can predict each other's actions, while indeterminists emphasize that it's exactly because we can't predict how people will behave—whether in war, politics, or in the various schemes and dealings of life—that it becomes such an anxious and risky game. But who doesn't recognize the pathetic inadequacy of this so-called objective evidence on both sides? What fills the gaps in our understanding isn't objective or external. The divide between those who believe in possibilities and those who reject them comes from differing beliefs or assumptions—assumptions about rationality. To some, the world seems more rational with possibilities; to others, it feels more rational when those possibilities are excluded. No matter how much we discuss having to adhere to evidence, what ultimately defines us as monists or pluralists, determinists or indeterminists, is fundamentally some feeling like this.

The stronghold of the deterministic sentiment is the antipathy to the idea of chance. As soon as we begin to talk indeterminism to our friends, we find a number of them shaking their heads. This notion of alternative possibility, they say, this admission that any one of several things may come to pass, is, after all, only a roundabout name for chance; and chance is something the notion of which no sane mind can for an instant tolerate in the world. What is it, they ask, but barefaced crazy unreason, the negation of intelligibility and law? And if the slightest particle of it exist anywhere, what is to prevent the whole fabric from falling together, the stars from going out, and chaos from recommencing her topsy-turvy reign?

The stronghold of the belief in determinism is the aversion to the idea of chance. As soon as we start discussing indeterminism with our friends, many of them shake their heads. They argue that this idea of alternative possibilities, this acknowledgment that any of several outcomes might happen, is just another name for chance; and chance is something that no rational mind can accept for even a moment in the world. What is it, they ask, but outright irrationality, the denial of understanding and order? And if even the tiniest amount of it exists anywhere, what’s to stop everything from collapsing, the stars from burning out, and chaos from taking over again?

Remarks of this sort about chance will put an end to discussion as quickly as anything one can find. I have already told you that 'chance' was a word I wished to keep and use. Let us then examine exactly what it means, and see whether it ought to be such a terrible bugbear to us. I fancy that squeezing the thistle boldly will rob it of its sting.

Remarks like these about chance will shut down the discussion faster than anything else. I've already mentioned that 'chance' is a word I want to keep and use. So, let’s take a close look at what it really means and see if it should be such a scary concept for us. I believe that confronting challenges head-on will take away their power.

The sting of the word 'chance' seems to lie in the assumption that it means something positive, and that if anything happens by chance, it must needs be something of an intrinsically irrational and preposterous sort. Now, chance means nothing of the kind. It is a purely negative and relative term,[4] giving us {154} no information about that of which it is predicated, except that it happens to be disconnected with something else,—not controlled, secured, or necessitated by other things in advance of its own actual presence. As this point is the most subtile one of the whole lecture, and at the same time the point on which all the rest hinges, I beg you to pay particular attention to it. What I say is that it tells us nothing about what a thing may be in itself to call it 'chance.' It may be a bad thing, it may be a good thing. It may be lucidity, transparency, fitness incarnate, matching the whole system of other things, when it has once befallen, in an unimaginably perfect way. All you mean by calling it 'chance' is that this is not guaranteed, that it may also fall out otherwise. For the system of other things has no positive hold on the chance-thing. Its origin is in a certain fashion negative: it escapes, and says, Hands off! coming, when it comes, as a free gift, or not at all.

The sting of the word 'chance' comes from the assumption that it means something good, and that if something happens by chance, it must be something irrational and ridiculous. However, chance doesn’t mean that at all. It’s a purely negative term,[4] giving us no information about what it’s connected to, other than that it’s unrelated to something else—not controlled, guaranteed, or determined by other things before it actually occurs. Since this is the most subtle point of the entire lecture, and everything else relies on it, I ask you to pay extra attention here. What I’m saying is that calling something 'chance' doesn't tell us anything about what it is in itself. It could be a bad thing or a good thing. It might be clarity, transparency, or perfect suitability, fitting into the entire system of other things when it happens in a remarkably perfect way. By referring to it as 'chance,' you’re only saying that this isn't guaranteed; it could also turn out differently. The system of other things has no positive control over the chance occurrence. Its nature is somewhat negative: it evades connection and asserts, "Hands off!" arriving, when it does, as a free gift, or not at all.

This negativeness, however, and this opacity of the chance-thing when thus considered ab. extra, or from the point of view of previous things or distant things, do not preclude its having any amount of positiveness and luminosity from within, and at its own place and moment. All that its chance-character asserts about it is that there is something in it really of its own, something that is not the unconditional property of the whole. If the whole wants this property, the whole must wait till it can get it, if it be a matter of chance. That the universe may actually be a sort of joint-stock society of this sort, in which the sharers have both limited liabilities and limited powers, is of course a simple and conceivable notion.

This negativity and the uncertainty of chance, when looked at from the outside or from the perspective of past or distant things, don’t rule out the possibility that it can have its own positivity and clarity in its own context and time. What the randomness implies is that there’s something inherently unique about it, something that isn’t just a universal trait. If the whole system wants that trait, it has to wait until it can obtain it, especially if it’s a matter of chance. The idea that the universe could be a kind of cooperative organization, where participants have both limited responsibilities and limited powers, is certainly a straightforward and plausible concept.

Nevertheless, many persons talk as if the minutest {155} dose of disconnectedness of one part with another, the smallest modicum of independence, the faintest tremor of ambiguity about the future, for example, would ruin everything, and turn this goodly universe into a sort of insane sand-heap or nulliverse, no universe at all. Since future human volitions are as a matter of fact the only ambiguous things we are tempted to believe in, let us stop for a moment to make ourselves sure whether their independent and accidental character need be fraught with such direful consequences to the universe as these.

Nevertheless, many people talk as if the tiniest disconnect between parts, the smallest amount of independence, or the slightest hint of uncertainty about the future, for example, would ruin everything and turn this beautiful universe into a chaotic mess or even nonexistence. Since the future actions of humans are really the only ambiguous things we tend to believe in, let’s take a moment to check if their independent and random nature truly needs to come with such disastrous consequences for the universe.

What is meant by saying that my choice of which way to walk home after the lecture is ambiguous and matter of chance as far as the present moment is concerned? It means that both Divinity Avenue and Oxford Street are called; but that only one, and that one either one, shall be chosen. Now, I ask you seriously to suppose that this ambiguity of my choice is real; and then to make the impossible hypothesis that the choice is made twice over, and each time falls on a different street. In other words, imagine that I first walk through Divinity Avenue, and then imagine that the powers governing the universe annihilate ten minutes of time with all that it contained, and set me back at the door of this hall just as I was before the choice was made. Imagine then that, everything else being the same, I now make a different choice and traverse Oxford Street. You, as passive spectators, look on and see the two alternative universes,—one of them with me walking through Divinity Avenue in it, the other with the same me walking through Oxford Street. Now, if you are determinists you believe one of these universes to have been from eternity impossible: you believe it to have {156} been impossible because of the intrinsic irrationality or accidentality somewhere involved in it. But looking outwardly at these universes, can you say which is the impossible and accidental one, and which the rational and necessary one? I doubt if the most iron-clad determinist among you could have the slightest glimmer of light on this point. In other words, either universe after the fact and once there would, to our means of observation and understanding, appear just as rational as the other. There would be absolutely no criterion by which we might judge one necessary and the other matter of chance. Suppose now we relieve the gods of their hypothetical task and assume my choice, once made, to be made forever. I go through Divinity Avenue for good and all. If, as good determinists, you now begin to affirm, what all good determinists punctually do affirm, that in the nature of things I couldn't have gone through Oxford Street,—had I done so it would have been chance, irrationality, insanity, a horrid gap in nature,—I simply call your attention to this, that your affirmation is what the Germans call a Machtspruch, a mere conception fulminated as a dogma and based on no insight into details. Before my choice, either street seemed as natural to you as to me. Had I happened to take Oxford Street, Divinity Avenue would have figured in your philosophy as the gap in nature; and you would have so proclaimed it with the best deterministic conscience in the world.

What does it mean to say that my choice of which way to walk home after the lecture is uncertain and a matter of chance in this moment? It means that both Divinity Avenue and Oxford Street are calling to me, but only one of them, either one, will be chosen. Now, I ask you to seriously consider that this uncertainty in my choice is real; and then imagine the impossible scenario where I make the choice twice and each time I pick a different street. In other words, picture that I first walk down Divinity Avenue, and then imagine that the forces controlling the universe erase ten minutes of time along with everything in it, and send me back to the door of this hall just as I was before I made my choice. Now, with everything else being the same, I make a different choice and walk down Oxford Street. You, as passive observers, watch and see the two different universes—one with me walking down Divinity Avenue and the other with me walking down Oxford Street. If you are determinists, you believe one of these universes has been impossible from the start: you think it has been impossible because of some intrinsic irrationality or randomness involved in it. But looking at these universes from the outside, can you tell which one is the impossible and random one, and which is the rational and necessary one? I doubt even the staunchest determinist among you would have any real insight on this. In other words, after the fact, either universe would appear just as rational as the other to our observation and understanding. There would be absolutely no way for us to judge one as necessary and the other as chance. Now, suppose we relieve the gods of their hypothetical job and assume my choice, once made, is made forever. I walk through Divinity Avenue for good. If, as true determinists, you start to claim, as all good determinists do, that I simply couldn't have walked down Oxford Street—had I done that, it would have been chance, irrationality, insanity, a terrible gap in nature—I want to point out that your claim is what the Germans refer to as a *Machtspruch*, a mere concept declared as a dogma without any real understanding of the details. Before I made my choice, either street appeared equally natural to you as it did to me. If I had happened to take Oxford Street, Divinity Avenue would have been seen in your philosophy as the gap in nature, and you would have declared it with the utmost confidence of a determinist.

But what a hollow outcry, then, is this against a chance which, if it were present to us, we could by no character whatever distinguish from a rational necessity! I have taken the most trivial of examples, but no possible example could lead to any different {157} result. For what are the alternatives which, in point of fact, offer themselves to human volition? What are those futures that now seem matters of chance? Are they not one and all like the Divinity Avenue and Oxford Street of our example? Are they not all of them kinds of things already here and based in the existing frame of nature? Is any one ever tempted to produce an absolute accident, something utterly irrelevant to the rest of the world? Do not all the motives that assail us, all the futures that offer themselves to our choice, spring equally from the soil of the past; and would not either one of them, whether realized through chance or through necessity, the moment it was realized, seem to us to fit that past, and in the completest and most continuous manner to interdigitate with the phenomena already there?[5]

But what a shallow complaint this is against a possibility that, if it were actually present to us, we couldn’t differentiate from a rational necessity! I’ve used the simplest example, but no other example could lead to a different conclusion. {157} What alternatives really present themselves for human choice? What futures currently seem like mere chance? Aren’t they all similar to the Divinity Avenue and Oxford Street in our example? Aren’t they all kinds of things that already exist and are grounded in the current framework of nature? Does anyone ever actually try to create an absolute accident, something completely irrelevant to the rest of the world? Don’t all the motivations that confront us, all the futures that we can choose from, arise from the past? And wouldn’t either option, whether it comes about through chance or necessity, the moment it occurs, seem to fit that past and intricately weave itself with the phenomena that are already there?

The more one thinks of the matter, the more one wonders that so empty and gratuitous a hubbub as this outcry against chance should have found so great an echo in the hearts of men. It is a word which tells us absolutely nothing about what chances, or about the modus operandi of the chancing; and the use of it as a war-cry shows only a temper of {158} intellectual absolutism, a demand that the world shall be a solid block, subject to one control,—which temper, which demand, the world may not be bound to gratify at all. In every outwardly verifiable and practical respect, a world in which the alternatives that now actually distract your choice were decided by pure chance would be by me absolutely undistinguished from the world in which I now live. I am, therefore, entirely willing to call it, so far as your choices go, a world of chance for me. To yourselves, it is true, those very acts of choice, which to me are so blind, opaque, and external, are the opposites of this, for you are within them and effect them. To you they appear as decisions; and decisions, for him who makes them, are altogether peculiar psychic facts. Self-luminous and self-justifying at the living moment at which they occur, they appeal to no outside moment to put its stamp upon them or make them continuous with the rest of nature. Themselves it is rather who seem to make nature continuous; and in their strange and intense function of granting consent to one possibility and withholding it from another, to transform an equivocal and double future into an inalterable and simple past.

The more you think about it, the more you wonder how such a meaningless and pointless uproar against chance could resonate so strongly in people's hearts. It’s a term that reveals absolutely nothing about what chances exist or how they operate, and using it as a rallying cry only reflects a mindset of intellectual absolutism, a demand that the world should be a solid block under a single control—which the world doesn't have to fulfill at all. In every practical way, a world where the options that distract your choices were determined purely by chance would be, to me, indistinguishable from the world I currently live in. Therefore, I'm completely fine calling it a world of chance regarding your choices. To you, those very choices that seem blind and external to me are the opposite, as you are within them and actively making them. To you, they seem like decisions; and decisions, for the person making them, are unique mental experiences. They shine with their own light and justification at the moment they happen, needing no outside validation to connect them to the rest of nature. Instead, they seem to make nature feel continuous; and in their intense function of choosing one possibility over another, they turn an uncertain and dual future into a defined and simple past.

But with the psychology of the matter we have no concern this evening. The quarrel which determinism has with chance fortunately has nothing to do with this or that psychological detail. It is a quarrel altogether metaphysical. Determinism denies the ambiguity of future volitions, because it affirms that nothing future can be ambiguous. But we have said enough to meet the issue. Indeterminate future volitions do mean chance. Let us not fear to shout it from the house-tops if need be; for we now know that {159} the idea of chance is, at bottom, exactly the same thing as the idea of gift,—the one simply being a disparaging, and the other a eulogistic, name for anything on which we have no effective claim. And whether the world be the better or the worse for having either chances or gifts in it will depend altogether on what these uncertain and unclaimable things turn out to be.

But we’re not focused on the psychology of this matter tonight. The disagreement between determinism and chance luckily has nothing to do with specific psychological details. It’s a completely metaphysical argument. Determinism rejects the uncertainty of future choices because it claims that nothing about the future can be uncertain. But we’ve said enough to address the issue. Indeterminate future choices do imply chance. Let’s not hesitate to proclaim it loudly if necessary; for we now understand that the concept of chance is essentially the same as the concept of a gift—the former being a negative term and the latter being a positive term for anything we don’t have a valid claim over. Whether the world is better or worse for having chances or gifts in it will depend entirely on what these uncertain and unclaimable things turn out to be.


And this at last brings us within sight of our subject. We have seen what determinism means: we have seen that indeterminism is rightly described as meaning chance; and we have seen that chance, the very name of which we are urged to shrink from as from a metaphysical pestilence, means only the negative fact that no part of the world, however big, can claim to control absolutely the destinies of the whole. But although, in discussing the word 'chance,' I may at moments have seemed to be arguing for its real existence, I have not meant to do so yet. We have not yet ascertained whether this be a world of chance or no; at most, we have agreed that it seems so. And I now repeat what I said at the outset, that, from any strict theoretical point of view, the question is insoluble. To deepen our theoretic sense of the difference between a world with chances in it and a deterministic world is the most I can hope to do; and this I may now at last begin upon, after all our tedious clearing of the way.

And this finally brings us to our topic. We've looked at what determinism means; we've established that indeterminism is correctly described as representing chance; and we've discovered that chance, a term we tend to avoid as if it were a philosophical plague, simply refers to the negative fact that no part of the universe, no matter how large, can completely control the fates of the whole. However, although in discussing the term 'chance,' I may have seemed to be advocating for its actual existence, that wasn't my intention yet. We still haven't determined whether this is a world of chance or not; at most, we've agreed that it appears to be so. I want to reiterate what I said at the beginning: from a strictly theoretical standpoint, the question is unresolvable. My goal is to enhance our theoretical understanding of the difference between a world that includes chances and a deterministic world, and now I can finally begin this task after we’ve cleared the way.

I wish first of all to show you just what the notion that this is a deterministic world implies. The implications I call your attention to are all bound up with the fact that it is a world in which we constantly have to make what I shall, with your permission, call judgments of regret. Hardly an hour passes in {160} which we do not wish that something might be otherwise; and happy indeed are those of us whose hearts have never echoed the wish of Omar Khayam—

I want to start by explaining what the idea of living in a deterministic world really means. The implications I want to highlight are connected to the reality that we constantly have to make what I’ll refer to, if you don’t mind, as judgments of regret. Not a single hour goes by in {160} when we don’t wish that something could be different; and we are truly fortunate if our hearts have never felt the longing expressed by Omar Khayyam—

"That we might clasp, ere closed, the book of fate,
And make the writer on a fairer leaf
Inscribe our names, or quite obliterate.

"That we might hold, before it's too late, the book of destiny,
And have the author write on a more suitable page.
Our names, or completely erase them.

"Ah! Love, could you and I with fate conspire
To mend this sorry scheme of things entire,
Would we not shatter it to bits, and then
Remould it nearer to the heart's desire?"

"Ah! Love, could you and I team up with fate
To fix this messed-up world we live in,
Wouldn't we take it apart and then
Shape it closer to what our hearts want?"


Now, it is undeniable that most of these regrets are foolish, and quite on a par in point of philosophic value with the criticisms on the universe of that friend of our infancy, the hero of the fable The Atheist and the Acorn,—

Now, it’s clear that many of these regrets are silly and have about the same philosophical value as the critiques of the universe made by that childhood friend of ours, the hero of the fable The Atheist and the Acorn,—

"Fool! had that bough a pumpkin bore,
Thy whimsies would have worked no more," etc.

"Fool! If that branch had grown a pumpkin,
Your silly ideas wouldn't have worked anymore," etc.

Even from the point of view of our own ends, we should probably make a botch of remodelling the universe. How much more then from the point of view of ends we cannot see! Wise men therefore regret as little as they can. But still some regrets are pretty obstinate and hard to stifle,—regrets for acts of wanton cruelty or treachery, for example, whether performed by others or by ourselves. Hardly any one can remain entirely optimistic after reading the confession of the murderer at Brockton the other day: how, to get rid of the wife whose continued existence bored him, he inveigled her into a desert spot, shot her four times, and then, as she lay on the ground and said to him, "You didn't do it on purpose, did you, dear?" replied, "No, I {161} didn't do it on purpose," as he raised a rock and smashed her skull. Such an occurrence, with the mild sentence and self-satisfaction of the prisoner, is a field for a crop of regrets, which one need not take up in detail. We feel that, although a perfect mechanical fit to the rest of the universe, it is a bad moral fit, and that something else would really have been better in its place.

Even from our own perspective, we'd probably screw up trying to reshape the universe. How much more from the perspective of things we can't see! Wise people, therefore, try to regret as little as possible. But some regrets are pretty stubborn and hard to suppress—like regrets for acts of cruel or treacherous behavior, whether done by others or ourselves. It's hard for anyone to stay completely optimistic after reading the confession of the murderer in Brockton the other day: how, to get rid of the wife who bored him, he lured her to a remote place, shot her four times, and then, as she lay on the ground and said to him, "You didn't do it on purpose, did you, dear?" he replied, "No, I didn't do it on purpose," as he picked up a rock and smashed her skull. Events like this, along with the light sentence and self-satisfaction of the convict, are a source of many regrets that don’t need elaboration. We realize that, while it fits perfectly into the mechanics of the universe, it’s a terrible moral fit, and that something else would truly have been better in its place.

But for the deterministic philosophy the murder, the sentence, and the prisoner's optimism were all necessary from eternity; and nothing else for a moment had a ghost of a chance of being put into their place. To admit such a chance, the determinists tell us, would be to make a suicide of reason; so we must steel our hearts against the thought. And here our plot thickens, for we see the first of those difficult implications of determinism and monism which it is my purpose to make you feel. If this Brockton murder was called for by the rest of the universe, if it had to come at its preappointed hour, and if nothing else would have been consistent with the sense of the whole, what are we to think of the universe? Are we stubbornly to stick to our judgment of regret, and say, though it couldn't be, yet it would have been a better universe with something different from this Brockton murder in it? That, of course, seems the natural and spontaneous thing for us to do; and yet it is nothing short of deliberately espousing a kind of pessimism. The judgment of regret calls the murder bad. Calling a thing bad means, if it mean anything at all, that the thing ought not to be, that something else ought to be in its stead. Determinism, in denying that anything else can be in its stead, virtually defines the universe {162} as a place in which what ought to be is impossible,—in other words, as an organism whose constitution is afflicted with an incurable taint, an irremediable flaw. The pessimism of a Schopenhauer says no more than this,—that the murder is a symptom; and that it is a vicious symptom because it belongs to a vicious whole, which can express its nature no otherwise than by bringing forth just such a symptom as that at this particular spot. Regret for the murder must transform itself, if we are determinists and wise, into a larger regret. It is absurd to regret the murder alone. Other things being what they are, it could not be different. What we should regret is that whole frame of things of which the murder is one member. I see no escape whatever from this pessimistic conclusion, if, being determinists, our judgment of regret is to be allowed to stand at all.

But according to the deterministic philosophy, the murder, the sentence, and the prisoner's optimism were all predetermined from the beginning; and nothing else had even a fleeting chance of replacing them. The determinists argue that accepting any alternative would be a betrayal of reason, so we must harden our hearts against that thought. And now, our plot thickens because we start to see the first of those challenging implications of determinism and monism that I want you to really grasp. If this Brockton murder was necessitated by the rest of the universe, if it had to happen at its scheduled time, and if nothing else could fit with the overall sense of things, what are we to think about the universe? Should we stubbornly cling to our feeling of regret and claim that, while it couldn’t be, it would have been a better universe without this Brockton murder? That seems like the natural reaction for us to have; yet, doing so amounts to embracing a kind of pessimism. The feeling of regret judges the murder as bad. To deem something bad implies, if it means anything at all, that it shouldn’t exist and that something else should occupy its place. Determinism, by denying that anything else could take its place, essentially defines the universe {162} as a realm where what ought to be is impossible—in other words, as a structure plagued by an incurable defect, a flaw that cannot be remedied. The pessimism of someone like Schopenhauer says no more than this—that the murder is a symptom; and it’s a harmful symptom because it reflects a fundamentally flawed system, which can only express itself through a symptom like this at this specific moment. Regret over the murder must grow, if we are determinists and wise, into a broader regret. It’s ridiculous to only regret the murder. Given the circumstances, it couldn't have turned out any other way. What we should regret is the entire framework of existence of which the murder is just one part. I see no way out of this pessimistic conclusion if we are to allow our judgment of regret to stand at all.

The only deterministic escape from pessimism is everywhere to abandon the judgment of regret. That this can be done, history shows to be not impossible. The devil, quoad existentiam, may be good. That is, although he be a principle of evil, yet the universe, with such a principle in it, may practically be a better universe than it could have been without. On every hand, in a small way, we find that a certain amount of evil is a condition by which a higher form of good is bought. There is nothing to prevent anybody from generalizing this view, and trusting that if we could but see things in the largest of all ways, even such matters as this Brockton murder would appear to be paid for by the uses that follow in their train. An optimism quand même, a systematic and infatuated optimism like that ridiculed by Voltaire in his Candide, is one of the possible {163} ideal ways in which a man may train himself to look on life. Bereft of dogmatic hardness and lit up with the expression of a tender and pathetic hope, such an optimism has been the grace of some of the most religious characters that ever lived.

The only certain way to escape pessimism is to let go of judging regret. History shows that this isn’t impossible. The devil, in terms of existence, can actually be good. Even though he represents evil, the universe, with such a principle, might practically be a better place than it would be without him. In many small ways, we see that a certain amount of evil can lead to a greater good. There’s nothing stopping anyone from generalizing this idea and believing that if we could see the bigger picture, even tragic events like the Brockton murder would seem justified by the outcomes that follow. An optimism, irrespective of circumstances, a systematic and almost naive optimism like the one satirized by Voltaire in his Candide, is one of the ways a person can train themselves to view life. Free from rigid dogma and filled with a gentle, hopeful expression, this kind of optimism has been a gift to some of the most devout individuals who ever lived.

"Throb thine with Nature's throbbing breast,
And all is clear from east to west."

"Beat with nature’s rhythmic pulse,
And everything is clear from east to west."

Even cruelty and treachery may be among the absolutely blessed fruits of time, and to quarrel with any of their details may be blasphemy. The only real blasphemy, in short, may be that pessimistic temper of the soul which lets it give way to such things as regrets, remorse, and grief.

Even cruelty and betrayal can be some of the truly blessed outcomes of time, and arguing over any of their specifics might be seen as disrespectful. In short, the only real disrespect might be that negative attitude of the soul that allows it to succumb to feelings like regret, remorse, and sadness.

Thus, our deterministic pessimism may become a deterministic optimism at the price of extinguishing our judgments of regret.

Thus, our fixed negative outlook may turn into a fixed positive outlook if it means letting go of our feelings of regret.

But does not this immediately bring us into a curious logical predicament? Our determinism leads us to call our judgments of regret wrong, because they are pessimistic in implying that what is impossible yet ought to be. But how then about the judgments of regret themselves? If they are wrong, other judgments, judgments of approval presumably, ought to be in their place. But as they are necessitated, nothing else can be in their place; and the universe is just what it was before,—namely, a place in which what ought to be appears impossible. We have got one foot out of the pessimistic bog, but the other one sinks all the deeper. We have rescued our actions from the bonds of evil, but our judgments are now held fast. When murders and treacheries cease to be sins, regrets are theoretic absurdities and errors. The theoretic and the active life thus play a kind of {164} see-saw with each other on the ground of evil. The rise of either sends the other down. Murder and treachery cannot be good without regret being bad: regret cannot be good without treachery and murder being bad. Both, however, are supposed to have been foredoomed; so something must be fatally unreasonable, absurd, and wrong in the world. It must be a place of which either sin or error forms a necessary part. From this dilemma there seems at first sight no escape. Are we then so soon to fall back into the pessimism from which we thought we had emerged? And is there no possible way by which we may, with good intellectual consciences, call the cruelties and the treacheries, the reluctances and the regrets, all good together?

But doesn’t this immediately put us in a strange logical bind? Our belief in determinism makes us say our feelings of regret are wrong because they pessimistically suggest that what’s impossible should be. But what about those feelings of regret themselves? If they’re wrong, then other judgments, probably ones of approval, should take their place. But since they’re predetermined, nothing else can take their place; the universe remains exactly as it was before—namely, a place where what should be seems impossible. We’ve managed to pull one foot out of the pessimistic swamp, but the other sinks in deeper. We’ve freed our actions from the chains of wrongdoing, but our judgments are now stuck. When murder and betrayal stop being sins, regrets become purely theoretical nonsense and errors. The theoretical and active lives thus create a kind of see-saw on the foundation of evil. The rise of one causes the other to fall. Murder and betrayal can’t be seen as good unless regret is seen as bad: regret can’t be good unless betrayal and murder are seen as bad. Yet both are assumed to have been predetermined; something must be fundamentally unreasonable, absurd, and wrong in this world. It must be a place where either sin or error is an essential part. At first glance, there seems to be no way out of this dilemma. Are we to quickly fall back into the pessimism we thought we had left behind? And is there no way we can, with clear intellectual integrity, consider cruelty and betrayal, reluctance and regret, all good together?

Certainly there is such a way, and you are probably most of you ready to formulate it yourselves. But, before doing so, remark how inevitably the question of determinism and indeterminism slides us into the question of optimism and pessimism, or, as our fathers called it, 'the question of evil.' The theological form of all these disputes is the simplest and the deepest, the form from which there is the least escape,—not because, as some have sarcastically said, remorse and regret are clung to with a morbid fondness by the theologians as spiritual luxuries, but because they are existing facts of the world, and as such must be taken into account in the deterministic interpretation of all that is fated to be. If they are fated to be error, does not the bat's wing of irrationality still cast its shadow over the world?

There’s definitely a way to approach this, and many of you are likely able to express it on your own. But before you do, notice how the question of determinism versus indeterminism inevitably leads us to the question of optimism and pessimism, or, as our predecessors referred to it, 'the problem of evil.' The theological aspect of all these arguments is both the simplest and the most profound, and it's one from which there's little escape—not because, as some have mockingly suggested, theologians hold on to remorse and regret as if they are some kind of spiritual luxury, but because they are real aspects of the world that must be considered in any deterministic view of what is meant to happen. If these things are destined to be errors, doesn’t the irrationality still cast its shadow over the world?


The refuge from the quandary lies, as I said, not far off. The necessary acts we erroneously regret {165} may be good, and yet our error in so regretting them may be also good, on one simple condition; and that condition is this: The world must not be regarded as a machine whose final purpose is the making real of any outward good, but rather as a contrivance for deepening the theoretic consciousness of what goodness and evil in their intrinsic natures are. Not the doing either of good or of evil is what nature cares for, but the knowing of them. Life is one long eating of the fruit of the tree of knowledge. I am in the habit, in thinking to myself, of calling this point of view the gnostical point of view. According to it, the world is neither an optimism nor a pessimism, but a gnosticism. But as this term may perhaps lead to some misunderstandings, I will use it as little as possible here, and speak rather of subjectivism, and the subjectivistic point of view.

The way out of the dilemma is, as I mentioned, not far away. The actions we mistakenly regret {165} may actually be good, and our error in regretting them could also be good, but only under one simple condition: the world should not be seen as a machine whose ultimate goal is to achieve any external good. Instead, it should be viewed as a means to deepen our theoretical understanding of the true nature of goodness and evil. Nature isn't concerned with whether we do good or evil; it's more about our awareness of them. Life is essentially a continual experience of the fruit of the tree of knowledge. I often think of this perspective as the gnostical viewpoint. From this angle, the world is neither optimistic nor pessimistic, but rather a gnosticism. However, since this term might lead to misunderstandings, I will use it sparingly and instead refer to subjectivism and the subjectivistic perspective.

Subjectivism has three great branches,—we may call them scientificism, sentimentalism, and sensualism, respectively. They all agree essentially about the universe, in deeming that what happens there is subsidiary to what we think or feel about it. Crime justifies its criminality by awakening our intelligence of that criminality, and eventually our remorses and regrets; and the error included in remorses and regrets, the error of supposing that the past could have been different, justifies itself by its use. Its use is to quicken our sense of what the irretrievably lost is. When we think of it as that which might have been ('the saddest words of tongue or pen'), the quality of its worth speaks to us with a wilder sweetness; and, conversely, the dissatisfaction wherewith we think of what seems to have driven it from its natural place gives us the severer pang. Admirable artifice of {166} nature! we might be tempted to exclaim,—deceiving us in order the better to enlighten us, and leaving nothing undone to accentuate to our consciousness the yawning distance of those opposite poles of good and evil between which creation swings.

Subjectivism has three main branches—we can call them scientificism, sentimentalism, and sensualism. They all fundamentally agree about the universe, believing that what happens there is secondary to what we think or feel about it. Crime justifies its criminality by making us aware of that criminality, eventually leading to our guilt and regrets; and the mistake in feeling guilt and regrets—the mistake of thinking that the past could have been different—justifies itself through its purpose. That purpose is to sharpen our awareness of what is irretrievably lost. When we think of it as something that could have happened ('the saddest words of tongue or pen'), its value resonates with a deeper sweetness; and, on the other hand, the dissatisfaction we feel about what seems to have pushed it from its rightful place gives us a sharper pain. How clever is nature! we might be tempted to exclaim—deceiving us to better enlighten us, leaving nothing undone to highlight the vast distance between the opposing poles of good and evil that creation navigates.

We have thus clearly revealed to our view what may be called the dilemma of determinism, so far as determinism pretends to think things out at all. A merely mechanical determinism, it is true, rather rejoices in not thinking them out. It is very sure that the universe must satisfy its postulate of a physical continuity and coherence, but it smiles at any one who comes forward with a postulate of moral coherence as well. I may suppose, however, that the number of purely mechanical or hard determinists among you this evening is small. The determinism to whose seductions you are most exposed is what I have called soft determinism,—the determinism which allows considerations of good and bad to mingle with those of cause and effect in deciding what sort of a universe this may rationally be held to be. The dilemma of this determinism is one whose left horn is pessimism and whose right horn is subjectivism. In other words, if determinism is to escape pessimism, it must leave off looking at the goods and ills of life in a simple objective way, and regard them as materials, indifferent in themselves, for the production of consciousness, scientific and ethical, in us.

We have clearly laid out what might be called the dilemma of determinism, as far as it claims to analyze things at all. A purely mechanical determinism, it’s true, takes pride in not thinking them through. It confidently believes that the universe must fulfill its requirement of physical continuity and coherence, but it scoffs at anyone who presents a need for moral coherence too. However, I assume that the number of purely mechanical or hard determinists among you right now is small. The type of determinism you are most likely to be swayed by is what I refer to as soft determinism — the kind that allows considerations of good and bad to mix with those of cause and effect in deciding what kind of universe we can rationally believe in. The dilemma of this determinism has one side that leads to pessimism and the other that leads to subjectivism. In other words, if determinism is to avoid pessimism, it must stop viewing the goods and ills of life in a simplistic objective manner and instead see them as materials, indifferent in themselves, for producing consciousness—both scientific and ethical—in us.

To escape pessimism is, as we all know, no easy task. Your own studies have sufficiently shown you the almost desperate difficulty of making the notion that there is a single principle of things, and that principle absolute perfection, rhyme together with {167} our daily vision of the facts of life. If perfection be the principle, how comes there any imperfection here? If God be good, how came he to create—or, if he did not create, how comes he to permit—the devil? The evil facts must be explained as seeming: the devil must be whitewashed, the universe must be disinfected, if neither God's goodness nor his unity and power are to remain impugned. And of all the various ways of operating the disinfection, and making bad seem less bad, the way of subjectivism appears by far the best.[6]

To escape pessimism is, as we all know, no easy task. Your own studies have clearly shown you the almost desperate difficulty of making the idea that there is a single principle of everything, and that principle being absolute perfection, fit together with our daily view of life’s facts. If perfection is the principle, why is there imperfection here? If God is good, how did he create the devil—or, if he didn’t create him, why does he allow him? The evil facts must be explained as appearing to be so: the devil must be painted in a better light, the universe must be cleaned up, if we are to avoid questioning either God’s goodness or his unity and power. And of all the different ways to sanitize and make bad things seem less bad, the approach of subjectivism appears to be the best.[6]

For, after all, is there not something rather absurd in our ordinary notion of external things being good or bad in themselves? Can murders and treacheries, considered as mere outward happenings, or motions of matter, be bad without any one to feel their badness? And could paradise properly be good in the absence of a sentient principle by which the goodness was perceived? Outward goods and evils seem practically indistinguishable except in so far as they result in getting moral judgments made about them. But then the moral judgments seem the main thing, and the outward facts mere perishing instruments for their production. This is subjectivism. Every one must at some time have wondered at that strange paradox of our moral nature, that, though the {168} pursuit of outward good is the breath of its nostrils, the attainment of outward good would seem to be its suffocation and death. Why does the painting of any paradise or Utopia, in heaven or on earth, awaken such yawnings for nirvana and escape? The white-robed harp-playing heaven of our sabbath-schools, and the ladylike tea-table elysium represented in Mr. Spencer's Data of Ethics, as the final consummation of progress, are exactly on a par in this respect,—lubberlands, pure and simple, one and all.[7] We look upon them from this delicious mess of insanities and realities, strivings and deadnesses, hopes and fears, agonies and exultations, which forms our present state, and tedium vitae is the only sentiment they awaken in our breasts. To our crepuscular natures, born for the conflict, the Rembrandtesque moral chiaroscuro, the shifting struggle of the sunbeam in the gloom, such pictures of light upon light are vacuous and expressionless, and neither to be enjoyed nor understood. If this be the whole fruit of the victory, we say; if the generations of mankind suffered and laid down their lives; if prophets confessed and martyrs sang in the fire, and all the sacred tears were shed for no other end than that a race of creatures of such unexampled insipidity should succeed, and protract in saecula saeculorum their contented and inoffensive lives,—why, at such a rate, better lose than win the battle, or at all events better ring down the curtain before the last act of the play, so that a business that began so importantly may be saved from so singularly flat a winding-up.

Because, after all, isn’t there something quite absurd about our usual idea that external things are inherently good or bad? Can acts of murder and betrayal, viewed simply as events or movements of matter, really be bad if no one is there to feel that badness? And can paradise truly be good if there’s no conscious being to perceive its goodness? External goods and evils seem almost indistinguishable except in how they lead to moral judgments about them. But then, those moral judgments seem to be what really matters, while the external facts are just fleeting tools for creating those judgments. This is subjectivism. Everyone must have at some point pondered that strange contradiction in our moral nature: that while the pursuit of external good is vital to us, achieving that external good seems to suffocate and kill that very drive. Why does depicting any paradise or Utopia, whether in heaven or on earth, stir such a longing for nirvana and escape? The idyllic, harp-playing heaven of our Sunday schools and the genteel, tea party paradise shown in Mr. Spencer's Data of Ethics, as the ultimate outcome of progress, are completely equal in this sense—just fantasy lands, plain and simple. We look at them from our delightful mess of insanities and realities, struggles and stagnation, hopes and fears, pains and joys, and all they evoke in us is a sense of weariness with life. For our twilight natures, born for conflict, the dark and light moral contrasts, the shifting play of sunlight in the shadows, such images of light upon light feel empty and expressionless, neither enjoyable nor comprehensible. If this is the whole reward for the victory, we think; if generations of humanity suffered and died; if prophets confessed and martyrs sang in the flames, and all those sacred tears were shed for no greater purpose than to allow a race of such unmatched dullness to thrive, stretching their contented and harmless lives on and on, then at this rate, it’s better to lose than to win the battle, or at least better to drop the curtain before the last act of the play, so that a story that began so importantly can be spared such an unusually flat ending.

{169}

All this is what I should instantly say, were I called on to plead for gnosticism; and its real friends, of whom you will presently perceive I am not one, would say without difficulty a great deal more. Regarded as a stable finality, every outward good becomes a mere weariness to the flesh. It must be menaced, be occasionally lost, for its goodness to be fully felt as such. Nay, more than occasionally lost. No one knows the worth of innocence till he knows it is gone forever, and that money cannot buy it back. Not the saint, but the sinner that repenteth, is he to whom the full length and breadth, and height and depth, of life's meaning is revealed. Not the absence of vice, but vice there, and virtue holding her by the throat, seems the ideal human state. And there seems no reason to suppose it not a permanent human state. There is a deep truth in what the school of Schopenhauer insists on,—the illusoriness of the notion of moral progress. The more brutal forms of evil that go are replaced by others more subtle and more poisonous. Our moral horizon moves with us as we move, and never do we draw nearer to the far-off line where the black waves and the azure meet. The final purpose of our creation seems most plausibly to be the greatest possible enrichment of our ethical consciousness, through the intensest play of contrasts and the widest diversity of characters. This of course obliges some of us to be vessels of wrath, while it calls others to be vessels of honor. But the subjectivist point of view reduces all these outward distinctions to a common denominator. The wretch languishing in the felon's cell may be drinking draughts of the wine of truth that will never pass the lips of the so-called favorite of fortune. And the peculiar consciousness of {170} each of them is an indispensable note in the great ethical concert which the centuries as they roll are grinding out of the living heart of man.

All this is what I would say right away if I had to defend gnosticism; and its true supporters, of whom you’ll soon see I’m not one, could easily say much more. When seen as a fixed endpoint, every external good becomes just a burden. It needs to be threatened or occasionally lost for its true value to be fully appreciated. In fact, it needs to be lost more than just occasionally. No one understands the value of innocence until they realize it’s gone forever, and money can’t bring it back. It's not the saint, but the sinner who repents that really understands the full meaning of life. It’s not the absence of vice but the presence of vice, with virtue holding it back, that seems to represent the ideal human condition. And there seems to be no reason to believe it isn’t a lasting human condition. There’s a deep truth in what the school of Schopenhauer argues—the illusion of moral progress. The more blatant forms of evil that disappear are replaced by others that are subtler and more harmful. Our moral perspective shifts with us, and we never get closer to the distant line where the dark waves meet the bright blue. The ultimate purpose of our existence seems most convincingly to be the greatest possible enhancement of our ethical awareness, through the strongest contrasts and the broadest variety of characters. This, of course, forces some of us to be vessels of wrath while calling others to be vessels of honor. However, the subjective viewpoint reduces all these outward differences to a common ground. The unfortunate person stuck in a prison cell might be experiencing insights that will never come to the so-called fortunate one. And the unique awareness of each person is an essential note in the grand ethical symphony that the centuries are producing from the living heart of humanity.

So much for subjectivism! If the dilemma of determinism be to choose between it and pessimism, I see little room for hesitation from the strictly theoretical point of view. Subjectivism seems the more rational scheme. And the world may, possibly, for aught I know, be nothing else. When the healthy love of life is on one, and all its forms and its appetites seem so unutterably real; when the most brutal and the most spiritual things are lit by the same sun, and each is an integral part of the total richness,—why, then it seems a grudging and sickly way of meeting so robust a universe to shrink from any of its facts and wish them not to be. Rather take the strictly dramatic point of view, and treat the whole thing as a great unending romance which the spirit of the universe, striving to realize its own content, is eternally thinking out and representing to itself.[8]

So much for subjectivism! If the dilemma of determinism is about choosing between it and pessimism, I see little reason to hesitate from a strictly theoretical perspective. Subjectivism seems like the more rational approach. And the world may, for all I know, be nothing else. When a healthy love for life is present, and all its forms and desires feel so incredibly real; when the most brutal and the most spiritual things are illuminated by the same sun, and each is an essential part of the overall richness—why would it be a resentful and unhealthy response to such a vibrant universe to shy away from any of its truths and wish they didn’t exist? Instead, adopt a purely dramatic perspective and view the whole thing as a grand, endless story that the spirit of the universe, aiming to realize its own essence, is continuously contemplating and expressing to itself.[8]


No one, I hope, will accuse me, after I have said all this, of underrating the reasons in favor of subjectivism. And now that I proceed to say why those reasons, strong as they are, fail to convince my own mind, I trust the presumption may be that my objections are stronger still.

No one, I hope, will accuse me of downplaying the reasons for subjectivism after I've said all this. Now that I'm about to explain why those reasons, no matter how strong, don't convince me, I trust it will be assumed that my objections are even stronger.

I frankly confess that they are of a practical order. If we practically take up subjectivism in a sincere and radical manner and follow its consequences, we meet with some that make us pause. Let a subjectivism {171} begin in never so severe and intellectual a way, it is forced by the law of its nature to develop another side of itself and end with the corruptest curiosity. Once dismiss the notion that certain duties are good in themselves, and that we are here to do them, no matter how we feel about them; once consecrate the opposite notion that our performances and our violations of duty are for a common purpose, the attainment of subjective knowledge and feeling, and that the deepening of these is the chief end of our lives,—and at what point on the downward slope are we to stop? In theology, subjectivism develops as its 'left wing' antinomianism. In literature, its left wing is romanticism. And in practical life it is either a nerveless sentimentality or a sensualism without bounds.

I honestly admit that they are practical matters. If we seriously and thoroughly address subjectivism and follow its implications, we encounter some that make us think twice. Let subjectivism begin in the most serious and intellectual way, but it is pushed by the nature of its essence to reveal another aspect of itself and end in the most corrupt curiosity. Once we reject the idea that certain duties are inherently good, and that we are here to perform them regardless of our feelings; once we accept the contrary idea that our actions and failures in duty serve a common goal, which is the pursuit of personal knowledge and feelings, and that enhancing these is the main purpose of our lives—at what point on the decline do we stop? In theology, subjectivism develops its 'left wing' as antinomianism. In literature, its left wing is romanticism. And in real life, it manifests as either a lack of emotional strength or limitless sensualism.

Everywhere it fosters the fatalistic mood of mind. It makes those who are already too inert more passive still; it renders wholly reckless those whose energy is already in excess. All through history we find how subjectivism, as soon as it has a free career, exhausts itself in every sort of spiritual, moral, and practical license. Its optimism turns to an ethical indifference, which infallibly brings dissolution in its train. It is perfectly safe to say now that if the Hegelian gnosticism, which has begun to show itself here and in Great Britain, were to become a popular philosophy, as it once was in Germany, it would certainly develop its left wing here as there, and produce a reaction of disgust. Already I have heard a graduate of this very school express in the pulpit his willingness to sin like David, if only he might repent like David. You may tell me he was only sowing his wild, or rather his tame, oats; and perhaps he was. But the point is {172} that in the subjectivistic or gnostical philosophy oat-sowing, wild or tame, becomes a systematic necessity and the chief function of life. After the pure and classic truths, the exciting and rancid ones must be experienced; and if the stupid virtues of the philistine herd do not then come in and save society from the influence of the children of light, a sort of inward putrefaction becomes its inevitable doom.

Everywhere, it promotes a fatalistic mindset. It makes those who are already passive even more so, and it makes those with too much energy completely reckless. Throughout history, we've seen how subjectivism, when given free rein, leads to all kinds of spiritual, moral, and practical chaos. Its optimism morphs into ethical indifference, which inevitably leads to breakdown. It's safe to say that if the Hegelian gnosticism that’s starting to appear here and in Great Britain were to become popular like it was in Germany, it would likely develop a left wing here as well and cause a backlash. I've already heard a graduate from this very school say from the pulpit that he would be willing to sin like David, as long as he could repent like David. You might argue he was just sowing his wild—or rather, tame—oats, and maybe he was. But the crux is that in subjectivistic or gnostic philosophy, sowing oats, whether wild or tame, becomes a necessary part of life and its primary function. After experiencing pure and classic truths, one seeks out the exciting and putrid as well, and if the dull virtues of the average person don’t step in to save society from the influence of the enlightened ones, a kind of internal decay becomes its inevitable fate.

Look at the last runnings of the romantic school, as we see them in that strange contemporary Parisian literature, with which we of the less clever countries are so often driven to rinse out our minds after they have become clogged with the dulness and heaviness of our native pursuits. The romantic school began with the worship of subjective sensibility and the revolt against legality of which Rousseau was the first great prophet: and through various fluxes and refluxes, right wings and left wings, it stands to-day with two men of genius, M. Renan and M. Zola, as its principal exponents,—one speaking with its masculine, and the other with what might be called its feminine, voice. I prefer not to think now of less noble members of the school, and the Renan I have in mind is of course the Renan of latest dates. As I have used the term gnostic, both he and Zola are gnostics of the most pronounced sort. Both are athirst for the facts of life, and both think the facts of human sensibility to be of all facts the most worthy of attention. Both agree, moreover, that sensibility seems to be there for no higher purpose,—certainly not, as the Philistines say, for the sake of bringing mere outward rights to pass and frustrating outward wrongs. One dwells on the sensibilities for their energy, the other for their sweetness; one speaks with a voice of {173} bronze, the other with that of an Æolian harp; one ruggedly ignores the distinction of good and evil, the other plays the coquette between the craven unmanliness of his Philosophic Dialogues and the butterfly optimism of his Souvenirs de Jeunesse. But under the pages of both there sounds incessantly the hoarse bass of vanitas vanitatum, omnia vanitas, which the reader may hear, whenever he will, between the lines. No writer of this French romantic school has a word of rescue from the hour of satiety with the things of life,—the hour in which we say, "I take no pleasure in them,"—or from the hour of terror at the world's vast meaningless grinding, if perchance such hours should come. For terror and satiety are facts of sensibility like any others; and at their own hour they reign in their own right. The heart of the romantic utterances, whether poetical, critical, or historical, is this inward remedilessness, what Carlyle calls this far-off whimpering of wail and woe. And from this romantic state of mind there is absolutely no possible theoretic escape. Whether, like Renan, we look upon life in a more refined way, as a romance of the spirit; or whether, like the friends of M. Zola, we pique ourselves on our 'scientific' and 'analytic' character, and prefer to be cynical, and call the world a 'roman experimental' on an infinite scale,—in either case the world appears to us potentially as what the same Carlyle once called it, a vast, gloomy, solitary Golgotha and mill of death.

Check out the final expressions of the romantic school, as we see reflected in that unusual contemporary Parisian literature, which we in less sophisticated countries often feel compelled to engage with after our minds have been weighed down by the dullness and heaviness of our own pursuits. The romantic school started with the celebration of personal sensitivity and the rebellion against strict rules that Rousseau first prophetically represented. Through various changes, with shifts to both extremes, it stands today with two brilliant figures, M. Renan and M. Zola, as its key representatives—one expressing its masculine voice, and the other its more feminine tone. I prefer not to focus on the less admirable members of the school, and the Renan I refer to is, of course, the most recent one. As I’ve used the term "gnostic," both he and Zola are pronounced gnostics. They both thirst for the truths of life and view the realities of human sensitivity as the most deserving of attention. Additionally, they both agree that sensibility seems to exist for no greater purpose—certainly not, as those of limited understanding claim, just to achieve external rights or correct external wrongs. One emphasizes the drive of sensibilities, while the other highlights their gentleness; one speaks with a voice like bronze, the other like an Æolian harp. One bluntly dismisses the distinction between good and evil, while the other flirts coyly between the cowardly unmanliness of his Philosophic Dialogues and the lighthearted optimism of his Souvenirs de Jeunesse. Yet beneath the words of both, the harsh undertone of vanitas vanitatum, omnia vanitas persists, which readers can catch whenever they read between the lines. No writer from this French romantic school offers any relief from the point of overwhelming dissatisfaction with life's offerings—the moment when we say, "I find no joy in them,"—or from the terror of the world’s vast, meaningless grinding if such moments arise. For terror and dissatisfaction are aspects of sensitivity just like any others; they each reign in their own right when their time comes. The core of the romantic expressions, whether poetic, critical, or historical, is this deep, inescapable despair, what Carlyle called this distant whining of sorrow and pain. And from this romantic mindset, there’s absolutely no theoretical escape. Whether we, like Renan, view life more refined and see it as a spiritual romance, or whether we, like Zola’s friends, take pride in our 'scientific' and 'analytical' approach and choose to be cynical, referring to the world as an 'experimental novel' on an infinite scale—in either case, the world appears to us as what Carlyle once described: a vast, gloomy, lonely Golgotha and a mill of death.

The only escape is by the practical way. And since I have mentioned the nowadays much-reviled name of Carlyle, let me mention it once more, and say it is the way of his teaching. No matter for Carlyle's life, no matter for a great deal of his {174} writing. What was the most important thing he said to us? He said: "Hang your sensibilities! Stop your snivelling complaints, and your equally snivelling raptures! Leave off your general emotional tomfoolery, and get to WORK like men!" But this means a complete rupture with the subjectivist philosophy of things. It says conduct, and not sensibility, is the ultimate fact for our recognition. With the vision of certain works to be done, of certain outward changes to be wrought or resisted, it says our intellectual horizon terminates. No matter how we succeed in doing these outward duties, whether gladly and spontaneously, or heavily and unwillingly, do them we somehow must; for the leaving of them undone is perdition. No matter how we feel; if we are only faithful in the outward act and refuse to do wrong, the world will in so far be safe, and we quit of our debt toward it. Take, then, the yoke upon our shoulders; bend our neck beneath the heavy legality of its weight; regard something else than our feeling as our limit, our master, and our law; be willing to live and die in its service,—and, at a stroke, we have passed from the subjective into the objective philosophy of things, much as one awakens from some feverish dream, full of bad lights and noises, to find one's self bathed in the sacred coolness and quiet of the air of the night.

The only way out is the practical route. And since I've mentioned the currently unpopular name of Carlyle, let me bring it up again and say that it's part of his teaching. It doesn’t matter about Carlyle's life or a lot of his writing. What was the most important thing he told us? He said: "Forget your sensitivities! Stop your whining complaints and your equally pathetic celebrations! Cut out the emotional nonsense, and get to WORK like real men!" But this means a complete break from the subjectivist philosophy. It states that behavior, not feelings, is what truly matters for us to recognize. With the awareness of certain tasks to accomplish and certain changes to bring about or resist, our intellectual limits are set. No matter how we manage these outward responsibilities—whether we do them happily and spontaneously or grudgingly and unwillingly—we must do them somehow; leaving them undone is destructive. No matter how we feel; if we are only faithful in the actions and refuse to do wrong, the world will be safer, and we have fulfilled our duty to it. So, let’s take on the burden; lower our heads to the heavy weight of its legality; focus on something other than our feelings as our boundary, our master, and our law; be willing to live and die in its service,—and in a moment, we move from a subjective to an objective understanding of things, much like awakening from a feverish dream filled with harsh lights and sounds to find ourselves refreshed in the sacred coolness and stillness of the night air.

But what is the essence of this philosophy of objective conduct, so old-fashioned and finite, but so chaste and sane and strong, when compared with its romantic rival? It is the recognition of limits, foreign and opaque to our understanding. It is the willingness, after bringing about some external good, to feel at peace; for our responsibility ends with the {175} performance of that duty, and the burden of the rest we may lay on higher powers.[9]

But what is the core of this philosophy of objective behavior, which seems so outdated and limited, yet is so pure, reasonable, and strong compared to its more romantic counterpart? It's the understanding of boundaries, which are strange and unclear to us. It's the readiness, after achieving some external benefit, to feel at ease; because our responsibility ends with fulfilling that duty, and we can leave the rest to higher powers.{175}[9]

"Look to thyself, O Universe,
Thou art better and not worse,"

"Look to yourself, O Universe,
You are better and not worse,"

we may say in that philosophy, the moment we have done our stroke of conduct, however small. For in the view of that philosophy the universe belongs to a plurality of semi-independent forces, each one of which may help or hinder, and be helped or hindered by, the operations of the rest.

we can say in that philosophy, as soon as we take any action, no matter how small. Because in that philosophy, the universe is made up of many semi-independent forces, each of which can help or hinder others, and be helped or hindered by them as well.


But this brings us right back, after such a long detour, to the question of indeterminism and to the conclusion of all I came here to say to-night. For the only consistent way of representing a pluralism and a world whose parts may affect one another through their conduct being either good or bad is the indeterministic way. What interest, zest, or excitement can there be in achieving the right way, unless we are enabled to feel that the wrong way is also a possible and a natural way,—nay, more, a menacing and an imminent way? And what sense can there be in condemning ourselves for taking the wrong way, unless we need have done nothing of the sort, unless the right way was open to us as well? I cannot understand the willingness to act, no matter how we feel, without the belief that acts are really good and bad. I cannot understand the belief that an act is bad, without regret at its happening. I cannot understand regret without the admission of real, genuine possibilities in the world. Only then is it {176} other than a mockery to feel, after we have failed to do our best, that an irreparable opportunity is gone from the universe, the loss of which it must forever after mourn.

But this brings us right back, after such a long detour, to the question of indeterminism and to the conclusion of everything I came here to say tonight. For the only consistent way to represent a pluralism and a world where parts can affect each other through their actions being either good or bad is the indeterministic way. What interest, excitement, or thrill can there be in finding the right path, unless we feel that the wrong path is also a possible and natural option—indeed, a threatening and imminent one? And what sense is there in blaming ourselves for taking the wrong path, unless we could have avoided it, unless the right path was available to us as well? I can’t understand the willingness to act, no matter how we feel, without believing that actions are truly good and bad. I can't grasp the belief that an action is bad without feeling regret over it. I can't comprehend regret without acknowledging real, genuine possibilities in the world. Only then is it {176} anything but a mockery to feel that after we've failed to do our best, an irreparable opportunity has vanished from the universe, the loss of which it must forever mourn.


If you insist that this is all superstition, that possibility is in the eye of science and reason impossibility, and that if I act badly 'tis that the universe was foredoomed to suffer this defect, you fall right back into the dilemma, the labyrinth, of pessimism and subjectivism, from out of whose toils we have just wound our way.

If you insist that this is all just superstition, that what seems possible to science and reason is actually impossible, and that if I behave poorly it’s because the universe was doomed to have this flaw, you end up right back in the dilemma and confusion of pessimism and subjectivism, from which we have just managed to escape.

Now, we are of course free to fall back, if we please. For my own part, though, whatever difficulties may beset the philosophy of objective right and wrong, and the indeterminism it seems to imply, determinism, with its alternative of pessimism or romanticism, contains difficulties that are greater still. But you will remember that I expressly repudiated awhile ago the pretension to offer any arguments which could be coercive in a so-called scientific fashion in this matter. And I consequently find myself, at the end of this long talk, obliged to state my conclusions in an altogether personal way. This personal method of appeal seems to be among the very conditions of the problem; and the most any one can do is to confess as candidly as he can the grounds for the faith that is in him, and leave his example to work on others as it may.

Now, we’re obviously free to backtrack if we want. For my part, however, no matter the challenges that might arise from the philosophy of objective right and wrong, and the uncertainty it suggests, determinism, with its alternatives of pessimism or romanticism, poses even bigger challenges. But you’ll recall that I clearly rejected the idea of presenting any arguments that could be forceful in a so-called scientific way in this discussion. So, at the end of this lengthy conversation, I feel I must express my conclusions in a completely personal way. This personal approach seems to be part of the problem itself; and all anyone can really do is honestly share the reasons for their beliefs and let their example influence others as it will.

Let me, then, without circumlocution say just this. The world is enigmatical enough in all conscience, whatever theory we may take up toward it. The indeterminism I defend, the free-will theory of popular sense based on the judgment of regret, represents {177} that world as vulnerable, and liable to be injured by certain of its parts if they act wrong. And it represents their acting wrong as a matter of possibility or accident, neither inevitable nor yet to be infallibly warded off. In all this, it is a theory devoid either of transparency or of stability. It gives us a pluralistic, restless universe, in which no single point of view can ever take in the whole scene; and to a mind possessed of the love of unity at any cost, it will, no doubt, remain forever inacceptable. A friend with such a mind once told me that the thought of my universe made him sick, like the sight of the horrible motion of a mass of maggots in their carrion bed.

Let me be straightforward and say this. The world is confusing enough, regardless of the perspective we adopt. The indeterminism I support, the free-will theory based on feelings of regret, portrays the world as vulnerable and susceptible to damage by certain parts if they act wrongly. It views their wrongful actions as possible or accidental, neither unavoidable nor completely preventable. This theory lacks clarity and consistency. It presents a diverse, chaotic universe, where no single viewpoint can grasp the entire picture; and for a person who craves unity at any cost, it will likely always be unacceptable. A friend with such a mindset once told me that the idea of my universe made him feel nauseous, like watching a mass of maggots squirming in a rotting pile.

But while I freely admit that the pluralism and the restlessness are repugnant and irrational in a certain way, I find that every alternative to them is irrational in a deeper way. The indeterminism with its maggots, if you please to speak so about it, offends only the native absolutism of my intellect,—an absolutism which, after all, perhaps, deserves to be snubbed and kept in check. But the determinism with its necessary carrion, to continue the figure of speech, and with no possible maggots to eat the latter up, violates my sense of moral reality through and through. When, for example, I imagine such carrion as the Brockton murder, I cannot conceive it as an act by which the universe, as a whole, logically and necessarily expresses its nature without shrinking from complicity with such a whole. And I deliberately refuse to keep on terms of loyalty with the universe by saying blankly that the murder, since it does flow from the nature of the whole, is not carrion. There are some instinctive reactions which {178} I, for one, will not tamper with. The only remaining alternative, the attitude of gnostical romanticism, wrenches my personal instincts in quite as violent a way. It falsifies the simple objectivity of their deliverance. It makes the goose-flesh the murder excites in me a sufficient reason for the perpetration of the crime. It transforms life from a tragic reality into an insincere melodramatic exhibition, as foul or as tawdry as any one's diseased curiosity pleases to carry it out. And with its consecration of the 'roman naturaliste' state of mind, and its enthronement of the baser crew of Parisian littérateurs among the eternally indispensable organs by which the infinite spirit of things attains to that subjective illumination which is the task of its life, it leaves me in presence of a sort of subjective carrion considerably more noisome than the objective carrion I called it in to take away.

But while I totally acknowledge that pluralism and the constant unrest are off-putting and illogical in some ways, I see that every alternative to them is even more irrational. The uncertainty with its unpleasant aspects, if you want to refer to it that way, only bothers my innate absolutism, which maybe deserves to be challenged and kept in check. However, determinism with its inevitable decay, to stick with that metaphor, and with no possible factors to take care of it, completely violates my sense of moral reality. For instance, when I think about something like the Brockton murder, I can’t see it as just an act in which the universe logically and necessarily presents its nature without feeling complicit in that idea. I purposely refuse to stay loyal to the universe by saying that since the murder stems from the nature of the whole, it can’t be considered decay. There are some instinctive responses that I will not mess with. The only remaining option, the perspective of romantic knowledge, twists my personal instincts in just as harsh a manner. It distorts the straightforward objectivity of their conclusion. It makes the chill that the murder sparks in me a valid excuse for the crime’s occurrence. It turns life from a tragic reality into a fake melodramatic display, as disgusting or as tacky as anyone's curiosity might desire. And with its celebration of the 'roman naturaliste' mindset, and its elevation of the less respectable crowd of Parisian writers among the essential influences through which the infinite spirit of things achieves the subjective insight that’s its purpose, it leaves me facing a kind of subjective decay that’s even more revolting than the objective decay I initially called in to remove.

No! better a thousand times, than such systematic corruption of our moral sanity, the plainest pessimism, so that it be straightforward; but better far than that the world of chance. Make as great an uproar about chance as you please, I know that chance means pluralism and nothing more. If some of the members of the pluralism are bad, the philosophy of pluralism, whatever broad views it may deny me, permits me, at least, to turn to the other members with a clean breast of affection and an unsophisticated moral sense. And if I still wish to think of the world as a totality, it lets me feel that a world with a chance in it of being altogether good, even if the chance never come to pass, is better than a world with no such chance at all. That 'chance' whose very notion I am exhorted and conjured to banish {179} from my view of the future as the suicide of reason concerning it, that 'chance' is—what? Just this,—the chance that in moral respects the future may be other and better than the past has been. This is the only chance we have any motive for supposing to exist. Shame, rather, on its repudiation and its denial! For its presence is the vital air which lets the world live, the salt which keeps it sweet.

No! It’s a thousand times better than that kind of systematic corruption of our moral sanity, the clearest pessimism, as long as it’s straightforward; but far better than a world of chance. Make as much noise about chance as you want, but I know that chance just means diversity and nothing more. If some aspects of that diversity are negative, the philosophy of pluralism, no matter how broad it may seem, at least allows me to approach the others with a clear heart and an honest moral sense. If I still want to view the world as a whole, it allows me to feel that a world with a chance of being entirely good, even if that chance never materializes, is better than a world with no such chance at all. That 'chance' that I’m urged to eliminate from my outlook on the future as if it were the death of reason regarding it—what is that 'chance'? Just this: the chance that, in moral terms, the future could be different and better than the past has been. That’s the only chance we have any reason to believe in. Shame on denying and rejecting it! Its presence is the vital air that keeps the world alive, the salt that keeps it sweet.


And here I might legitimately stop, having expressed all I care to see admitted by others to-night. But I know that if I do stop here, misapprehensions will remain in the minds of some of you, and keep all I have said from having its effect; so I judge it best to add a few more words.

And here I could rightfully end, having shared everything I want others to acknowledge tonight. But I know that if I stop here, some of you might still misunderstand, which would prevent my words from having their intended impact; so I think it’s best to add a few more thoughts.

In the first place, in spite of all my explanations, the word 'chance' will still be giving trouble. Though you may yourselves be adverse to the deterministic doctrine, you wish a pleasanter word than 'chance' to name the opposite doctrine by; and you very likely consider my preference for such a word a perverse sort of a partiality on my part. It certainly is a bad word to make converts with; and you wish I had not thrust it so butt-foremost at you,—you wish to use a milder term.

In the first place, despite all my explanations, the word 'chance' is still causing problems. Even though you might not agree with the deterministic view, you'd prefer a nicer word than 'chance' to describe the opposing view; and you probably think my preference for this word is an odd bias on my part. It really is a poor choice for convincing people; you wish I hadn't pushed it so forcefully on you—you’d prefer to use a gentler term.

Well, I admit there may be just a dash of perversity in its choice. The spectacle of the mere word-grabbing game played by the soft determinists has perhaps driven me too violently the other way; and, rather than be found wrangling with them for the good words, I am willing to take the first bad one which comes along, provided it be unequivocal. The question is of things, not of eulogistic names for them; and the best word is the one that enables men to {180} know the quickest whether they disagree or not about the things. But the word 'chance,' with its singular negativity, is just the word for this purpose. Whoever uses it instead of 'freedom,' squarely and resolutely gives up all pretence to control the things he says are free. For him, he confesses that they are no better than mere chance would be. It is a word of impotence, and is therefore the only sincere word we can use, if, in granting freedom to certain things, we grant it honestly, and really risk the game. "Who chooses me must give and forfeit all he hath." Any other word permits of quibbling, and lets us, after the fashion of the soft determinists, make a pretence of restoring the caged bird to liberty with one hand, while with the other we anxiously tie a string to its leg to make sure it does not get beyond our sight.

Well, I admit there might be a bit of stubbornness in my choice. The spectacle of the word-fighting game played by the soft determinists has probably pushed me too far in the opposite direction; instead of arguing with them over the best words, I'm willing to take the first bad one that comes along, as long as it's clear. The issue is about things, not flattering names for them; and the best word is the one that helps people understand quickly whether they agree or disagree about the things. The word 'chance,' with its clear negativity, is perfect for this. Anyone who uses it instead of 'freedom' is clearly and honestly giving up any pretense of controlling the things they claim are free. For them, it admits that those things are no better than mere chance. It's a word of impotence, and thus it's the only genuine word we can use if, in granting freedom to certain things, we do so honestly, truly taking a risk. "Who chooses me must give and forfeit all he has." Any other word allows for arguing and lets us, like the soft determinists, pretend to set the caged bird free with one hand, while with the other we anxiously tie a string to its leg to make sure it doesn’t get out of our sight.


But now you will bring up your final doubt. Does not the admission of such an unguaranteed chance or freedom preclude utterly the notion of a Providence governing the world? Does it not leave the fate of the universe at the mercy of the chance-possibilities, and so far insecure? Does it not, in short, deny the craving of our nature for an ultimate peace behind all tempests, for a blue zenith above all clouds?

But now you might raise your last concern. Doesn’t accepting such an uncertain chance or freedom completely undermine the idea of a Providence overseeing the world? Doesn’t it leave the fate of the universe vulnerable to random possibilities, making it somewhat unstable? Doesn’t it, ultimately, challenge our deep desire for a lasting peace beyond all turmoil, for a clear sky above all clouds?

To this my answer must be very brief. The belief in free-will is not in the least incompatible with the belief in Providence, provided you do not restrict the Providence to fulminating nothing but fatal decrees. If you allow him to provide possibilities as well as actualities to the universe, and to carry on his own thinking in those two categories just as we do ours, chances may be there, uncontrolled even by him, and the course of the universe be really ambiguous; {181} and yet the end of all things may be just what he intended it to be from all eternity.

My answer has to be very short. Believing in free will doesn’t conflict with believing in Providence, as long as you don't limit Providence to making only fatal decrees. If you let Him provide both possibilities and realities to the universe, and think in those two ways just like we do, then there might be chances that are beyond His control, making the universe genuinely uncertain; {181} yet, the ultimate outcome could be exactly what He always intended it to be.

An analogy will make the meaning of this clear. Suppose two men before a chessboard,—the one a novice, the other an expert player of the game. The expert intends to beat. But he cannot foresee exactly what any one actual move of his adversary may be. He knows, however, all the possible moves of the latter; and he knows in advance how to meet each of them by a move of his own which leads in the direction of victory. And the victory infallibly arrives, after no matter how devious a course, in the one predestined form of check-mate to the novice's king.

An analogy will help clarify this. Imagine two men in front of a chessboard—one is a beginner, and the other is an expert player. The expert aims to win. However, he can't predict exactly what move his opponent will make next. He does know all the possible moves the beginner can make, and he has a plan for how to respond to each of them in a way that leads toward victory. Eventually, victory is guaranteed, no matter how complicated the path, culminating in the inevitable checkmate of the beginner's king.

Let now the novice stand for us finite free agents, and the expert for the infinite mind in which the universe lies. Suppose the latter to be thinking out his universe before he actually creates it. Suppose him to say, I will lead things to a certain end, but I will not now[10] decide on all the steps thereto. At various points, ambiguous possibilities shall be left {182} open, either of which, at a given instant, may become actual. But whichever branch of these bifurcations become real, I know what I shall do at the next bifurcation to keep things from drifting away from the final result I intend.[11]

Let’s imagine the beginner represents us as finite free agents, while the expert symbolizes the infinite mind that encompasses the universe. Picture the expert thinking through his universe before he actually creates it. Imagine him saying, “I will guide things towards a specific outcome, but I won’t decide on every step to get there right now.” At various points, he will leave ambiguous possibilities open, either of which might become real at any given moment. But no matter which path these options take, he knows exactly what he’ll do at the next decision point to ensure things stay on track towards the final result he aims for.

The creator's plan of the universe would thus be left blank as to many of its actual details, but all possibilities would be marked down. The realization of some of these would be left absolutely to chance; that is, would only be determined when the moment of realization came. Other possibilities would be contingently determined; that is, their decision would have to wait till it was seen how the matters of absolute chance fell out. But the rest of the plan, including its final upshot, would be rigorously determined once for all. So the creator himself would not need to know all the details of actuality until they came; and at any time his own view of the world would be a view partly of facts and partly of possibilities, exactly as ours is now. Of one thing, however, he might be certain; and that is that his world was safe, and that no matter how much it might zig-zag he could surely bring it home at last.

The creator's plan for the universe would be incomplete when it comes to many of its actual details, but every possibility would be noted. The realization of some of these would rely entirely on chance; in other words, they would only be determined when the moment of realization arrived. Other possibilities would be contingently determined; that is, their decisions would have to wait until it was seen how the outcomes of absolute chance turned out. However, the rest of the plan, including its final outcome, would be firmly established once and for all. So the creator wouldn’t need to know all the details of reality until they happened; at any moment, his perspective on the world would be a mix of facts and possibilities, just like ours is today. One thing he could be sure of, though, is that his world was secure, and no matter how much it might meander, he could ultimately bring it to a safe conclusion.

{183}

Now, it is entirely immaterial, in this scheme, whether the creator leave the absolute chance-possibilities to be decided by himself, each when its proper moment arrives, or whether, on the contrary, he alienate this power from himself, and leave the decision out and out to finite creatures such as we men are. The great point is that the possibilities are really here. Whether it be we who solve them, or he working through us, at those soul-trying moments when fate's scales seem to quiver, and good snatches the victory from evil or shrinks nerveless from the fight, is of small account, so long as we admit that the issue is decided nowhere else than here and now. That is what gives the palpitating reality to our moral life and makes it tingle, as Mr. Mallock says, with so strange and elaborate an excitement. This reality, this excitement, are what the determinisms, hard and soft alike, suppress by their denial that anything is decided here and now, and their dogma that all things were foredoomed and settled long ago. If it be so, may you and I then have been foredoomed to the error of continuing to believe in liberty.[12] It is fortunate for the winding up of controversy that in every discussion with determinism this argumentum ad hominem can be its adversary's last word.

Now, in this framework, it doesn't really matter whether the creator allows every moment of chance to be determined by himself when the time comes, or if he instead delegates that power completely to finite beings like us. The main point is that the possibilities are truly here. Whether it’s us who resolve them, or he working through us during those intense moments when fate hangs in the balance, and good triumphs over evil or shies away from the conflict, is of little importance, as long as we acknowledge that the outcome is determined only here and now. That is what gives our moral lives a powerful reality and makes it resonate, as Mr. Mallock notes, with such an unusual and intricate excitement. This reality and excitement are what the various forms of determinism, both strict and lenient, suppress by their claim that nothing is decided here and now, and their belief that everything was predetermined and resolved long ago. If that’s the case, then perhaps you and I are predestined to be mistaken in continuing to believe in freedom.[12] It’s fortunate for resolving debates that in every argument with determinism, this argumentum ad hominem can be the final response from its challengers.



[1] An Address to the Harvard Divinity Students, published in the Unitarian Review for September, 1884.

[1] An Address to the Harvard Divinity Students, published in the Unitarian Review for September, 1884.

[2] And I may now say Charles S. Peirce,—see the Monist, for 1892-93.

[2] And I can now mention Charles S. Peirce—check out the Monist for 1892-93.

[3] "The whole history of popular beliefs about Nature refutes the notion that the thought of a universal physical order can possibly have arisen from the purely passive reception and association of particular perceptions. Indubitable as it is that men infer from known cases to unknown, it is equally certain that this procedure, if restricted to the phenomenal materials that spontaneously offer themselves, would never have led to the belief in a general uniformity, but only to the belief that law and lawlessness rule the world in motley alternation. From the point of view of strict experience, nothing exists but the sum of particular perceptions, with their coincidences on the one hand, their contradictions on the other.

[3] "The entire history of popular beliefs about nature disproves the idea that the concept of a universal physical order could have originated solely from the passive reception and association of specific perceptions. While it’s clear that people draw conclusions from known cases to unknown ones, it’s also true that if this process were limited to the sensory materials that simply present themselves, it would not have resulted in the belief in a general uniformity. Instead, it would have led to the belief that law and chaos govern the world in a random alternation. From the perspective of strict experience, all that exists is the collection of particular perceptions, characterized by coincidences on one side and contradictions on the other."

"That there is more order in the world than appears at first sight is not discovered; till the order is looked for. The first impulse to look for it proceeds from practical needs: where ends must be attained, or produce a result. But the practical need is only the first occasion for our reflection on the conditions of true knowledge; and even were there no such need, motives would still be present for carrying us beyond the stage of mere association. For not with an equal interest, or rather with an equal lack of interest, does man contemplate those natural processes in which a thing is linked with its former mate, and those in which it is linked to something else. The former processes harmonize with the conditions of his own thinking: the latter do not. In the former, his concepts, general judgments, and inferences apply to reality: in the latter, they have no such application. And thus the intellectual satisfaction which at first comes to him without reflection, at last excites in him the conscious wish to find realized throughout the entire phenomenal world those rational continuities, uniformities, and necessities which are the fundamental element and guiding principle of his own thought." (Sigwart, Logik, bd. 3, s. 382.)

"There's actually more order in the world than we notice at first glance, but you don't discover it until you actively look for it. The initial drive to search for order comes from practical needs: where we need to achieve specific goals or produce results. However, this practical need is just the starting point for reflecting on what true knowledge requires. Even without any practical need, there would still be reasons to push ourselves beyond just making associations. People don't show the same level of interest, or rather indifference, when they observe natural processes that connect a thing to its previous state versus those that link it to something completely different. The former processes match the way he thinks, while the latter do not. In the first case, his concepts, general judgments, and inferences align with reality; in the second, they simply don’t fit. As a result, the initial intellectual satisfaction that comes to him without any deep thought eventually ignites a conscious desire to find those rational connections, regularities, and necessities throughout the entire observable world, which are the core elements and guiding principles of his own thinking." (Sigwart, Logik, bd. 3, s. 382.)

[4] Speaking technically, it is a word with a positive denotation, but a connotation that is negative. Other things must be silent about what it is: it alone can decide that point at the moment in which it reveals itself.

[4] Technically speaking, it's a word that has a positive meaning, but a negative implication. Other factors have to remain quiet about what it is: only it can determine that when it makes itself known.

[5] A favorite argument against free-will is that if it be true, a man's murderer may as probably be his best friend as his worst enemy, a mother be as likely to strangle as to suckle her first-born, and all of us be as ready to jump from fourth-story windows as to go out of front doors, etc. Users of this argument should properly be excluded from debate till they learn what the real question is. 'Free-will' does not say that everything that is physically conceivable is also morally possible. It merely says that of alternatives that really tempt our will more than one is really possible. Of course, the alternatives that do thus tempt our will are vastly fewer than the physical possibilities we can coldly fancy. Persons really tempted often do murder their best friends, mothers do strangle their first-born, people do jump out of fourth-story windows, etc.

[5] A common argument against free will is that if it exists, a person's murderer could just as likely be their best friend as their worst enemy, a mother might as easily strangle as nourish her first child, and everyone could just as readily jump out of a fourth-story window as walk out of the front door. People who use this argument should be set aside until they grasp what the actual question is. 'Free will' doesn’t claim that everything physically possible is also morally acceptable. It simply states that among the options that truly tempt our will, there is more than one that is genuinely possible. Of course, the options that actually tempt our will are far fewer than the physical possibilities we can imagine dispassionately. People who are really tempted do sometimes murder their best friends, mothers do strangle their firstborn, and people do jump out of fourth-story windows, etc.

[6] To a reader who says he is satisfied with a pessimism, and has no objection to thinking the whole bad, I have no more to say: he makes fewer demands on the world than I, who, making them, wish to look a little further before I give up all hope of having them satisfied. If, however, all he means is that the badness of some parts does not prevent his acceptance of a universe whose other parts give him satisfaction, I welcome him as an ally. He has abandoned the notion of the Whole, which is the essence of deterministic monism, and views things as a pluralism, just as I do in this paper.

[6] To a reader who claims he’s fine with pessimism and doesn’t mind thinking everything is bad, I have nothing more to say: he has lower expectations of the world than I do. I, on the other hand, want to hold out hope for my demands to be met before I give up entirely. However, if what he means is that the flaws in some parts don’t stop him from accepting a universe where the other parts bring him satisfaction, then I welcome him as an ally. He has let go of the idea of the Whole, which is central to deterministic monism, and sees things through a pluralistic lens, just as I do in this paper.

[7] Compare Sir James Stephen's Essays by a Barrister, London, 1862, pp. 138, 318.

[7] Check out Sir James Stephen's Essays by a Barrister, London, 1862, pp. 138, 318.

[8] Cet univers est un spectacle que Dieu se donne à lui-même. Servons les intentions du grand chorège en contribuant à rendre le spectacle aussi brillant, aussi varié que possible.—RENAN.

[8] This universe is a show that God presents to Himself. Let's honor the intentions of the great conductor by helping to make the performance as brilliant and diverse as possible.—RENAN.

[9] The burden, for example, of seeing to it that the end of all our righteousness be some positive universal gain.

[9] The responsibility, for instance, of ensuring that the end of all our goodness leads to some meaningful benefit for everyone.

[10] This of course leaves the creative mind subject to the law of time. And to any one who insists on the timelessness of that mind I have no reply to make. A mind to whom all time is simultaneously present must see all things under the form of actuality, or under some form to us unknown. If he thinks certain moments as ambiguous in their content while future, he must simultaneously know how the ambiguity will have been decided when they are past. So that none of his mental judgments can possibly be called hypothetical, and his world is one from which chance is excluded. Is not, however, the timeless mind rather a gratuitous fiction? And is not the notion of eternity being given at a stroke to omniscience only just another way of whacking upon us the block-universe, and of denying that possibilities exist?—just the point to be proved. To say that time is an illusory appearance is only a roundabout manner of saying there is no real plurality, and that the frame of things is an absolute unit. Admit plurality, and time may be its form.

[10] This, of course, makes the creative mind subject to the laws of time. And for anyone who insists that such a mind is timeless, I have no response. A mind that perceives all time as simultaneously present must view everything in terms of actuality, or in a way that is unknown to us. If it views certain moments as ambiguous while they are still in the future, it must also know how that ambiguity will be resolved once those moments have passed. Therefore, none of its mental judgments can be considered hypothetical, and its world is one in which chance does not exist. However, isn't the idea of a timeless mind just a convenient fiction? And isn't the concept of eternity being suddenly granted to omniscience just another way of imposing the block-universe idea on us and denying the existence of possibilities?—that's precisely the question at hand. To claim that time is an illusory appearance is merely a roundabout way of asserting that there is no real plurality, and that the framework of reality is an absolute unity. Recognize plurality, and time may be its expression.

[11] And this of course means 'miraculous' interposition, but not necessarily of the gross sort our fathers took such delight in representing, and which has so lost its magic for us. Emerson quotes some Eastern sage as saying that if evil were really done under the sun, the sky would incontinently shrivel to a snakeskin and cast it out in spasms. But, says Emerson, the spasms of Nature are years and centuries; and it will tax man's patience to wait so long. We may think of the reserved possibilities God keeps in his own hand, under as invisible and molecular and slowly self-summating a form as we please. We may think of them as counteracting human agencies which he inspires ad hoc. In short, signs and wonders and convulsions of the earth and sky are not the only neutralizers of obstruction to a god's plans of which it is possible to think.

[11] And this obviously refers to 'miraculous' intervention, but not necessarily in the overt way our ancestors loved to depict, which has lost its charm for us. Emerson mentions some Eastern sage who said that if evil were truly happening under the sun, the sky would immediately shrivel up like a snakeskin and eject it in convulsions. But, according to Emerson, Nature's convulsions take years and centuries; it will test humanity's patience to wait that long. We might consider the hidden possibilities God holds in His hands, in as invisible and minute a form as we can imagine, slowly accumulating. We can view them as forces counteracting human actions that He inspires ad hoc. In summary, signs, wonders, and upheavals of the earth and sky aren't the only ways to neutralize obstacles to a god's plans that one can conceive of.

[12] As long as languages contain a future perfect tense, determinists, following the bent of laziness or passion, the lines of least resistance, can reply in that tense, saying, "It will have been fated," to the still small voice which urges an opposite course; and thus excuse themselves from effort in a quite unanswerable way.

[12] As long as languages have a future perfect tense, determinists, driven by laziness or passion, take the easy way out. They can respond in that tense, saying, "It will have been fated," to the quiet voice urging them to choose a different path; and in doing so, they can justify avoiding effort in an entirely convincing manner.




{184}

THE MORAL PHILOSOPHER AND THE MORAL LIFE.[1]

The main purpose of this paper is to show that there is no such thing possible as an ethical philosophy dogmatically made up in advance. We all help to determine the content of ethical philosophy so far as we contribute to the race's moral life. In other words, there can be no final truth in ethics any more than in physics, until the last man has had his experience and said his say. In the one case as in the other, however, the hypotheses which we now make while waiting, and the acts to which they prompt us, are among the indispensable conditions which determine what that 'say' shall be.

The main purpose of this paper is to demonstrate that there’s no such thing as an ethical philosophy that’s rigidly established ahead of time. We all play a role in shaping the content of ethical philosophy based on our contributions to humanity's moral life. In other words, there can be no final truth in ethics any more than in physics until the last person has had their experiences and shared their opinions. In both cases, however, the theories we create while we wait, and the actions they inspire, are essential factors that influence what that “say” will be.


First of all, what is the position of him who seeks an ethical philosophy? To begin with, he must be distinguished from all those who are satisfied to be ethical sceptics. He will not be a sceptic; therefore so far from ethical scepticism being one possible fruit of ethical philosophizing, it can only be regarded as that residual alternative to all philosophy which from the outset menaces every would-be philosopher who may give up the quest discouraged, and renounce his original aim. That aim is to find an account of the moral relations that obtain among things, which {185} will weave them into the unity of a stable system, and make of the world what one may call a genuine universe from the ethical point of view. So far as the world resists reduction to the form of unity, so far as ethical propositions seem unstable, so far does the philosopher fail of his ideal. The subject-matter of his study is the ideals he finds existing in the world; the purpose which guides him is this ideal of his own, of getting them into a certain form. This ideal is thus a factor in ethical philosophy whose legitimate presence must never be overlooked; it is a positive contribution which the philosopher himself necessarily makes to the problem. But it is his only positive contribution. At the outset of his inquiry he ought to have no other ideals. Were he interested peculiarly in the triumph of any one kind of good, he would pro tanto cease to be a judicial investigator, and become an advocate for some limited element of the case.

First of all, what is the position of someone seeking an ethical philosophy? To start, they need to be distinguished from those who are content being ethical skeptics. They will not be a skeptic; therefore, ethical skepticism can't be seen as a possible outcome of ethical philosophizing. Instead, it should be viewed as that leftover option that threatens all aspiring philosophers who might give up the search in frustration and abandon their original goal. That goal is to find a way to explain the moral relationships that exist among things, which {185} will connect them into a cohesive system, making the world what could be called a genuine universe from an ethical standpoint. The more the world resists being simplified into a unified form, and the more unstable ethical propositions seem, the more the philosopher falls short of their ideal. The subject of their study is the ideals that exist in the world; the purpose guiding them is their own ideal of arranging those ideals in a certain way. This ideal is therefore an important aspect of ethical philosophy that should never be overlooked; it’s a positive contribution that the philosopher inherently brings to the issue. But it's their only positive contribution. At the beginning of their inquiry, they shouldn't have any other ideals. If they were particularly interested in the success of any one type of good, they would pro tanto stop being an impartial investigator and turn into an advocate for a specific part of the case.


There are three questions in ethics which must be kept apart. Let them be called respectively the psychological question, the metaphysical question, and the casuistic question. The psychological question asks after the historical origin of our moral ideas and judgments; the metaphysical question asks what the very meaning of the words 'good,' 'ill,' and 'obligation' are; the casuistic question asks what is the measure of the various goods and ills which men recognize, so that the philosopher may settle the true order of human obligations.

There are three distinct questions in ethics that need to be separated. Let's refer to them as the psychological question, the metaphysical question, and the casuistic question. The psychological question is concerned with the historical origin of our moral ideas and judgments; the metaphysical question explores the true meaning of the terms 'good,' 'bad,' and 'obligation'; and the casuistic question examines how we measure the various goods and evils that people recognize, so that philosophers can determine the correct order of human obligations.


I.

The psychological question is for most disputants the only question. When your ordinary doctor of {186} divinity has proved to his own satisfaction that an altogether unique faculty called 'conscience' must be postulated to tell us what is right and what is wrong; or when your popular-science enthusiast has proclaimed that 'apriorism' is an exploded superstition, and that our moral judgments have gradually resulted from the teaching of the environment, each of these persons thinks that ethics is settled and nothing more is to be said. The familiar pair of names, Intuitionist and Evolutionist, so commonly used now to connote all possible differences in ethical opinion, really refer to the psychological question alone. The discussion of this question hinges so much upon particular details that it is impossible to enter upon it at all within the limits of this paper. I will therefore only express dogmatically my own belief, which is this,—that the Benthams, the Mills, and the Barns have done a lasting service in taking so many of our human ideals and showing how they must have arisen from the association with acts of simple bodily pleasures and reliefs from pain. Association with many remote pleasures will unquestionably make a thing significant of goodness in our minds; and the more vaguely the goodness is conceived of, the more mysterious will its source appear to be. But it is surely impossible to explain all our sentiments and preferences in this simple way. The more minutely psychology studies human nature, the more clearly it finds there traces of secondary affections, relating the impressions of the environment with one another and with our impulses in quite different ways from those mere associations of coexistence and succession which are practically all that pure empiricism can admit. Take the love of drunkenness; take bashfulness, the terror {187} of high places, the tendency to sea-sickness, to faint at the sight of blood, the susceptibility to musical sounds; take the emotion of the comical, the passion for poetry, for mathematics, or for metaphysics,—no one of these things can be wholly explained by either association or utility. They go with other things that can be so explained, no doubt; and some of them are prophetic of future utilities, since there is nothing in us for which some use may not be found. But their origin is in incidental complications to our cerebral structure, a structure whose original features arose with no reference to the perception of such discords and harmonies as these.

The psychological aspect is, for most people in debate, the only question that matters. When your typical doctor of divinity has convinced himself that we need to assume a unique ability called 'conscience' to determine right from wrong; or when your casual science enthusiast claims that 'apriorism' is an outdated myth and that our moral judgments have evolved from environmental influences, both believe that ethics is settled and there's nothing more to discuss. The common terms, Intuitionist and Evolutionist, used to signify various ethical viewpoints, really only point to the psychological aspect. The conversation around this topic is so detailed that it’s impossible to explore it fully in this paper. So, I will just state my belief directly: the Benthams, Mills, and Barns have made a significant contribution by illustrating how many of our ideals stem from our experiences with simple physical pleasures and relief from pain. Connecting many distant pleasures can certainly make something seem good in our minds; the less clearly we define goodness, the more mysterious its origins seem. However, it’s clearly inadequate to explain all our feelings and preferences in such straightforward terms. The more psychology analyzes human nature, the more it discovers layers of secondary emotions that connect environmental impressions and our impulses in ways that simplistic associations can’t account for. Consider the love of intoxication; consider shyness, fear of heights, vulnerability to seasickness, faintness at the sight of blood, and sensitivity to music; consider our sense of humor, passion for poetry, mathematics, or metaphysics—none of these can be fully explained by mere association or utility. They may accompany things that can be explained this way, and some may hint at future usefulness since there is nothing within us for which some kind of use can't be found. However, their origins lie in the incidental complexities of our brain structure, which developed without regard to the perception of these kinds of dissonances and harmonies.

Well, a vast number of our moral perceptions also are certainly of this secondary and brain-born kind. They deal with directly felt fitnesses between things, and often fly in the teeth of all the prepossessions of habit and presumptions of utility. The moment you get beyond the coarser and more commonplace moral maxims, the Decalogues and Poor Richard's Almanacs, you fall into schemes and positions which to the eye of common-sense are fantastic and overstrained. The sense for abstract justice which some persons have is as excentric a variation, from the natural-history point of view, as is the passion for music or for the higher philosophical consistencies which consumes the soul of others. The feeling of the inward dignity of certain spiritual attitudes, as peace, serenity, simplicity, veracity; and of the essential vulgarity of others, as querulousness, anxiety, egoistic fussiness, etc.,—are quite inexplicable except by an innate preference of the more ideal attitude for its own pure sake. The nobler thing tastes better, and that is all that we can say. {188} 'Experience' of consequences may truly teach us what things are wicked, but what have consequences to do with what is mean and vulgar? If a man has shot his wife's paramour, by reason of what subtile repugnancy in things is it that we are so disgusted when we hear that the wife and the husband have made it up and are living comfortably together again? Or if the hypothesis were offered us of a world in which Messrs. Fourier's and Bellamy's and Morris's Utopias should all be outdone, and millions kept permanently happy on the one simple condition that a certain lost soul on the far-off edge of things should lead a life of lonely torture, what except a specifical and independent sort of emotion can it be which would make us immediately feel, even though an impulse arose within us to clutch at the happiness so offered, how hideous a thing would be its enjoyment when deliberately accepted as the fruit of such a bargain? To what, once more, but subtile brain-born feelings of discord can be due all these recent protests against the entire race-tradition of retributive justice?—I refer to Tolstoi with his ideas of non-resistance, to Mr. Bellamy with his substitution of oblivion for repentance (in his novel of Dr. Heidenhain's Process), to M. Guyau with his radical condemnation of the punitive ideal. All these subtileties of the moral sensibility go as much beyond what can be ciphered out from the 'laws of association' as the delicacies of sentiment possible between a pair of young lovers go beyond such precepts of the 'etiquette to be observed during engagement' as are printed in manuals of social form.

Well, a lot of our moral understandings definitely come from this secondary, brain-driven type. They involve immediate feelings about how things fit together and often contradict our usual habits and ideas of practicality. Once you move past the basic and more common moral teachings, like the Ten Commandments and Poor Richard's Almanacs, you enter into beliefs and positions that seem bizarre and exaggerated to common sense. The sense of abstract justice that some people have is as eccentric, from a natural history perspective, as the passion for music or the intense philosophical reasoning that drives others. The feeling of the inner dignity in certain spiritual states, like peace, serenity, simplicity, and honesty; and the essential crudeness of others, like complaining, anxiety, and selfish fussiness, can only be explained by an innate preference for the more ideal state just for its own sake. The nobler thing simply feels better, and that's all we can say. {188} 'Experience' of consequences may genuinely teach us what things are wicked, but what do consequences have to do with what is mean and vulgar? If a man has shot his wife’s lover, why do we feel so repulsed when we hear that the wife and husband have reconciled and are living happily together again? Or if we imagine a world where the Utopias of Fourier, Bellamy, and Morris are all surpassed, and millions are kept permanently happy on the one simple condition that a certain lost soul lives in lonely torment on the outskirts of reality, what else but a specific and independent emotion makes us feel, even if there’s a temptation to embrace that happiness, how awful it would be to accept that enjoyment as the result of such a deal? To what, again, but subtle, brain-based feelings of disagreement, can all these recent objections to the entire traditional concept of retributive justice be traced?—I’m referring to Tolstoy with his ideas of non-resistance, to Mr. Bellamy with his idea of replacing repentance with oblivion (in his novel Dr. Heidenhain's Process), to M. Guyau with his outright rejection of the punitive ideal. All these nuances of moral sensitivity go far beyond what can be calculated from the "laws of association," just as the delicate feelings that can develop between young lovers extend way past the rules of "etiquette for engagements" found in social guides.

No! Purely inward forces are certainly at work here. All the higher, more penetrating ideals are {189} revolutionary. They present themselves far less in the guise of effects of past experience than in that of probable causes of future experience, factors to which the environment and the lessons it has so far taught as must learn to bend.

No! Clearly, internal forces are definitely at play here. All the greater, deeper ideals are revolutionary. They appear much more as potential causes of future experiences rather than as effects of past experiences, factors to which the environment and the lessons it has taught us so far must learn to adapt.

This is all I can say of the psychological question now. In the last chapter of a recent work[2] I have sought to prove in a general way the existence, in our thought, of relations which do not merely repeat the couplings of experience. Our ideals have certainly many sources. They are not all explicable as signifying corporeal pleasures to be gained, and pains to be escaped. And for having so constantly perceived this psychological fact, we must applaud the intuitionist school. Whether or not such applause must be extended to that school's other characteristics will appear as we take up the following questions.

This is all I can say about the psychological question for now. In the last chapter of a recent work[2], I have tried to generally prove the existence, in our thinking, of connections that don’t just repeat the pairings of experience. Our ideals definitely have many origins. They can't all be explained simply as representing physical pleasures to pursue and pains to avoid. And for consistently recognizing this psychological reality, we should commend the intuitionist school. Whether we can extend that praise to other aspects of the school will become clear as we address the following questions.

The next one in order is the metaphysical question, of what we mean by the words 'obligation,' 'good,' and 'ill.'

The next one in line is the philosophical question of what we mean by the words 'obligation,' 'good,' and 'bad.'


II.

First of all, it appears that such words can have no application or relevancy in a world in which no sentient life exists. Imagine an absolutely material world, containing only physical and chemical facts, and existing from eternity without a God, without even an interested spectator: would there be any sense in saying of that world that one of its states is better than another? Or if there were two such worlds possible, would there be any rhyme or reason in calling one good and the other bad,—good or {190} bad positively, I mean, and apart from the fact that one might relate itself better than the other to the philosopher's private interests? But we must leave these private interests out of the account, for the philosopher is a mental fact, and we are asking whether goods and evils and obligations exist in physical facts per se. Surely there is no status for good and evil to exist in, in a purely insentient world. How can one physical fact, considered simply as a physical fact, be 'better' than another? Betterness is not a physical relation. In its mere material capacity, a thing can no more be good or bad than it can be pleasant or painful. Good for what? Good for the production of another physical fact, do you say? But what in a purely physical universe demands the production of that other fact? Physical facts simply are or are not; and neither when present or absent, can they be supposed to make demands. If they do, they can only do so by having desires; and then they have ceased to be purely physical facts, and have become facts of conscious sensibility. Goodness, badness, and obligation must be realised somewhere in order really to exist; and the first step in ethical philosophy is to see that no merely inorganic 'nature of things' can realize them. Neither moral relations nor the moral law can swing in vacuo. Their only habitat can be a mind which feels them; and no world composed of merely physical facts can possibly be a world to which ethical propositions apply.

First of all, it seems that such words have no real meaning or relevance in a world without sentient life. Imagine a completely material world, consisting only of physical and chemical facts, existing forever without a God or even an interested observer: would it make any sense to say that one state of that world is better than another? Or if there were two such worlds, would there be any logic in labeling one as good and the other as bad—good or bad in an absolute sense, apart from how they might relate to the philosopher's personal interests? But we should set aside these personal interests since the philosopher is a mental fact, and we are questioning whether goods, evils, and obligations exist in physical facts per se. Clearly, there is no status for good and evil to exist in a completely insentient world. How can one physical fact, considered as just a physical fact, be 'better' than another? Betterness isn't a physical relationship. In its mere material form, a thing cannot be good or bad any more than it can be pleasant or painful. Good for what? Good for producing another physical fact, you might say? But what in a purely physical universe requires the production of that other fact? Physical facts simply are or they are not; and whether present or absent, they cannot be assumed to make demands. If they do, they can only do so by having desires, at which point they are no longer purely physical facts but have become facts of conscious experience. Goodness, badness, and obligation must be realized somewhere to genuinely exist, and the first step in ethical philosophy is to recognize that no merely inorganic 'nature of things' can realize them. Neither moral relations nor the moral law can exist in vacuo. Their only home can be a mind that feels them; and no world made up of just physical facts can possibly be a world where ethical propositions apply.

The moment one sentient being, however, is made a part of the universe, there is a chance for goods and evils really to exist. Moral relations now have their status, in that being's consciousness. So far as he feels anything to be good, he makes it good. It {191} is good, for him; and being good for him, is absolutely good, for he is the sole creator of values in that universe, and outside of his opinion things have no moral character at all.

The moment a sentient being becomes part of the universe, there’s a possibility for good and evil to truly exist. Moral relationships now have their status in that being's awareness. As long as he perceives something as good, he makes it good. It {191} is good for him; and since it is good for him, it is absolutely good, because he is the only creator of values in that universe, and outside of his perspective, things have no moral character whatsoever.

In such a universe as that it would of course be absurd to raise the question of whether the solitary thinker's judgments of good and ill are true or not. Truth supposes a standard outside of the thinker to which he must conform; but here the thinker is a sort of divinity, subject to no higher judge. Let us call the supposed universe which he inhabits a moral solitude. In such a moral solitude it is clear that there can be no outward obligation, and that the only trouble the god-like thinker is liable to have will be over the consistency of his own several ideals with one another. Some of these will no doubt be more pungent and appealing than the rest, their goodness will have a profounder, more penetrating taste; they will return to haunt him with more obstinate regrets if violated. So the thinker will have to order his life with them as its chief determinants, or else remain inwardly discordant and unhappy. Into whatever equilibrium he may settle, though, and however he may straighten out his system, it will be a right system; for beyond the facts of his own subjectivity there is nothing moral in the world.

In a universe like that, it would obviously be ridiculous to question whether the solitary thinker's judgments of right and wrong are true or not. Truth implies a standard outside of the thinker that they must adhere to; but here, the thinker is like a god, not answerable to any higher authority. Let's call this imagined universe the moral solitude. In such a moral solitude, it's clear that there can be no external obligations, and the only issues the god-like thinker will face are about how consistent their various ideals are with one another. Some of these ideals will certainly be more intense and appealing than others; their goodness will have a deeper, more striking flavor, and they will linger with more stubborn regrets if violated. So, the thinker will need to shape their life around these as the main influences, or else they'll remain internally conflicted and unhappy. Whatever balance they find, and however they manage to organize their beliefs, it will be the right system; for beyond the facts of their own subjectivity, there is nothing moral in the world.

If now we introduce a second thinker with his likes and dislikes into the universe, the ethical situation becomes much more complex, and several possibilities are immediately seen to obtain.

If we now bring in a second thinker with his own preferences and aversions into the universe, the ethical situation becomes much more complicated, and several possibilities are immediately clear.

One of these is that the thinkers may ignore each other's attitude about good and evil altogether, and each continue to indulge his own preferences, indifferent to what the other may feel or do. In such a {192} case we have a world with twice as much of the ethical quality in it as our moral solitude, only it is without ethical unity. The same object is good or bad there, according as you measure it by the view which this one or that one of the thinkers takes. Nor can you find any possible ground in such a world for saying that one thinker's opinion is more correct than the other's, or that either has the truer moral sense. Such a world, in short, is not a moral universe but a moral dualism. Not only is there no single point of view within it from which the values of things can be unequivocally judged, but there is not even a demand for such a point of view, since the two thinkers are supposed to be indifferent to each other's thoughts and acts. Multiply the thinkers into a pluralism, and we find realized for us in the ethical sphere something like that world which the antique sceptics conceived of,—in which individual minds are the measures of all things, and in which no one 'objective' truth, but only a multitude of 'subjective' opinions, can be found.

One possibility is that the thinkers may completely disregard each other's views on good and evil, each continuing to pursue their own preferences, unaffected by what the other thinks or does. In this {192} situation, we end up with a world that has double the ethical content compared to our moral isolation, but it lacks ethical unity. The same object can be considered good or bad depending on the perspective of each thinker. Moreover, there’s no basis in such a world to claim that one thinker’s opinion is more accurate than another's, or that either possesses a more authentic moral sense. Essentially, this world is not a moral universe but a moral dualism. Not only is there no single perspective to clearly assess the values of things, but there isn’t even a need for such a perspective since the two thinkers are assumed to be indifferent to each other's thoughts and actions. When we expand the number of thinkers to a pluralistic view, we find something akin to the world envisioned by ancient skeptics—where individual minds are the measures of all things, and no single 'objective' truth exists, only a variety of 'subjective' opinions.

But this is the kind of world with which the philosopher, so long as he holds to the hope of a philosophy, will not put up. Among the various ideals represented, there must be, he thinks, some which have the more truth or authority; and to these the others ought to yield, so that system and subordination may reign. Here in the word 'ought' the notion of obligation comes emphatically into view, and the next thing in order must be to make its meaning clear.

But this is the kind of world that a philosopher, as long as he clings to the hope of philosophy, will not accept. Among the different ideals out there, he believes some must hold more truth or authority; and those should take precedence over others so that order and hierarchy can exist. Here, with the word 'should,' the idea of obligation comes into focus, and the next step must be to clarify its meaning.


Since the outcome of the discussion so far has been to show us that nothing can be good or right except {193} so far as some consciousness feels it to be good or thinks it to be right, we perceive on the very threshold that the real superiority and authority which are postulated by the philosopher to reside in some of the opinions, and the really inferior character which he supposes must belong to others, cannot be explained by any abstract moral 'nature of things' existing antecedently to the concrete thinkers themselves with their ideals. Like the positive attributes good and bad, the comparative ones better and worse must be realised in order to be real. If one ideal judgment be objectively better than another, that betterness must be made flesh by being lodged concretely in some one's actual perception. It cannot float in the atmosphere, for it is not a sort of meteorological phenomenon, like the aurora borealis or the zodiacal light. Its esse is percipi, like the esse of the ideals themselves between which it obtains. The philosopher, therefore, who seeks to know which ideal ought to have supreme weight and which one ought to be subordinated, must trace the ought itself to the de facto constitution of some existing consciousness, behind which, as one of the data of the universe, he as a purely ethical philosopher is unable to go. This consciousness must make the one ideal right by feeling it to be right, the other wrong by feeling it to be wrong. But now what particular consciousness in the universe can enjoy this prerogative of obliging others to conform to a rule which it lays down?

Since our discussion so far has shown us that nothing can be good or right except {193} as some consciousness feels it to be good or thinks it to be right, we realize right from the start that the real superiority and authority that philosophers claim exist in some opinions, and the truly inferior nature they assign to others, can't be explained by any abstract moral 'nature of things' that exists prior to actual thinkers and their ideals. Just like the positive qualities of good and bad, the comparative qualities of better and worse must be realized to actually be real. If one ideal judgment is objectively better than another, that betterness has to be embodied in someone's actual perception. It can't just exist out in the ether; it's not like a meteorological phenomenon, such as the northern lights or the zodiacal light. Its esse is percipi, just like the esse of the ideals themselves that it relates to. Therefore, a philosopher who wants to determine which ideal should have the most importance and which one should take a back seat must trace the ought back to the de facto makeup of some existing consciousness, beyond which, as a purely ethical philosopher, he cannot go. This consciousness must affirm one ideal as right by feeling it to be right, and the other as wrong by feeling it to be wrong. But now, which specific consciousness in the universe can hold this privilege of forcing others to follow a rule it establishes?

If one of the thinkers were obviously divine, while all the rest were human, there would probably be no practical dispute about the matter. The divine thought would be the model, to which the others should conform. But still the theoretic question {194} would remain, What is the ground of the obligation, even here?

If one of the thinkers was clearly divine, while all the others were human, there probably wouldn't be any real disagreement about it. The divine thought would serve as the standard to which the others should align. However, the theoretical question {194} would still persist: What is the basis of the obligation, even in this case?

In our first essays at answering this question, there is an inevitable tendency to slip into an assumption which ordinary men follow when they are disputing with one another about questions of good and bad. They imagine an abstract moral order in which the objective truth resides; and each tries to prove that this pre-existing order is more accurately reflected in his own ideas than in those of his adversary. It is because one disputant is backed by this overarching abstract order that we think the other should submit. Even so, when it is a question no longer of two finite thinkers, but of God and ourselves,—we follow our usual habit, and imagine a sort of de jure relation, which antedates and overarches the mere facts, and would make it right that we should conform our thoughts to God's thoughts, even though he made no claim to that effect, and though we preferred de facto to go on thinking for ourselves.

In our initial attempts to answer this question, there's a natural tendency to fall into an assumption that ordinary people make when they argue about what's good and bad. They envision an abstract moral order where objective truth exists, and each person tries to show that this pre-existing order aligns more closely with their own views than those of their opponent. It’s because one side has this overarching abstract order in their corner that we expect the other side to concede. However, when it comes to the debate not between two limited thinkers but between God and us, we stick to our usual behavior and imagine an ideal relationship that exists beyond the simple facts, which suggests that we should align our thoughts with God's thoughts, even if He never claimed that, and even if we would rather just think for ourselves.

But the moment we take a steady look at the question, we see not only that without a claim actually made by some concrete person there can be no obligation, but that there is some obligation wherever there is a claim. Claim and obligation are, in fact, coextensive terms; they cover each other exactly. Our ordinary attitude of regarding ourselves as subject to an overarching system of moral relations, true 'in themselves,' is therefore either an out-and-out superstition, or else it must be treated as a merely provisional abstraction from that real Thinker in whose actual demand upon us to think as he does our obligation must be ultimately based. In a theistic-ethical philosophy that thinker in question is, of {195} course, the Deity to whom the existence of the universe is due.

But when we take a close look at the question, we realize that without a claim made by a specific person, there can't be any obligation, but wherever there’s a claim, there is some obligation. Claim and obligation are actually intertwined terms; they completely overlap. Our usual belief that we are bound by a higher system of moral relationships, which are considered 'true in themselves,' is either a complete illusion or should be seen as a temporary simplification of the real Thinker, whose actual demand that we think as he does is what our obligation ultimately rests on. In a theistic-ethical philosophy, that Thinker is, of course, the Deity responsible for the existence of the universe. {195}

I know well how hard it is for those who are accustomed to what I have called the superstitious view, to realize that every de facto claim creates in so far forth an obligation. We inveterately think that something which we call the 'validity' of the claim is what gives to it its obligatory character, and that this validity is something outside of the claim's mere existence as a matter of fact. It rains down upon the claim, we think, from some sublime dimension of being, which the moral law inhabits, much as upon the steel of the compass-needle the influence of the Pole rains down from out of the starry heavens. But again, how can such an inorganic abstract character of imperativeness, additional to the imperativeness which is in the concrete claim itself, exist? Take any demand, however slight, which any creature, however weak, may make. Ought it not, for its own sole sake, to be satisfied? If not, prove why not. The only possible kind of proof you could adduce would be the exhibition of another creature who should make a demand that ran the other way. The only possible reason there can be why any phenomenon ought to exist is that such a phenomenon actually is desired. Any desire is imperative to the extent of its amount; it makes itself valid by the fact that it exists at all. Some desires, truly enough, are small desires; they are put forward by insignificant persons, and we customarily make light of the obligations which they bring. But the fact that such personal demands as these impose small obligations does not keep the largest obligations from being personal demands.

I understand how difficult it is for those who are used to what I call the superstitious view to realize that every de facto claim creates an obligation. We often believe that something we refer to as the 'validity' of the claim is what makes it obligatory, and that this validity is separate from the claim's mere existence as a fact. We think it falls onto the claim from some higher plane of being where moral law resides, similar to how the influence of the North Pole affects a compass needle from the stars above. But again, how can such an abstract and inorganic sense of obligation, separate from the actual claim itself, exist? Take any request, no matter how small, that any being, regardless of its weakness, might make. Shouldn't it be fulfilled for its own sake? If not, provide a reason why. The only possible proof you could give would be to show another being making a contrary demand. The only reason any phenomenon should exist is that it is genuinely desired. Any desire carries its own weight in terms of obligation; it validates itself simply by existing. Some desires, indeed, are minor; they come from insignificant individuals, and we typically overlook the obligations they carry. However, the fact that such personal demands might impose small obligations does not prevent the largest obligations from being personal demands.

If we must talk impersonally, to be sure we can say {196} that 'the universe' requires, exacts, or makes obligatory such or such an action, whenever it expresses itself through the desires of such or such a creature. But it is better not to talk about the universe in this personified way, unless we believe in a universal or divine consciousness which actually exists. If there be such a consciousness, then its demands carry the most of obligation simply because they are the greatest in amount. But it is even then not abstractly right that we should respect them. It is only concretely right,—or right after the fact, and by virtue of the fact, that they are actually made. Suppose we do not respect them, as seems largely to be the case in this queer world. That ought not to be, we say; that is wrong. But in what way is this fact of wrongness made more acceptable or intelligible when we imagine it to consist rather in the laceration of an à priori ideal order than in the disappointment of a living personal God? Do we, perhaps, think that we cover God and protect him and make his impotence over us less ultimate, when we back him up with this à priori blanket from which he may draw some warmth of further appeal? But the only force of appeal to us, which either a living God or an abstract ideal order can wield, is found in the 'everlasting ruby vaults' of our own human hearts, as they happen to beat responsive and not irresponsive to the claim. So far as they do feel it when made by a living consciousness, it is life answering to life. A claim thus livingly acknowledged is acknowledged with a solidity and fulness which no thought of an 'ideal' backing can render more complete; while if, on the other hand, the heart's response is withheld, the stubborn phenomenon is there of an impotence in the claims {197} which the universe embodies, which no talk about an eternal nature of things can gloze over or dispel. An ineffective à priori order is as impotent a thing as an ineffective God; and in the eye of philosophy, it is as hard a thing to explain.

If we have to speak impersonally, we can say that 'the universe' requires or demands certain actions whenever it expresses itself through the desires of different beings. However, it's better not to refer to the universe in this personified way unless we believe in a universal or divine consciousness that truly exists. If such a consciousness does exist, then its demands carry the most obligation simply because they are so significant. But even then, it is not inherently right for us to respect them. It is only right in a practical sense, meaning it's right after the fact and because those demands are actually made. Suppose we choose not to respect them, which seems mostly true in this odd world. We say that shouldn't be the case; that it's wrong. But how does this idea of wrongness become clearer or more acceptable if we think it arises from the violation of an ideal order rather than the disappointment of a living personal God? Do we think that by doing so, we shield God and lessen His power over us when we support Him with this ideal concept to give Him some kind of appeal? The only appeal either a living God or an abstract ideal can have is found within the 'everlasting ruby vaults' of our own hearts, as they resonate or fail to respond to the claim. If they do feel it when expressed by a living consciousness, it's life responding to life. A claim that is genuinely acknowledged is recognized with a depth and completeness that no idea of an ideal can enhance; whereas if the heart's response is absent, there's the undeniable reality of a lack of effectiveness in the claims that the universe presents, which no discussion about an eternal nature of things can gloss over or erase. An ineffective ideal order is just as powerless as an ineffective God; and from a philosophical perspective, it's equally challenging to explain.


We may now consider that what we distinguished as the metaphysical question in ethical philosophy is sufficiently answered, and that we have learned what the words 'good,' 'bad,' and 'obligation' severally mean. They mean no absolute natures, independent of personal support. They are objects of feeling and desire, which have no foothold or anchorage in Being, apart from the existence of actually living minds.

We can now say that the metaphysical question in ethical philosophy has been adequately addressed, and we've figured out what the terms 'good,' 'bad,' and 'obligation' really mean. They don't refer to absolute natures that exist independently of personal influence. Instead, they are based on feelings and desires that don't have any grounding or stability in reality, apart from the existence of actual living minds.

Wherever such minds exist, with judgments of good and ill, and demands upon one another, there is an ethical world in its essential features. Were all other things, gods and men and starry heavens, blotted out from this universe, and were there left but one rock with two loving souls upon it, that rock would have as thoroughly moral a constitution as any possible world which the eternities and immensities could harbor. It would be a tragic constitution, because the rock's inhabitants would die. But while they lived, there would be real good things and real bad things in the universe; there would be obligations, claims, and expectations; obediences, refusals, and disappointments; compunctions and longings for harmony to come again, and inward peace of conscience when it was restored; there would, in short, be a moral life, whose active energy would have no limit but the intensity of interest in each other with which the hero and heroine might be endowed.

Wherever there are people with a sense of right and wrong, and expectations of each other, there exists an ethical world in its essential form. Even if everything else—gods, humans, and the starry sky—were erased from the universe, and only one rock remained with two loving individuals on it, that rock would still have a moral framework as complete as any possible world that could exist in the vastness of time and space. It would be a tragic situation because the people on the rock would eventually die. However, while they were alive, there would be real good and real bad experiences in the universe; there would be duties, claims, and expectations; acts of obedience, refusals, and disappointments; feelings of guilt and a longing for harmony to return, along with a sense of inner peace when it was achieved. In short, there would be a moral life, driven by nothing but the depth of interest in each other that the hero and heroine shared.

{198}

We, on this terrestrial globe, so far as the visible facts go, are just like the inhabitants of such a rock. Whether a God exist, or whether no God exist, in yon blue heaven above us bent, we form at any rate an ethical republic here below. And the first reflection which this leads to is that ethics have as genuine and real a foothold in a universe where the highest consciousness is human, as in a universe where there is a God as well. 'The religion of humanity' affords a basis for ethics as well as theism does. Whether the purely human system can gratify the philosopher's demand as well as the other is a different question, which we ourselves must answer ere we close.

We, on this planet, as far as we can see, are just like the people living on a remote rock. Whether or not a God exists in the blue sky above us, we definitely create an ethical community here on Earth. The first thought this leads to is that ethics are just as valid and real in a universe where human consciousness is the highest as they are in a universe where a God exists. 'The religion of humanity' provides a foundation for ethics just like theism does. Whether the purely human system can satisfy a philosopher's needs as well as the other is a separate question that we have to answer before we conclude.


III.

The last fundamental question in Ethics was, it will be remembered, the casuistic question. Here we are, in a world where the existence of a divine thinker has been and perhaps always will be doubted by some of the lookers-on, and where, in spite of the presence of a large number of ideals in which human beings agree, there are a mass of others about which no general consensus obtains. It is hardly necessary to present a literary picture of this, for the facts are too well known. The wars of the flesh and the spirit in each man, the concupiscences of different individuals pursuing the same unshareable material or social prizes, the ideals which contrast so according to races, circumstances, temperaments, philosophical beliefs, etc.,—all form a maze of apparently inextricable confusion with no obvious Ariadne's thread to lead one out. Yet the philosopher, just because he is a philosopher, adds his own peculiar ideal to the confusion {199} (with which if he were willing to be a sceptic he would be passably content), and insists that over all these individual opinions there is a system of truth which he can discover if he only takes sufficient pains.

The last crucial question in Ethics was, as you’ll recall, the casuistic question. Here we are, in a world where some observers have doubted, and may always doubt, the existence of a divine thinker, and where, despite many shared ideals among people, there's a huge number of others that lack any sort of general agreement. It's hardly necessary to paint a literary picture of this, because the reality is too well known. The conflicts of body and spirit within each person, the desires of individuals competing for the same unshareable material or social rewards, the ideals that vary widely based on race, circumstances, temperaments, philosophical beliefs, etc.—all create a maze of seemingly unsolvable confusion with no clear path to escape. Yet the philosopher, precisely because he is a philosopher, adds his own unique ideal to the chaos (with which he might be reasonably satisfied if he chose to be a skeptic), and insists that over all these individual viewpoints there is a system of truth that he can uncover if he just puts in enough effort. {199}

We stand ourselves at present in the place of that philosopher, and must not fail to realize all the features that the situation comports. In the first place we will not be sceptics; we hold to it that there is a truth to be ascertained. But in the second place we have just gained the insight that that truth cannot be a self-proclaiming set of laws, or an abstract 'moral reason,' but can only exist in act, or in the shape of an opinion held by some thinker really to be found. There is, however, no visible thinker invested with authority. Shall we then simply proclaim our own ideals as the lawgiving ones? No; for if we are true philosophers we must throw our own spontaneous ideals, even the dearest, impartially in with that total mass of ideals which are fairly to be judged. But how then can we as philosophers ever find a test; how avoid complete moral scepticism on the one hand, and on the other escape bringing a wayward personal standard of our own along with us, on which we simply pin our faith?

We currently find ourselves in the position of that philosopher and must recognize all the aspects that come with this situation. First of all, we will not be skeptics; we believe there is a truth to discover. However, we’ve just realized that this truth cannot just be a set of self-proclaimed laws or an abstract 'moral reason,' but can only exist in action or as an opinion held by a real thinker. Yet, there is no visible thinker with authority. Should we then simply declare our own ideals as the true laws? No; if we are genuine philosophers, we must consider our own spontaneous ideals, even the most cherished, alongside that entire collection of ideals that should be justly evaluated. But how can we as philosophers ever find a way to test this; how can we avoid complete moral skepticism on one hand, and on the other, refrain from imposing our own arbitrary personal standard, on which we merely place our faith?

The dilemma is a hard one, nor does it grow a bit more easy as we revolve it in our minds. The entire undertaking of the philosopher obliges him to seek an impartial test. That test, however, must be incarnated in the demand of some actually existent person; and how can he pick out the person save by an act in which his own sympathies and prepossessions are implied?

The dilemma is tough, and it doesn't get any easier as we think about it. The whole task of the philosopher requires him to look for an unbiased test. However, that test has to be based on the needs of a real person; and how can he choose that person without involving his own feelings and biases?

One method indeed presents itself, and has as a matter of history been taken by the more serious {200} ethical schools. If the heap of things demanded proved on inspection less chaotic than at first they seemed, if they furnished their own relative test and measure, then the casuistic problem would be solved. If it were found that all goods quâ goods contained a common essence, then the amount of this essence involved in any one good would show its rank in the scale of goodness, and order could be quickly made; for this essence would be the good upon which all thinkers were agreed, the relatively objective and universal good that the philosopher seeks. Even his own private ideals would be measured by their share of it, and find their rightful place among the rest.

One method does come to mind and has historically been adopted by the more serious ethical schools. If the range of things, upon closer examination, turns out to be less chaotic than it initially appeared, and if they provide their own relative test and measure, then the moral dilemma could be resolved. If it turns out that all goods, as goods, share a common essence, then the level of this essence in any particular good would determine its position in the hierarchy of goodness, allowing for quick organization; this essence would represent the good that all thinkers agree upon, the relatively objective and universal good that philosophers seek. Even personal ideals would be evaluated based on their share of it and would find their rightful place among the others.

Various essences of good have thus been found and proposed as bases of the ethical system. Thus, to be a mean between two extremes; to be recognized by a special intuitive faculty; to make the agent happy for the moment; to make others as well as him happy in the long run; to add to his perfection or dignity; to harm no one; to follow from reason or flow from universal law; to be in accordance with the will of God; to promote the survival of the human species on this planet,—are so many tests, each of which has been maintained by somebody to constitute the essence of all good things or actions so far as they are good.

Various ideas of goodness have been identified and suggested as foundations of the ethical system. To find a balance between two extremes; to be acknowledged through a special intuitive sense; to bring the agent joy in the moment; to ensure happiness for others as well as himself in the long term; to enhance his perfection or dignity; to avoid harming anyone; to be based on reason or align with universal law; to be in harmony with the will of God; to support the survival of humanity on this planet—these are numerous criteria, each proposed by someone to represent the essence of all good things or actions to the extent that they are good.

No one of the measures that have been actually proposed has, however, given general satisfaction. Some are obviously not universally present in all cases,—e. g., the character of harming no one, or that of following a universal law; for the best course is often cruel; and many acts are reckoned good on the sole condition that they be exceptions, and serve not as examples of a universal law. Other {201} characters, such as following the will of God, are unascertainable and vague. Others again, like survival, are quite indeterminate in their consequences, and leave us in the lurch where we most need their help: a philosopher of the Sioux Nation, for example, will be certain to use the survival-criterion in a very different way from ourselves. The best, on the whole, of these marks and measures of goodness seems to be the capacity to bring happiness. But in order not to break down fatally, this test must be taken to cover innumerable acts and impulses that never aim at happiness; so that, after all, in seeking for a universal principle we inevitably are carried onward to the most universal principle,—that the essence of good is simply to satisfy demand. The demand may be for anything under the sun. There is really no more ground for supposing that all our demands can be accounted for by one universal underlying kind of motive than there is ground for supposing that all physical phenomena are cases of a single law. The elementary forces in ethics are probably as plural as those of physics are. The various ideals have no common character apart from the fact that they are ideals. No single abstract principle can be so used as to yield to the philosopher anything like a scientifically accurate and genuinely useful casuistic scale.

None of the proposed measures have satisfied everyone. Some are clearly not universally applicable, like the idea of causing no harm or adhering to a universal law; often, the best actions can be cruel, and many actions are considered good only when they're exceptions and do not set a precedent for a universal law. Other criteria, such as following God's will, are unclear and vague. Similarly, factors like survival can have unpredictable outcomes, leaving us without guidance when we need it most: for example, a philosopher from the Sioux Nation is likely to apply the survival criterion very differently than we do. Overall, the best indicator of goodness seems to be the ability to create happiness. However, to avoid serious flaws, this measure must encompass countless actions and impulses that do not explicitly aim for happiness; therefore, in our search for a universal principle, we inevitably gravitate towards the most universal principle—that the essence of good is simply to fulfill demand. This demand can be for anything. There’s no real justification for thinking that all our demands can be traced back to one universal motive any more than we can assume that all physical phenomena fall under a single law. The fundamental forces in ethics are likely as diverse as those in physics. The different ideals lack a common characteristic apart from being ideals. No single abstract principle can be employed to provide the philosopher with a scientifically precise and genuinely useful ethical framework.


A look at another peculiarity of the ethical universe, as we find it, will still further show us the philosopher's perplexities. As a purely theoretic problem, namely, the casuistic question would hardly ever come up at all. If the ethical philosopher were only asking after the best imaginable system of goods he would indeed have an easy task; for all demands as {202} such are primâ facie respectable, and the best simply imaginary world would be one in which every demand was gratified as soon as made. Such a world would, however, have to have a physical constitution entirely different from that of the one which we inhabit. It would need not only a space, but a time, 'of n-dimensions,' to include all the acts and experiences incompatible with one another here below, which would then go on in conjunction,—such as spending our money, yet growing rich; taking our holiday, yet getting ahead with our work; shooting and fishing, yet doing no hurt to the beasts; gaining no end of experience, yet keeping our youthful freshness of heart; and the like. There can be no question that such a system of things, however brought about, would be the absolutely ideal system; and that if a philosopher could create universes à priori, and provide all the mechanical conditions, that is the sort of universe which he should unhesitatingly create.

Looking at another oddity in the ethical landscape reveals the philosopher's confusion even more. As a purely theoretical issue, the casuistic question likely wouldn't arise at all. If the ethical philosopher were only interested in the best imaginable system of goods, they would have an easy job; because all demands, in a way, are primâ facie valid, and the best imaginary world would be one where every desire was fulfilled as soon as it was expressed. However, such a world would need to have a physical makeup completely different from our own. It would require not just space but also a 'n-dimensional' time, to accommodate all the actions and experiences that clash with one another here, happening simultaneously—like spending our money while getting richer; vacationing while making progress on our work; hunting and fishing without harming the animals; gaining endless experiences while maintaining our youthful spirit; and so on. There’s no doubt that such a system, however it might be created, would be the absolutely perfect one; and if a philosopher could create universes à priori and set all the mechanical conditions, that’s the kind of universe they should definitely go for.

But this world of ours is made on an entirely different pattern, and the casuistic question here is most tragically practical. The actually possible in this world is vastly narrower than all that is demanded; and there is always a pinch between the ideal and the actual which can only be got through by leaving part of the ideal behind. There is hardly a good which we can imagine except as competing for the possession of the same bit of space and time with some other imagined good. Every end of desire that presents itself appears exclusive of some other end of desire. Shall a man drink and smoke, or keep his nerves in condition?—he cannot do both. Shall he follow his fancy for Amelia, or for Henrietta?—both cannot be the choice of his heart. Shall he have the {203} dear old Republican party, or a spirit of unsophistication in public affairs?—he cannot have both, etc. So that the ethical philosopher's demand for the right scale of subordination in ideals is the fruit of an altogether practical need. Some part of the ideal must be butchered, and he needs to know which part. It is a tragic situation, and no mere speculative conundrum, with which he has to deal.

But our world is built on a completely different foundation, and the complicated issue here is painfully practical. What is actually possible in this world is much narrower than everything that is asked for; there’s always a pinch between the ideal and the real that can only be bridged by leaving part of the ideal behind. There’s hardly a good we can imagine that doesn’t compete for the same slice of space and time with some other imagined good. Every desire that comes up seems to exclude another desire. Should a person drink and smoke, or keep his nerves in check?—he can’t do both. Should he pursue his affection for Amelia, or for Henrietta?—both can’t be the object of his heart. Should he support the {203} beloved old Republican party, or maintain a sense of simplicity in public matters?—he can’t have both, etc. Thus, the ethical philosopher’s quest for the right hierarchy of ideals comes from a very real need. Some part of the ideal must be sacrificed, and he needs to figure out which part. It’s a tragic situation, not just a theoretical puzzle, that he has to face.

Now we are blinded to the real difficulty of the philosopher's task by the fact that we are born into a society whose ideals are largely ordered already. If we follow the ideal which is conventionally highest, the others which we butcher either die and do not return to haunt us; or if they come back and accuse us of murder, every one applauds us for turning to them a deaf ear. In other words, our environment encourages us not to be philosophers but partisans. The philosopher, however, cannot, so long as he clings to his own ideal of objectivity, rule out any ideal from being heard. He is confident, and rightly confident, that the simple taking counsel of his own intuitive preferences would be certain to end in a mutilation of the fulness of the truth. The poet Heine is said to have written 'Bunsen' in the place of 'Gott' in his copy of that author's work entitled "God in History," so as to make it read 'Bunsen in der Geschichte.' Now, with no disrespect to the good and learned Baron, is it not safe to say that any single philosopher, however wide his sympathies, must be just such a Bunsen in der Geschichte of the moral world, so soon as he attempts to put his own ideas of order into that howling mob of desires, each struggling to get breathing-room for the ideal to which it clings? The very best of men must not only be insensible, but {204} be ludicrously and peculiarly insensible, to many goods. As a militant, fighting free-handed that the goods to which he is sensible may not be submerged and lost from out of life, the philosopher, like every other human being, is in a natural position. But think of Zeno and of Epicurus, think of Calvin and of Paley, think of Kant and Schopenhauer, of Herbert Spencer and John Henry Newman, no longer as one-sided champions of special ideals, but as schoolmasters deciding what all must think,—and what more grotesque topic could a satirist wish for on which to exercise his pen? The fabled attempt of Mrs. Partington to arrest the rising tide of the North Atlantic with her broom was a reasonable spectacle compared with their effort to substitute the content of their clean-shaven systems for that exuberant mass of goods with which all human nature is in travail, and groaning to bring to the light of day. Think, furthermore, of such individual moralists, no longer as mere schoolmasters, but as pontiffs armed with the temporal power, and having authority in every concrete case of conflict to order which good shall be butchered and which shall be suffered to survive,—and the notion really turns one pale. All one's slumbering revolutionary instincts waken at the thought of any single moralist wielding such powers of life and death. Better chaos forever than an order based on any closet-philosopher's rule, even though he were the most enlightened possible member of his tribe. No! if the philosopher is to keep his judicial position, he must never become one of the parties to the fray.

Now we are blinded to the real challenge of a philosopher's job because we grow up in a society where most ideals are already established. If we stick to the ideal that is conventionally viewed as the highest, we either ignore the other ideals we neglect, leaving them to fade away, or if they resurface to accuse us of wrongdoing, we are applauded for ignoring them. In other words, our environment encourages us to be partisans rather than philosophers. However, as long as the philosopher clings to their own ideal of objectivity, they cannot dismiss any ideal from being voiced. They are confident—and rightly so—that simply relying on their own intuitive preferences would surely distort the full truth. The poet Heine is said to have written 'Bunsen' instead of 'God' in his copy of that author's work titled "God in History," turning it into 'Bunsen in der Geschichte.' Now, with all due respect to the esteemed Baron, isn't it fair to say that any single philosopher, no matter how broad-minded, becomes just a Bunsen in der Geschichte of the moral world as soon as they try to impose their own ideas of order onto that chaotic mass of desires, each fighting for the space to express its own ideal? Even the best of men must not only be indifferent but also absurdly and uniquely indifferent to many goods. As a militant who fights freely so that the goods he values aren’t overwhelmed and lost from life, the philosopher, like everyone else, is in a natural position. But consider Zeno and Epicurus, Calvin and Paley, Kant and Schopenhauer, Herbert Spencer and John Henry Newman—not just as one-sided champions of specific ideals, but as teachers dictating what everyone must think. What could be a more ridiculous topic for a satirist to write about? The legendary attempt of Mrs. Partington to stop the rising tide of the North Atlantic with her broom was a reasonable sight compared to their efforts to replace the vibrancy of human desires with their tidy systems. Moreover, think of these individual moralists not just as teachers, but as leaders wielding real power, with the authority to decide which ideals should be sacrificed and which should survive—and the idea is truly unsettling. All of one's latent revolutionary instincts awaken at the notion of any single moralist having such life-and-death authority. Better chaos forever than an order based on any philosopher’s solitary rule, no matter how enlightened they might be. No! If philosophers want to maintain their impartial stance, they must never become part of the conflict.


What can he do, then, it will now be asked, except to fall back on scepticism and give up the notion of being a philosopher at all?

What can he do now, then, except fall back on skepticism and give up the idea of being a philosopher altogether?

{205}

But do we not already see a perfectly definite path of escape which is open to him just because he is a philosopher, and not the champion of one particular ideal? Since everything which is demanded is by that fact a good, must not the guiding principle for ethical philosophy (since all demands conjointly cannot be satisfied in this poor world) be simply to satisfy at all times as many demands as we can? That act must be the best act, accordingly, which makes for the best whole, in the sense of awakening the least sum of dissatisfactions. In the casuistic scale, therefore, those ideals must be written highest which prevail at the least cost, or by whose realization the least possible number of other ideals are destroyed. Since victory and defeat there must be, the victory to be philosophically prayed for is that of the more inclusive side,—of the side which even in the hour of triumph will to some degree do justice to the ideals in which the vanquished party's interests lay. The course of history is nothing but the story of men's struggles from generation to generation to find the more and more inclusive order. Invent some manner of realizing your own ideals which will also satisfy the alien demands,—that and that only is the path of peace! Following this path, society has shaken itself into one sort of relative equilibrium after another by a series of social discoveries quite analogous to those of science. Polyandry and polygamy and slavery, private warfare and liberty to kill, judicial torture and arbitrary royal power have slowly succumbed to actually aroused complaints; and though some one's ideals are unquestionably the worse off for each improvement, yet a vastly greater total number of them find shelter in our civilized society than in the older {206} savage ways. So far then, and up to date, the casuistic scale is made for the philosopher already far better than he can ever make it for himself. An experiment of the most searching kind has proved that the laws and usages of the land are what yield the maximum of satisfaction to the thinkers taken all together. The presumption in cases of conflict must always be in favor of the conventionally recognized good. The philosopher must be a conservative, and in the construction of his casuistic scale must put the things most in accordance with the customs of the community on top.

But don't we already see a clear way out for him just because he’s a philosopher, and not just a supporter of one specific ideal? Since everything that is demanded is considered good, shouldn't the guiding principle for ethical philosophy (since all demands together can't be met in this imperfect world) simply be to satisfy as many demands as we can at all times? The best act, therefore, is the one that contributes to the overall good by creating the least amount of dissatisfaction. In the scale of cases, those ideals should rank highest which can be achieved at the least cost or whose realization doesn’t destroy the fewest other ideals. Since there must be both victory and defeat, the victory we should philosophically wish for is that of the broader perspective—one that, even in victory, acknowledges the ideals that were important to the defeated party. The course of history tells the story of humanity's ongoing struggle to create more inclusive systems. Invent some way to realize your own ideals that also meets the demands of others—that is the only path to peace! By following this path, society has evolved into various forms of relative balance through a series of social advancements similar to scientific discoveries. Practices like polyandry, polygamy, slavery, private warfare, the right to kill, judicial torture, and arbitrary royal authority have gradually given way to actual grievances; and although some individuals' ideals may suffer with each improvement, a far greater number find refuge in our civilized society compared to the older, savage ways. So far, up to now, the scale of cases has been created for the philosopher much better than he could ever create it for himself. A thorough experiment has shown that the laws and customs of the land provide the greatest amount of satisfaction for all thinkers combined. In conflict situations, the presumption should always favor the conventionally recognized good. The philosopher must take a conservative stance, placing the things that align most closely with the community's customs at the top of his scale.

And yet if he be a true philosopher he must see that there is nothing final in any actually given equilibrium of human ideals, but that, as our present laws and customs have fought and conquered other past ones, so they will in their turn be overthrown by any newly discovered order which will hush up the complaints that they still give rise to, without producing others louder still. "Rules are made for man, not man for rules,"—that one sentence is enough to immortalize Green's Prolegomena to Ethics. And although a man always risks much when he breaks away from established rules and strives to realize a larger ideal whole than they permit, yet the philosopher must allow that it is at all times open to any one to make the experiment, provided he fear not to stake his life and character upon the throw. The pinch is always here. Pent in under every system of moral rules are innumerable persons whom it weighs upon, and goods which it represses; and these are always rumbling and grumbling in the background, and ready for any issue by which they may get free. See the abuses which the {207} institution of private property covers, so that even to-day it is shamelessly asserted among us that one of the prime functions of the national government is to help the adroiter citizens to grow rich. See the unnamed and unnamable sorrows which the tyranny, on the whole so beneficent, of the marriage-institution brings to so many, both of the married and the unwed. See the wholesale loss of opportunity under our régime of so-called equality and industrialism, with the drummer and the counter-jumper in the saddle, for so many faculties and graces which could flourish in the feudal world. See our kindliness for the humble and the outcast, how it wars with that stern weeding-out which until now has been the condition of every perfection in the breed. See everywhere the struggle and the squeeze; and ever-lastingly the problem how to make them less. The anarchists, nihilists, and free-lovers; the free-silverites, socialists, and single-tax men; the free-traders and civil-service reformers; the prohibitionists and anti-vivisectionists; the radical darwinians with their idea of the suppression of the weak,—these and all the conservative sentiments of society arrayed against them, are simply deciding through actual experiment by what sort of conduct the maximum amount of good can be gained and kept in this world. These experiments are to be judged, not à priori, but by actually finding, after the fact of their making, how much more outcry or how much appeasement comes about. What closet-solutions can possibly anticipate the result of trials made on such a scale? Or what can any superficial theorist's judgment be worth, in a world where every one of hundreds of ideals has its special champion already provided {208} in the shape of some genius expressly born to feel it, and to fight to death in its behalf? The pure philosopher can only follow the windings of the spectacle, confident that the line of least resistance will always be towards the richer and the more inclusive arrangement, and that by one tack after another some approach to the kingdom of heaven is incessantly made.

And yet if he is a true philosopher, he must understand that there is nothing permanent about any current balance of human ideals. Just as our present laws and customs have replaced past ones, they too will eventually be overthrown by any new order that quiets the complaints they create without generating even louder ones. "Rules are made for man, not man for rules"—that one line is enough to make Green's Prolegomena to Ethics unforgettable. While anyone risks a lot when they break away from established rules to pursue a broader ideal than those rules allow, the philosopher must recognize that anyone can try it at any time, as long as they're willing to gamble their life and reputation on it. The challenge is always present. Trapped within every system of moral rules are countless individuals that the rules burden and valuable aspects that the rules suppress; these are constantly murmuring and ready to break free. Look at the abuses perpetuated by the private property system, which leads to the shameless belief that one of the main roles of the national government is to help the smarter citizens get richer. Consider the unnamed and indescribable suffering caused by the generally beneficial tyranny of marriage for so many, both married and single. Note the widespread loss of opportunity under our system of so-called equality and industrialism, with salespeople in positions of power, depriving many talents that could thrive in a feudal society. Observe how our compassion for the humble and outcast conflicts with the harsh weeding-out that has historically been necessary for any improvement in the breed. Spot the struggle and squeeze everywhere; the ongoing challenge of reducing them. The anarchists, nihilists, free-lovers, free-silver advocates, socialists, and single-tax supporters; free traders and civil service reformers; prohibitionists and anti-vivisectionists; radical darwinians advocating for the suppression of the weak—these, along with all the conservative sentiments of society opposing them, are simply testing through real-life experience what kind of conduct can result in the maximum good being achieved and sustained in this world. These experiments should be evaluated not a priori, but by examining how much more noise or soothing follows from them after they occur. What theoretical solutions can possibly predict the outcomes of trials conducted on such a large scale? Or what value can any superficial theorist's judgment hold in a world where every one of hundreds of ideals has its own champion, someone uniquely born to embrace it and fight for it to the end? The pure philosopher can only navigate the complexities of the spectacle, certain that the easiest path will always lead to a richer and more inclusive setup, and that with each step taken, we are continuously approaching the kingdom of heaven.


IV.

All this amounts to saying that, so far as the casuistic question goes, ethical science is just like physical science, and instead of being deducible all at once from abstract principles, must simply bide its time, and be ready to revise its conclusions from day to day. The presumption of course, in both sciences, always is that the vulgarly accepted opinions are true, and the right casuistic order that which public opinion believes in; and surely it would be folly quite as great, in most of us, to strike out independently and to aim at originality in ethics as in physics. Every now and then, however, some one is born with the right to be original, and his revolutionary thought or action may bear prosperous fruit. He may replace old 'laws of nature' by better ones; he may, by breaking old moral rules in a certain place, bring in a total condition of things more ideal than would have followed had the rules been kept.

All this means that, when it comes to the case-by-case questions, ethics is just like the sciences. Instead of being figured out all at once from abstract ideas, it has to take its time and be prepared to update its conclusions daily. The assumption, in both fields, is that commonly accepted beliefs are true, and the right ethical order is what society supports; it would be just as foolish for most of us to seek originality in ethics as in physics. However, every so often, someone is born with the talent to be original, and their groundbreaking ideas or actions might lead to positive change. They might replace outdated "laws of nature" with improved ones; by breaking old moral rules in certain situations, they could create a more ideal outcome than if the rules had been followed.

On the whole, then, we must conclude that no philosophy of ethics is possible in the old-fashioned absolute sense of the term. Everywhere the ethical philosopher must wait on facts. The thinkers who create the ideals come he knows not whence, their sensibilities are evolved he knows not how; and the {209} question as to which of two conflicting ideals will give the best universe then and there, can be answered by him only through the aid of the experience of other men. I said some time ago, in treating of the 'first' question, that the intuitional moralists deserve credit for keeping most clearly to the psychological facts. They do much to spoil this merit on the whole, however, by mixing with it that dogmatic temper which, by absolute distinctions and unconditional 'thou shalt nots,' changes a growing, elastic, and continuous life into a superstitious system of relics and dead bones. In point of fact, there are no absolute evils, and there are no non-moral goods; and the highest ethical life—however few may be called to bear its burdens—consists at all times in the breaking of rules which have grown too narrow for the actual case. There is but one unconditional commandment, which is that we should seek incessantly, with fear and trembling, so to vote and to act as to bring about the very largest total universe of good which we can see. Abstract rules indeed can help; but they help the less in proportion as our intuitions are more piercing, and our vocation is the stronger for the moral life. For every real dilemma is in literal strictness a unique situation; and the exact combination of ideals realized and ideals disappointed which each decision creates is always a universe without a precedent, and for which no adequate previous rule exists. The philosopher, then, quâ philosopher, is no better able to determine the best universe in the concrete emergency than other men. He sees, indeed, somewhat better than most men, what the question always is,—not a question of this good or that good simply taken, but of the two total {210} universes with which these goods respectively belong. He knows that he must vote always for the richer universe, for the good which seems most organizable, most fit to enter into complex combinations, most apt to be a member of a more inclusive whole. But which particular universe this is he cannot know for certain in advance; he only knows that if he makes a bad mistake the cries of the wounded will soon inform him of the fact. In all this the philosopher is just like the rest of us non-philosophers, so far as we are just and sympathetic instinctively, and so far as we are open to the voice of complaint. His function is in fact indistinguishable from that of the best kind of statesman at the present day. His books upon ethics, therefore, so far as they truly touch the moral life, must more and more ally themselves with a literature which is confessedly tentative and suggestive rather than dogmatic,—I mean with novels and dramas of the deeper sort, with sermons, with books on statecraft and philanthropy and social and economical reform. Treated in this way ethical treatises may be voluminous and luminous as well; but they never can be final, except in their abstractest and vaguest features; and they must more and more abandon the old-fashioned, clear-cut, and would-be 'scientific' form.

Overall, we must conclude that no philosophy of ethics exists in the traditional absolute sense of the term. Ethical philosophers must always rely on facts. The thinkers who come up with ideals, their sources are unknown, and how their sensibilities develop is unclear. The question of which of two conflicting ideals creates the best universe at any given moment can only be answered with insights from the experiences of others. I mentioned earlier, when discussing the 'first' question, that intuitional moralists deserve recognition for staying true to psychological facts. However, they undermine this merit by mixing it with a dogmatic attitude that, through rigid distinctions and absolute 'thou shalt nots,' turns a dynamic, flexible life into a superstitious set of relics and lifeless rules. In reality, there are no absolute evils, and there are no non-moral goods; the highest ethical life—regardless of how few people may be called to bear its responsibilities—involves breaking rules that have become too narrow for the situation at hand. There is only one unconditional commandment: we should continuously seek, with fear and trembling, to vote and act in a way that creates the largest total universe of good we can envision. Abstract rules can indeed help; however, their usefulness diminishes as our intuitions sharpen and our commitment to moral living strengthens. Every real dilemma is, in strict terms, a unique situation; the precise blend of realized and disappointed ideals that results from each decision creates a universe without precedent, one for which no sufficient prior rule exists. Thus, the philosopher, as a philosopher, is no better equipped to determine the best universe in a specific emergency than anyone else. He does see somewhat more clearly than most what the core question is—not simply a question of this good versus that good, but of the two total universes that these goods belong to. He understands that he must always vote for the richer universe, for the good that appears most capable of forming complex combinations and best fitting into a larger whole. But which particular universe that is, he can never know for sure in advance; he only knows that if he makes a serious mistake, the cries of those hurt will quickly make him aware. In this respect, the philosopher is just like the rest of us non-philosophers, insofar as we are just and empathetic by nature and open to hearing the cries of the suffering. His role is indeed indistinguishable from that of the best kind of statesman today. Therefore, his books on ethics, as far as they genuinely engage with moral life, must increasingly connect with a literature that is openly tentative and suggestive rather than dogmatic—I’m referring to deeper novels and plays, sermons, books on statecraft, philanthropy, and social and economic reform. When approached this way, ethical treatises can be extensive and enlightening as well; however, they can never be final, except in their most abstract and vague aspects; and they must increasingly move away from the old-fashioned, clearly defined, and supposed 'scientific' format.


V.

The chief of all the reasons why concrete ethics cannot be final is that they have to wait on metaphysical and theological beliefs. I said some time back that real ethical relations existed in a purely human world. They would exist even in what we called a moral solitude if the thinker had various {211} ideals which took hold of him in turn. His self of one day would make demands on his self of another; and some of the demands might be urgent and tyrannical, while others were gentle and easily put aside. We call the tyrannical demands imperatives. If we ignore these we do not hear the last of it. The good which we have wounded returns to plague us with interminable crops of consequential damages, compunctions, and regrets. Obligation can thus exist inside a single thinker's consciousness; and perfect peace can abide with him only so far as he lives according to some sort of a casuistic scale which keeps his more imperative goods on top. It is the nature of these goods to be cruel to their rivals. Nothing shall avail when weighed in the balance against them. They call out all the mercilessness in our disposition, and do not easily forgive us if we are so soft-hearted as to shrink from sacrifice in their behalf.

The main reason why concrete ethics can never be final is that they rely on metaphysical and theological beliefs. I mentioned earlier that real ethical relationships exist in a purely human world. They would still be present even in what we might call moral solitude if the thinker had various ideals that influenced him over time. His self from one day would impose demands on his self from another day; some of these demands could be urgent and harsh, while others might be gentle and easy to ignore. We refer to the harsh demands as *imperatives*. If we overlook these, we won’t hear the end of it. The good we neglect comes back to haunt us with endless consequences, feelings of guilt, and regrets. Obligation can exist within a single thinker’s mind; and perfect peace can only exist to the extent that he lives according to some sort of reasoning scale that prioritizes his more urgent goods. These goods tend to be ruthless to their competitors. Nothing can compete with them when weighed in the balance. They provoke all the unforgiving traits in us and do not easily forgive if we are so compassionate as to hesitate to sacrifice for their sake.

The deepest difference, practically, in the moral life of man is the difference between the easy-going and the strenuous mood. When in the easy-going mood the shrinking from present ill is our ruling consideration. The strenuous mood, on the contrary, makes us quite indifferent to present ill, if only the greater ideal be attained. The capacity for the strenuous mood probably lies slumbering in every man, but it has more difficulty in some than in others in waking up. It needs the wilder passions to arouse it, the big fears, loves, and indignations; or else the deeply penetrating appeal of some one of the higher fidelities, like justice, truth, or freedom. Strong relief is a necessity of its vision; and a world where all the mountains are brought down and all the valleys are {212} exalted is no congenial place for its habitation. This is why in a solitary thinker this mood might slumber on forever without waking. His various ideals, known to him to be mere preferences of his own, are too nearly of the same denominational value: he can play fast or loose with them at will. This too is why, in a merely human world without a God, the appeal to our moral energy falls short of its maximal stimulating power. Life, to be sure, is even in such a world a genuinely ethical symphony; but it is played in the compass of a couple of poor octaves, and the infinite scale of values fails to open up. Many of us, indeed,—like Sir James Stephen in those eloquent 'Essays by a Barrister,'—would openly laugh at the very idea of the strenuous mood being awakened in us by those claims of remote posterity which constitute the last appeal of the religion of humanity. We do not love these men of the future keenly enough; and we love them perhaps the less the more we hear of their evolutionized perfection, their high average longevity and education, their freedom from war and crime, their relative immunity from pain and zymotic disease, and all their other negative superiorities. This is all too finite, we say; we see too well the vacuum beyond. It lacks the note of infinitude and mystery, and may all be dealt with in the don't-care mood. No need of agonizing ourselves or making others agonize for these good creatures just at present.

The biggest difference in how we live morally comes down to being easy-going versus being driven. When we’re in an easy-going mood, we focus on avoiding present discomfort. In contrast, the driven mood allows us to overlook current suffering if it means achieving a higher ideal. Everyone has the potential for this driven mood, but some find it harder to tap into than others. It usually requires strong emotions to stir it up—like deep fears, intense love, or outrage—or the compelling pull of higher values such as justice, truth, or freedom. It needs a vivid vision of change; a world where all mountains are flattened and all valleys raised isn’t a suitable environment for it to thrive. That’s why a solitary thinker may stay in this mood forever without awakening it. Their various ideals, which they know are just personal preferences, don’t challenge them enough; they can regard them as interchangeable. This is also why, in a purely human world without a divine presence, appeals to our moral energy fall short of their full potential. Life, even in such a world, is still an ethical symphony; however, it plays within a limited range, and the vast scale of values remains unexplored. Many of us, like Sir James Stephen in those powerful 'Essays by a Barrister,' would openly laugh at the thought that the claims of future generations could ignite our drive. We don’t feel a strong enough connection to these people of the future, and we may love them even less as we hear about their advanced perfection, longer life spans and education, freedom from war and crime, their relative immunity to pain, and all their other advantages. This all seems too limited; we clearly see the emptiness beyond. It lacks a sense of infinity and mystery, so it can be approached with indifference. There’s no need to stress ourselves or make others feel stressed about these fortunate people right now.

When, however, we believe that a God is there, and that he is one of the claimants, the infinite perspective opens out. The scale of the symphony is incalculably prolonged. The more imperative ideals now begin to speak with an altogether new objectivity and significance, and to utter the penetrating, shattering, {213} tragically challenging note of appeal. They ring out like the call of Victor Hugo's alpine eagle, "qui parle au précipice et que le gouffre entend," and the strenuous mood awakens at the sound. It saith among the trumpets, ha, ha! it smelleth the battle afar off, the thunder of the captains and the shouting. Its blood is up; and cruelty to the lesser claims, so far from being a deterrent element, does but add to the stern joy with which it leaps to answer to the greater. All through history, in the periodical conflicts of puritanism with the don't-care temper, we see the antagonism of the strenuous and genial moods, and the contrast between the ethics of infinite and mysterious obligation from on high, and those of prudence and the satisfaction of merely finite need.

When we believe that a God exists and that He is one of the contenders, the infinite perspective unfolds. The scale of the symphony stretches unimaginably. The more urgent ideals start to resonate with a completely new clarity and importance, voicing the deep, shattering note of appeal. They echo like Victor Hugo's alpine eagle, "who speaks to the abyss and is heard by the chasm," and the intense mood awakens at the sound. It proclaims among the trumpets, ha, ha! it senses the battle from afar, the roar of the leaders and the cheering. Its blood is up; and cruelty towards lesser claims, far from being a deterrent, only enhances the fierce joy with which it leaps to respond to the greater. Throughout history, in the recurring clashes between puritanism and the indifferent attitude, we observe the struggle between the intense and cheerful moods, as well as the contrast between the ethics of infinite and mysterious obligations from above, and those of caution and the fulfillment of merely finite needs.

The capacity of the strenuous mood lies so deep down among our natural human possibilities that even if there were no metaphysical or traditional grounds for believing in a God, men would postulate one simply as a pretext for living hard, and getting out of the game of existence its keenest possibilities of zest. Our attitude towards concrete evils is entirely different in a world where we believe there are none but finite demanders, from what it is in one where we joyously face tragedy for an infinite demander's sake. Every sort of energy and endurance, of courage and capacity for handling life's evils, is set free in those who have religious faith. For this reason the strenuous type of character will on the battle-field of human history always outwear the easy-going type, and religion will drive irreligion to the wall.

The strength of a determined mindset runs so deep within our natural human abilities that even if there were no spiritual or traditional reasons to believe in a God, people would create one just as an excuse to live fully and make the most of life's richest experiences. Our response to real struggles is completely different in a world where we think there are only limited challenges compared to one where we bravely confront tragedy for the sake of something greater. All kinds of energy, endurance, courage, and ability to deal with life's difficulties are unleashed in those who have faith. For this reason, the resilient character will always outlast the laid-back character in the story of human history, and religion will ultimately overcome irreligion.


It would seem, too,—and this is my final conclusion,—that the stable and systematic moral universe {214} for which the ethical philosopher asks is fully possible only in a world where there is a divine thinker with all-enveloping demands. If such a thinker existed, his way of subordinating the demands to one another would be the finally valid casuistic scale; his claims would be the most appealing; his ideal universe would be the most inclusive realizable whole. If he now exist, then actualized in his thought already must be that ethical philosophy which we seek as the pattern which our own must evermore approach.[3] In the interests of our own ideal of systematically unified moral truth, therefore, we, as would-be philosophers, must postulate a divine thinker, and pray for the victory of the religious cause. Meanwhile, exactly what the thought of the infinite thinker may be is hidden from us even were we sure of his existence; so that our postulation of him after all serves only to let loose in us the strenuous mood. But this is what it does in all men, even those who have no interest in philosophy. The ethical philosopher, therefore, whenever he ventures to say which course of action is the best, is on no essentially different level from the common man. "See, I have set before thee this day life and good, and death and evil; therefore, choose life that thou and thy seed may live,"—when this challenge comes to us, it is simply our total character and personal genius that are on trial; and if we invoke any so-called philosophy, our choice and use of that also are but revelations of our personal aptitude or incapacity for moral life. From this unsparing practical ordeal no professor's lectures and no array of books {215} can save us. The solving word, for the learned and the unlearned man alike, lies in the last resort in the dumb willingnesses and unwillingnesses of their interior characters, and nowhere else. It is not in heaven, neither is it beyond the sea; but the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth and in thy heart, that thou mayest do it.

It seems, too—and this is my final conclusion—that a stable and systematic moral universe {214} that ethical philosophers seek is only fully achievable in a world where there is a divine thinker with all-encompassing demands. If such a thinker existed, his way of prioritizing those demands would be the ultimate moral guideline; his claims would be the most compelling, and his ideal universe would be the most inclusive and attainable whole. If he does exist, then what we look for in ethical philosophy must already be represented in his thoughts, serving as the model our own philosophy should strive to emulate. In the interest of our own ideal of a systematically unified moral truth, we, as aspiring philosophers, must assume a divine thinker’s existence and hope for the triumph of the religious cause. Meanwhile, what the thoughts of this infinite thinker are remains a mystery, even if we are sure he exists; thus, our assumption of him ultimately serves to ignite a fervent desire within us. This occurs in everyone, even those who are not interested in philosophy. The ethical philosopher, therefore, whenever he dares to say which course of action is the best, is essentially on the same level as the average person. "See, I have set before you today life and good, and death and evil; therefore, choose life so that you and your descendants may live." When this challenge is presented to us, it puts our entire character and personal abilities to the test; and if we reference any so-called philosophy, our choice and application of it further reveal our personal capacity or lack thereof for moral living. No lectures from a professor or a stack of books {215} can shield us from this demanding practical trial. The answer, for both the educated and the uneducated alike, ultimately lies in the simple willingness or unwillingness of their inner selves, and nowhere else. It is not in heaven, nor is it beyond the sea; but the answer is very near to you, in your mouth and in your heart, so that you may do it.



[1] An Address to the Yale Philosophical Club, published in the International Journal of Ethics, April, 1891.

[1] An Address to the Yale Philosophical Club, published in the International Journal of Ethics, April, 1891.

[2] The Principles of Psychology, New York, H. Holt & Co, 1890.

[2] The Principles of Psychology, New York, H. Holt & Co, 1890.

[3] All this is set forth with great freshness and force in the work of my colleague, Professor Josiah Royce: "The Religious Aspect of Philosophy." Boston, 1885.

[3] All of this is expressed with great energy and clarity in the work of my colleague, Professor Josiah Royce: "The Religious Aspect of Philosophy." Boston, 1885.




{216}

GREAT MEN AND THEIR ENVIRONMENT.[1]

A remarkable parallel, which I think has never been noticed, obtains between the facts of social evolution on the one hand, and of zoölogical evolution as expounded by Mr. Darwin on the other.

A striking similarity, which I believe has never been recognized, exists between the facts of social evolution on one hand and zoological evolution as explained by Mr. Darwin on the other.

It will be best to prepare the ground for my thesis by a few very general remarks on the method of getting at scientific truth. It is a common platitude that a complete acquaintance with any one thing, however small, would require a knowledge of the entire universe. Not a sparrow falls to the ground but some of the remote conditions of his fall are to be found in the milky way, in our federal constitution, or in the early history of Europe. That is to say, alter the milky way, alter the federal constitution, alter the facts of our barbarian ancestry, and the universe would so far be a different universe from what it now is. One fact involved in the difference might be that the particular little street-boy who threw the stone which brought down the sparrow might not find himself opposite the sparrow at that particular moment; or, finding himself there, he might not be in that particular serene and disengaged mood of mind which expressed itself in throwing the stone. But, true as all this is, it would be very foolish for any one who {217} was inquiring the cause of the sparrow's fall to overlook the boy as too personal, proximate, and so to speak anthropomorphic an agent, and to say that the true cause is the federal constitution, the westward migration of the Celtic race, or the structure of the milky way. If we proceeded on that method, we might say with perfect legitimacy that a friend of ours, who had slipped on the ice upon his door-step and cracked his skull, some months after dining with thirteen at the table, died because of that ominous feast. I know, in fact, one such instance; and I might, if I chose, contend with perfect logical propriety that the slip on the ice was no real accident. "There are no accidents," I might say, "for science. The whole history of the world converged to produce that slip. If anything had been left out, the slip would not have occurred just there and then. To say it would is to deny the relations of cause and effect throughout the universe. The real cause of the death was not the slip, but the conditions which engendered the slip,—and among them his having sat at a table, six months previous, one among thirteen. That is truly the reason why he died within the year."

It’s best to start my thesis with some general comments on how we find scientific truth. It’s a well-known saying that to fully understand even the smallest thing, you’d need to know about the entire universe. Not a single sparrow falls to the ground without some distant conditions related to its fall being connected to the Milky Way, our federal constitution, or the early history of Europe. In other words, change the Milky Way, change the federal constitution, change the facts of our barbarian ancestry, and the universe would be a different place than it is now. One consequence of this difference could be that the specific little street boy who threw the stone that caused the sparrow to fall might not have been in front of the sparrow at that moment; or, even if he was there, he might not have been in the calm and detached frame of mind that led him to throw the stone. While all this is true, it would be very shortsighted for anyone investigating the cause of the sparrow's fall to ignore the boy as too personal, too immediate, and too human of a factor, claiming that the real cause lies in the federal constitution, the westward migration of the Celtic race, or the structure of the Milky Way. If we followed that line of reasoning, we could validly argue that a friend of ours, who slipped on ice on his doorstep and cracked his skull a few months after dining with thirteen people, died because of that ominous dinner. In fact, I know of one such case, and I could argue logically that the slip on the ice wasn’t truly an accident. “There are no accidents,” I might say. “The entire history of the world led up to that slip. If anything had been different, the slip wouldn’t have happened exactly when and where it did. To suggest otherwise is to ignore the relationships of cause and effect throughout the universe. The real cause of the death wasn’t the slip, but the circumstances that led to the slip—among them, his sitting at a table six months earlier, one of thirteen. That is really the reason why he died within the year.”

It will soon be seen whose arguments I am, in form, reproducing here. I would fain lay down the truth without polemics or recrimination. But unfortunately we never fully grasp the import of any true statement until we have a clear notion of what the opposite untrue statement would be. The error is needed to set off the truth, much as a dark background is required for exhibiting the brightness of a picture. And the error which I am going to use as a foil to set off what seems to me the truth of my own statements is contained in the philosophy of Mr. Herbert Spencer and {218} his disciples. Our problem is, What are the causes that make communities change from generation to generation,—that make the England of Queen Anne so different from the England of Elizabeth, the Harvard College of to-day so different from that of thirty years ago?

It will soon be clear whose arguments I'm reflecting here. I want to present the truth without any arguments or blame. But unfortunately, we can’t fully understand a true statement until we have a clear idea of what the opposite false statement would be. The error is needed to highlight the truth, similar to how a dark background is required to showcase a bright picture. The mistake I’m going to use as a contrast to highlight what I believe is the truth of my statements comes from the philosophy of Mr. Herbert Spencer and his followers. Our question is, what are the causes that lead communities to change from generation to generation—what makes the England of Queen Anne so different from the England of Elizabeth, or why is Harvard College today so different from what it was thirty years ago?

I shall reply to this problem, The difference is due to the accumulated influences of individuals, of their examples, their initiatives, and their decisions. The Spencerian school replies, The changes are irrespective of persons, and independent of individual control. They are due to the environment, to the circumstances, the physical geography, the ancestral conditions, the increasing experience of outer relations; to everything, in fact, except the Grants and the Bismarcks, the Joneses and the Smiths.

I will address this issue. The difference comes from the combined influences of individuals, their examples, their actions, and their choices. The Spencerian school argues that the changes happen regardless of individuals and are beyond personal control. They result from the environment, the circumstances, the physical geography, the ancestral conditions, and the growing experience of external relationships; basically, everything except the Grants and the Bismarcks, the Joneses and the Smiths.


Now, I say that these theorizers are guilty of precisely the same fallacy as he who should ascribe the death of his friend to the dinner with thirteen, or the fall of the sparrow to the milky way. Like the dog in the fable, who drops his real bone to snatch at its image, they drop the real causes to snatch at others, which from no possible human point of view are available or attainable. Their fallacy is a practical one. Let us see where it lies. Although I believe in free-will myself, I will waive that belief in this discussion, and assume with the Spencerians the predestination of all human actions. On that assumption I gladly allow that were the intelligence investigating the man's or the sparrow's death omniscient and omnipresent, able to take in the whole of time and space at a single glance, there would not be the slightest objection to the milky way or the fatal feast being {219} invoked among the sought-for causes. Such a divine intelligence would see instantaneously all the infinite lines of convergence towards a given result, and it would, moreover, see impartially: it would see the fatal feast to be as much a condition of the sparrow's death as of the man's; it would see the boy with the stone to be as much a condition of the man's fall as of the sparrow's.

Now, I say these theorists are making the same mistake as someone who blames their friend's death on a dinner with thirteen people or claims the sparrow's fall is linked to the Milky Way. Like the dog in the fable who drops his real bone to grab at its reflection, they ignore the real causes and chase after others that are completely unattainable from any human perspective. Their mistake is a practical one. Let’s explore where it lies. Although I personally believe in free will, I’ll set that aside for this discussion and assume, like the Spencerians, that all human actions are predetermined. Given that assumption, I can agree that if the intelligence investigating the man's or the sparrow's death were all-knowing and everywhere at once, able to grasp all of time and space in an instant, there would be no objection to the Milky Way or the ill-fated feast being considered among the possible causes. Such a divine intelligence would see all the infinite paths leading to a specific outcome at once, and it would see objectively: it would recognize the ill-fated feast as much a factor in the sparrow's death as in the man's; it would see the boy with the stone as equally relevant to the man's fall as to the sparrow's.

The human mind, however, is constituted on an entirely different plan. It has no such power of universal intuition. Its finiteness obliges it to see but two or three things at a time. If it wishes to take wider sweeps it has to use 'general ideas,' as they are called, and in so doing to drop all concrete truths. Thus, in the present case, if we as men wish to feel the connection between the milky way and the boy and the dinner and the sparrow and the man's death, we can do so only by falling back on the enormous emptiness of what is called an abstract proposition. We must say, All things in the world are fatally predetermined, and hang together in the adamantine fixity of a system of natural law. But in the vagueness of this vast proposition we have lost all the concrete facts and links; and in all practical matters the concrete links are the only things of importance. The human mind is essentially partial. It can be efficient at all only by picking out what to attend to, and ignoring everything else,—by narrowing its point of view. Otherwise, what little strength it has is dispersed, and it loses its way altogether. Man always wants his curiosity gratified for a particular purpose. If, in the case of the sparrow, the purpose is punishment, it would be idiotic to wander off from the cats, boys, and other possible agencies close by in the street, to {220} survey the early Celts and the milky way: the boy would meanwhile escape. And if, in the case of the unfortunate man, we lose ourselves in contemplation of the thirteen-at-table mystery, and fail to notice the ice on the step and cover it with ashes, some other poor fellow, who never dined out in his life, may slip on it in coming to the door, and fall and break his head too.

The human mind, however, is set up in a completely different way. It doesn’t have the ability for universal intuition. Its limitations force it to focus on just a few things at a time. If it wants to think more broadly, it has to rely on what are called 'general ideas,' which means it must let go of specific truths. So, in this case, if we want to understand the connection between the Milky Way, the boy, the dinner, the sparrow, and the man's death, we can only do that by resorting to the vast emptiness of what’s called an abstract proposition. We would have to say, "Everything in the world is inevitably predetermined and interconnected in the unchanging structure of a system of natural law." But in the vagueness of this wide statement, we've lost all concrete facts and connections; in practical matters, those concrete links are what really matter. The human mind is fundamentally limited. It can only be effective by focusing on certain things and ignoring everything else—by narrowing its perspective. Otherwise, any little strength it has gets scattered, and it loses its way entirely. People always want their curiosity satisfied for a specific reason. If, regarding the sparrow, the goal is punishment, it would be foolish to look away from the nearby cats, boys, and other potential causes and instead examine early Celts and the Milky Way; the boy would get away in the meantime. And if we get lost in contemplating the mystery of the thirteen-at-table and fail to notice the ice on the step and cover it with ashes, some other poor person, who has never dined out in their life, might slip on it when coming to the door and fall and hurt themselves too.

It is, then, a necessity laid upon us as human beings to limit our view. In mathematics we know how this method of ignoring and neglecting quantities lying outside of a certain range has been adopted in the differential calculus. The calculator throws out all the 'infinitesimals' of the quantities he is considering. He treats them (under certain rules) as if they did not exist. In themselves they exist perfectly all the while; but they are as if they did not exist for the purposes of his calculation. Just so an astronomer, in dealing with the tidal movements of the ocean, takes no account of the waves made by the wind, or by the pressure of all the steamers which day and night are moving their thousands of tons upon its surface. Just so the marksman, in sighting his rifle, allows for the motion of the wind, but not for the equally real motion of the earth and solar system. Just so a business man's punctuality may overlook an error of five minutes, while a physicist, measuring the velocity of light, must count each thousandth of a second.

It is, then, a necessity for us as human beings to limit our perspective. In mathematics, we see how this approach of ignoring and overlooking quantities outside a certain range is used in differential calculus. The calculator disregards all the 'infinitesimals' of the quantities he is considering. He treats them (under certain rules) as if they didn't exist. They exist perfectly fine in themselves all the while; but for the purposes of his calculation, they might as well not exist. Similarly, an astronomer, when analyzing the tidal movements of the ocean, ignores the waves created by the wind or by the pressure of all the ships that are moving their thousands of tons on its surface day and night. Likewise, a marksman, when aiming his rifle, accounts for the wind's movement but not for the equally real movement of the earth and solar system. Similarly, a business person's punctuality might overlook a five-minute mistake, while a physicist, measuring the speed of light, must consider every thousandth of a second.

There are, in short, different cycles of operation in nature; different departments, so to speak, relatively independent of one another, so that what goes on at any moment in one may be compatible with almost any condition of things at the same time in the next. The mould on the biscuit in the store-room of a {221} man-of-war vegetates in absolute indifference to the nationality of the flag, the direction of the voyage, the weather, and the human dramas that may go on on board; and a mycologist may study it in complete abstraction from all these larger details. Only by so studying it, in fact, is there any chance of the mental concentration by which alone he may hope to learn something of its nature. On the other hand, the captain who in manoeuvring the vessel through a naval fight should think it necessary to bring the mouldy biscuit into his calculations would very likely lose the battle by reason of the excessive 'thoroughness' of his mind.

There are, in short, different cycles of operation in nature; different areas, so to speak, that are relatively independent of each other, meaning that what happens at any moment in one can co-exist with almost any situation at the same time in another. The mold on the biscuit in the storage area of a {221} warship grows completely unaffected by the nationality of the flag, the course of the journey, the weather, or the human dramas unfolding on board; and a mycologist can study it without considering any of these larger details. In fact, only by studying it this way can he hope to achieve the mental focus needed to learn something about its nature. Conversely, the captain who, while maneuvering the ship during a naval battle, thought it crucial to include the moldy biscuit in his calculations would likely lose the battle due to the excessive 'thoroughness' of his thinking.

The causes which operate in these incommensurable cycles are connected with one another only if we take the whole universe into account. For all lesser points of view it is lawful—nay, more, it is for human wisdom necessary—to regard them as disconnected and irrelevant to one another.

The reasons behind these immeasurable cycles are linked to each other only when we consider the entire universe. From any smaller perspective, it is appropriate—indeed, it's essential for human understanding—to see them as separate and unrelated.


And this brings us nearer to our special topic. If we look at an animal or a human being, distinguished from the rest of his kind by the possession of some extraordinary peculiarity, good or bad, we shall be able to discriminate between the causes which originally produced the peculiarity in him and the causes that maintain it after it is produced; and we shall see, if the peculiarity be one that he was born with, that these two sets of causes belong to two such irrelevant cycles. It was the triumphant originality of Darwin to see this, and to act accordingly. Separating the causes of production under the title of 'tendencies to spontaneous variation,' and relegating them to a physiological cycle which he forthwith {222} agreed to ignore altogether,[2] he confined his attention to the causes of preservation, and under the names of natural selection and sexual selection studied them exclusively as functions of the cycle of the environment.

And this brings us closer to our main topic. If we look at an animal or a human being who stands out from others of their kind due to some extraordinary trait, whether good or bad, we can distinguish between the causes that originally created that trait and the causes that keep it going after it's been created. We will see, if the trait is something they were born with, that these two sets of causes belong to two completely unrelated cycles. It was Darwin's groundbreaking insight to recognize this and to act accordingly. He separated the causes of creation under the label of 'tendencies to spontaneous variation,' and he decided to ignore them entirely, putting them into a physiological cycle. He focused instead on the causes of preservation, studying them exclusively as part of the environmental cycle under the names of natural selection and sexual selection.

Pre-Darwinian philosophers had also tried to establish the doctrine of descent with modification; but they all committed the blunder of clumping the two cycles of causation into one. What preserves an animal with his peculiarity, if it be a useful one, they saw to be the nature of the environment to which the peculiarity was adjusted. The giraffe with his peculiar neck is preserved by the fact that there are in his environment tall trees whose leaves he can digest. But these philosophers went further, and said that the presence of the trees not only maintained an animal with a long neck to browse upon their branches, but also produced him. They made his neck long by the constant striving they aroused in him to reach up to them. The environment, in short, was supposed by these writers to mould the animal by a kind of direct pressure, very much as a seal presses the wax into harmony with itself. Numerous instances were given of the way in which this goes on under our eyes. The exercise of the forge makes the right arm strong, the palm grows callous to the oar, the mountain air distends the chest, the chased fox grows cunning and the chased bird shy, the arctic cold stimulates the animal combustion, and so forth. Now these changes, of which many more examples might be adduced, are {223} at present distinguished by the special name of adaptive changes. Their peculiarity is that that very feature in the environment to which the animal's nature grows adjusted, itself produces the adjustment. The 'inner relation,' to use Mr. Spencer's phrase, 'corresponds' with its own efficient cause.

Pre-Darwinian philosophers also tried to establish the idea of descent with modification, but they made the mistake of merging two different cycles of causation into one. They believed that what keeps an animal with a useful trait alive is the environment that the trait is suited for. For example, they pointed out that the giraffe's long neck is beneficial because there are tall trees in its environment whose leaves it can eat. However, these philosophers went further, claiming that the trees not only kept the long-necked animal alive but also created it. They thought the trees made its neck long by constantly pushing the giraffe to stretch for the leaves. In essence, these thinkers believed that the environment shaped the animal through direct pressure, much like a seal molds wax to fit its design. They provided numerous examples of this happening right before our eyes: the work of a blacksmith strengthens the right arm, the palm becomes calloused from rowing, mountain air expands the chest, the chased fox becomes crafty, the pursued bird becomes wary, and Arctic temperatures boost an animal's metabolism, among others. These changes, which could be illustrated with even more examples, are currently recognized as adaptive changes. Their uniqueness lies in the fact that the specific aspect of the environment that the animal adapts to also causes that adaptation. The "inner relation," to quote Mr. Spencer, "corresponds" with its own efficient cause.

Darwin's first achievement was to show the utter insignificance in amount of these changes produced by direct adaptation, the immensely greater mass of changes being produced by internal molecular accidents, of which we know nothing. His next achievement was to define the true problem with which we have to deal when we study the effects of the visible environment on the animal. That problem is simply this; Is the environment more likely to preserve or to destroy him, on account of this or that peculiarity with which he may be born? In giving the name of 'accidental variations' to those peculiarities with which an animal is born, Darwin does not for a moment mean to suggest that they are not the fixed outcome of natural law. If the total system of the universe be taken into account, the causes of these variations and the visible environment which preserves or destroys them, undoubtedly do, in some remote and roundabout way, hang together. What Darwin means is, that, since that environment is a perfectly known thing, and its relations to the organism in the way of destruction or preservation are tangible and distinct, it would utterly confuse our finite understandings and frustrate our hopes of science to mix in with it facts from such a disparate and incommensurable cycle as that in which the variations are produced. This last cycle is that of occurrences before the animal is born. It is the cycle of influences upon ova and embryos; {224} in which lie the causes that tip them and tilt them towards masculinity or femininity, towards strength or weakness, towards health or disease, and towards divergence from the parent type. What are the causes there?

Darwin’s first achievement was to demonstrate how insignificantly small the changes from direct adaptation are, with a much larger number of changes resulting from internal molecular accidents, which we don’t fully understand. His next achievement was to clarify the actual issue we face when studying how the visible environment affects animals. The issue is simply this: Is the environment more likely to preserve or destroy the animal because of certain traits it may have at birth? By calling these traits 'accidental variations,' Darwin doesn’t imply they aren’t the established result of natural laws. When considering the whole universe, the causes of these variations and the environment that preserves or destroys them are definitely related, albeit in an indirect way. What Darwin means is that, since the environment is well understood and its relationships to the organism regarding destruction or preservation are clear and specific, it would confuse our limited understanding and hinder scientific progress to mix in facts from the very different and incomparable processes that create these variations. This latter process involves events that occur before the animal is born. It includes the influences on eggs and embryos; {224} which determine their tendencies towards masculinity or femininity, strength or weakness, health or disease, and variations from the parent type. What are the causes in that context?

In the first place, they are molecular and invisible,—inaccessible, therefore, to direct observation of any kind. Secondly, their operations are compatible with any social, political, and physical conditions of environment. The same parents, living in the same environing conditions, may at one birth produce a genius, at the next an idiot or a monster. The visible external conditions are therefore not direct determinants of this cycle; and the more we consider the matter, the more we are forced to believe that two children of the same parents are made to differ from each other by causes as disproportionate to their ultimate effects as is the famous pebble on the Rocky Mountain crest, which separates two rain-drops, to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Pacific Ocean toward which it makes them severally flow.

First, they are molecular and invisible, making them inaccessible to any kind of direct observation. Second, their functions can thrive in any social, political, or physical environment. The same parents, living under the same conditions, can have one child who is a genius and another who is an idiot or a monster. Therefore, obvious external conditions are not the direct causes of this variation. The more we think about it, the more we realize that two children from the same parents can differ due to factors that are as unrelated to their eventual outcomes as the famous pebble on the Rocky Mountain crest that separates two raindrops, sending one toward the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the other toward the Pacific Ocean.


The great mechanical distinction between transitive forces and discharging forces is nowhere illustrated on such a scale as in physiology. Almost all causes there are forces of detent, which operate by simply unlocking energy already stored up. They are upsetters of unstable equilibria, and the resultant effect depends infinitely more on the nature of the materials upset than on that of the particular stimulus which joggles them down. Galvanic work, equal to unity, done on a frog's nerve will discharge from the muscle to which the nerve belongs mechanical work equal to seventy thousand; and exactly the same muscular {225} effect will emerge if other irritants than galvanism are employed. The irritant has merely started or provoked something which then went on of itself,—as a match may start a fire which consumes a whole town. And qualitatively as well as quantitatively the effect may be absolutely incommensurable with the cause. We find this condition of things in ail organic matter. Chemists are distracted by the difficulties which the instability of albuminoid compounds opposes to their study. Two specimens, treated in what outwardly seem scrupulously identical conditions, behave in quite different ways. You know about the invisible factors of fermentation, and how the fate of a jar of milk—whether it turn into a sour clot or a mass of koumiss—depends on whether the lactic acid ferment or the alcoholic is introduced first, and gets ahead of the other in starting the process. Now, when the result is the tendency of an ovum, itself invisible to the naked eye, to tip towards this direction or that in its further evolution,—to bring forth a genius or a dunce, even as the rain-drop passes east or west of the pebble,—is it not obvious that the deflecting cause must lie in a region so recondite and minute, must be such a ferment of a ferment, an infinitesimal of so high an order, that surmise itself may never succeed even in attempting to frame an image of it?

The significant mechanical difference between active and triggering forces is nowhere demonstrated as clearly as in physiology. Almost all causes there are forces of detent, which work by simply releasing energy that's already stored. They disrupt unstable balances, and the resulting effect relies much more on the nature of the materials disrupted than on the specific stimulus that pushes them over. For example, electric work, equivalent to one unit, done on a frog's nerve will trigger mechanical work from the related muscle equal to seventy thousand units; and the same muscle response will occur if other stimulants besides electricity are used. The irritant has just initiated or provoked something that continues on its own—like a match igniting a fire that can destroy an entire town. Both qualitatively and quantitatively, the effect can be completely disproportionate to the cause. This situation is present in all organic matter. Chemists struggle with the challenges posed by the instability of protein compounds in their research. Two samples, treated under what appear to be identical conditions, can behave quite differently. You understand the invisible factors of fermentation and how the outcome of a jar of milk—whether it becomes sour or turns into koumiss—depends on which bacteria, the lactic acid or the alcoholic, is introduced first and takes the lead in the process. Now, when the result is the tendency of an ovum, itself invisible to the naked eye, to tilt in one direction or another in its further development—leading to a genius or a fool, just as a raindrop moves east or west of a pebble—doesn't it seem clear that the cause of this shift must reside in a domain so obscure and tiny, must be such a catalyst of a catalyst, an infinitesimal of a high order, that even speculation might never manage to visualize it?

Such being the case, was not Darwin right to turn his back upon that region altogether, and to keep his own problem carefully free from all entanglement with matters such as these? The success of his work is a sufficiently affirmative reply.

Given this situation, wasn't Darwin correct to completely distance himself from that area and to keep his own issues separate from things like this? The success of his work is a strong enough answer.


And this brings us at last to the heart of our subject. The causes of production of great men lie in a {226} sphere wholly inaccessible to the social philosopher. He must simply accept geniuses as data, just as Darwin accepts his spontaneous variations. For him, as for Darwin, the only problem is, these data being given, How does the environment affect them, and how do they affect the environment? Now, I affirm that the relation of the visible environment to the great man is in the main exactly what it is to the 'variation' in the Darwinian philosophy. It chiefly adopts or rejects, preserves or destroys, in short selects him.[3] And whenever it adopts and preserves the great man, it becomes modified by his influence in an entirely original and peculiar way. He acts as a ferment, and changes its constitution, just as the advent of a new zoölogical species changes the faunal and floral equilibrium of the region in which it appears. We all recollect Mr. Darwin's famous statement of the influence of cats on the growth of clover in their neighborhood. We all have read of the effects of the European rabbit in New Zealand, and we have many of us taken part in the controversy about the English sparrow here,—whether he kills most canker-worms, or drives away most native birds. Just so the great man, whether he be an importation from without like Clive in India or Agassiz here, or whether he spring from the soil like Mahomet or Franklin, brings about a rearrangement, on a large or a small scale, of the pre-existing social relations.

And this brings us finally to the core of our topic. The reasons behind the emergence of great individuals reside in a realm that is completely beyond the reach of the social philosopher. They must simply accept geniuses as facts, just as Darwin accepts his spontaneous variations. For them, just like for Darwin, the only question is, given these facts, how does the environment influence them, and how do they influence the environment? Now, I assert that the relationship between the visible environment and the great individual is essentially the same as it is to the 'variation' in Darwin's philosophy. It primarily adopts or rejects, preserves or destroys, in short, it selects them.[3] And whenever it adopts and preserves a great individual, it becomes modified by their influence in a completely original and unique way. They act as a catalyst and change its structure, just as the arrival of a new species alters the animal and plant balance in the area where it appears. We all remember Darwin's famous observation about how cats affect clover growth in their surroundings. We've all read about the impacts of the European rabbit in New Zealand, and many of us have participated in the debate about the English sparrow here—whether it consumes more canker-worms or drives away more native birds. Similarly, the great individual, whether they come from outside like Clive in India or Agassiz here, or whether they emerge from the local context like Muhammad or Franklin, brings about a reorganization, on either a large or small scale, of the existing social relationships.

{227}

The mutations of societies, then, from generation to generation, are in the main due directly or indirectly to the acts or the example of individuals whose genius was so adapted to the receptivities of the moment, or whose accidental position of authority was so critical that they became ferments, initiators of movement, setters of precedent or fashion, centres of corruption, or destroyers of other persons, whose gifts, had they had free play, would have led society in another direction.

The changes in societies from generation to generation mostly result from the actions or examples of individuals whose talent was perfectly aligned with the needs of the time, or whose unexpected position of power was so significant that they became catalysts for change, pioneers of movement, trendsetters, sources of corruption, or destroyers of others whose abilities, if given the chance, could have directed society in a different way.

We see this power of individual initiative exemplified on a small scale all about us, and on a large scale in the case of the leaders of history. It is only following the common-sense method of a Lyell, a Darwin, and a Whitney to interpret the unknown by the known, and reckon up cumulatively the only causes of social change we can directly observe. Societies of men are just like individuals, in that both at any given moment offer ambiguous potentialities of development. Whether a young man enters business or the ministry may depend on a decision which has to be made before a certain day. He takes the place offered in the counting-house, and is committed. Little by little, the habits, the knowledges, of the other career, which once lay so near, cease to be reckoned even among his possibilities. At first, he may sometimes doubt whether the self he murdered in that decisive hour might not have been the better of the two; but with the years such questions themselves expire, and the old alternative ego, once so vivid, fades into something less substantial than a dream. It is no otherwise with nations. They may be committed by kings and ministers to peace or war, by generals to victory or defeat, by prophets to this {228} religion or to that, by various geniuses to fame in art, science, or industry. A war is a true point of bifurcation of future possibilities. Whether it fail or succeed, its declaration must be the starting-point of new policies. Just so does a revolution, or any great civic precedent, become a deflecting influence, whose operations widen with the course of time. Communities obey their ideals; and an accidental success fixes an ideal, as an accidental failure blights it.

We see the power of individual initiative all around us on a small scale and in the lives of historical leaders on a larger scale. It's just a common-sense approach, like that of Lyell, Darwin, and Whitney, to understand the unknown by looking at what we already know and accounting for the causes of social change we can directly observe. Societies are like individuals; at any moment, they hold ambiguous potential for development. A young man might decide between going into business or the ministry based on a choice he has to make by a specific deadline. Once he accepts the position in the office, he is committed. Gradually, the habits and knowledge of the other path, which once seemed so close, are no longer considered among his options. Initially, he might question whether the version of himself he left behind in that crucial moment could have turned out better. But as the years pass, those questions fade, and the old alternative ego, once so vivid, becomes less real than a dream. Nations experience this in a similar way. They can be committed by kings and ministers to peace or war, by generals to victory or defeat, by prophets to this {228} religion or that, and by various innovators to success in art, science, or industry. A war is a true turning point for future possibilities. Regardless of whether it fails or succeeds, its declaration marks the beginning of new policies. Similarly, a revolution or any significant civic event can act as a deflecting influence, which expands its impact over time. Communities follow their ideals, and an unexpected success establishes an ideal, just as an accidental failure can ruin it.

Would England have to-day the 'imperial' ideal which she now has, if a certain boy named Bob Clive had shot himself, as he tried to do, at Madras? Would she be the drifting raft she is now in European affairs[4] if a Frederic the Great had inherited her throne instead of a Victoria, and if Messrs. Bentham, Mill, Cobden, and Bright had all been born in Prussia? England has, no doubt, to-day precisely the same intrinsic value relatively to the other nations that she ever had. There is no such fine accumulation of human material upon the globe. But in England the material has lost effective form, while in Germany it has found it. Leaders give the form. Would England be crying forward and backward at once, as she does now, 'letting I will not wait upon I would,' wishing to conquer but not to fight, if her ideal had in all these years been fixed by a succession of statesmen of supremely commanding personality, working in one direction? Certainly not. She would have espoused, for better or worse, either one course or another. Had Bismarck died in his cradle, the Germans would still be satisfied with appearing to themselves as a race of spectacled Gelehrten and political herbivora, and to the French as ces bons, or ces naifs, {229} Allemands. Bismarck's will showed them, to their own great astonishment, that they could play a far livelier game. The lesson will not be forgotten. Germany may have many vicissitudes, but they—

Would England today have the 'imperial' ideal that she possesses now if a certain boy named Bob Clive had actually shot himself, as he tried to, in Madras? Would she be the drifting raft she currently is in European affairs[4] if Frederick the Great had inherited her throne instead of Victoria, and if Bentham, Mill, Cobden, and Bright had all been born in Prussia? England certainly has, today, the same intrinsic value relative to other nations that she has always had. There’s no other place on earth with such a rich accumulation of human talent. But in England, that talent has lost its effective form, while in Germany it has found it. Leaders provide that form. Would England be crying out in two directions at once, as she does now, 'letting I will not wait upon I would,' wanting to conquer but not to fight, if her ideal had all these years been shaped by a series of statesmen with commanding personalities, working towards a common goal? Certainly not. She would have chosen, for better or worse, a definite path. If Bismarck had died in his cradle, the Germans would still see themselves as a race of spectacled Gelehrten and political herbivores, and be seen by the French as ces bons, or ces naifs, Allemands. Bismarck’s resolve revealed to them, to their great surprise, that they could play a much more dynamic game. That lesson will not be forgotten. Germany may face many ups and downs, but they—

"will never do away, I ween,
The marks of that which once hath been"—

"will never forget, I think,"
The signs of what has been"—

of Bismarck's initiative, namely, from 1860 to 1873.

of Bismarck's initiative, specifically, from 1860 to 1873.

The fermentative influence of geniuses must be admitted as, at any rate, one factor in the changes that constitute social evolution. The community may evolve in many ways. The accidental presence of this or that ferment decides in which way it shall evolve. Why, the very birds of the forest, the parrot, the mino, have the power of human speech, but never develop it of themselves; some one must be there to teach them. So with us individuals. Rembrandt must teach us to enjoy the struggle of light with darkness, Wagner to enjoy peculiar musical effects; Dickens gives a twist to our sentimentality, Artemus Ward to our humor; Emerson kindles a new moral light within us. But it is like Columbus's egg. "All can raise the flowers now, for all have got the seed." But if this be true of the individuals in the community, how can it be false of the community as a whole? If shown a certain way, a community may take it; if not, it will never find it. And the ways are to a large extent indeterminate in advance. A nation may obey either of many alternative impulses given by different men of genius, and still live and be prosperous, just as a man may enter either of many businesses. Only, the prosperities may differ in their type.

The transformative influence of geniuses must be acknowledged as one factor in the changes that make up social evolution. The community may evolve in many ways. The random presence of this or that influencer determines how it shall evolve. Just like the birds of the forest, such as parrots and mynahs, can mimic human speech but don't develop it on their own; someone needs to teach them. It's the same for us individuals. Rembrandt teaches us to appreciate the interplay of light and shadow, Wagner introduces us to unique musical effects; Dickens adds a twist to our sentimentality, and Artemus Ward to our humor; Emerson sparks a new moral insight within us. But it's like Columbus's egg. "Everyone can grow the flowers now, because everyone has the seed." If this is true for individuals within the community, how can it not be true for the community itself? If shown a particular path, a community may choose to follow it; if not, it will never discover it. And the paths are largely uncertain in advance. A nation may respond to any of several different impulses from various geniuses and still thrive, just as a person might enter any one of many businesses. However, the types of success may vary.

But the indeterminism is not absolute. Not every {230} 'man' fits every 'hour.' Some incompatibilities there are. A given genius may come either too early or too late. Peter the Hermit would now be sent to a lunatic asylum. John Mill in the tenth century would have lived and died unknown. Cromwell and Napoleon need their revolutions, Grant his civil war. An Ajax gets no fame in the day of telescopic-sighted rifles; and, to express differently an instance which Spencer uses, what could a Watt have effected in a tribe which no precursive genius had taught to smelt iron or to turn a lathe?

But indeterminism isn't absolute. Not every {230} 'man' fits every 'hour.' There are some incompatibilities. A certain genius might come either too early or too late. Peter the Hermit would likely be sent to a psychiatric hospital today. John Mill in the tenth century would have lived and died without recognition. Cromwell and Napoleon need their revolutions, and Grant needs his civil war. An Ajax doesn't get fame in a time of precision rifles; and to put it another way, as Spencer points out, what could a Watt have achieved in a tribe that had never learned to smelt iron or use a lathe?

Now, the important thing to notice is that what makes a certain genius now incompatible with his surroundings is usually the fact that some previous genius of a different strain has warped the community away from the sphere of his possible effectiveness. After Voltaire, no Peter the Hermit; after Charles IX. and Louis XIV., no general protestantization of France; after a Manchester school, a Beaconsfield's success is transient; after a Philip II., a Castelar makes little headway; and so on. Each bifurcation cuts off certain sides of the field altogether, and limits the future possible angles of deflection. A community is a living thing, and in words which I can do no better than quote from Professor Clifford,[5] "it is the peculiarity of living things not merely that they change under the influence of surrounding circumstances, but that any change which takes place in them is not lost but retained, and as it were built into the organism to serve as the foundation for future actions. If you cause any distortion in the growth of a tree and make it crooked, whatever you may do afterwards to make the tree straight the mark of your {231} distortion is there; it is absolutely indelible; it has become part of the tree's nature.... Suppose, however, that you take a lump of gold, melt it, and let it cool.... No one can tell by examining a piece of gold how often it has been melted and cooled in geologic ages, or even in the last year by the hand of man. Any one who cuts down an oak can tell by the rings in its trunk how many times winter has frozen it into widowhood, and how many times summer has warmed it into life. A living being must always contain within itself the history, not merely of its own existence, but of all its ancestors."

Now, the key point to understand is that what makes a certain genius incompatible with his environment is usually the fact that some earlier genius of a different kind has skewed the community away from the area where he could have been effective. After Voltaire, there’s no Peter the Hermit; after Charles IX. and Louis XIV., there’s no widespread Protestant movement in France; after a Manchester school, Beaconsfield's success is short-lived; after a Philip II., Castelar struggles to gain traction; and so on. Each split cuts off certain aspects of the field completely, limiting future possible directions for change. A community is a living entity, and in words I can do no better than quote from Professor Clifford,[5] "it is the nature of living things not just that they change due to their surrounding circumstances, but that any change they undergo is not lost but retained, almost as if it's built into the organism to serve as a foundation for future actions. If you cause any distortion in the growth of a tree and make it crooked, no matter what you do afterward to straighten the tree, the mark of your distortion remains; it is absolutely indelible; it has become part of the tree's nature... However, if you take a lump of gold, melt it, and let it cool... No one can tell by examining a piece of gold how many times it has been melted and cooled over geological ages, or even in the past year by human hands. Anyone who cuts down an oak can tell by the rings in its trunk how many winters it has endured and how many summers have nurtured it back to life. A living being must always carry within it the history, not just of its own life, but of all its ancestors."

Every painter can tell us how each added line deflects his picture in a certain sense. Whatever lines follow must be built on those first laid down. Every author who starts to rewrite a piece of work knows how impossible it becomes to use any of the first-written pages again. The new beginning has already excluded the possibility of those earlier phrases and transitions, while it has at the same time created the possibility of an indefinite set of new ones, no one of which, however, is completely determined in advance. Just so the social surroundings of the past and present hour exclude the possibility of accepting certain contributions from individuals; but they do not positively define what contributions shall be accepted, for in themselves they are powerless to fix what the nature of the individual offerings shall be.[6]

Every painter can explain how each added line changes their painting in a specific way. Any lines that come after must be based on those initial ones. Every writer who begins to rewrite something understands how impossible it is to reuse any of the earlier pages. The new start has already ruled out the option of using those initial phrases and transitions, while simultaneously opening up a limitless number of new possibilities, none of which are entirely predetermined. Similarly, the social context of the current moment and the past prevents the acceptance of certain contributions from individuals; however, it doesn’t specifically define which contributions will be accepted, since it has no power to determine the nature of those individual offerings.[6]

{232}

Thus social evolution is a resultant of the interaction of two wholly distinct factors,—the individual, deriving his peculiar gifts from the play of physiological and infra-social forces, but bearing all the power of initiative and origination in his hands; and, second, the social environment, with its power of adopting or rejecting both him and his gifts. Both factors are essential to change. The community stagnates without the impulse of the individual. The impulse dies away without the sympathy of the community.

So, social evolution comes from the interaction of two completely different factors—first, the individual, who gets their unique abilities from a mix of physiological and social forces, but holds all the power of initiative and creativity; and second, the social environment, which has the ability to accept or reject both the individual and their skills. Both factors are crucial for change. The community remains stagnant without the drive of the individual. The drive fades away without the support of the community.

All this seems nothing more than common-sense. All who wish to see it developed by a man of genius should read that golden little work, Bagehot's Physics and Politics, in which (it seems to me) the complete sense of the way in which concrete things grow and change is as livingly present as the straining after a pseudo-philosophy of evolution is livingly absent. But there are never wanting minds to whom such views seem personal and contracted, and allied to an anthropomorphism long exploded in other fields of knowledge. "The individual withers, and the world is more and more," to these writers; and in a Buckle, a Draper, and a Taine we all know how much the 'world' has come to be almost synonymous with the climate. We all know, too, how the controversy has been kept up between the partisans of a 'science of history' and those who deny the existence of anything like necessary 'laws' where human societies are concerned. Mr. Spencer, at the opening of his Study of Sociology, makes an onslaught on the 'great-man theory' of history, from which a few passages may be quoted:—

All of this seems like nothing more than common sense. Anyone who wants to see it developed by a brilliant person should read that amazing little book, Bagehot's Physics and Politics, where the complete understanding of how concrete things grow and change is as clearly present as the struggle for a fake philosophy of evolution is noticeably absent. But there are always some minds that find such views too personal and narrow, connected to an anthropomorphism that has already been dismissed in other fields of knowledge. "The individual fades away, and the world keeps growing," say these writers; and in Buckle, Draper, and Taine, we all see how much the 'world' has almost become synonymous with the climate. We also know that the debate has continued between those who support a 'science of history' and those who deny that there are any necessary 'laws' when it comes to human societies. Mr. Spencer, at the beginning of his Study of Sociology, launches an attack on the 'great-man theory' of history, from which a few passages may be quoted:—

"The genesis of societies by the action of great men may be comfortably believed so long as, resting in general {233} notions, you do not ask for particulars. But now, if, dissatisfied with vagueness, we demand that our ideas shall be brought into focus and exactly defined, we discover the hypothesis to be utterly incoherent. If, not stopping at the explanation of social progress as due to the great man, we go back a step, and ask, Whence comes the great man? we find that the theory breaks down completely. The question has two conceivable answers: his origin is supernatural, or it is natural. Is his origin supernatural? Then he is a deputy god, and we have theocracy once removed,—or, rather, not removed at all.... Is this an unacceptable solution? Then the origin of the great man is natural; and immediately this is recognized, he must be classed with all other phenomena in the society that gave him birth as a product of its antecedents. Along with the whole generation of which he forms a minute part, along with its institutions, language, knowledge, manners, and its multitudinous arts and appliances, he is a resultant.... You must admit that the genesis of the great man depends on the long series of complex influences which has produced the race in which he appears, and the social state into which that race has slowly grown.... Before he can remake his society, his society must make him. All those changes of which he is the proximate initiator have their chief causes in the generations he descended from. If there is to be anything like a real explanation of those changes, it must be sought in that aggregate of conditions out of which both he and they have arisen."[7]

"The idea that great individuals create societies is easy to accept as long as we stick to broad concepts and don’t dig into specifics. But if we push for clarity and precise definitions, we find this theory doesn’t hold up. If we take a step back from the idea that social progress is due to great individuals and instead ask, where do these great individuals come from?, the theory falls apart. There are two potential answers: their origin is either supernatural or natural. If their origin is supernatural, then they’re like a god, and we’re left with a theocracy in a different form—or rather, not different at all. Is this answer not acceptable? Then their origin is natural; and as soon as we recognize this, they must be seen as a product of the society that birthed them, just like everything else that comes from it. Along with the entire generation to which they belong, along with its institutions, language, knowledge, customs, and countless arts and tools, they are a resultant. You have to acknowledge that the emergence of a great individual depends on the long chain of complex influences that led to the race they belong to and the social conditions that race has slowly evolved into. Before a great individual can transform their society, their society must shape them. All the changes they initiate directly have their main causes in the generations that came before them. For there to be any real understanding of these changes, we must look at the collection of conditions that led to both their existence and that of their predecessors."


Now, it seems to me that there is something which one might almost call impudent in the attempt which Mr. Spencer makes, in the first sentence of this extract, to pin the reproach of vagueness upon those who believe in the power of initiative of the great man.

Now, it seems to me that there's something almost bold about Mr. Spencer's attempt, in the first sentence of this excerpt, to accuse those who believe in the power of initiative of great individuals of being vague.

{234}

Suppose I say that the singular moderation which now distinguishes social, political, and religious discussion in England, and contrasts so strongly with the bigotry and dogmatism of sixty years ago, is largely due to J. S. Mill's example. I may possibly be wrong about the facts; but I am, at any rate, 'asking for particulars,' and not 'resting in general notions.' And if Mr. Spencer should tell me it started from no personal influence whatever, but from the 'aggregate of conditions,' the 'generations,' Mill and all his contemporaries 'descended from,' the whole past order of nature in short, surely he, not I, would be the person 'satisfied with vagueness.'

Let's say that the unique moderation we see in social, political, and religious discussions in England today, which is a sharp contrast to the bigotry and dogmatism of sixty years ago, is largely because of J. S. Mill's example. I might be wrong about the facts, but at least I’m "asking for details" instead of just "settling for vague ideas." And if Mr. Spencer were to say that this change didn’t come from any individual influence but from the "aggregate of conditions," the "generations" that Mill and his peers were part of, and the overall course of nature, then he, not I, would be the one "content with ambiguity."

The fact is that Mr. Spencer's sociological method is identical with that of one who would invoke the zodiac to account for the fall of the sparrow, and the thirteen at table to explain the gentleman's death. It is of little more scientific value than the Oriental method of replying to whatever question arises by the unimpeachable truism, "God is great." Not to fall back on the gods, where a proximate principle may be found, has with us Westerners long since become the sign of an efficient as distinguished from an inefficient intellect.

The truth is that Mr. Spencer's sociological approach is just as ridiculous as someone using the zodiac to explain why the sparrow fell or counting the thirteen at the table to explain a man's death. It has little more scientific merit than the Eastern practice of answering any question with the unquestionable saying, "God is great." Not relying on the divine, when a more immediate explanation is available, has become a hallmark of an effective mind rather than an ineffective one among us Western thinkers.

To believe that the cause of everything is to be found in its antecedents is the starting-point, the initial postulate, not the goal and consummation, of science. If she is simply to lead us out of the labyrinth by the same hole we went in by three or four thousand years ago, it seems hardly worth while to have followed her through the darkness at all. If anything is humanly certain it is that the great man's society, properly so called, does not make him before he can remake it. Physiological forces, with which {235} the social, political, geographical, and to a great extent anthropological conditions have just as much and just as little to do as the condition of the crater of Vesuvius has to do with the flickering of this gas by which I write, are what make him. Can it be that Mr. Spencer holds the convergence of sociological pressures to have so impinged on Stratford-upon-Avon about the 26th of April, 1564, that a W. Shakespeare, with all his mental peculiarities, had to be born there,—as the pressure of water outside a certain boat will cause a stream of a certain form to ooze into a particular leak? And does he mean to say that if the aforesaid W. Shakespeare had died of cholera infantum, another mother at Stratford-upon-Avon would needs have engendered a duplicate copy of him, to restore the sociologic equilibrium,—just as the same stream of water will reappear, no matter how often you pass a sponge over the leak, so long as the outside level remains unchanged? Or might the substitute arise at 'Stratford-atte-Bowe'? Here, as elsewhere, it is very hard, in the midst of Mr. Spencer's vagueness, to tell what he does mean at all.

Believing that everything's cause can be found in its past is the starting point, the initial assumption, not the ultimate goal of science. If science just leads us out of the maze through the same entrance we used three or four thousand years ago, it hardly seems worth going through the darkness at all. If there's anything we can be sure of, it's that the true society of great individuals doesn't create them until they can transform it. The physiological forces, alongside social, political, geographical, and largely anthropological conditions, play a role as much as the state of Vesuvius' crater does in the flickering gas with which I write. Could Mr. Spencer really believe that sociological pressures had such an impact on Stratford-upon-Avon around April 26, 1564, that a W. Shakespeare, with all his unique traits, had to be born there—like how the pressure of water outside a boat causes a specific stream to leak through a particular hole? And does he think that if this W. Shakespeare had died of infant cholera, another mother in Stratford-upon-Avon would have had to give birth to an exact replica of him to maintain sociological balance—just as that same stream of water will keep coming back, no matter how often you use a sponge on the leak, as long as the external level stays the same? Or could the substitute have been born at 'Stratford-atte-Bowe'? Here, as elsewhere, it's really difficult to understand what Mr. Spencer is actually trying to say amid his vagueness.

We have, however, in his disciple, Mr. Grant Allen, one who leaves us in no doubt whatever of his precise meaning. This widely informed, suggestive, and brilliant writer published last year a couple of articles in the Gentleman's Magazine, in which he maintained that individuals have no initiative in determining social change.

We do have, though, in his disciple, Mr. Grant Allen, someone who makes his exact meaning completely clear. This knowledgeable, thought-provoking, and brilliant writer published a couple of articles last year in the Gentleman's Magazine, where he argued that individuals don't play a role in driving social change.

"The differences between one nation and another, whether in intellect, commerce, art, morals, or general temperament, ultimately depend, not upon any mysterious properties of race, nationality, or any other unknown and unintelligible abstractions, but simply and solely upon the {236} physical circumstances to which they are exposed. If it be a fact, as we know it to be, that the French nation differs recognizably from the Chinese, and the people of Hamburg differ recognizably from the people of Timbuctoo, then the notorious and conspicuous differences between them are wholly due to the geographical position of the various races. If the people who went to Hamburg had gone to Timbuctoo, they would now be indistinguishable from the semi-barbarian negroes who inhabit that central African metropolis;[8] and if the people who went to Timbuctoo had gone to Hamburg, they would now have been white-skinned merchants driving a roaring trade in imitation sherry and indigestible port.... The differentiating agency must be sought in the great permanent geographical features of land and sea; ... these have necessarily and inevitably moulded the characters and histories of every nation upon the earth.... We cannot regard any nation as an active agent in differentiating itself. Only the surrounding circumstances can have any effect in such a direction. [These two sentences dogmatically deny the existence of the relatively independent physiological cycle of causation.] To suppose otherwise is to suppose that the mind of man is exempt from the universal law of causation. There is no caprice, no spontaneous impulse, in human endeavors. Even tastes and inclinations must themselves be the result of surrounding causes."[9]

"The differences between one nation and another, whether in intellect, commerce, art, morals, or overall temperament, ultimately depend not on any mysterious traits of race, nationality, or any other abstract concepts, but simply and solely on the physical circumstances they face. If it is a fact, as we know it to be, that the French nation differs significantly from the Chinese, and the people of Hamburg differ notably from the people of Timbuktu, then the well-known and prominent differences between them are entirely due to the geographical contexts of the various groups. If the people who moved to Hamburg had gone to Timbuktu, they would now be indistinguishable from the semi-barbarian blacks who inhabit that central African city; and if the people who went to Timbuktu had gone to Hamburg, they would now have become white-skinned merchants engaged in a booming trade in imitation sherry and hard-to-digest port. The distinguishing factors must be found in the significant, permanent geographical features of land and sea; these have necessarily shaped the characteristics and histories of every nation on Earth. We cannot see any nation as an active force that differentiates itself. Only the surrounding circumstances can influence that process. To suggest otherwise is to imply that the human mind is exempt from the universal law of causation. There is no randomness or spontaneous impulse in human actions. Even preferences and inclinations must themselves arise from surrounding causes."

{237}

Elsewhere Mr. Allen, writing of the Greek culture, says:—

Elsewhere, Mr. Allen, discussing Greek culture, says:—


"It was absolutely and unreservedly the product of the geographical Hellas, acting upon the given factor of the undifferentiated Aryan brain,... To me it seems a self-evident proposition that nothing whatsoever can differentiate one body of men from another, except the physical conditions in which they are set,—including, of course, under the term physical conditions the relations of place and time in which they stand with regard to other bodies of men. To suppose otherwise is to deny the primordial law of causation. To imagine that the mind can differentiate itself is to imagine that it can be differentiated without a cause."[10]

"It was completely and totally shaped by the geographical Hellas, influencing the shared characteristics of the undifferentiated Aryan mind,... It seems obvious to me that nothing can truly set one group of people apart from another, except for the physical conditions they exist in—including, of course, the relationships of place and time they have with other groups of people. To think otherwise is to ignore the fundamental law of cause and effect. To believe that the mind can set itself apart is to believe that it can be distinguished without a cause."[10]


This outcry about the law of universal causation being undone, the moment we refuse to invest in the kind of causation which is peddled round by a particular school, makes one impatient. These writers have no imagination of alternatives. With them there is no tertium quid between outward environment and miracle. Aut Caesar, aut nullus! Aut Spencerism, aut catechism!

This complaint about the idea of universal causation falling apart the moment we stop buying into the type of causation pushed by a specific group is frustrating. These authors lack the imagination to consider other possibilities. For them, there’s no middle ground between the external environment and a miracle. Either it’s one extreme or nothing at all! Either it’s Spencerism or a catechism!

If by 'physical conditions' Mr. Allen means what he does mean, the outward cycle of visible nature and man, his assertion is simply physiologically false. For a national mind differentiates 'itself' whenever a genius is born in its midst by causes acting in the invisible and molecular cycle. But if Mr. Allen means by 'physical conditions' the whole of nature, his assertion, though true, forms but the vague Asiatic {238} profession of belief in an all-enveloping fate, which certainly need not plume itself on any specially advanced or scientific character.

If by "physical conditions" Mr. Allen means what he actually means, the visible cycle of nature and humanity, his claim is simply wrong from a physiological standpoint. A national mindset changes itself whenever a genius emerges within it due to influences operating in the invisible and molecular realms. However, if Mr. Allen refers to "physical conditions" as the entirety of nature, his statement, while true, is simply a vague Asian belief in an all-encompassing fate, which certainly doesn’t have to present itself as particularly advanced or scientific. {238}


And how can a thinker so clever as Mr. Allen fail to have distinguished in these matters between necessary conditions and sufficient conditions of a given result? The French say that to have an omelet we must break our eggs; that is, the breaking of eggs is a necessary condition of the omelet. But is it a sufficient condition? Does an omelet appear whenever three eggs are broken? So of the Greek mind. To get such versatile intelligence it may be that such commercial dealings with the world as the geographical Hellas afforded are a necessary condition. But if they are a sufficient condition, why did not the Phoenicians outstrip the Greeks in intelligence? No geographical environment can produce a given type of mind. It can only foster and further certain types fortuitously produced, and thwart and frustrate others. Once again, its function is simply selective, and determines what shall actually be only by destroying what is positively incompatible. An Arctic environment is incompatible with improvident habits in its denizens; but whether the inhabitants of such a region shall unite with their thrift the peacefulness of the Eskimo or the pugnacity of the Norseman is, so far as the climate is concerned, an accident. Evolutionists should not forget that we all have five fingers not because four or six would not do just as well, but merely because the first vertebrate above the fishes happened to have that number. He owed his prodigious success in founding a line of descent to some entirely other quality,—we know {239} not which,—but the inessential five fingers were taken in tow and preserved to the present day. So of most social peculiarities. Which of them shall be taken in tow by the few qualities which the environment necessarily exacts is a matter of what physiological accidents shall happen among individuals. Mr. Allen promises to prove his thesis in detail by the examples of China, India, England, Rome, etc. I have not the smallest hesitation in predicting that he will do no more with these examples than he has done with Hellas. He will appear upon the scene after the fact, and show that the quality developed by each race was, naturally enough, not incompatible with its habitat. But he will utterly fail to show that the particular form of compatibility fallen into in each case was the one necessary and only possible form.

And how can a thinker as clever as Mr. Allen fail to distinguish between necessary conditions and sufficient conditions for a specific outcome? The French say that to make an omelet, we have to break our eggs; that is, breaking eggs is a necessary condition for the omelet. But is it a sufficient condition? Does an omelet automatically appear when three eggs are broken? The same holds true for the Greek mind. To develop such versatile intelligence, it may be that the kind of commercial interactions offered by geographical Hellas are a necessary condition. But if they are a sufficient condition, why didn’t the Phoenicians surpass the Greeks in intelligence? No geographical setting can produce a specific type of mind. It can only support and enhance certain types that randomly emerge, while hindering and obstructing others. Once again, its role is simply selective and determines what will come to be only by eliminating what is clearly incompatible. An Arctic environment is not compatible with careless habits in its inhabitants; however, whether the people in such a region combine their thrift with the peacefulness of the Eskimo or the aggressiveness of the Norseman is, as far as the climate is concerned, just a matter of chance. Evolutionists shouldn’t forget that we all have five fingers not because four or six would not work just as well, but simply because the first vertebrate above the fish happened to have that number. He owed his remarkable success in founding a lineage to some entirely different quality,—we don’t know which,—but the nonessential five fingers were carried forward and preserved to this day. The same applies to most social traits. Which of these traits will be carried forward by the few qualities the environment inevitably requires is a matter of the physiological accidents that occur among individuals. Mr. Allen promises to prove his thesis in detail using examples from China, India, England, Rome, and so on. I have no doubt in predicting that he will achieve no more with these examples than he has with Hellas. He will appear after the fact and show that the qualities developed by each race were, naturally enough, not incompatible with their environment. But he will completely fail to demonstrate that the particular form of compatibility achieved in each case was the only possible and necessary form.

Naturalists know well enough how indeterminate the harmonies between a fauna and its environment are. An animal may better his chances of existence in either of many ways,—growing aquatic, arboreal, or subterranean; small and swift, or massive and bulky; spiny, horny, slimy, or venomous; more timid or more pugnacious; more cunning or more fertile of offspring; more gregarious or more solitary; or in other ways besides,—and any one of these ways may suit him to many widely different environments.

Naturalists are well aware of how uncertain the relationships between animals and their environments can be. An animal can improve its chances of survival in many ways—becoming aquatic, arboreal, or subterranean; being small and fast, or large and heavy; having spines, horns, slime, or venom; being more timid or more aggressive; being more clever or having more offspring; being more social or more solitary; or in other ways as well—and any one of these adaptations can work for a variety of very different environments.

Readers of Mr. A. R. Wallace will well remember the striking illustrations of this in his Malay Archipelago:—

Readers of Mr. A. R. Wallace will remember the impressive illustrations of this in his Malay Archipelago:—

"Borneo closely resembles New Guinea not only in its vast size and its freedom from volcanoes, but in its variety of geological structure, its uniformity of climate, and the general aspect of the forest vegetation that clothes its surface; the Moluccas are the counterpart of the Philippines {240} in their volcanic structure, their extreme fertility, their luxuriant forests, and their frequent earthquakes; and Bali, with the east end of Java, has a climate almost as dry and a soil almost as arid as that of Timor. Yet between these corresponding groups of islands, constructed, as it were, after the same pattern, subjected to the same climate, and bathed by the same oceans, there exists the greatest possible contrast when we compare their animal productions. Nowhere does the ancient doctrine that differences or similarities in the various forms of life that inhabit different countries are due to corresponding physical differences or similarities in the countries themselves, meet with so direct and palpable a contradiction. Borneo and New Guinea, as alike physically as two distinct countries can be, are zoölogically wide as the poles asunder; while Australia, with its dry winds, its open plains, its stony deserts, and its temperate climate, yet produces birds and quadrupeds which are closely related to those inhabiting the hot, damp, luxuriant forests which everywhere clothe the plains and mountains of New Guinea."

Borneo is a lot like New Guinea, not just because of its huge size and lack of volcanoes, but also in its wide range of geological features, consistent climate, and the overall look of its forest vegetation. The Moluccas are similar to the Philippines with their volcanic landscape, rich fertility, lush forests, and frequent earthquakes. Bali, along with the eastern part of Java, has a climate that's nearly as dry and a soil that's almost as parched as Timor. However, despite these similar groups of islands, which seem to share the same patterns, climate, and are surrounded by the same oceans, there's a huge contrast when we look at their animal life. Nowhere is the old idea that differences or similarities in various life forms across countries stem from corresponding physical differences or similarities in those countries contradicted more clearly. Borneo and New Guinea, which are physically very similar, have wildlife that is as different as can be, while Australia, with its dry winds, open plains, rocky deserts, and temperate climate, still has birds and mammals that are closely related to those found in the hot, humid, lush forests of New Guinea. {240}


Here we have similar physical-geography environments harmonizing with widely differing animal lives, and similar animal lives harmonizing with widely differing geographical environments. A singularly accomplished writer, E. Gryzanowski, in the North American Review,[11] uses the instances of Sardinia and Corsica in support of this thesis with great effect He says:—

Here we have similar physical geography environments working together with very different animal populations, and similar animal populations adapting to very different geographical settings. A highly skilled writer, E. Gryzanowski, in the North American Review,[11] effectively uses the examples of Sardinia and Corsica to support this idea. He says:—


"These sister islands, lying in the very centre of the Mediterranean, at almost equal distances from the centres of Latin and Neo-Latin civilization, within easy reach of the Phoenician, the Greek, and the Saracen, with a {241} coast-line of more than a thousand miles, endowed with obvious and tempting advantages, and hiding untold sources of agricultural and mineral wealth, have nevertheless remained unknown, unheeded, and certainly uncared for during the thirty centuries of European history.... These islands have dialects, but no language; records of battles, but no history. They have customs, but no laws; the vendetta, but no justice. They have wants and wealth, but no commerce, timber and ports, but no shipping. They have legends, but no poetry, beauty, but no art; and twenty years ago it could still be said that they had universities, but no students.... That Sardinia, with all her emotional and picturesque barbarism, has never produced a single artist is almost as strange as her barbarism itself.... Near the focus of European civilization, in the very spot which an à priori geographer would point out as the most favorable place for material and intellectual, commercial, and political development, these strange sister islands have slept their secular sleep, like nodes on the sounding-board of history."

"These sister islands, located right in the heart of the Mediterranean, at nearly equal distances from the centers of Latin and Neo-Latin civilization, easily accessible to the Phoenicians, Greeks, and Saracens, with a coastline of over a thousand miles, boasting clear and enticing advantages, and concealing countless sources of agricultural and mineral wealth, have nevertheless remained unknown, ignored, and certainly neglected throughout the thirty centuries of European history.... These islands have dialects, but no unified language; accounts of battles, but no coherent history. They have customs, but no established laws; the vendetta, but no true justice. They have needs and resources, but no trade, timber and ports, but no shipping industry. They have legends, but no poetry, beauty, but no art; and twenty years ago it could still be said that they had universities, but no students.... It’s almost as strange as their barbarism itself that Sardinia, with all its emotional and picturesque wildness, has never produced a single artist.... Near the heart of European civilization, exactly where a geographer would identify as the prime location for material, intellectual, commercial, and political growth, these peculiar sister islands have remained in a deep sleep, like nodes on the sounding board of history."


This writer then goes on to compare Sardinia and Sicily with some detail. All the material advantages are in favor of Sardinia, "and the Sardinian population, being of an ancestry more mixed than that of the English race, would justify far higher expectations than that of Sicily." Yet Sicily's past history has been brilliant in the extreme, and her commerce to-day is great. Dr. Gryzanowski has his own theory of the historic torpor of these favored isles. He thinks they stagnated because they never gained political autonomy, being always owned by some Continental power. I will not dispute the theory; but I will ask, Why did they not gain it? and answer immediately: Simply because no individuals were {242} born there with patriotism and ability enough to inflame their countrymen with national pride, ambition, and thirst for independent life. Corsicans and Sardinians are probably as good stuff as any of their neighbors. But the best wood-pile will not blaze till a torch is applied, and the appropriate torches seem to have been wanting.[12]

This writer then compares Sardinia and Sicily in detail. All the material advantages favor Sardinia, "and the Sardinian population, being of a more mixed ancestry than that of the English race, would justify much higher expectations than those of Sicily." Yet Sicily's past history has been incredibly brilliant, and its commerce today is significant. Dr. Gryzanowski has his own theory about the historical stagnation of these favored islands. He believes they stagnated because they never gained political autonomy, always being owned by some Continental power. I won’t dispute that theory; but I will ask, why didn’t they gain it? And I'll answer right away: Simply because no individuals were born there with enough patriotism and ability to inspire their countrymen with national pride, ambition, and a desire for independence. Corsicans and Sardinians are probably just as good as their neighbors. But the best woodpile won’t catch fire until a torch is applied, and the right torches seem to have been missing. {242}

Sporadic great men come everywhere. But for a community to get vibrating through and through {243} with intensely active life, many geniuses coming together and in rapid succession are required. This is why great epochs are so rare,—why the sudden bloom of a Greece, an early Rome, a Renaissance, is such a mystery. Blow must follow blow so fast that no cooling can occur in the intervals. Then the mass of the nation grows incandescent, and may continue to glow by pure inertia long after the originators of its internal movement have passed away. We often hear surprise expressed that in these high tides of human affairs not only the people should be filled with stronger life, but that individual geniuses should seem so exceptionally abundant. This mystery is just about as deep as the time-honored conundrum as to why great rivers flow by great towns. It is true that great public fermentations awaken and adopt many geniuses, who in more torpid times would have had no chance to work. But over and above this there must be an exceptional concourse of genius about a time, to make the fermentation begin at all. The unlikeliness of the concourse is far greater than the unlikeliness of any particular genius; hence the rarity of these periods and the exceptional aspect which they always wear.

Great individuals appear sporadically everywhere. But for a community to be truly alive and buzzing with energy, it requires many geniuses coming together in quick succession. This is why significant eras are so rare—why the sudden flourishing of places like Greece, early Rome, or during the Renaissance is such a mystery. There must be a series of impactful events so rapid that there’s no chance for cooling off in between. Then the nation itself becomes vibrant and can continue to radiate energy long after the original pioneers have gone. We often hear people express surprise that during these peak moments in human history, not only are the masses filled with vitality, but individual geniuses also seem more plentiful. This mystery is as puzzling as why great rivers run through great cities. It’s true that major public movements bring out and nurture many geniuses who would otherwise struggle to thrive in quieter times. However, there must be an exceptional gathering of genius at any given moment to spark that movement in the first place. The unlikelihood of such a gathering is much greater than the unlikelihood of any single genius, which is why these periods are so rare and always stand out. {243}

{244}

It is folly, then, to speak of the 'laws of history' as of something inevitable, which science has only to discover, and whose consequences any one can then foretell but do nothing to alter or avert. Why, the very laws of physics are conditional, and deal with ifs. The physicist does not say, "The water will boil anyhow;" he only says it will boil if a fire be kindled beneath it. And so the utmost the student of sociology can ever predict is that if a genius of a certain sort show the way, society will be sure to follow. It might long ago have been predicted with great confidence that both Italy and Germany would reach a stable unity if some one could but succeed in starting the process. It could not have been predicted, however, that the modus operandi in each case would be subordination to a paramount state rather than federation, because no historian could have calculated the freaks of birth and fortune which gave at the same moment such positions of authority to three such peculiar individuals as Napoleon III., Bismarck, and Cavour. So of our own politics. It is certain now that the movement of the independents, reformers, or whatever one please to call them, will triumph. But whether it do so by converting the Republican party to its ends, or by rearing a new party on the ruins of both our present factions, the historian cannot say. There can be no doubt that the reform movement would make more progress in one year with an adequate personal leader than as now in ten without one. Were there a great citizen, splendid with every civic gift, to be its candidate, who can doubt that he would lead us to victory? But, at present, we, his environment, who sigh for him and would so gladly preserve and adopt him if he came, can neither {245} move without him, nor yet do anything to bring him forth.[13]

It's foolish to talk about the 'laws of history' as if they're inevitable, something science just needs to uncover, and whose outcomes anyone can predict but do nothing to change or prevent. Even the laws of physics are conditional and rely on ifs. The physicist doesn’t claim, “The water will boil anyway;” he says it will boil if a fire is lit under it. Similarly, the most a sociology student can predict is that if a particular type of genius shows the way, society is bound to follow. It could have confidently been predicted long ago that both Italy and Germany would achieve stable unity if someone managed to initiate the process. However, it couldn’t be foreseen that the way it would happen in each case would involve submission to a dominant state rather than a federation, as no historian could have anticipated the quirks of fate that simultaneously positioned three unusual leaders like Napoleon III, Bismarck, and Cavour in power. The same goes for our current politics. It's now certain that the movement of independents, reformers, or whatever you choose to call them, will succeed. But whether they will do so by reforming the Republican party or by creating a new party from the ashes of our current factions, the historian can't say. There’s no doubt that the reform movement would advance much more in one year under a strong leader than in ten without one. If there were a great citizen, endowed with every civic quality, willing to run, who could doubt he would lead us to victory? Yet, right now, we, his supporters, who long for his presence and would gladly embrace and rally behind him if he appeared, can neither move without him nor find a way to bring him forward. {245}

To conclude: The evolutionary view of history, when it denies the vital importance of individual initiative, is, then, an utterly vague and unscientific conception, a lapse from modern scientific determinism into the most ancient oriental fatalism. The lesson of the analysis that we have made (even on the completely deterministic hypothesis with which we started) forms an appeal of the most stimulating sort to the energy of the individual. Even the dogged resistance of the reactionary conservative to changes which he cannot hope entirely to defeat is justified and shown to be effective. He retards the movement; deflects it a little by the concessions he extracts; gives it a resultant momentum, compounded of his inertia and his adversaries' speed; and keeps up, in short, a constant lateral pressure, which, to be sure, never heads it round about, but brings it up at last at a goal far to the right or left of that to which it would have drifted had he allowed it to drift alone.

To wrap up: The evolutionary perspective on history, when it overlooks the crucial role of individual initiative, is a completely vague and unscientific idea, a shift from modern scientific determinism back to the most ancient forms of fatalism. The analysis we've conducted (even under the fully deterministic assumption we began with) serves as a powerful reminder of the importance of individual energy. Even the stubborn opposition of a conservative who resists changes he can't completely defeat is validated and shown to have an impact. He slows down the movement; slightly alters its course by the concessions he negotiates; creates a combined momentum from his resistance and his opponents' speed; and essentially maintains a constant lateral pressure, which, while it may not completely redirect the movement, ultimately lands it at a destination much farther to the right or left than it would have reached had he let it go unchecked.


I now pass to the last division of my subject, the function of the environment in mental evolution. After what I have already said, I may be quite concise. Here, if anywhere, it would seem at first sight as if that school must be right which makes the mind passively plastic, and the environment actively productive of the form and order of its conceptions; which, in a word, thinks that all mental progress must result from {246} a series of adaptive changes, in the sense already defined of that word. We know what a vast part of our mental furniture consists of purely remembered, not reasoned, experience. The entire field of our habits and associations by contiguity belongs here. The entire field of those abstract conceptions which were taught us with the language into which we were born belongs here also. And, more than this, there is reason to think that the order of 'outer relations' experienced by the individual may itself determine the order in which the general characters imbedded therein shall be noticed and extracted by his mind.[14] The pleasures and benefits, moreover, which certain parts of the environment yield, and the pains and hurts which other parts inflict, determine the direction of our interest and our attention, and so decide at which points the accumulation of mental experiences shall begin. It might, accordingly, seem as if there were no room for any other agency than this; as if the distinction we have found so useful between 'spontaneous variation,' as the producer of changed forms, and the environment, as their preserver and destroyer, did not hold in the case of mental progress; as if, in a word, the parallel with darwinism might no longer obtain, and Spencer might be quite right with his fundamental law of intelligence, which says, "The cohesion between psychical states is proportionate to the frequency with which the relation between the answering external phenomena has been repeated in experience."[15]

I now move on to the final part of my topic, the role of the environment in mental evolution. Given what I've already stated, I can be brief. It may initially seem like the perspective that views the mind as passively shaped and the environment as actively creating the form and organization of our thoughts is correct; in other words, the belief that all mental progress comes from a series of adaptive changes, as we've previously defined. We know that a significant portion of our mental framework consists of purely recalled, not reasoned, experiences. This includes all our habits and associations based on proximity. It also covers all those abstract ideas we learned alongside the language we grew up with. Furthermore, there's reason to believe that the sequence of 'outer relations' experienced by an individual can influence the order in which the mental characteristics embedded within are perceived and extracted by their mind.[14] Additionally, the pleasures and benefits certain aspects of the environment provide, along with the pains and harms others cause, shape our interests and focus, determining where the accumulation of mental experiences begins. Thus, it might seem that there’s no room for any other influence beyond this; as if the useful distinction we’ve drawn between 'spontaneous variation,' which generates changed forms, and the environment, as their preserver and destroyer, doesn’t apply to mental progress; as if, in essence, the comparison with Darwinism no longer holds, and Spencer might be completely correct with his fundamental law of intelligence, stating, "The connection between psychic states is proportional to the frequency with which the relationship between the corresponding external phenomena has been repeated in experience."[15]

{247}

But, in spite of all these facts, I have no hesitation whatever in holding firm to the darwinian distinction even here. I maintain that the facts in question are all drawn from the lower strata of the mind, so to speak,—from the sphere of its least evolved functions, from the region of intelligence which man possesses in common with the brutes. And I can easily show that throughout the whole extent of those mental departments which are highest, which are most characteristically human, Spencer's law is violated at every step; and that as a matter of fact the new conceptions, emotions, and active tendencies which evolve are originally produced in the shape of random images, fancies, accidental out-births of spontaneous variation in the functional activity of the excessively instable human brain, which the outer environment simply confirms or refutes, adopts or rejects, preserves or destroys,—selects, in short, just as it selects morphological and social variations due to molecular accidents of an analogous sort.

But despite all these facts, I have no hesitation in firmly sticking to the Darwinian distinction here. I believe that the facts in question come from the lower levels of the mind, so to speak—from the area of its least developed functions, from the part of intelligence that humans share with animals. And I can easily demonstrate that throughout the entire range of those mental areas that are most advanced, that are most distinctly human, Spencer's law is broken at every turn; and that, in reality, the new ideas, emotions, and active tendencies that develop initially come forth as random images, fantasies, and accidental byproducts of spontaneous variation in the highly unstable human brain, which the external environment simply confirms or challenges, accepts or rejects, preserves or destroys—selects, in short, much like it selects morphological and social variations caused by similar molecular accidents.

It is one of the tritest of truisms that human intelligences of a simple order are very literal. They are slaves of habit, doing what they have been taught without variation; dry, prosaic, and matter-of-fact in their remarks; devoid of humor, except of the coarse physical kind which rejoices in a practical joke; taking the world for granted; and possessing in their faithfulness and honesty the single gift by which they are sometimes able to warm us into admiration. But {248} even this faithfulness seems to have a sort of inorganic ring, and to remind us more of the immutable properties of a piece of inanimate matter than of the steadfastness of a human will capable of alternative choice. When we descend to the brutes, all these peculiarities are intensified. No reader of Schopenhauer can forget his frequent allusions to the trockener ernst of dogs and horses, nor to their ehrlichkeit. And every noticer of their ways must receive a deep impression of the fatally literal character of the few, simple, and treadmill-like operations of their minds.

It's a well-known fact that simple-minded people are very literal. They stick to their routines, doing what they've been taught without any changes; they are dry, straightforward, and matter-of-fact in what they say; they lack humor, except for the crude kind that enjoys practical jokes; they take the world as it is; and their loyalty and honesty sometimes manage to inspire our admiration. But {248} even this loyalty feels somewhat mechanical, reminding us more of the unchanging nature of inanimate objects than of the steadfastness of a human will that can make choices. When we look at animals, these traits become even more pronounced. No reader of Schopenhauer can forget his frequent references to the dry seriousness of dogs and horses, or their honesty. And anyone who observes their behavior can't help but notice the painfully literal nature of the few, simple, and repetitive tasks their minds engage in.

But turn to the highest order of minds, and what a change! Instead of thoughts of concrete things patiently following one another in a beaten track of habitual suggestion, we have the most abrupt cross-cuts and transitions from one idea to another, the most rarefied abstractions and discriminations, the most unheard-of combinations of elements, the subtlest associations of analogy; in a word, we seem suddenly introduced into a seething caldron of ideas, where everything is fizzling and bobbing about in a state of bewildering activity, where partnerships can be joined or loosened in an instant, treadmill routine is unknown, and the unexpected seems the only law. According to the idiosyncrasy of the individual, the scintillations will have one character or another. They will be sallies of wit and humor; they will be flashes of poetry and eloquence; they will be constructions of dramatic fiction or of mechanical device, logical or philosophic abstractions, business projects, or scientific hypotheses, with trains of experimental consequences based thereon; they will be musical sounds, or images of plastic beauty or picturesqueness, or visions of moral harmony. But, whatever their {249} differences may be, they will all agree in this,—that their genesis is sudden and, as it were, spontaneous. That is to say, the same premises would not, in the mind of another individual, have engendered just that conclusion; although, when the conclusion is offered to the other individual, he may thoroughly accept and enjoy it, and envy the brilliancy of him to whom it first occurred.

But when you look at the most brilliant minds, what a transformation! Instead of thoughts about concrete things following each other in a routine pattern of common suggestions, we find sudden shifts and transitions from one idea to another, highly refined abstractions and distinctions, the most unexpected combinations of elements, and the subtlest associations of analogy; in short, it’s like stepping into a bubbling pot of ideas, where everything is fizzing and moving around in a dizzying flurry of activity, where collaborations can form or dissolve in an instant, boring routines don’t exist, and the unexpected seems to be the only rule. Depending on the person’s unique traits, these flashes of inspiration will take on different forms. They can be witty remarks and humor; they can be bursts of poetry and eloquence; they can be creations of dramatic fiction or mechanical inventions, logical or philosophical concepts, business ideas, or scientific hypotheses, with trails of experiments following them; they can be musical notes, or images of aesthetic beauty or picturesque scenes, or visions of moral harmony. But no matter how varied they are, they all share one thing in common— their origin is sudden and almost spontaneous. This means that the same premises wouldn’t necessarily lead another person to the same conclusion; however, when that conclusion is presented to another person, they may completely accept and appreciate it, and even envy the brilliance of the one who first thought of it.

To Professor Jevons is due the great credit of having emphatically pointed out[16] how the genius of discovery depends altogether on the number of these random notions and guesses which visit the investigator's mind. To be fertile in hypotheses is the first requisite, and to be willing to throw them away the moment experience contradicts them is the next. The Baconian method of collating tables of instances may be a useful aid at certain times. But one might as well expect a chemist's note-book to write down the name of the body analyzed, or a weather table to sum itself up into a prediction of probabilities of its own accord, as to hope that the mere fact of mental confrontation with a certain series of facts will be sufficient to make any brain conceive their law. The conceiving of the law is a spontaneous variation in the strictest sense of the term. It flashes out of one brain, and no other, because the instability of that brain is such as to tip and upset itself in just that particular direction. But the important thing to notice is that the good flashes and the bad flashes, the triumphant hypotheses and the absurd conceits, are on an exact equality in respect of their origin. Aristotle's absurd Physics and his immortal Logic flow from one source: the forces that produce the one produce the other. {250} When walking along the street, thinking of the blue sky or the fine spring weather, I may either smile at some grotesque whim which occurs to me, or I may suddenly catch an intuition of the solution of a long-unsolved problem, which at that moment was far from my thoughts. Both notions are shaken out of the same reservoir,—the reservoir of a brain in which the reproduction of images in the relations of their outward persistence or frequency has long ceased to be the dominant law. But to the thought, when it is once engendered, the consecration of agreement with outward relations may come. The conceit perishes in a moment, and is forgotten. The scientific hypothesis arouses in me a fever of desire for verification. I read, write, experiment, consult experts. Everything corroborates my notion, which being then published in a book spreads from review to review and from mouth to mouth, till at last there is no doubt I am enshrined in the Pantheon of the great diviners of nature's ways. The environment preserves the conception which it was unable to produce in any brain less idiosyncratic than my own.

To Professor Jevons goes the significant credit for clearly emphasizing how the ability to discover relies entirely on the number of random ideas and guesses that come to the investigator's mind. Being fertile in hypotheses is the first requirement, and being willing to discard them as soon as experience proves them wrong is the next. The Baconian method of assembling tables of instances can be a helpful tool at times. However, one might as well expect a chemist's notebook to automatically record the name of the substance analyzed, or a weather table to spontaneously generate its own predictions, as to believe that simply confronting a certain set of facts will be enough for any brain to grasp their underlying law. Understanding the law is a spontaneous variation in the strictest sense. It emerges from one brain alone, because that brain's instability tips it in that specific direction. But it's important to note that both good ideas and bad ones, the successful hypotheses and the ridiculous notions, originate equally. Aristotle's nonsensical Physics and his enduring Logic come from the same source: the same forces that produce one also produce the other. {250} When I'm walking down the street, thinking about the blue sky or the lovely spring weather, I might smile at some odd thought that pops into my head, or I might suddenly get a glimpse of the solution to a long-unsolved problem that I wasn’t even thinking about at that moment. Both thoughts come from the same source—the reservoir of a brain where the repetition of images related to their outward persistence or frequency has long stopped being the main principle. But once the thought is born, it can gain validation from external relationships. The flawed idea fades quickly and is forgotten. The scientific hypothesis ignites in me a strong desire for confirmation. I read, write, experiment, and consult experts. Everything supports my idea, which, when published in a book, spreads from review to review and from person to person, until ultimately, there's no doubt that I've earned a place among the great thinkers uncovering nature's truths. The environment preserves the concept that it couldn't produce in any brain less unique than my own.

Now, the spontaneous upsettings of brains this way and that at particular moments into particular ideas and combinations are matched by their equally spontaneous permanent tiltings or saggings towards determinate directions. The humorous bent is quite characteristic; the sentimental one equally so. And the personal tone of each mind, which makes it more alive to certain classes of experience than others, more attentive to certain impressions, more open to certain reasons, is equally the result of that invisible and unimaginable play of the forces of growth within the nervous system which, irresponsibly to the {251} environment, makes the brain peculiarly apt to function in a certain way. Here again the selection goes on. The products of the mind with the determined aesthetic bent please or displease the community. We adopt Wordsworth, and grow unsentimental and serene. We are fascinated by Schopenhauer, and learn from him the true luxury of woe. The adopted bent becomes a ferment in the community, and alters its tone. The alteration may be a benefit or a misfortune, for it is (pace Mr. Allen) a differentiation from within, which has to run the gauntlet of the larger environment's selective power. Civilized Languedoc, taking the tone of its scholars, poets, princes, and theologians, fell a prey to its rude Catholic environment in the Albigensian crusade. France in 1792, taking the tone of its St. Justs and Marats, plunged into its long career of unstable outward relations. Prussia in 1806, taking the tone of its Humboldts and its Steins, proved itself in the most signal way 'adjusted' to its environment in 1872.

Now, the sudden shifts in thoughts at specific moments into particular ideas and combinations are balanced by their equally spontaneous permanent leanings or declines toward certain directions. The humorous inclination is quite typical; the sentimental one is just as much so. The personal tone of each mind makes it more sensitive to specific types of experiences than others, more focused on certain impressions, and more receptive to particular reasons; this is all due to that invisible and unfathomable interplay of the growth forces within the nervous system which, regardless of the environment, makes the brain especially suited to function in a certain way. Here again, the selection continues. The outcomes of the mind with a defined aesthetic inclination either please or displease the community. We embrace Wordsworth, becoming less sentimental and more serene. We are captivated by Schopenhauer, learning from him the true richness of sorrow. The embraced inclination becomes a catalyst in the community, changing its tone. This change can be beneficial or unfortunate, as it is a differentiation from within that must endure the scrutiny of the broader environment's selective power. Civilized Languedoc, influenced by its scholars, poets, princes, and theologians, fell victim to its harsh Catholic environment during the Albigensian crusade. France in 1792, influenced by its St. Justs and Marats, plunged into a long period of unstable external relations. Prussia in 1806, shaped by its Humboldts and Steins, proved itself in a remarkable way to be 'adjusted' to its environment in 1872.

Mr. Spencer, in one of the strangest chapters of his Psychology,[17] tries to show the necessary order in which the development of conceptions in the human race occurs. No abstract conception can be developed, according to him, until the outward experiences have reached a certain degree of heterogeneity, definiteness, coherence, and so forth.

Mr. Spencer, in one of the oddest chapters of his Psychology,[17] tries to show the essential order in which human ideas develop. According to him, no abstract idea can be formed until external experiences have reached a certain level of variety, clarity, coherence, and so on.


"Thus the belief in an unchanging order, the belief in law, is a belief of which the primitive man is absolutely incapable.... Experiences such as he receives furnish but few data for the conception of uniformity, whether as displayed in things or in relations.... The daily {252} impressions which the savage gets yield the notion very imperfectly, and in but few cases. Of all the objects around,—trees, stones, hills, pieces of water, clouds, and so forth,—most differ widely, ... and few approach complete likeness so nearly as to make discrimination difficult. Even between animals of the same species it rarely happens that, whether alive or dead, they are presented in just the same attitudes.... It is only along with a gradual development of the arts ... that there come frequent experiences of perfectly straight lines admitting of complete apposition, bringing the perceptions of equality and inequality. Still more devoid is savage life of the experiences which generate the conception of the uniformity of succession. The sequences observed from hour to hour and day to day seem anything but uniform, difference is a far more conspicuous trait among them.... So that if we contemplate primitive human life as a whole, we see that multiformity of sequence, rather than uniformity, is the notion which it tends to generate.... Only as fast as the practice of the arts develops the idea of measure can the consciousness of uniformity become clear.... Those conditions furnished by advancing civilization which make possible the notion of uniformity simultaneously make possible the notion of exactness.... Hence the primitive man has little experience which cultivates the consciousness of what we call truth. How closely allied this is to the consciousness which the practice of the arts cultivates is implied even in language. We speak of a true surface as well as a true statement. Exactness describes perfection in a mechanical fit, as well as perfect agreement between the results of calculations."

"Thus, the belief in an unchanging order, the belief in law, is something that primitive people simply can't grasp.... The experiences they have provide very little information for understanding consistency, whether in objects or relationships.... The daily {252} impressions that a savage receives offer this idea very imperfectly, and only in a few instances. Of all the objects around—trees, stones, hills, bodies of water, clouds, and so on—most differ widely, ... and only a few are so similar that it becomes hard to tell them apart. Even between animals of the same species, it seldom happens that, whether alive or dead, they are shown in exactly the same positions.... It's only with the gradual development of the arts ... that people start having frequent experiences of perfectly straight lines that can align completely, leading to the understanding of equality and inequality. Savage life lacks the experiences that create the idea of the consistency of succession. The sequences observed hour by hour and day by day seem anything but uniform; differences stand out much more prominently.... So, when we look at primitive human life as a whole, we see that the variety of sequences, rather than uniformity, is the concept that tends to emerge.... Only as artistic practices improve does the notion of measure develop, allowing the understanding of uniformity to become clearer.... The conditions provided by advancing civilization that enable the concept of uniformity also enable the concept of exactness.... Thus, primitive people have limited experience that nurtures the awareness of what we call truth. How closely related this is to the awareness fostered by artistic practices is suggested even in language. We refer to a true surface as well as a true statement. Exactness refers to perfection in a mechanical fit, as well as perfect agreement between calculation results."


The whole burden of Mr. Spencer's book is to show the fatal way in which the mind, supposed passive, is moulded by its experiences of 'outer {253} relations.' In this chapter the yard-stick, the balance, the chronometer, and other machines and instruments come to figure among the 'relations' external to the mind. Surely they are so, after they have been manufactured; but only because of the preservative power of the social environment. Originally all these things and all other institutions were flashes of genius in an individual head, of which the outer environment showed no sign. Adopted by the race and become its heritage, they then supply instigations to new geniuses whom they environ to make new inventions and discoveries; and so the ball of progress rolls. But take out the geniuses, or alter their idiosyncrasies, and what increasing uniformities will the environment show? We defy Mr. Spencer or any one else to reply.

The main focus of Mr. Spencer's book is to demonstrate how the mind, which is thought to be passive, is shaped by its experiences with 'outer relations.' In this chapter, tools like the yardstick, the scale, the clock, and other machines and instruments are included among the 'relations' that exist outside the mind. They are indeed external after they have been created, but this is only due to the preserving influence of the social environment. Initially, all these items and other institutions originated as flashes of genius in an individual mind, with no external indication of their existence. Once adopted by society and turned into a shared legacy, they inspire new geniuses around them to create new inventions and discoveries, and thus the cycle of progress continues. But if we remove the geniuses or change their unique traits, what increasing similarities will the environment reveal? We challenge Mr. Spencer or anyone else to answer that.

The plain truth is that the 'philosophy' of evolution (as distinguished from our special information about particular cases of change) is a metaphysical creed, and nothing else. It is a mood of contemplation, an emotional attitude, rather than a system of thought,—a mood which is old as the world, and which no refutation of any one incarnation of it (such as the spencerian philosophy) will dispel; the mood of fatalistic pantheism, with its intuition of the One and All, which was, and is, and ever shall be, and from whose womb each single thing proceeds. Far be it from us to speak slightingly here of so hoary and mighty a style of looking on the world as this. What we at present call scientific discoveries had nothing to do with bringing it to birth, nor can one easily conceive that they should ever give it its quietus, no matter how logically incompatible with its spirit the ultimate phenomenal distinctions which {254} science accumulates should turn out to be. It can laugh at the phenomenal distinctions on which science is based, for it draws its vital breath from a region which—whether above or below—is at least altogether different from that in which science dwells. A critic, however, who cannot disprove the truth of the metaphysic creed, can at least raise his voice in protest against its disguising itself in 'scientific' plumes. I think that all who have had the patience to follow me thus far will agree that the spencerian 'philosophy' of social and intellectual progress is an obsolete anachronism, reverting to a pre-darwinian type of thought, just as the spencerian philosophy of 'Force,' effacing all the previous distinctions between actual and potential energy, momentum, work, force, mass, etc., which physicists have with so much agony achieved, carries us back to a pre-galilean age.

The plain truth is that the 'philosophy' of evolution (as distinct from our specific information about particular cases of change) is a metaphysical belief system, and nothing more. It’s a way of thinking, an emotional stance, rather than a structured theory—a mindset as old as time, and no refutation of any single version of it (like Spencer's philosophy) will change that; it’s the attitude of fatalistic pantheism, with its sense of the One and All, which always has been, is, and will be, from which everything comes. We wouldn’t want to dismiss such an ancient and powerful way of viewing the world. What we now call scientific discoveries played no role in bringing it into existence, nor can one easily imagine that they could ever end it, regardless of how logically opposed to its essence the ultimate distinctions that science gathers might turn out to be. It can mock the distinctions on which science is built, because its core beliefs come from a realm that—whether above or below—is completely different from where science operates. However, a critic who can’t disprove the truth of the metaphysical belief can at least voice his objection to its masquerading in 'scientific' disguises. I think that everyone who has had the patience to follow me this far will agree that Spencer’s 'philosophy' of social and intellectual progress is an outdated anachronism, reverting to a pre-Darwinian way of thinking, just as Spencer's philosophy of 'Force,' which wipes out all the previous distinctions between actual and potential energy, momentum, work, force, mass, etc., that physicists have painstakingly developed, takes us back to a pre-Galilean era.



[1] A lecture before the Harvard Natural History Society; published in the Atlantic Monthly, October, 1880.

[1] A talk given to the Harvard Natural History Society; published in the Atlantic Monthly, October, 1880.

[2] Darwin's theory of pangenesis is, it is true, an attempt to account (among other things) for variation. But it occupies its own separate place, and its author no more invokes the environment when he talks of the adhesions of gemmules than he invokes these adhesions when he talks of the relations of the whole animal to the environment. Divide et impera!

[2] Darwin's theory of pangenesis is, indeed, an effort to explain (among other things) variation. However, it holds its own distinct position, and its creator doesn't refer to the environment when discussing the connections of gemmules any more than he refers to these connections when addressing the relationship of the entire organism to the environment. Divide et impera!

[3] It is true that it remodels him, also, to some degree, by its educative influence, and that this constitutes a considerable difference between the social case and the zoölogical case, I neglect this aspect of the relation here, for the other is the more important. At the end of the article I will return to it incidentally.

[3] It's true that it changes him to some extent through its educational impact, and this creates a significant difference between the social situation and the zoological one. However, I’m overlooking this part of the relationship for now because the other is more crucial. I will touch on it again briefly at the end of the article.

[4] The reader will remember when this was written.

[4] The reader will recall when this was written.

[5] Lectures and Essays, i. 82.

[5] Lectures and Essays, i. 82.

[6] Mr. Grant Allen himself, in an article from which I shall presently quote, admits that a set of people who, if they had been exposed ages ago to the geographical agencies of Timbuctoo, would have developed into negroes might now, after a protracted exposure to the conditions of Hamburg, never become negroes if transplanted to Timbuctoo.

[6] Mr. Grant Allen himself, in an article from which I will soon quote, acknowledges that a group of people who, if they had been exposed long ago to the geographical factors of Timbuktu, would have developed into black people, might now, after being in Hamburg for a long time, never turn into black people even if moved to Timbuktu.

[7] Study of Sociology, pages 33-35.

[7] Study of Sociology, pages 33-35.

[8] No! not even though they were bodily brothers! The geographical factor utterly vanishes before the ancestral factor. The difference between Hamburg and Timbuctoo as a cause of ultimate divergence of two races is as nothing to the difference of constitution of the ancestors of the two races, even though as in twin brothers, this difference might be invisible to the naked eye. No two couples of the most homogeneous race could possibly be found so identical as, if set in identical environments, to give rise to two identical lineages. The minute divergence at the start grows broader with each generation, and ends with entirely dissimilar breeds.

[8] No! Not even though they were biological brothers! The geographical factor completely fades away in comparison to the ancestral factor. The difference between Hamburg and Timbuktu as a reason for the ultimate divergence of two races is negligible compared to the differences in the ancestors of the two races, even if, like twin brothers, these differences might be invisible to the naked eye. No two pairs of the most genetically similar races could possibly be found so alike that, if placed in the same environments, they would produce two identical lineages. The slight divergence at the beginning widens with each generation, resulting in entirely different breeds.

[9] Article 'Nation Making,' in Gentleman's Magazine, 1878. I quote from the reprint in the Popular Science Monthly Supplement December, 1878, pages 121, 123, 126.

[9] Article 'Nation Making,' in Gentleman's Magazine, 1878. I quote from the reprint in the Popular Science Monthly Supplement December, 1878, pages 121, 123, 126.

[10] Article 'Hellas,' in Gentleman's Magazine, 1878. Reprint in Popular Science Monthly Supplement, September, 1878.

[10] Article 'Hellas,' in Gentleman's Magazine, 1878. Reprint in Popular Science Monthly Supplement, September, 1878.

[11] Vol. cxiii. p. 318 (October, 1871).

[11] Vol. 113, p. 318 (October, 1871).

[12] I am well aware that in much that follows (though in nothing that precedes) I seem to be crossing the heavily shotted bows of Mr. Galton, for whose laborious investigations into the heredity of genius I have the greatest respect. Mr. Galton inclines to think that genius of intellect and passion is bound to express itself, whatever the outward opportunity, and that within any given race an equal number of geniuses of each grade must needs be born in every equal period of time; a subordinate race cannot possibly engender a large number of high-class geniuses, etc. He would, I suspect, infer the suppositions I go on to make—of great men fortuitously assembling around a given epoch and making it great, and of their being fortuitously absent from certain places and times (from Sardinia, from Boston now, etc.)—to be radically vicious. I hardly think, however, that he does justice to the great complexity of the conditions of effective greatness, and to the way in which the physiological averages of production may be masked entirely during long periods, either by the accidental mortality of geniuses in infancy, or by the fact that the particular geniuses born happened not to find tasks. I doubt the truth of his assertion that intellectual genius, like murder, 'will out.' It is true that certain types are irrepressible. Voltaire, Shelley, Carlyle, can hardly be conceived leading a dumb and vegetative life in any epoch. But take Mr. Galton himself, take his cousin Mr. Darwin, and take Mr. Spencer: nothing is to me more have died 'with all their music in them,' known only to their friends as persons of strong and original character and judgment. What has started them on their career of effective greatness is simply the accident of each stumbling upon a task vast, brilliant, and congenial enough to call out the convergence of all his passions and powers. I see no more reason why, in case they had not fallen in with their several hobbies at propitious periods in their life, they need necessarily have hit upon other hobbies, and made themselves equally great. Their case seems similar to that of the Washingtons, Cromwells, and Grants, who simply rose to their occasions. But apart from these causes of fallacy, I am strongly disposed to think that where transcendent geniuses are concerned the numbers anyhow are so small that their appearance will not fit into any scheme of averages. That is, two or three might appear together, just as the two or three balls nearest the target centre might be fired consecutively. Take longer epochs and more firing, and the great geniuses and near balls would on the whole be more spread out.

[12] I know that in much of what follows (though not in anything that comes before) I seem to be challenging Mr. Galton, whose thorough research into the heredity of genius I greatly respect. Mr. Galton believes that genius—both intellectual and passionate—will express itself no matter the external opportunities, and that in any given race, an equal number of geniuses of each level must be born in every equal time period; a subordinate race can’t possibly produce a large number of high-class geniuses, etc. I suspect he would see the ideas I present next—about great individuals randomly coming together during a specific time and making it notable, and about them being randomly absent from certain places and times (like Sardinia or present-day Boston, etc.)—as fundamentally flawed. However, I don’t think he fully acknowledges the great complexity involved in achieving effective greatness, and how the typical production averages can be completely obscured for long stretches, either by the accidental deaths of geniuses in infancy or by the fact that the geniuses who are born may not find suitable tasks. I question his claim that intellectual genius, like murder, 'will out.' Certain types are indeed unstoppable. Figures like Voltaire, Shelley, and Carlyle would be hard to imagine living a dull and unproductive life in any time period. But consider Mr. Galton himself, along with his cousin Mr. Darwin and Mr. Spencer: it’s certainly possible they could have 'died with all their music in them,' known only to their friends for their strong and original character and judgment. What set them on the path to effective greatness was merely the coincidence of each finding a grand, brilliant, and suitable task that brought together all their passions and abilities. I see no reason why, if they hadn't discovered their respective hobbies at fortunate times in their lives, they wouldn't have found other interests that would have made them equally great. Their situation seems comparable to that of the Washingtons, Cromwells, and Grants, who simply rose to the challenges they faced. But aside from these potential misinterpretations, I seriously believe that when it comes to extraordinary geniuses, the numbers are so limited that their emergence won’t fit into any average pattern. In other words, two or three might appear at the same time, just as the two or three balls closest to the target might be fired in succession. If you look at longer periods and more shots, the great geniuses and nearby balls would, for the most part, be more spread out.

[13] Since this paper was written, President Cleveland has to a certain extent met the need. But who can doubt that if he had certain other qualities which he has not yet shown, his influence would have been still more decisive? (1896.)

[13] Since this paper was written, President Cleveland has somewhat addressed the need. But who can deny that if he had certain other qualities he hasn’t shown yet, his impact would have been even more significant? (1896.)

[14] That is, if a certain general character be rapidly repeated in our outer experience with a number of strongly contrasted concomitants, it will be sooner abstracted than if its associates are invariable or monotonous.

[14] In other words, if a specific general feature is frequently repeated in our external experiences alongside several distinctly different factors, it will be abstracted more quickly than if its associates are consistent or dull.

[15] Principles of Psychology, i. 460. See also pp. 463, 464, 500. On page 408 the law is formulated thus: The persistence of the connection in consciousness is proportionate to the persistence of the outer connection. Mr. Spencer works most with the law of frequency. Either law, from my point of view, is false; but Mr. Spencer ought not to think them synonymous.

[15] Principles of Psychology, i. 460. See also pp. 463, 464, 500. On page 408, the law is stated like this: The persistence of the connection in consciousness is proportional to the persistence of the external connection. Mr. Spencer primarily focuses on the law of frequency. From my perspective, either law is incorrect; however, Mr. Spencer should not consider them to be the same.

[16] In his Principles of Science, chapters xi., xii., xxvi.

[16] In his Principles of Science, chapters 11, 12, 26.

[17] Part viii. chap. iii.

[__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__] Part 8. Chapter 3.




{255}

THE IMPORTANCE OF INDIVIDUALS.

The previous Essay, on Great Men, etc., called forth two replies,—one by Mr. Grant Allen, entitled the 'Genesis of Genius,' in the Atlantic Monthly, vol. xlvii. p. 351; the other entitled 'Sociology and Hero Worship,' by Mr. John Fiske, ibidem, p. 75. The article which follows is a rejoinder to Mr. Allen's article. It was refused at the time by the Atlantic, but saw the day later in the Open Court for August, 1890. It appears here as a natural supplement to the foregoing article, on which it casts some explanatory light.

The previous essay on Great Men, etc., received two responses—one from Mr. Grant Allen called 'Genesis of Genius,' published in the Atlantic Monthly, vol. xlvii. p. 351; the other titled 'Sociology and Hero Worship,' by Mr. John Fiske, ibidem, p. 75. The following article is a response to Mr. Allen's piece. It was initially rejected by the Atlantic but was later published in the Open Court in August 1890. It is included here as a natural addition to the earlier article, providing some clarifying insights.


Mr. Allen's contempt for hero-worship is based on very simple considerations. A nation's great men, he says, are but slight deviations from the general level. The hero is merely a special complex of the ordinary qualities of his race. The petty differences impressed upon ordinary Greek minds by Plato or Aristotle or Zeno, are nothing at all compared with the vast differences between every Greek mind and every Egyptian or Chinese mind. We may neglect them in a philosophy of history, just as in calculating the impetus of a locomotive we neglect the extra impetus given by a single piece of better coal. What each man adds is but an infinitesimal fraction compared with what he derives from his parents, or {256} indirectly from his earlier ancestry. And if what the past gives to the hero is so much bulkier than what the future receives from him, it is what really calls for philosophical treatment. The problem for the sociologist is as to what produces the average man; the extraordinary men and what they produce may by the philosophers be taken for granted, as too trivial variations to merit deep inquiry.

Mr. Allen's disdain for hero-worship comes from some straightforward ideas. He argues that a nation's great figures are just minor variations from the overall norm. The hero is simply a unique combination of the usual traits found within their culture. The small distinctions pointed out by ordinary Greek thinkers like Plato, Aristotle, or Zeno are insignificant compared to the substantial differences between every Greek mind and those of Egyptians or Chinese. We can overlook these in historical philosophy, just as we ignore the slight additional boost in power from using a single piece of premium coal when calculating a train's momentum. What each person contributes is just a tiny fraction compared to what they inherit from their parents or, {256} indirectly, from their ancestors. And since what the past provides to the hero is so much greater than what the future gains from them, that's what truly needs philosophical exploration. The sociologist's challenge is to understand what shapes the average person; extraordinary figures and their impact can be seen by philosophers as too minor to warrant serious investigation.

Now, as I wish to vie with Mr. Allen's unrivalled polemic amiability and be as conciliatory as possible, I will not cavil at his facts or try to magnify the chasm between an Aristotle, a Goethe, or a Napoleon and the average level of their respective tribes. Let it be as small as Mr. Allen thinks. All that I object to is that he should think the mere size of a difference is capable of deciding whether that difference be or be not a fit subject for philosophic study. Truly enough, the details vanish in the bird's-eye view; but so does the bird's-eye view vanish in the details. Which is the right point of view for philosophic vision? Nature gives no reply, for both points of view, being equally real, are equally natural; and no one natural reality per se is any more emphatic than any other. Accentuation, foreground, and background are created solely by the interested attention of the looker-on; and if the small difference between the genius and his tribe interests me most, while the large one between that tribe and another tribe interests Mr. Allen, our controversy cannot be ended until a complete philosophy, accounting for all differences impartially, shall justify us both.

Now, since I want to match Mr. Allen's unmatched debating charm and be as agreeable as possible, I won’t criticize his facts or try to exaggerate the gap between an Aristotle, a Goethe, or a Napoleon and the average level of their respective groups. Let it be as minor as Mr. Allen believes. My only issue is with his idea that the mere size of a difference can determine whether that difference is a suitable topic for philosophical study. It’s true that the details fade away when viewed from above, but so does the big picture when we look at the details. Which perspective is the right one for philosophical insight? Nature doesn’t provide an answer because both perspectives, being equally real, are equally natural; and no single natural reality per se is more significant than another. Emphasis, foreground, and background are shaped solely by the observer’s interest; and if the small difference between the genius and his group fascinates me the most, while the large one between that group and another group grabs Mr. Allen's attention, our debate can't be resolved until a complete philosophy, which addresses all differences fairly, justifies us both.

An unlearned carpenter of my acquaintance once said in my hearing: "There is very little difference between one man and another; but what little there {257} is, is very important." This distinction seems to me to go to the root of the matter. It is not only the size of the difference which concerns the philosopher, but also its place and its kind. An inch is a small thing, but we know the proverb about an inch on a man's nose. Messrs. Allen and Spencer, in inveighing against hero-worship, are thinking exclusively of the size of the inch; I, as a hero-worshipper, attend to its seat and function.

A carpenter I know once said to me, "There's very little difference between one person and another; but what little difference there is, is really important." This distinction seems to me to get to the heart of the issue. It’s not just the magnitude of the difference that interests philosophers, but also its location and type. An inch is small, but we know the saying about an inch on a person's nose. Messrs. Allen and Spencer, in their criticism of hero-worship, focus only on the size of the inch; I, as a hero-worshipper, pay attention to where it is and what it does. {257}

Now, there is a striking law over which few people seem to have pondered. It is this: That among all the differences which exist, the only ones that interest us strongly are those we do not take for granted. We are not a bit elated that our friend should have two hands and the power of speech, and should practise the matter-of-course human virtues; and quite as little are we vexed that our dog goes on all fours and fails to understand our conversation. Expecting no more from the latter companion, and no less from the former, we get what we expect and are satisfied. We never think of communing with the dog by discourse of philosophy, or with the friend by head-scratching or the throwing of crusts to be snapped at. But if either dog or friend fall above or below the expected standard, they arouse the most lively emotion. On our brother's vices or genius we never weary of descanting; to his bipedism or his hairless skin we do not consecrate a thought. What he says may transport us; that he is able to speak at all leaves us stone cold. The reason of all this is that his virtues and vices and utterances might, compatibly with the current range of variation in our tribe, be just the opposites of what they are, while his zoölogically human attributes cannot possibly go astray. There {258} is thus a zone of insecurity in human affairs in which all the dramatic interest lies; the rest belongs to the dead machinery of the stage. This is the formative zone, the part not yet ingrained into the race's average, not yet a typical, hereditary, and constant factor of the social community in which it occurs. It is like the soft layer beneath the bark of the tree in which all the year's growth is going on. Life has abandoned the mighty trunk inside, which stands inert and belongs almost to the inorganic world. Layer after layer of human perfection separates me from the central Africans who pursued Stanley with cries of "meat, meat!" This vast difference ought, on Mr. Allen's principles, to rivet my attention far more than the petty one which obtains between two such birds of a feather as Mr. Allen and myself. Yet while I never feel proud that the sight of a passer-by awakens in me no cannibalistic waterings of the mouth, I am free to confess that I shall feel very proud if I do not publicly appear inferior to Mr. Allen in the conduct of this momentous debate. To me as a teacher the intellectual gap between my ablest and my dullest student counts for infinitely more than that between the latter and the amphioxus: indeed, I never thought of the latter chasm till this moment. Will Mr. Allen seriously say that this is all human folly, and tweedledum and tweedledee?

Now, there’s a striking truth that few people seem to have thought about. It’s this: among all the differences that exist, the only ones that truly catch our interest are those we don’t take for granted. We aren’t at all excited that our friend has two hands and can speak and practices the usual human virtues; and we’re equally unconcerned that our dog walks on all fours and doesn’t understand what we say. Since we expect nothing more from the dog and nothing less from our friend, we get what we anticipate and feel satisfied. We never think about discussing philosophy with the dog, nor do we interact with our friend through head-scratching or tossing scraps for him to snap at. But if either the dog or our friend falls above or below our expectations, they trigger strong emotions. We can’t stop talking about our brother’s faults or talents; we don’t give a second thought to his standing or lack of hair. What he says might inspire us; that he can speak at all leaves us completely unaffected. The reason for this is that his virtues, faults, and what he says could easily be the opposite of what they are, while his human features cannot possibly go wrong. There is, thus, a zone of uncertainty in human matters where all the drama lies; the rest is just the lifeless machinery of the stage. This is the creative zone, the part not yet ingrained into the average of our species, not yet a typical, hereditary, and constant part of the social community it’s in. It’s like the soft layer beneath a tree’s bark, where all the year’s growth happens. Life has moved past the sturdy trunk inside, which stands still and belongs almost to the inorganic world. Layer after layer of human advancement separates me from the Central Africans who chased after Stanley, shouting "meat, meat!" This vast difference should, according to Mr. Allen’s principles, capture my attention far more than the minor one that exists between two similar people like Mr. Allen and me. Yet while I never feel proud that seeing a passerby doesn’t stir any cannibalistic desires in me, I must admit that I would feel very proud if I don’t publicly appear inferior to Mr. Allen in this important debate. For me as a teacher, the intellectual gap between my brightest and my dullest student matters infinitely more than the one between the dullest and the amphioxus: in fact, I hadn’t even thought about that gap until now. Will Mr. Allen seriously claim that this is all human foolishness, just an endless cycle of absurdity?

To a Veddah's eyes the differences between two white literary men seem slight indeed,—same clothes, same spectacles, same harmless disposition, same habit of scribbling on paper and poring over books, etc. "Just two white fellows," the Veddah will say, "with no perceptible difference." But what a difference to the literary men themselves! Think, Mr. Allen, of {259} confounding our philosophies together merely because both are printed in the same magazines and are indistinguishable to the eye of a Veddah! Our flesh creeps at the thought.

To a Veddah's eyes, the differences between two white literary men seem pretty small—same clothes, same glasses, same friendly demeanor, same habit of writing on paper and studying books, etc. "Just two white guys," the Veddah might say, "with no noticeable difference." But to the literary men themselves, it’s a big deal! Imagine, Mr. Allen, if someone mixed up our philosophies just because they're printed in the same magazines and look the same to a Veddah! It gives us the creeps just thinking about it.

But in judging of history Mr. Allen deliberately prefers to place himself at the Veddah's point of view, and to see things en gros and out of focus, rather than minutely. It is quite true that there are things and differences enough to be seen either way. But which are the humanly important ones, those most worthy to arouse our interest,—the large distinctions or the small? In the answer to this question lies the whole divergence of the hero-worshippers from the sociologists. As I said at the outset, it is merely a quarrel of emphasis; and the only thing I can do is to state my personal reasons for the emphasis I prefer.

But when it comes to judging history, Mr. Allen intentionally chooses to view things from the Veddah's perspective, opting to see the bigger picture rather than focusing on the details. It’s true that there are plenty of things and differences that can be observed in either way. But which ones are truly important to us as humans, the big distinctions or the small ones? The answer to this question reveals the fundamental disagreement between hero-worshippers and sociologists. As I mentioned at the beginning, it's simply a matter of emphasis; and all I can do is share my personal reasons for the emphasis I prefer.

The zone of the individual differences, and of the social 'twists' which by common confession they initiate, is the zone of formative processes, the dynamic belt of quivering uncertainty, the line where past and future meet. It is the theatre of all we do not take for granted, the stage of the living drama of life; and however narrow its scope, it is roomy enough to lodge the whole range of human passions. The sphere of the race's average, on the contrary, no matter how large it may be, is a dead and stagnant thing, an achieved possession, from which all insecurity has vanished. Like the trunk of a tree, it has been built up by successive concretions of successive active zones. The moving present in which we live with its problems and passions, its individual rivalries, victories, and defeats, will soon pass over to the majority and leave its small deposit on this static mass, to make room for fresh actors and a newer play. {260} And though it may be true, as Mr. Spencer predicts, that each later zone shall fatally be narrower than its forerunners; and that when the ultimate lady-like tea-table elysium of the Data of Ethics shall prevail, such questions as the breaking of eggs at the large or the small end will span the whole scope of possible human warfare,—still even in this shrunken and enfeebled generation, spatio aetatis defessa vetusto, what eagerness there will be! Battles and defeats will occur, the victors will be glorified and the vanquished dishonored just as in the brave days of yore, the human heart still withdrawing itself from the much it has in safe possession, and concentrating all its passion upon those evanescent possibilities of fact which still quiver in fate's scale.

The area of individual differences and the social "twists" that we all recognize they create is where formative processes happen, a dynamic space filled with uncertainty, the point where the past and future intersect. It's the realm of everything we don’t take for granted, the stage of life’s ongoing drama; and no matter how limited its range, it's spacious enough to hold all human passions. In contrast, the sphere of the average race, no matter how expansive it may be, is lifeless and stagnant, a fixed possession that has lost all insecurity. Like a tree trunk, it has formed from successive layers of active zones. The ever-changing present we live in, with its challenges and passions, individual rivalries, victories, and defeats, will soon become part of the majority and leave a small trace on this static mass, making way for new actors and a newer story. {260} And while it might be true, as Mr. Spencer predicts, that each new zone will inevitably be narrower than the ones before it; and that when the ultimate polite discussions of ethical data take over, debates like whether to break eggs at the big or small end will cover the entire scope of possible human conflict—still, even in this diminished and weakened generation, spatio aetatis defessa vetusto, there will be excitement! Battles and defeats will happen, the winners will be celebrated and the losers disgraced just like in the brave days of the past, as the human heart withdraws from what it has secured, focusing all its passion on those fleeting possibilities that still hang in the balance of fate.

And is not its instinct right? Do not we here grasp the race-differences in the making, and catch the only glimpse it is allotted to us to attain of the working units themselves, of whose differentiating action the race-gaps form but the stagnant sum? What strange inversion of scientific procedure does Mr. Allen practise when he teaches us to neglect elements and attend only to aggregate resultants? On the contrary, simply because the active ring, whatever its bulk, is elementary, I hold that the study of its conditions (be these never so 'proximate') is the highest of topics for the social philosopher. If individual variations determine its ups and downs and hair-breadth escapes and twists and turns, as Mr. Allen and Mr. Fiske both admit, Heaven forbid us from tabooing the study of these in favor of the average! On the contrary, let us emphasize these, and the importance of these; and in picking out from history our heroes, and communing with their {261} kindred spirits,—in imagining as strongly as possible what differences their individualities brought about in this world, while its surface was still plastic in their hands, and what whilom feasibilities they made impossible,—each one of us may best fortify and inspire what creative energy may lie in his own soul.[1]

And isn't its instinct correct? Don’t we here understand the race differences in the making, and catch the only glimpse we can of the working units themselves, of whose differentiating actions the race gaps are just the stagnant sum? What strange reversal of scientific method does Mr. Allen use when he teaches us to ignore the elements and focus only on the overall outcomes? On the contrary, because the active ring, regardless of its size, is elementary, I believe that studying its conditions (even if they are 'proximate') is one of the most important topics for social philosophers. If individual variations determine its ups and downs and close calls, as both Mr. Allen and Mr. Fiske acknowledge, then Heaven forbid us from ignoring the study of these in favor of the average! Instead, let’s highlight these and their importance; and in choosing our heroes from history and connecting with their kindred spirits—imagining as vividly as possible what differences their individualities brought to this world while its surface was still malleable in their hands, and what past possibilities they made impossible—each of us can best strengthen and inspire whatever creative energy may reside in our own souls.[1]

This is the lasting justification of hero-worship, and the pooh-poohing of it by 'sociologists' is the ever-lasting excuse for popular indifference to their general laws and averages. The difference between an America rescued by a Washington or by a 'Jenkins' may, as Mr. Allen says, be 'little,' but it is, in the words of my carpenter friend, 'important.' Some organizing genius must in the nature of things have emerged from the French Revolution; but what Frenchman will affirm it to have been an accident of no consequence that he should have had the supernumerary idiosyncrasies of a Bonaparte? What animal, domestic or wild, will call it a matter of no moment that scarce a word of sympathy with brutes should have survived from the teachings of Jesus of Nazareth?

This is the enduring reason for hero-worship, and the dismissive attitude toward it by 'sociologists' is the ongoing excuse for the general public's indifference to their overall principles and statistics. The difference between a America saved by a Washington or by a 'Jenkins' may, as Mr. Allen points out, be 'small,' but it is, in the words of my carpenter friend, 'significant.' Some kind of organizing genius must have arisen from the French Revolution; but which Frenchman would claim it was just a random occurrence that he had the extra quirks of a Bonaparte? What animal, whether domestic or wild, would consider it insignificant that hardly any words of compassion for animals remain from the teachings of Jesus of Nazareth?

The preferences of sentient creatures are what create the importance of topics. They are the absolute and ultimate law-giver here. And I for my part cannot but consider the talk of the contemporary sociological school about averages and general laws and predetermined tendencies, with its obligatory undervaluing of the importance of individual {262} differences, as the most pernicious and immoral of fatalisms. Suppose there is a social equilibrium fated to be, whose is it to be,—that of your preference, or mine? There lies the question of questions, and it is one which no study of averages can decide.

The preferences of sentient beings are what create the significance of topics. They are the ultimate authority here. And I personally can’t help but view the discussions from the current sociological perspective about averages, general laws, and predetermined tendencies, which inevitably downplay the importance of individual differences, as the most harmful and unethical form of fatalism. Suppose there is a social equilibrium destined to happen, whose will it be—yours or mine? That’s the ultimate question, and it’s one that no study of averages can answer. {262}



[1] M. G. Tarde's book (itself a work of genius), Les Lois de l'Imitation, Étude Sociologique (2me Édition, Paris, Alcan, 1895), is the best possible commentary on this text,—'invention' on the one hand, and 'imitation' on the other, being for this author the two sole factors of social change.

[1] M. G. Tarde's book (a true masterpiece), Les Lois de l'Imitation, Étude Sociologique (2nd Edition, Paris, Alcan, 1895), provides the best insight into this text—'invention' on one side and 'imitation' on the other are, for this author, the only two factors driving social change.




{263}

ON SOME HEGELISMS.[1]

We are just now witnessing a singular phenomenon in British and American philosophy. Hegelism, so defunct on its native soil that I believe but a single youthful disciple of the school is to be counted among the privat-docenten and younger professors of Germany, and whose older champions are all passing off the stage, has found among us so zealous and able a set of propagandists that to-day it may really be reckoned one of the most powerful influences of the time in the higher walks of thought. And there is no doubt that, as a movement of reaction against the traditional British empiricism, the hegelian influence represents expansion and freedom, and is doing service of a certain kind. Such service, however, ought not to make us blindly indulgent. Hegel's philosophy mingles mountain-loads of corruption with its scanty merits, and must, now that it has become quasi-official, make ready to defend itself as well as to attack others. It is with no hope of converting independent thinkers, but rather with the sole aspiration of showing some chance youthful disciple that there is another point of view in philosophy that I fire this skirmisher's shot, which may, I hope, soon be followed by somebody else's heavier musketry.

We are currently witnessing a unique phenomenon in British and American philosophy. Hegelism, which is so out of favor in its home country that I think only one young follower of the school remains among the privat-docenten and younger professors in Germany, while its older advocates are diminishing, has found among us a dedicated and skilled group of promoters who now make it one of the most significant influences in contemporary thought. There's no doubt that as a reaction against traditional British empiricism, the Hegelian influence embodies expansion and freedom and serves a certain purpose. However, this service should not make us overly lenient. Hegel's philosophy mixes a lot of flaws with its limited strengths and must be prepared to defend itself as well as criticize others now that it has become somewhat official. I write this skirmisher's shot not in hopes of converting independent thinkers, but rather in the hope of showing some chance young disciple that there is another perspective in philosophy, and I hope this will soon be followed by someone else’s stronger arguments.

{264}

The point of view I have in mind will become clearer if I begin with a few preparatory remarks on the motives and difficulties of philosophizing in general.

The perspective I have in mind will be clearer if I start with a few introductory comments on the reasons and challenges of doing philosophy in general.


To show that the real is identical with the ideal may roughly be set down as the mainspring of philosophic activity. The atomic and mechanical conception of the world is as ideal from the point of view of some of our faculties as the teleological one is from the point of view of others. In the realm of every ideal we can begin anywhere and roam over the field, each term passing us to its neighbor, each member calling for the next, and our reason rejoicing in its glad activity. Where the parts of a conception seem thus to belong together by inward kinship, where the whole is defined in a way congruous with our powers of reaction, to see is to approve and to understand.

To demonstrate that reality is the same as the ideal can be seen as the driving force behind philosophical inquiry. The atomic and mechanical view of the world is just as ideal from the perspective of some of our abilities as the teleological view is from the perspective of others. In the realm of any ideal, we can start anywhere and explore the area, with each term leading us to the next, each member inviting the next, and our reasoning delighting in its active engagement. When the components of a concept seem to naturally fit together, and when the whole is defined in a way that aligns with our capabilities, to see is to agree and to comprehend.

Much of the real seems at the first blush to follow a different law. The parts seem, as Hegel has said, to be shot out of a pistol at us. Each asserts itself as a simple brute fact, uncalled for by the rest, which, so far as we can see, might even make a better system without it. Arbitrary, foreign, jolting, discontinuous—are the adjectives by which we are tempted to describe it. And yet from out the bosom of it a partial ideality constantly arises which keeps alive our aspiration that the whole may some day be construed in ideal form. Not only do the materials lend themselves under certain circumstances to aesthetic manipulation, but underlying their worst disjointedness are three great continua in which for each of us reason's ideal is actually reached. I mean the continua of memory or personal consciousness, of time and of space. In {265} these great matrices of all we know, we are absolutely at home. The things we meet are many, and yet are one; each is itself, and yet all belong together; continuity reigns, yet individuality is not lost.

A lot of reality seems, at first glance, to operate under a different set of rules. The elements seem, as Hegel put it, to be shot at us like bullets from a gun. Each one stands out as a simple fact, independent of the others, which could, at least from our perspective, form a better system without it. We’re tempted to describe it as arbitrary, foreign, jarring, and disconnected. And yet, from this chaos, a partial ideal constantly emerges that keeps our hope alive that one day the whole picture can be understood in an ideal way. Not only do the materials sometimes allow for artistic expression, but beneath their worst disconnection lie three key continuities where each of us can actually reach our ideal through reason. I’m talking about the continuities of memory or personal consciousness, of time, and of space. In {265} these vast frameworks of all we know, we feel completely at home. The things we encounter are numerous, yet they are unified; each exists as its own entity, but they all connect; continuity exists, yet individuality remains intact.

Consider, for example, space. It is a unit. No force can in any way break, wound, or tear it. It has no joints between which you can pass your amputating knife, for it penetrates the knife and is not split, Try to make a hole in space by annihilating an inch of it. To make a hole you must drive something else through. But what can you drive through space except what is itself spatial?

Consider, for example, space. It’s a unit. No force can break, wound, or tear it in any way. It has no joints that you can pass your cutting tool through because it goes through the tool and isn’t divided. Try to make a hole in space by removing an inch of it. To create a hole, you must push something else through. But what can you push through space except for something that is itself part of space?

But notwithstanding it is this very paragon of unity, space in its parts contains an infinite variety, and the unity and the variety do not contradict each other, for they obtain in different respects. The one is the whole, the many are the parts. Each part is one again, but only one fraction; and part lies beside part in absolute nextness, the very picture of peace and non-contradiction. It is true that the space between two points both unites and divides them, just as the bar of a dumb-bell both unites and divides the two balls. But the union and the division are not secundum idem: it divides them by keeping them out of the space between, it unites them by keeping them out of the space beyond; so the double function presents no inconsistency. Self-contradiction in space could only ensue if one part tried to oust another from its position; but the notion of such an absurdity vanishes in the framing, and cannot stay to vex the mind.[2] Beyond the parts we see or think at any {266} given time extend further parts; but the beyond is homogeneous with what is embraced, and follows the same law; so that no surprises, no foreignness, can ever emerge from space's womb.

But even though it symbolizes perfect unity, space contains an infinite variety in its parts, and unity and variety don't contradict each other; they exist in different ways. The whole is one, and the many are the parts. Each part is one again, but only a fragment; and parts sit next to each other in absolute proximity, representing peace and non-contradiction. It’s true that the space between two points both connects and separates them, just like the bar of a dumbbell connects and separates the two weights. However, the connection and separation are not the same: it separates them by keeping them out of the space between, and it connects them by keeping them out of the space beyond; so this dual function is consistent. Self-contradiction in space could only happen if one part tried to push another out of its place, but the idea of such absurdity disappears in the overall structure, and can’t linger to trouble the mind.[2] Beyond the parts we see or think at any {266} given moment, there are more parts stretching out; but the beyond is uniform with what is included and follows the same principles, so no surprises or foreign elements can ever emerge from space's essence.

Thus with space our intelligence is absolutely intimate; it is rationality and transparency incarnate. The same may be said of the ego and of time. But if for simplicity's sake we ignore them, we may truly say that when we desiderate rational knowledge of the world the standard set by our knowledge of space is what governs our desire.[3] Cannot the breaks, the jolts, the margin of foreignness, be exorcised from other things and leave them unitary like the space they fill? Could this be done, the philosophic kingdom of heaven would be at hand.

So, when it comes to space, our understanding is completely close; it's the essence of rationality and clarity. The same goes for the self and time. But if we set those aside for simplicity, we can genuinely say that when we seek rational knowledge of the world, our understanding of space sets the standard for what we desire.[3] Can't we eliminate the interruptions, the jolts, the sense of otherness, from other things and make them as cohesive as the space they occupy? If we could achieve this, the philosophical paradise would be within reach.

But the moment we turn to the material qualities {267} of being, we find the continuity ruptured on every side. A fearful jolting begins. Even if we simplify the world by reducing it to its mechanical bare poles,—atoms and their motions,—the discontinuity is bad enough. The laws of clash, the effects of distance upon attraction and repulsion, all seem arbitrary collocations of data. The atoms themselves are so many independent facts, the existence of any one of which in no wise seems to involve the existence of the rest. We have not banished discontinuity, we have only made it finer-grained. And to get even that degree of rationality into the universe we have had to butcher a great part of its contents. The secondary qualities we stripped off from the reality and swept into the dust-bin labelled 'subjective illusion,' still as such are facts, and must themselves be rationalized in some way.

But the moment we focus on the material qualities {267} of existence, we discover that continuity is broken everywhere. A jarring disruption begins. Even if we try to simplify the world by reducing it to its mechanical basics—atoms and their movements—the discontinuity is still significant. The laws of impact, the effects of distance on attraction and repulsion, all feel like random arrangements of data. The atoms are just many independent facts, where the existence of one doesn’t seem to affect the existence of the others. We haven't eliminated discontinuity; we've just made it more detailed. And to achieve even that level of rationality in the universe, we've had to cut away a large portion of its contents. The secondary qualities we removed from reality and tossed into the bin labeled 'subjective illusion' are still facts, and they also need to be rationalized in some way.

But when we deal with facts believed to be purely subjective, we are farther than ever from the goal. We have not now the refuge of distinguishing between the 'reality' and its appearances. Facts of thought being the only facts, differences of thought become the only differences, and identities of thought the only identities there are. Two thoughts that seem different are different to all eternity. We can no longer speak of heat and light being reconciled in any tertium quid like wave-motion. For motion is motion, and light is light, and heat heat forever, and their discontinuity is as absolute as their existence. Together with the other attributes and things we conceive, they make up Plato's realm of immutable ideas. Neither per se calls for the other, hatches it out, is its 'truth,' creates it, or has any sort of inward community with it except that of being comparable {268} in an ego and found more or less differing, or more or less resembling, as the case may be. The world of qualities is a world of things almost wholly discontinuous inter se. Each only says, "I am that I am," and each says it on its own account and with absolute monotony. The continuities of which they partake, in Plato's phrase, the ego, space, and time, are for most of them the only grounds of union they possess.

But when we consider facts that are thought to be purely subjective, we are further than ever from our goal. We can no longer differentiate between 'reality' and its appearances. Facts of thought are the only facts, so differences in thought become the only differences, and identities in thought are the only identities that exist. Two thoughts that seem different are different forever. We can no longer talk about heat and light being explained by something like wave-motion. Motion is motion, light is light, and heat is heat always, and their separation is as absolute as their existence. Along with the other qualities and things we imagine, they form Plato's realm of unchanging ideas. Neither one calls for the other, brings it into being, is its 'truth,' creates it, or has any kind of inner connection with it besides being comparable within an ego and found to differ or resemble, depending on the situation. The world of qualities is a world of things that are almost entirely separate from each other. Each simply says, "I am that I am," and each states this on its own and with absolute monotony. The continuities they share, in Plato's words, such as the ego, space, and time, are for most of them the only basis of connection they have. {268}

It might seem as if in the mere 'partaking' there lay a contradiction of the discontinuity. If the white must partake of space, the heat of time, and so forth,—do not whiteness and space, heat and time, mutually call for or help to create each other?

It might seem like there’s a contradiction in simply 'partaking' in something. If whiteness has to involve space, and heat involves time, don't whiteness and space, as well as heat and time, actually require each other or help to create one another?

Yes; a few such à priori couplings must be admitted. They are the axioms: no feeling except as occupying some space and time, or as a moment in some ego; no motion but of something moved; no thought but of an object; no time without a previous time,—and the like. But they are limited in number, and they obtain only between excessively broad genera of concepts, and leave quite undetermined what the specifications of those genera shall be. What feeling shall fill this time, what substance execute this motion, what qualities combine in this being, are as much unanswered questions as if the metaphysical axioms never existed at all.

Yes; we must accept a few of these à priori pairings. They are the basic principles: no feeling exists without occupying some space and time, or as a moment in someone's experience; no motion occurs without something being moved; no thought exists except in relation to an object; no time exists without a prior time—and so on. However, their number is limited, and they only apply to very broad categories of concepts, leaving completely unclear what the specifics of those categories will be. What feeling will fill this time, which substance will perform this motion, what qualities will combine in this being, remain unanswered questions as if the metaphysical principles never existed at all.

The existence of such syntheses as they are does then but slightly mitigate the jolt, jolt, jolt we get when we pass over the facts of the world. Everywhere indeterminate variables, subject only to these few vague enveloping laws, independent in all besides.—such seems the truth.

The existence of such syntheses as they are does then only slightly ease the jolt, jolt, jolt we experience when we confront the facts of the world. Everywhere we find uncertain variables, governed only by a few vague overarching laws, independent in all other aspects.—such seems to be the truth.

In yet another way, too, ideal and real are so far {269} apart that their conjunction seems quite hopeless. To eat our cake and have it, to lose our soul and save it, to enjoy the physical privileges of selfishness and the moral luxury of altruism at the same time, would be the ideal. But the real offers us these terms in the shape of mutually exclusive alternatives of which only one can be true at once; so that we must choose, and in choosing murder one possibility. The wrench is absolute: "Either—or!" Just as whenever I bet a hundred dollars on an event, there comes an instant when I am a hundred dollars richer or poorer without any intermediate degrees passed over; just as my wavering between a journey to Portland or to New York does not carry me from Cambridge in a resultant direction in which both motions are compounded, say to Albany, but at a given moment results in the conjunction of reality in all its fulness for one alternative and impossibility in all its fulness for the other,—so the bachelor joys are utterly lost from the face of being for the married man, who must henceforward find his account in something that is not them but is good enough to make him forget them; so the careless and irresponsible living in the sunshine, the 'unbuttoning after supper and sleeping upon benches in the afternoon,' are stars that have set upon the path of him who in good earnest makes himself a moralist. The transitions are abrupt, absolute, truly shot out of a pistol; for while many possibilities are called, the few that are chosen are chosen in all their sudden completeness.

In another way, ideal and real are so far apart that their combination seems completely impossible. To eat our cake and have it, to lose our soul and save it, to enjoy the benefits of selfishness and the moral luxury of altruism at the same time would be the ideal. But reality presents these options as mutually exclusive alternatives, where only one can be true at a time; so we must choose, and in doing so, we kill one possibility. The conflict is absolute: "Either—or!" Just like when I bet a hundred dollars on an event, there comes a moment when I am either a hundred dollars richer or poorer without experiencing any in-between; similarly, my indecision between a trip to Portland or New York doesn’t take me from Cambridge in a direction where both choices combine, like to Albany, but rather results in fully committing to one option and rendering the other completely impossible at a given moment. Thus, the bachelor’s joys vanish entirely for the married man, who must now find satisfaction in something that isn’t those joys but is good enough to make him forget them; the carefree and irresponsible life of enjoying the sunshine, the ‘unbuttoning after dinner and napping on benches in the afternoon,’ are opportunities that have set for someone who seriously commits to being a moralist. The transitions are sharp, absolute, really shot out of a pistol; for while many possibilities are presented, the few selected are chosen in their complete immediacy.

Must we then think that the world that fills space and time can yield us no acquaintance of that high and perfect type yielded by empty space and time themselves? Is what unity there is in the world {270} mainly derived from the fact that the world is in space and time and 'partakes' of them? Can no vision of it forestall the facts of it, or know from some fractions the others before the others have arrived? Are there real logically indeterminate possibilities which forbid there being any equivalent for the happening of it all but the happening itself? Can we gain no anticipatory assurance that what is to come will have no strangeness? Is there no substitute, in short, for life but the living itself in all its long-drawn weary length and breadth and thickness?

Must we then believe that the world that fills space and time can give us no connection to that high and perfect understanding provided by empty space and time themselves? Is the unity we find in the world mainly due to the fact that the world exists in space and time and 'is part of' them? Can no vision of it anticipate the reality of it, or understand some parts before the whole has arrived? Are there real logically uncertain possibilities that prevent there being any equivalent for everything happening except for the events themselves? Can we gain no foreseeing assurance that what is to come will be familiar? Is there no substitute, in short, for life other than living it in all its drawn-out weary length and breadth and thickness?

In the negative reply to all these questions, a modest common-sense finds no difficulty in acquiescing. To such a way of thinking the notion of 'partaking' has a deep and real significance. Whoso partakes of a thing enjoys his share, and comes into contact with the thing and its other partakers. But he claims no more. His share in no wise negates the thing or their share; nor does it preclude his possession of reserved and private powers with which they have nothing to do, and which are not all absorbed in the mere function of sharing. Why may not the world be a sort of republican banquet of this sort, where all the qualities of being respect one another's personal sacredness, yet sit at the common table of space and time?

In response to all these questions, a reasonable perspective has no trouble agreeing. For this mindset, the idea of 'partaking' holds significant and real meaning. Anyone who partakes of something enjoys their portion and connects with that thing and its other participants. But they don’t ask for more. Their share doesn’t diminish the thing or the shares of others; nor does it prevent them from having their own unique abilities that are unrelated to the act of sharing and are not entirely consumed by it. Why can't the world be like a kind of communal banquet, where all the aspects of existence respect each other's personal sanctity while sharing the common experience of space and time?

To me this view seems deeply probable. Things cohere, but the act of cohesion itself implies but few conditions, and leaves the rest of their qualifications indeterminate. As the first three notes of a tune comport many endings, all melodious, but the tune is not named till a particular ending has actually come,—so the parts actually known of the universe may comport many ideally possible complements. But as {271} the facts are not the complements, so the knowledge of the one is not the knowledge of the other in anything but the few necessary elements of which all must partake in order to be together at all. Why, if one act of knowledge could from one point take in the total perspective, with all mere possibilities abolished, should there ever have been anything more than that act? Why duplicate it by the tedious unrolling, inch by inch, of the foredone reality? No answer seems possible. On the other hand, if we stipulate only a partial community of partially independent powers, we see perfectly why no one part controls the whole view, but each detail must come and be actually given, before, in any special sense, it can be said to be determined at all. This is the moral view, the view that gives to other powers the same freedom it would have itself,—not the ridiculous 'freedom to do right,' which in my mouth can only mean the freedom to do as I think right, but the freedom to do as they think right, or wrong either. After all, what accounts do the nether-most bounds of the universe owe to me? By what insatiate conceit and lust of intellectual despotism do I arrogate the right to know their secrets, and from my philosophic throne to play the only airs they shall march to, as if I were the Lord's anointed? Is not my knowing them at all a gift and not a right? And shall it be given before they are given? Data! gifts! something to be thankful for! It is a gift that we can approach things at all, and, by means of the time and space of which our minds and they partake, alter our actions so as to meet them.

To me, this perspective seems very likely. Things connect, but the act of connecting itself involves only a few conditions, leaving many of their attributes uncertain. Just as the first three notes of a melody can lead to many pleasant endings, the melody isn't named until a specific ending actually occurs—so the parts of the universe we know can point to many ideally possible completions. However, since the facts are not the completions, knowing one doesn’t mean knowing the other, except for a few essential elements that must be shared for them to coexist. Why, if one act of knowledge could take in the entire perspective, eliminating all mere possibilities, would there ever be anything more than that act? Why go through the slow process of revealing reality, inch by inch? No answer seems possible. On the other hand, if we agree on only a partial connection of partially independent powers, it's clear why no one part controls the complete view; each detail must come and be presented before it can truly be said to be determined. This is the moral perspective, the one that grants other powers the same freedom it wishes to have—not the absurd 'freedom to do right,' which to me only means the freedom to do as I think is right, but the freedom to act as they think is right, or wrong. After all, what do the furthest reaches of the universe owe me? By what insatiable arrogance and desire for intellectual control do I take it upon myself to uncover their secrets and, from my philosophical throne, dictate the only paths they should follow, as if I were the chosen one? Is my knowledge of them not a gift and not a right? And should it be given before they are given? Data! Gifts! Something to be grateful for! It is a privilege that we can even approach things, and through the time and space that our minds and the universe share, adapt our actions to engage with them.

There are 'bounds of ord'nance' set for all things, where they must pause or rue it. 'Facts' are the bounds of human knowledge, set for it, not by it.

There are limits in place for all things, where they must stop or regret it. 'Facts' are the limits of human knowledge, established for it, not by it.

{272}

Now, to a mind like Hegel's such pusillanimous twaddle sounds simply loathsome. Bounds that we can't overpass! Data! facts that say, "Hands off, till we are given"! possibilities we can't control! a banquet of which we merely share! Heavens, this is intolerable; such a world is no world for a philosopher to have to do with. He must have all or nothing. If the world cannot be rational in my sense, in the sense of unconditional surrender, I refuse to grant that it is rational at all. It is pure incoherence, a chaos, a nulliverse, to whose haphazard sway I will not truckle. But, no! this is not the world. The world is philosophy's own,—a single block, of which, if she once get her teeth on any part, the whole shall inevitably become her prey and feed her all-devouring theoretic maw. Naught shall be but the necessities she creates and impossibilities; freedom shall mean freedom to obey her will, ideal and actual shall be one: she, and I as her champion, will be satisfied on no lower terms.

Now, for someone with a mind like Hegel's, such cowardly nonsense sounds absolutely disgusting. Limits that we can’t surpass! Data! Facts that say, “Back off until we are ready”! Possibilities we can’t control! A feast we can only share! Goodness, this is unbearable; such a world is no place for a philosopher. He must have everything or nothing. If the world can’t be rational in my way, in the sense of complete submission, I won’t accept that it’s rational at all. It’s pure confusion, a chaos, a nulliverse, to whose random control I will not submit. But, no! This is not the world. The world is philosophy’s own—a single unit, which, if she manages to latch onto any part, the whole will inevitably become her prey and satisfy her insatiable theoretical hunger. Nothing shall exist except the necessities she creates and impossibilities; freedom will mean the freedom to follow her will, ideal and actual shall be one: she, and I as her supporter, will accept nothing less.

The insolence of sway, the hubris on which gods take vengeance, is in temporal and spiritual matters usually admitted to be a vice. A Bonaparte and a Philip II. are called monsters. But when an intellect is found insatiate enough to declare that all existence must bend the knee to its requirements, we do not call its owner a monster, but a philosophic prophet. May not this be all wrong? Is there any one of our functions exempted from the common lot of liability to excess? And where everything else must be contented with its part in the universe, shall the theorizing faculty ride rough-shod over the whole?

The arrogance of power, the hubris that invites the gods' wrath, is generally recognized as a flaw in both worldly and spiritual matters. Figures like Bonaparte and Philip II are labeled as monsters. Yet when someone has the audacity to claim that all existence should submit to their demands, we don't call them a monster; we call them a philosophical prophet. Could this be completely misguided? Is there any of our roles that is free from the common risk of excess? And when everything else must be satisfied with its place in the universe, should the thinking mind dominate everything?

I confess I can see no à priori reason for the exception. He who claims it must be judged by the {273} consequences of his acts, and by them alone. Let Hegel then confront the universe with his claim, and see how he can make the two match.

I honestly can't see any à priori reason for the exception. Whoever makes that claim should be judged solely by the {273} results of their actions, and nothing else. So let Hegel face the universe with his claim and see how he can reconcile the two.


The universe absolutely refuses to let him travel without jolt. Time, space, and his ego are continuous; so are degrees of heat, shades of light and color, and a few other serial things; so too do potatoes call for salt, and cranberries for sugar, in the taste of one who knows what salt and sugar are. But on the whole there is nought to soften the shock of surprise to his intelligence, as it passes from one quality of being to another. Light is not heat, heat is not light; and to him who holds the one the other is not given till it give itself. Real being comes moreover and goes from any concept at its own sweet will, with no permission asked of the conceiver. In despair must Hegel lift vain hands of imprecation; and since he will take nothing but the whole, he must throw away even the part he might retain, and call the nature of things an absolute muddle and incoherence.

The universe simply won't let him travel without a jolt. Time, space, and his ego are all connected; so are levels of heat, shades of light and color, and a few other continuous elements; just like potatoes need salt and cranberries need sugar, to someone who understands what salt and sugar are. But overall, there’s nothing that cushions the shock of surprise to his mind as it shifts from one way of being to another. Light isn’t heat, and heat isn’t light; and for someone who has one, the other isn’t given until it presents itself. Real existence comes and goes beyond any concept at its own pace, without asking for permission from the thinker. In despair, Hegel must raise his hands in frustration; and since he demands nothing less than the whole, he must discard even the parts he could keep and label the nature of things an absolute mess and confusion.

But, hark! What wondrous strain is this that steals upon his ear? Incoherence itself, may it not be the very sort of coherence I require? Muddle! is it anything but a peculiar sort of transparency? Is not jolt passage? Is friction other than a kind of lubrication? Is not a chasm a filling?—a queer kind of filling, but a filling still. Why seek for a glue to hold things together when their very falling apart is the only glue you need? Let all that negation which seemed to disintegrate the universe be the mortar that combines it, and the problem stands solved. The paradoxical character of the notion could not fail to please a mind monstrous even in its native {274} Germany, where mental excess is endemic. Richard, for a moment brought to bay, is himself again. He vaults into the saddle, and from that time his career is that of a philosophic desperado,—one series of outrages upon the chastity of thought.

But wait! What amazing sound is this that comes to his ears? Incoherence itself—could it be exactly the kind of coherence I need? Confusion! Is it anything other than a strange kind of clarity? Isn’t a jolt just a passage? Is friction anything other than a type of lubrication? Isn't a chasm a sort of filling?—a weird kind of filling, but a filling nonetheless. Why look for glue to hold everything together when their very breakdown is the only glue you need? Let all that negativity that seemed to break apart the universe be the mortar that binds it together, and the problem is solved. The paradoxical nature of this idea would surely delight a mind that is already vast, even in its own {274} Germany, where mental excess is common. Richard, momentarily cornered, is himself again. He leaps into the saddle, and from then on, his journey is that of a philosophical outlaw—one continuous assault on the purity of thought.

And can we not ourselves sympathize with his mood in some degree? The old receipts of squeezing the thistle and taking the bull by the horns have many applications. An evil frankly accepted loses half its sting and all its terror. The Stoics had their cheap and easy way of dealing with evil. Call your woes goods, they said; refuse to call your lost blessings by that name,—and you are happy. So of the unintelligibilities: call them means of intelligibility, and what further do you require? There is even a more legitimate excuse than that. In the exceedingness of the facts of life over our formulas lies a standing temptation at certain times to give up trying to say anything adequate about them, and to take refuge in wild and whirling words which but confess our impotence before their ineffability. Thus Baron Bunsen writes to his wife: "Nothing is near but the far; nothing true but the highest; nothing credible but the inconceivable; nothing so real as the impossible; nothing clear but the deepest; nothing so visible as the invisible; and no life is there but through death." Of these ecstatic moments the credo quia impossibile is the classical expression. Hegel's originality lies in his making their mood permanent and sacramental, and authorized to supersede all others,—not as a mystical bath and refuge for feeling when tired reason sickens of her intellectual responsibilities (thank Heaven! that bath is always ready), but as the very form of intellectual responsibility itself.

And can we not relate to his mood to some extent? The old sayings about taking charge and tackling problems head-on apply in many situations. A difficulty that's faced honestly loses a lot of its impact and fear. The Stoics had their simple approach to dealing with challenges. They said to think of your troubles as positives; don’t label your lost blessings as losses—and you’ll find happiness. The same goes for the things we don’t understand: consider them as steps toward understanding, and what more do you need? There’s an even better reason for this perspective. The overwhelming nature of life’s experiences compared to our limited understanding can lead us, at times, to stop trying to articulate them adequately and instead resort to chaotic and dramatic language, which only shows our struggle to express their inexpressibility. For example, Baron Bunsen writes to his wife: "Nothing is near but the distant; nothing true but the highest; nothing credible but the inconceivable; nothing as real as the impossible; nothing clear but the deepest; nothing so visible as the invisible; and no life exists except through death." In these ecstatic moments, the phrase credo quia impossibile captures the essence perfectly. Hegel’s originality lies in making this mood a lasting and sacred perspective, one that is recognized as superior to all others—not merely a mystical escape for when weary reason grows tired of its logical duties (thank goodness that escape is always available), but as the actual essence of intellectual responsibility itself.

{275}

And now after this long introduction, let me trace some of Hegel's ways of applying his discovery. His system resembles a mouse-trap, in which if you once pass the door you may be lost forever. Safety lies in not entering. Hegelians have anointed, so to speak, the entrance with various considerations which, stated in an abstract form, are so plausible as to slide us unresistingly and almost unwittingly through the fatal arch. It is not necessary to drink the ocean to know that it is salt; nor need a critic dissect a whole system after proving that its premises are rotten. I shall accordingly confine myself to a few of the points that captivate beginners most; and assume that if they break down, so must the system which they prop.

And now, after this lengthy introduction, let me outline some of Hegel's methods for applying his ideas. His system is like a mouse trap; once you go through the door, you might be lost forever. The safe choice is to not enter at all. Hegelians have, in a way, coated the entrance with various arguments that, when presented in abstract terms, are so convincing that they lead us through the dangerous arch almost without us realizing it. You don't need to drink the entire ocean to know it's salty; nor does a critic have to dissect an entire system after showing that its foundations are flawed. Therefore, I'll stick to a few of the points that tend to draw in newcomers, assuming that if those points fail, then the whole system they support must also collapse.

First of all, Hegel has to do utterly away with the sharing and partaking business he so much loathes. He will not call contradiction the glue in one place and identity in another; that is too half-hearted. Contradiction must be a glue universal, and must derive its credit from being shown to be latently involved in cases that we hitherto supposed to embody pure continuity. Thus, the relations of an ego with its objects, of one time with another time, of one place with another place, of a cause with its effect, of a thing with its properties, and especially of parts with wholes, must be shown to involve contradiction. Contradiction, shown to lurk in the very heart of coherence and continuity, cannot after that be held to defeat them, and must be taken as the universal solvent,—or, rather, there is no longer any need of a solvent. To 'dissolve' things in identity was the dream of earlier cruder schools. Hegel will show that their very difference is their identity, and that {276} in the act of detachment the detachment is undone, and they fall into each other's arms.

First of all, Hegel needs to completely eliminate the sharing and involvement he despises. He won’t refer to contradiction as glue in one instance and identity in another; that’s too weak. Contradiction must be a universal glue and must prove its worth by being revealed as secretly present in situations we previously thought represented pure continuity. So, the relationships of an ego with its objects, of one time with another time, of one place with another, of a cause with its effect, of a thing with its properties, and especially of parts with wholes, need to be shown to involve contradiction. Contradiction, shown to hide in the heart of coherence and continuity, can't then be seen as overcoming them, and must be viewed as the universal solvent—or rather, we no longer need a solvent. To ‘dissolve’ things into identity was the goal of earlier, simpler schools. Hegel will demonstrate that their very difference is their identity, and that {276} in the act of separation, the separation is reversed, and they come together again.

Now, at the very outset it seems rather odd that a philosopher who pretends that the world is absolutely rational, or in other words that it can be completely understood, should fall back on a principle (the identity of contradictories) which utterly defies understanding, and obliges him in fact to use the word 'understanding,' whenever it occurs in his pages, as a term of contempt. Take the case of space we used above. The common man who looks at space believes there is nothing in it to be acquainted with beyond what he sees; no hidden machinery, no secrets, nothing but the parts as they lie side by side and make the static whole. His intellect is satisfied with accepting space as an ultimate genus of the given. But Hegel cries to him: "Dupe! dost thou not see it to be one nest of incompatibilities? Do not the unity of its wholeness and the diversity of its parts stand in patent contradiction? Does it not both unite and divide things; and but for this strange and irreconcilable activity, would it be at all? The hidden dynamism of self-contradiction is what incessantly produces the static appearance by which your sense is fooled."

Now, right from the start, it seems kind of strange that a philosopher who claims the world is completely rational—or, in other words, that it can be fully understood—would rely on a principle (the identity of contradictories) that completely goes against understanding. This actually forces him to use the term 'understanding' as a term of contempt whenever it appears in his writing. Take the example of space we discussed earlier. The average person who looks at space thinks there's nothing more to it than what they can see—no hidden mechanisms, no secrets, just the parts as they lie next to each other creating a whole. Their mind is content accepting space as a basic category of what’s given. But Hegel calls out, "Fool! Don't you see it's filled with contradictions? Doesn’t the unity of its entirety and the diversity of its parts contradict each other? Does it not both bring things together and separate them; and without this bizarre and unresolvable activity, would it even exist? The hidden energy of self-contradiction is what constantly creates the static appearance that tricks your senses."

But if the man ask how self-contradiction can do all this, and how its dynamism may be seen to work, Hegel can only reply by showing him the space itself and saying: "Lo, thus." In other words, instead of the principle of explanation being more intelligible than the thing to be explained, it is absolutely unintelligible if taken by itself, and must appeal to its pretended product to prove its existence. Surely, such a system of explaining notum per ignotum, of {277} making the explicans borrow credentials from the explicand, and of creating paradoxes and impossibilities where none were suspected, is a strange candidate for the honor of being a complete rationalizer of the world.

But if the man asks how self-contradiction can do all this, and how its dynamism can be seen to work, Hegel can only respond by showing him the space itself and saying: "Look, this is it." In other words, instead of the principle of explanation being clearer than the thing that needs explaining, it is completely unclear when viewed on its own and has to rely on its supposed product to prove its existence. Surely, such a system of explaining notum per ignotum, of {277} making the explicans borrow credibility from the explicand, and of creating paradoxes and impossibilities where none were expected, is a strange candidate for the title of being a complete rationalizer of the world.

The principle of the contradictoriness of identity and the identity of contradictories is the essence of the hegelian system. But what probably washes this principle down most with beginners is the combination in which its author works it with another principle which is by no means characteristic of his system, and which, for want of a better name, might be called the 'principle of totality.' This principle says that you cannot adequately know even a part until you know of what whole it forms a part. As Aristotle writes and Hegel loves to quote, an amputated hand is not even a hand. And as Tennyson says,—

The principle of the contradiction of identity and the identity of contradictories is the core of the Hegelian system. However, what often confuses beginners the most is how its author combines this principle with another one that isn’t typical of his system, which we might call the 'principle of totality.' This principle states that you can't fully understand a part until you know what whole it belongs to. As Aristotle writes and Hegel loves to quote, an amputated hand isn't even a hand. And as Tennyson says,—

"Little flower—but if I could understand
What you are, root and all, and all in all,
I should know what God and man is."

"Little flower—but if I could understand
What you are, root and all, and everything combined,
I would know what God and humanity is."

Obviously, until we have taken in all the relations, immediate or remote, into which the thing actually enters or potentially may enter, we do not know all about the thing.

Clearly, until we consider all the relationships, whether direct or indirect, that the thing actually has or might potentially have, we don't fully understand the thing.

And obviously for such an exhaustive acquaintance with the thing, an acquaintance with every other thing, actual and potential, near and remote, is needed; so that it is quite fair to say that omniscience alone can completely know any one thing as it stands. Standing in a world of relations, that world must be known before the thing is fully known. This doctrine is of course an integral part of empiricism, an integral part of common-sense. Since when could good men not apprehend the passing hour {278} in the light of life's larger sweep,—not grow dispassionate the more they stretched their view? Did the 'law of sharing' so little legitimate their procedure that a law of identity of contradictories, forsooth, must be trumped up to give it scope? Out upon the idea!

And clearly, to have such a deep understanding of something, you need to understand everything else related to it, both real and potential, near and far. So it's fair to say that only someone who is all-knowing can fully comprehend any single thing as it is. Since everything exists in a network of relationships, you have to understand that network to fully understand the thing itself. This idea is, of course, a key part of empiricism and common sense. Since when have good people not been able to see the present moment in the context of life's bigger picture—and not become more objective as they broaden their perspective? Did the 'law of sharing' not give enough validity to their actions that a law of identity of contradictions had to be invented to support it? What a ridiculous notion! {278}

Hume's account of causation is a good illustration of the way in which empiricism may use the principle of totality. We call something a cause; but we at the same time deny its effect to be in any latent way contained in or substantially identical with it. We thus cannot tell what its causality amounts to until its effect has actually supervened. The effect, then, or something beyond the thing is what makes the thing to be so far as it is a cause. Humism thus says that its causality is something adventitious and not necessarily given when its other attributes are there. Generalizing this, empiricism contends that we must everywhere distinguish between the intrinsic being of a thing and its relations, and, among these, between those that are essential to our knowing it at all and those that may be called adventitious. The thing as actually present in a given world is there with all its relations; for it to be known as it there exists, they must be known too, and it and they form a single fact for any consciousness large enough to embrace that world as a unity. But what constitutes this singleness of fact, this unity? Empiricism says, Nothing but the relation-yielding matrix in which the several items of the world find themselves embedded,—time, namely, and space, and the mind of the knower. And it says that were some of the items quite different from what they are and others the same, still, for aught we can see, an equally unitary world might be, provided each {279} item were an object for consciousness and occupied a determinate point in space and time. All the adventitious relations would in such a world be changed, along with the intrinsic natures and places of the beings between which they obtained; but the 'principle of totality' in knowledge would in no wise be affected.

Hume's view on causation is a great example of how empiricism can utilize the principle of totality. We identify something as a cause, but at the same time, we deny that its effect is somehow inherently included in it or essentially the same as it. Therefore, we cannot determine what its causality means until its effect has actually occurred. So, the effect, or something more than just the cause, is what defines the cause as such. Hume argues that its causality is something additional and not necessarily inherent when its other characteristics are present. Broadening this idea, empiricism argues that we must always differentiate between the intrinsic existence of a thing and its relationships, particularly between those relationships essential for our understanding of it and those that can be considered additional. The thing, as it truly exists in a certain world, includes all its relations; for it to be understood as it exists there, those relations must also be understood, and together they form a single fact for any consciousness capable of perceiving that world as a whole. But what creates this singular fact, this unity? Empiricism claims it’s nothing other than the relational framework in which the various elements of the world are situated—specifically, time, space, and the mind of the observer. It suggests that even if some elements were completely different from what they are now and others remained the same, an equally unified world could still exist, provided each element was an object of consciousness and occupied a specific point in space and time. All the additional relationships in such a world would change, along with the intrinsic natures and positions of the beings involved; however, the 'principle of totality' in knowledge would remain unaffected.

But Hegelism dogmatically denies all this to be possible. In the first place it says there are no intrinsic natures that may change; in the second it says there are no adventitious relations. When the relations of what we call a thing are told, no caput mortuum of intrinsicality, no 'nature,' is left. The relations soak up all there is of the thing; the 'items' of the world are but foci of relation with other foci of relation; and all the relations are necessary. The unity of the world has nothing to do with any 'matrix.' The matrix and the items, each with all, make a unity, simply because each in truth is all the rest. The proof lies in the hegelian principle of totality, which demands that if any one part be posited alone all the others shall forthwith emanate from it and infallibly reproduce the whole. In the modus operandi of the emanation comes in, as I said, that partnership of the principle of totality with that of the identity of contradictories which so recommends the latter to beginners in Hegel's philosophy. To posit one item alone is to deny the rest; to deny them is to refer to them; to refer to them is to begin, at least, to bring them on the scene; and to begin is in the fulness of time to end.

But Hegelianism firmly rejects the idea that any of this is possible. First, it claims that there are no intrinsic natures that can change; second, it asserts that there are no external relationships. When we describe the relationships of what we call a thing, there is no remaining core of intrinsic nature; the relations encompass everything about the thing. The 'items' in the world are just relation points with other relation points, and all these relationships are essential. The unity of the world has nothing to do with any 'matrix.' The matrix and the items, along with everything else, form a unity simply because each one essentially encompasses all the others. The evidence lies in the Hegelian principle of totality, which states that if any single part is considered alone, all the others will immediately emerge from it and inevitably recreate the whole. In the process of emergence, as I mentioned, the partnership between the principle of totality and that of the identity of contradictions is what makes the latter appealing to newcomers in Hegel's philosophy. To consider one item alone is to deny the rest; denying them means referring to them; referring to them at least starts to bring them into consideration; and to begin is, over time, to reach an end.


If we call this a monism, Hegel is quick to cry, Not so! To say simply that the one item is the rest {280} of the universe is as false and one-sided as to say that it is simply itself. It is both and neither; and the only condition on which we gain the right to affirm that it is, is that we fail not to keep affirming all the while that it is not, as well. Thus the truth refuses to be expressed in any single act of judgment or sentence. The world appears as a monism and a pluralism, just as it appeared in our own introductory exposition.

If we call this monism, Hegel quickly responds, Not at all! To simply say that one thing is everything else in the universe is just as inaccurate and simplistic as saying it is just itself. It is both and neither; and the only reason we can say that it is, is because we continuously acknowledge that it is also not, at the same time. Therefore, the truth cannot be captured in any single judgment or statement. The world shows up as both a monism and a pluralism, just as we described in our initial introduction. {280}

But the trouble that keeps us and Hegel from ever joining hands over this apparent formula of brotherhood is that we distinguish, or try to distinguish, the respects in which the world is one from those in which it is many, while all such stable distinctions are what he most abominates. The reader may decide which procedure helps his reason most. For my own part, the time-honored formula of empiricist pluralism, that the world cannot be set down in any single proposition, grows less instead of more intelligible when I add, "And yet the different propositions that express it are one!" The unity of the propositions is that of the mind that harbors them. Any one who insists that their diversity is in any way itself their unity, can only do so because he loves obscurity and mystification for their own pure sakes.

But the issue that keeps us and Hegel from ever finding common ground on this apparent idea of brotherhood is that we distinguish, or try to distinguish, the ways in which the world is one from those in which it is many, while he strongly dislikes any stable distinctions. The reader can decide which approach makes more sense to them. For my part, the long-held idea of empiricist pluralism—that the world can’t be captured in a single statement—becomes less clear, not more, when I add, "And yet the different statements that express it are one!" The unity of those statements comes from the mind that holds them. Anyone who claims that their diversity is somehow their unity only does so because they enjoy confusion and mystification for their own sake.


Where you meet with a contradiction among realities, Herbart used to say, it shows you have failed to make a real distinction. Hegel's sovereign method of going to work and saving all possible contradictions, lies in pertinaciously refusing to distinguish. He takes what is true of a term secundum quid, treats it as true of the same term simpliciter, and then, of course, applies it to the term secundum aliud. A {281} good example of this is found in the first triad. This triad shows that the mutability of the real world is due to the fact that being constantly negates itself; that whatever is by the same act is not, and gets undone and swept away; and that thus the irremediable torrent of life about which so much rhetoric has been written has its roots in an ineluctable necessity which lies revealed to our logical reason. This notion of a being which forever stumbles over its own feet, and has to change in order to exist at all, is a very picturesque symbol of the reality, and is probably one of the points that make young readers feel as if a deep core of truth lay in the system.

When you encounter a contradiction among realities, Herbart used to say, it indicates that you've failed to make a genuine distinction. Hegel's ultimate method for addressing and resolving all possible contradictions lies in stubbornly refusing to differentiate. He takes what is true of a term secundum quid, treats it as true of the same term simpliciter, and then, of course, applies it to the term secundum aliud. A {281} good example of this can be found in the first triad. This triad demonstrates that the changeability of the real world is due to the fact that being constantly negates itself; that whatever is simultaneously is not, gets undone, and is swept away; and that thus the unending flow of life, which has inspired so much rhetoric, has its roots in an unavoidable necessity that is revealed to our logical understanding. This idea of a being that continually trips over its own feet and has to change in order to exist at all is a very vivid symbol of reality and likely contributes to why young readers feel like there's a deep truth at the heart of the system.

But how is the reasoning done? Pure being is assumed, without determinations, being secundum quid. In this respect it agrees with nothing. Therefore simpliciter it is nothing; wherever we find it, it is nothing; crowned with complete determinations then, or secundum aliud, it is nothing still, and hebt sich auf.

But how is the reasoning done? Pure being is assumed, without any specifics, being secundum quid. In this way, it doesn't align with anything. Therefore, simpliciter, it is nothing; wherever we encounter it, it is nothing; even when it has complete specifications, or secundum aliud, it remains nothing, and hebt sich auf.

It is as if we said, Man without his clothes may be named 'the naked.' Therefore man simpliciter is the naked; and finally man with his hat, shoes, and overcoat on is the naked still.

It’s like saying that a man without clothes can be called 'the naked.' So, a man simpliciter is the naked; and in the end, even when a man is wearing his hat, shoes, and overcoat, he’s still the naked.

Of course we may in this instance or any other repeat that the conclusion is strictly true, however comical it seems. Man within the clothes is naked, just as he is without them. Man would never have invented the clothes had he not been naked. The fact of his being clad at all does prove his essential nudity. And so in general,—the form of any judgment, being the addition of a predicate to a subject, shows that the subject has been conceived without the predicate, and thus by a strained metaphor may {282} be called the predicate's negation. Well and good! let the expression pass. But we must notice this. The judgment has now created a new subject, the naked-clad, and all propositions regarding this must be judged on their own merits; for those true of the old subject, 'the naked,' are no longer true of this one. For instance, we cannot say because the naked pure and simple must not enter the drawing-room or is in danger of taking cold, that the naked with his clothes on will also take cold or must stay in his bedroom. Hold to it eternally that the clad man is still naked if it amuse you,—'tis designated in the bond; but the so-called contradiction is a sterile boon. Like Shylock's pound of flesh, it leads to no consequences. It does not entitle you to one drop of his Christian blood either in the way of catarrh, social exclusion, or what further results pure nakedness may involve.

Of course, we can reaffirm that the conclusion is entirely accurate, no matter how ridiculous it sounds. A person under their clothes is just as naked as they are without them. People would never have created clothing if they hadn’t been naked in the first place. The fact that someone is dressed at all proves their fundamental nudity. In general, the structure of any judgment—adding a predicate to a subject—indicates that the subject has been conceived without the predicate, and thus, in a twisted metaphor, it can be called the predicate's negation. Fine! Let that expression slide. But we need to point this out: The judgment has now formed a new subject, the naked-clad, and all statements about this need to be assessed on their own terms, because what’s true of the old subject, "the naked," is no longer true for this one. For example, we can't say that because a naked person shouldn't enter the drawing-room or is at risk of catching cold, the naked person with clothes on will also catch cold or must stay in their bedroom. Keep in mind forever that the clothed person *is* still naked if that entertains you—it's stated in the bond; but the so-called contradiction is a pointless gift. Like Shylock's pound of flesh, it leads to no meaningful outcomes. It doesn't give you the right to even a drop of his Christian blood, whether in terms of catching a cold, social exclusion, or other consequences that pure nakedness may bring.

In a version of the first step given by our foremost American Hegelian,[4] we find this playing with the necessary form of judgment. Pure being, he says, has no determinations. But the having none is itself a determination. Wherefore pure being contradicts its own self, and so on. Why not take heed to the meaning of what is said? When we make the predication concerning pure being, our meaning is merely the denial of all other determinations than the particular one we make. The showman who advertised his elephant as 'larger than any elephant in the world except himself' must have been in an hegelian country where he was afraid that if he were less explicit the audience would dialectically proceed to say: {283} "This elephant, larger than any in the world, involves a contradiction; for he himself is in the world, and so stands endowed with the virtue of being both larger and smaller than himself,—a perfect hegelian elephant, whose immanent self-contradictoriness can only be removed in a higher synthesis. Show us the higher synthesis! We don't care to see such a mere abstract creature as your elephant." It may be (and it was indeed suggested in antiquity) that all things are of their own size by being both larger and smaller than themselves. But in the case of this elephant the scrupulous showman nipped such philosophizing and all its inconvenient consequences in the bud, by explicitly intimating that larger than any other elephant was all he meant.

In a take on the first step from our leading American Hegelian,[4] we see this exploration of the essential form of judgment. Pure being, as he points out, has no characteristics. However, the lack of characteristics is itself a characteristic. Therefore, pure being contradicts itself, and so on. Why not pay attention to the meaning of what's being said? When we make a statement about pure being, our intent is simply to deny all other characteristics aside from the specific one we are making. The showman who promoted his elephant as 'larger than any elephant in the world except for himself' must have been in a Hegelian land, worried that if he were less clear, the audience would dialectically reason: {283} "This elephant, larger than any in the world, presents a contradiction; because he himself is in the world, and thus is both larger and smaller than himself— a perfect Hegelian elephant, whose inherent self-contradiction can only be resolved in a higher synthesis. Show us the higher synthesis! We don't want to see such an abstract being as your elephant." It may be (and was indeed suggested in ancient times) that all things exist in their own size by being both larger and smaller than themselves. But in the case of this elephant, the meticulous showman cut off such philosophizing and all of its troublesome implications right away by making it clear that larger than any other elephant was all he meant.


Hegel's quibble with this word other exemplifies the same fallacy. All 'others,' as such, are according to him identical. That is, 'otherness,' which can only be predicated of a given thing A, secundum quid (as other than B, etc.), is predicated simpliciter, and made to identify the A in question with B, which is other only secundum aliud,—namely other than A.

Hegel's issue with the word other highlights the same mistake. According to him, all 'others' are essentially the same. That is, 'otherness,' which can only be attributed to a specific thing A, secundum quid (as different from B, etc.), is attributed simpliciter, and used to equate the A in question with B, which is only different secundum aliud,—specifically, different from A.

Another maxim that Hegelism is never tired of repeating is that "to know a limit is already to be beyond it." "Stone walls do not a prison make, nor iron bars a cage." The inmate of the penitentiary shows by his grumbling that he is still in the stage of abstraction and of separative thought. The more keenly he thinks of the fun he might be having outside, the more deeply he ought to feel that the walls identify him with it. They set him beyond them secundum quid, in imagination, in longing, in despair; argal they take him there simpliciter and {284} in every way,—in flesh, in power, in deed. Foolish convict, to ignore his blessings!

Another saying that Hegelism keeps repeating is that "to know a limit is already to be beyond it." "Stone walls don’t make a prison, nor do iron bars make a cage." The prisoner’s complaints show that he is still stuck in a state of abstract and separative thought. The more he thinks about the fun he could be having outside, the more he should realize that the walls actually connect him to it. They place him beyond them secundum quid, in his imagination, in longing, in despair; argal, they take him there simpliciter and {284} in every way—in body, in power, in action. Silly convict, to overlook his blessings!


Another mode of stating his principle is this: "To know the finite as such, is also to know the infinite." Expressed in this abstract shape, the formula is as insignificant as it is unobjectionable. We can cap every word with a negative particle, and the word finished immediately suggests the word unfinished, and we know the two words together.

Another way to state his principle is this: "To understand the finite as it is, is also to understand the infinite." In this abstract form, the statement is as pointless as it is uncontroversial. We can put a negative prefix in front of every word, and the word finished instantly brings to mind the word unfinished, and we understand both words together.

But it is an entirely different thing to take the knowledge of a concrete case of ending, and to say that it virtually makes us acquainted with other concrete facts in infinitum. For, in the first place, the end may be an absolute one. The matter of the universe, for instance, is according to all appearances in finite amount; and if we knew that we had counted the last bit of it, infinite knowledge in that respect, so far from being given, would be impossible. With regard to space, it is true that in drawing a bound we are aware of more. But to treat this little fringe as the equal of infinite space is ridiculous. It resembles infinite space secundum quid, or in but one respect,—its spatial quality. We believe it homogeneous with whatever spaces may remain; but it would be fatuous to say, because one dollar in my pocket is homogeneous with all the dollars in the country, that to have it is to have them. The further points of space are as numerically distinct from the fringe as the dollars from the dollar, and not until we have actually intuited them can we be said to 'know' them simpliciter. The hegelian reply is that the quality of space constitutes its only worth; and that there is nothing true, good, or beautiful to be known {285} in the spaces beyond which is not already known in the fringe. This introduction of a eulogistic term into a mathematical question is original. The 'true' and the 'false' infinite are about as appropriate distinctions in a discussion of cognition as the good and the naughty rain would be in a treatise on meteorology. But when we grant that all the worth of the knowledge of distant spaces is due to the knowledge of what they may carry in them, it then appears more than ever absurd to say that the knowledge of the fringe is an equivalent for the infinitude of the distant knowledge. The distant spaces even simpliciter are not yet yielded to our thinking; and if they were yielded simpliciter, would not be yielded secundum aliud, or in respect to their material filling out.

But taking the knowledge of a specific ending and saying that it essentially helps us understand other specific facts in infinitum is a whole different matter. First off, the end could be an absolute one. For example, the matter in the universe seems to be finite; if we knew that we had counted the last piece, having infinite knowledge in that context would, far from being given, be impossible. Regarding space, it's true that when we define a boundary, we become aware of more. However, considering this small edge as equal to infinite space is ridiculous. It resembles infinite space secundum quid, or in just one aspect—its spatial quality. We believe it is similar to whatever spaces might remain, but it would be foolish to claim that because one dollar in my pocket is the same as all the dollars in the country, having it means having them all. The far-off points in space are just as numerically distinct from the edge as the dollars are from the dollar, and we can only be said to 'know' them simpliciter once we have actually experienced them. The Hegelian response is that the quality of space is its only worth; and that there is nothing true, good, or beautiful to be known in the spaces beyond that isn't already understood in the edge. This introduction of a flattering term into a mathematical discussion is original. The distinctions of 'true' and 'false' infinity are as fitting in a conversation about cognition as discussing the good and bad rain would be in a study on weather. But if we accept that all the value of understanding distant spaces comes from knowing what they might contain, it seems even more absurd to suggest that knowledge of the edge is equivalent to the infinity of distant knowledge. The distant spaces simpliciter are not yet accessible to our thinking; and even if they were grasped simpliciter, they wouldn't be understood secundum aliud, or in terms of their material content.

Shylock's bond was an omnipotent instrument compared with this knowledge of the finite, which remains the ignorance it always was, till the infinite by its own act has piece by piece placed itself in our hands.

Shylock's bond was a powerful tool compared to this understanding of the limited, which still remains the same ignorance it has always been, until the infinite has, through its own actions, gradually put itself into our hands.

Here Hegelism cries out: "By the identity of the knowledges of infinite and finite I never meant that one could be a substitute for the other; nor does true philosophy ever mean by identity capacity for substitution." This sounds suspiciously like the good and the naughty infinite, or rather like the mysteries of the Trinity and the Eucharist. To the unsentimental mind there are but two sorts of identity,—total identity and partial identity. Where the identity is total, the things can be substituted wholly for one another. Where substitution is impossible, it must be that the identity is incomplete. It is the duty of the student then to ascertain the exact quid, secundum which it obtains, as we have tried to do above. Even the Catholic will tell you that when he believes in the {286} identity of the wafer with Christ's body, he does not mean in all respects,—so that he might use it to exhibit muscular fibre, or a cook make it smell like baked meat in the oven. He means that in the one sole respect of nourishing his being in a certain way, it is identical with and can be substituted for the very body of his Redeemer.

Here Hegelism asserts: "By the identity of the knowledges of infinite and finite, I never meant that one could be a substitute for the other; nor does true philosophy ever imply that identity allows for substitution." This sounds a lot like the good and the naughty infinite, or rather like the mysteries of the Trinity and the Eucharist. To a practical mind, there are basically two kinds of identity—total identity and partial identity. When identity is total, the things can be fully substituted for each other. When substitution is impossible, it must mean that the identity is incomplete. It's the student's responsibility to figure out the exact quid, secundum that it obtains, as we have tried to do above. Even a Catholic will tell you that when he believes in the identity of the wafer with Christ's body, he doesn't mean in every way—so that it could be used to show muscular fiber, or a cook could make it smell like meat baking in the oven. He means that in the one single respect of nourishing his being in a certain way, it is identical with and can be substituted for the very body of his Redeemer.


'The knowledge of opposites is one,' is one of the hegelian first principles, of which the preceding are perhaps only derivatives. Here again Hegelism takes 'knowledge' simpliciter, and substituting it for knowledge in a particular respect, avails itself of the confusion to cover other respects never originally implied. When the knowledge of a thing is given us, we no doubt think that the thing may or must have an opposite. This postulate of something opposite we may call a 'knowledge of the opposite' if we like; but it is a knowledge of it in only that one single respect, that it is something opposite. No number of opposites to a quality we have never directly experienced could ever lead us positively to infer what that quality is. There is a jolt between the negation of them and the actual positing of it in its proper shape, that twenty logics of Hegel harnessed abreast cannot drive us smoothly over.

'The knowledge of opposites is one,' is one of the foundational principles of Hegelian philosophy, and the previous concepts are probably just offshoots of it. Once again, Hegelism treats 'knowledge' in a general sense, and by using it interchangeably with knowledge in a specific context, it takes advantage of the ambiguity to include other contexts that were not originally meant. When we gain knowledge of something, we naturally assume that the thing might have an opposite. We could refer to this assumption of something opposing as a 'knowledge of the opposite' if we want; however, it's only knowledge in that very limited sense—that it's something that has an opposite. No matter how many opposites of a quality we haven't directly experienced, they can never help us accurately infer what that quality really is. There's a disconnect between negating them and actually identifying the quality itself, which no amount of Hegel's logics can smoothly bridge.

The use of the maxim 'All determination is negation' is the fattest and most full-blown application of the method of refusing to distinguish. Taken in its vague confusion, it probably does more than anything else to produce the sort of flicker and dazzle which are the first mental conditions for the reception of Hegel's system. The word 'negation' taken simpliciter is treated as if it covered an indefinite number of {287} secundums, culminating in the very peculiar one of self-negation. Whence finally the conclusion is drawn that assertions are universally self-contradictory. As this is an important matter, it seems worth while to treat it a little minutely.

The saying 'All determination is negation' is the most obvious and fully developed use of the method of refusing to differentiate. Taken in its unclear complexity, it likely does more than anything else to create the kind of flicker and dazzle that are the initial mental conditions for understanding Hegel's system. The term 'negation' viewed simpliciter is treated as if it encompassed an endless number of {287} secundums, ending with the quite unusual idea of self-negation. From this, the conclusion is reached that statements are universally self-contradictory. Since this is an important issue, it seems worthwhile to explore it in more detail.

When I measure out a pint, say of milk, and so determine it, what do I do? I virtually make two assertions regarding it,—it is this pint; it is not those other gallons. One of these is an affirmation, the other a negation. Both have a common subject; but the predicates being mutually exclusive, the two assertions lie beside each other in endless peace.

When I pour a pint of milk, for example, and decide that it’s a pint, what am I doing? I’m really making two statements about it—it's this pint; it’s not those other gallons. One statement is an affirmation, and the other is a negation. Both statements share a common subject, but since their predicates can't be true at the same time, the two statements coexist peacefully.

I may with propriety be said to make assertions more remote still,—assertions of which those other gallons are the subject. As it is not they, so are they not the pint which it is. The determination "this is the pint" carries with it the negation,—"those are not the pints." Here we have the same predicate; but the subjects are exclusive of each other, so there is again endless peace. In both couples of propositions negation and affirmation are secundum aliud: this is a; this is n't not-a. This kind of negation involved in determination cannot possibly be what Hegel wants for his purposes. The table is not the chair, the fireplace is not the cupboard,—these are literal expressions of the law of identity and contradiction, those principles of the abstracting and separating understanding for which Hegel has so sovereign a contempt, and which his logic is meant to supersede.

I can rightfully say that I make even more distant claims—claims concerning those other gallons. Just like they are not the pint that it is. The statement "this is the pint" inherently means that "those are not the pints." Here we have the same conclusion; however, the subjects cannot overlap, so there is a continuous sense of harmony. In both pairs of statements, negation and affirmation are in relation to one another: this is a; this is not-a. This type of negation involved in defining things definitely can't be what Hegel is looking for in his work. The table is not the chair, and the fireplace is not the cupboard—these are straightforward expressions of the law of identity and contradiction, which are the principles of the analytical and isolating mind that Hegel looks down upon, and his logic is meant to go beyond them.

And accordingly Hegelians pursue the subject further, saying there is in every determination an element of real conflict. Do you not in determining the milk to be this pint exclude it forever from the chance of being those gallons, frustrate it from {288} expansion? And so do you not equally exclude them from the being which it now maintains as its own?

And so Hegelians continue to explore the idea, arguing that in every decision there’s an element of true conflict. When you decide that the milk is this pint, don't you exclude it forever from being those gallons, preventing it from expanding? And don't you also exclude them from the existence it currently claims as its own? {288}

Assuredly if you had been hearing of a land flowing with milk and honey, and had gone there with unlimited expectations of the rivers the milk would fill; and if you found there was but this single pint in the whole country,—the determination of the pint would exclude another determination which your mind had previously made of the milk. There would be a real conflict resulting in the victory of one side. The rivers would be negated by the single pint being affirmed; and as rivers and pint are affirmed of the same milk (first as supposed and then as found), the contradiction would be complete.

If you had been hearing about a land filled with milk and honey and went there with huge expectations of rivers overflowing with milk, and then discovered there was only a single pint in the entire country, that one pint would completely change your earlier thoughts about how much milk there was. You would face a real conflict where one belief would win out over the other. The idea of rivers would be dismissed because the existence of the single pint would take precedence; and since both rivers and the pint are supposed to come from the same milk (first imagined and then discovered), the contradiction would be absolute.

But it is a contradiction that can never by any chance occur in real nature or being. It can only occur between a false representation of a being and the true idea of the being when actually cognized. The first got into a place where it had no rights and had to be ousted. But in rerum naturâ things do not get into one another's logical places. The gallons first spoken of never say, "We are the pint;" the pint never says, "I am the gallons." It never tries to expand; and so there is no chance for anything to exclude or negate it. It thus remains affirmed absolutely.

But it's a contradiction that can never actually happen in real nature or existence. It can only happen between a false representation of something and the true understanding of that thing when truly recognized. The false representation intruded where it had no right to be and had to be removed. But in rerum naturâ, things don't get into each other's logical categories. The gallons we mentioned never say, "We are the pint;" the pint never says, "I am the gallons." It never tries to grow beyond its bounds; therefore, there's no possibility for anything to dismiss or deny it. It remains completely affirmed.

Can it be believed in the teeth of these elementary truths that the principle determinatio negatio is held throughout Hegel to imply an active contradiction, conflict, and exclusion? Do the horse-cars jingling outside negate me writing in this room? Do I, reader, negate you? Of course, if I say, "Reader, we are two, and therefore I am two," I negate you, for I am actually thrusting a part into the seat of the whole. {289} The orthodox logic expresses the fallacy by saying the we is taken by me distributively instead of collectively; but as long as I do not make this blunder, and am content with my part, we all are safe. In rerum naturâ, parts remain parts. Can you imagine one position in space trying to get into the place of another position and having to be 'contradicted' by that other? Can you imagine your thought of an object trying to dispossess the real object from its being, and so being negated by it? The great, the sacred law of partaking, the noiseless step of continuity, seems something that Hegel cannot possibly understand. All or nothing is his one idea. For him each point of space, of time, each feeling in the ego, each quality of being, is clamoring, "I am the all,—there is nought else but me." This clamor is its essence, which has to be negated in another act which gives it its true determination. What there is of affirmative in this determination is thus the mere residuum left from the negation by others of the negation it originally applied to them.

Can it really be believed, in spite of these basic truths, that the principle determinatio negatio throughout Hegel suggests an active contradiction, conflict, and exclusion? Do the horse-drawn carriages jingling outside negate my writing in this room? Do I, reader, negate you? Of course, if I say, "Reader, we are two, and therefore I am two," I negate you because I'm actually inserting a part into the whole. {289} The traditional logic describes the error by claiming that "we" is taken by me in a distributive sense rather than a collective one; but as long as I don't make that mistake and am fine with my part, we are all safe. In rerum naturâ, parts remain just parts. Can you picture one location in space trying to claim the spot of another and having to be 'contradicted' by it? Can you imagine your thought of an object trying to replace the actual object from its existence and being negated by it? The great, sacred law of sharing, the quiet flow of continuity, seems to be something that Hegel cannot possibly grasp. All or nothing is his only idea. For him, each point of space, each moment in time, each feeling of the self, each quality of existence is shouting, "I am the all—there is nothing else but me." This shouting is its essence, which must be negated in another act that gives it its true definition. What is affirmative in this definition is merely what remains after others have negated the negation originally directed at them.

But why talk of residuum? The Kilkenny cats of fable could leave a residuum in the shape of their undevoured tails. But the Kilkenny cats of existence as it appears in the pages of Hegel are all-devouring, and leave no residuum. Such is the unexampled fury of their onslaught that they get clean out of themselves and into each other, nay more, pass right through each other, and then "return into themselves" ready for another round, as insatiate, but as inconclusive, as the one that went before.

But why talk about leftovers? The Kilkenny cats from the fable could leave behind leftovers in the form of their uneaten tails. But the Kilkenny cats of life, as described in the pages of Hegel, devour everything and leave nothing behind. Their incredible fury in attacking is such that they completely get out of themselves and into each other, actually passing right through one another, and then "return to themselves" ready for another round, as insatiable and as inconclusive as the one that came before.

If I characterized Hegel's own mood as hubris, the insolence of excess, what shall I say of the mood he ascribes to being? Man makes the gods in his {290} image; and Hegel, in daring to insult the spotless sôphrosune of space and time, the bound-respecters, in branding as strife that law of sharing under whose sacred keeping, like a strain of music, like an odor of incense (as Emerson says), the dance of the atoms goes forward still, seems to me but to manifest his own deformity.

If I would describe Hegel's own mood as hubris, the arrogance of excess, what can I say about the mood he attributes to being? People create the gods in their own {290} image; and Hegel, by daring to disrespect the pure sôphrosune of space and time, the limits of respect, by calling that law of sharing—which, like a piece of music, like the scent of incense (as Emerson puts it), allows the dance of the atoms to continue—strife, seems to me to reveal his own shortcomings.


This leads me to animadvert on an erroneous inference which hegelian idealism makes from the form of the negative judgment. Every negation, it says, must be an intellectual act. Even the most naïf realism will hardly pretend that the non-table as such exists in se after the same fashion as the table does. But table and non-table, since they are given to our thought together, must be consubstantial. Try to make the position or affirmation of the table as simple as you can, it is also the negation of the non-table; and thus positive being itself seems after all but a function of intelligence, like negation. Idealism is proved, realism is unthinkable. Now I have not myself the least objection to idealism,—an hypothesis which voluminous considerations make plausible, and whose difficulties may be cleared away any day by new discriminations or discoveries. But I object to proving by these patent ready-made à priori methods that which can only be the fruit of a wide and patient induction. For the truth is that our affirmations and negations do not stand on the same footing at all, and are anything but consubstantial. An affirmation says something about an objective existence. A negation says something about an affirmation,—namely, that it is false. There are no negative predicates or falsities in nature. Being makes no false hypotheses that have {291} to be contradicted. The only denials she can be in any way construed to perform are denials of our errors. This shows plainly enough that denial must be of something mental, since the thing denied is always a fiction. "The table is not the chair" supposes the speaker to have been playing with the false notion that it may have been the chair. But affirmation may perfectly well be of something having no such necessary and constitutive relation to thought. Whether it really is of such a thing is for harder considerations to decide.

This brings me to point out a mistake that Hegelian idealism makes regarding the nature of negative judgments. It claims that every negation must be an intellectual act. Even the most straightforward realism wouldn’t argue that a non-table exists in the same way that a table does. However, since both table and non-table are presented to our minds together, they must be fundamentally related. No matter how simply we try to define the existence of the table, it is also the negation of the non-table, making positive existence apparently just a function of intelligence, like negation. This supports idealism and makes realism seem impossible. Personally, I don’t have any issues with idealism—it's a theory backed by extensive reasoning and its challenges can be addressed with new insights at any time. But I take issue with proving through these obvious, preset methods what should only come from broad and careful investigation. The truth is our affirmations and negations are not on the same level and are far from being fundamentally related. An affirmation conveys information about something that exists objectively, while a negation comments on an affirmation, specifically declaring it false. There are no negative attributes or falsehoods in nature. Being doesn’t create false hypotheses that need to be contradicted. The only denials it can realistically imply are denials of our mistakes. This clearly illustrates that denial must relate to something mental, as the thing being denied is always a creation of thought. Saying "the table is not the chair" implies the speaker had mistakenly thought it might be the chair. In contrast, an affirmation can accurately refer to something that has no necessary or defining link to thought. Whether it genuinely refers to such a thing is a question for deeper analysis to address.


If idealism be true, the great question that presents itself is whether its truth involve the necessity of an infinite, unitary, and omniscient consciousness, or whether a republic of semi-detached consciousnesses will do,—consciousnesses united by a certain common fund of representations, but each possessing a private store which the others do not share. Either hypothesis is to me conceivable. But whether the egos be one or many, the nextness of representations to one another within them is the principle of unification of the universe. To be thus consciously next to some other representation is the condition to which each representation must submit, under penalty of being excluded from this universe, and like Lord Dundreary's bird 'flocking all alone,' and forming a separate universe by itself. But this is only a condition of which the representations partake; it leaves all their other determinations undecided. To say, because representation b cannot be in the same universe with a without being a's neighbor; that therefore a possesses, involves, or necessitates b, hide and hair, flesh and fell, all appurtenances and belongings,—is {292} only the silly hegelian all-or-nothing insatiateness once more.

If idealism is true, the big question that arises is whether its truth requires an infinite, unified, and all-knowing consciousness, or if a collective of semi-independent consciousnesses would suffice—consciousnesses linked by a common set of ideas, but each having its own private collection that others don't share. I can imagine either possibility. However, whether there is one ego or many, the closeness of representations to each other within them is what unifies the universe. To be consciously next to another representation is the requirement each representation must meet, or risk being excluded from this universe, like Lord Dundreary's bird 'flocking all alone' and creating its own separate universe. But this is just a condition that the representations share; it doesn’t determine any of their other properties. To say that because representation b can't exist in the same universe as a without being a's neighbor, it means that a inherently includes or demands b, along with everything that belongs to it—is simply the foolish Hegelian all-or-nothing mindset once again. {292}

Hegel's own logic, with all the senseless hocus-pocus of its triads, utterly fails to prove his position. The only evident compulsion which representations exert upon one another is compulsion to submit to the conditions of entrance into the same universe with them—the conditions of continuity, of selfhood, space, and time—under penalty of being excluded. But what this universe shall be is a matter of fact which we cannot decide till we know what representations have submitted to these its sole conditions. The conditions themselves impose no further requirements. In short, the notion that real contingency and ambiguity may be features of the real world is a perfectly unimpeachable hypothesis. Only in such a world can moral judgments have a claim to be. For the bad is that which takes the place of something else which possibly might have been where it now is, and the better is that which absolutely might be where it absolutely is not. In the universe of Hegel—the absolute block whose parts have no loose play, the pure plethora of necessary being with the oxygen of possibility all suffocated out of its lungs—there can be neither good nor bad, but one dead level of mere fate.

Hegel’s logic, with all its confusing triads, completely fails to support his argument. The only clear influence that representations have on each other is the pressure to meet the conditions necessary to exist in the same universe — the conditions of continuity, identity, space, and time — or risk being left out. But we can't decide what this universe will be until we understand which representations have met these essential conditions. These conditions don’t add any further requirements. In short, the idea that actual randomness and ambiguity can exist in the real world is a completely valid hypothesis. It’s in such a world that moral judgments can make sense. The bad is what replaces something that could have occupied the space it currently does, and the good is what could definitely exist where it currently does not. In Hegel’s universe — a rigid structure where the parts have no flexibility, a complete abundance of necessary existence with all possibility choked out — there can’t be any good or bad, just one stagnant level of mere fate.

But I have tired the reader out. The worst of criticising Hegel is that the very arguments we use against him give forth strange and hollow sounds that make them seem almost as fantastic as the errors to which they are addressed. The sense of a universal mirage, of a ghostly unreality, steals over us, which is the very moonlit atmosphere of Hegelism itself. What wonder then if, instead of {293} converting, our words do but rejoice and delight, those already baptized in the faith of confusion? To their charmed senses we all seem children of Hegel together, only some of us have not the wit to know our own father. Just as Romanists are sure to inform us that our reasons against Papal Christianity unconsciously breathe the purest spirit of Catholicism, so Hegelism benignantly smiles at our exertions, and murmurs, "If the red slayer think he slays;" "When me they fly, I am the wings," etc.

But I’ve worn the reader out. The biggest issue with critiquing Hegel is that the arguments we use against him often sound strange and hollow, making them seem almost as absurd as the mistakes we're pointing out. A feeling of a universal illusion, of a ghostly unreality, washes over us, which is the very twilight ambiance of Hegelism itself. It’s no surprise then that, instead of convincing, our words merely entertain and please those already caught up in the confusion. To their enchanted senses, we all appear to be Hegel's children, though some of us don’t have the insight to recognize our own father. Just as Catholics always tell us that our arguments against Papal Christianity unknowingly reflect the purest spirit of Catholicism, Hegelism kindly smiles at our efforts and whispers, "If the red slayer thinks he slays;" "When they flee from me, I am the wings," etc.

To forefend this unwelcome adoption, let me recapitulate in a few propositions the reasons why I am not an hegelian.

To prevent this unwanted adoption, let me summarize in a few points the reasons why I am not a Hegelian.

1. We cannot eat our cake and have it; that is, the only real contradiction there can be between thoughts is where one is true, the other false. When this happens, one must go forever; nor is there any 'higher synthesis' in which both can wholly revive.

1. We can’t have our cake and eat it too; that is, the only real contradiction between thoughts is when one is true and the other is false. When this happens, one must go for good; there’s no 'higher synthesis' where both can fully exist together.

2. A chasm is not a bridge in any utilizable sense; that is, no mere negation can be the instrument of a positive advance in thought.

2. A chasm isn't a bridge in any usable way; in other words, just saying "no" can't help us make a real progress in our thinking.

3. The continua, time, space, and the ego, are bridges, because they are without chasm.

3. The continua—time, space, and the self—are connections because they have no gaps.

4. But they bridge over the chasms between represented qualities only partially.

4. But they only partially bridge the gaps between the qualities they represent.

5. This partial bridging, however, makes the qualities share in a common world.

5. This partial connection, however, allows the qualities to exist in a shared world.

6. The other characteristics of the qualities are separate facts.

6. The other characteristics of the qualities are distinct facts.

7. But the same quality appears in many times and spaces. Generic sameness of the quality wherever found becomes thus a further means by which the jolts are reduced.

7. But the same quality appears in many times and places. The generic sameness of the quality wherever it's found becomes another way to reduce the jolts.

8. What between different qualities jolts remain. {294} Each, as far as the other is concerned, is an absolutely separate and contingent being.

8. What remains are different qualities of jolts. {294} Each one, in relation to the other, is a completely independent and specific entity.

9. The moral judgment may lead us to postulate as irreducible the contingencies of the world.

9. Our moral judgments might make us consider the world's uncertainties as fundamental and unavoidable.

10. Elements mutually contingent are not in conflict so long as they partake of the continua of time, space, etc.,—partaking being the exact opposite of strife. They conflict only when, as mutually exclusive possibilities, they strive to possess themselves of the same parts of time, space, and ego.

10. Elements that depend on each other aren't in conflict as long as they share the continuums of time, space, etc.—sharing is the exact opposite of struggle. They only conflict when, as mutually exclusive options, they compete to take the same parts of time, space, and self.

11. That there are such real conflicts, irreducible to any intelligence, and giving rise to an excess of possibility over actuality, is an hypothesis, but a credible one. No philosophy should pretend to be anything more.

11. The existence of real conflicts that can't be reduced to any intelligence, resulting in more possibilities than actualities, is a hypothesis, but a believable one. No philosophy should claim to be anything more.


NOTE.—Since the preceding article was written, some observations on the effects of nitrous-oxide-gas-intoxication which I was prompted to make by reading the pamphlet called The Anaesthetic Revelation and the Gist of Philosophy, by Benjamin Paul Blood, Amsterdam, N. Y., 1874, have made me understand better than ever before both the strength and the weakness of Hegel's philosophy. I strongly urge others to repeat the experiment, which with pure gas is short and harmless enough. The effects will of course vary with the individual. Just as they vary in the same individual from time to time; but it is probable that in the former case, as in the latter, a generic resemblance will obtain. With me, as with every other person of whom I have heard, the keynote of the experience is the tremendously exciting sense of an intense metaphysical illumination. Truth lies open to the view in depth beneath depth of almost blinding evidence. The mind sees all the logical relations of being with an apparent subtlety and instantaneity to which its normal consciousness offers no parallel; only as sobriety returns, the feeling of insight fades, and one is left staring vacantly at a few disjointed words and phrases, as one stares at a cadaverous-looking snow-peak from which the sunset glow has just fled, or at the black cinder left by an extinguished brand.

NOTE.—Since the previous article was written, some observations on the effects of nitrous oxide gas intoxication, which I was inspired to make after reading the pamphlet called *The Anaesthetic Revelation and the Gist of Philosophy*, by Benjamin Paul Blood, Amsterdam, N. Y., 1874, have helped me understand better than ever both the strengths and weaknesses of Hegel's philosophy. I strongly encourage others to repeat the experiment, which with pure gas is brief and harmless enough. The effects will obviously vary from person to person. Just as they change for the same person over time; however, it’s likely that, in both cases, there will be some common traits. For me, as with everyone else I’ve heard from, the main aspect of the experience is the incredibly exhilarating feeling of deep metaphysical insight. Truth is laid bare in layers beneath layers of almost overwhelming evidence. The mind perceives all the logical connections of existence with a level of subtlety and immediacy that normal consciousness cannot match; but as sobriety returns, the feeling of clarity fades, leaving one staring blankly at a few jumbled words and phrases, like looking at a lifeless snow-capped peak just after the sunset glow has disappeared, or at the black ash left behind by an extinguished fire.

{295}

The immense emotional sense of reconciliation which characterizes the 'maudlin' stage of alcoholic drunkenness,—a stage which seems silly to lookers-on, but the subjective rapture of which probably constitutes a chief part of the temptation to the vice,—is well known. The centre and periphery of things seem to come together. The ego and its objects, the meum and the tuum, are one. Now this, only a thousandfold enhanced, was the effect upon me of the gas: and its first result was to make peal through me with unutterable power the conviction that Hegelism was true after all, and that the deepest convictions of my intellect hitherto were wrong. Whatever idea or representation occurred to the mind was seized by the same logical forceps, and served to illustrate the same truth; and that truth was that every opposition, among whatsoever things, vanishes in a higher unity in which it is based; that all contradictions, so-called, are but differences; that all differences are of degree; that all degrees are of a common kind; that unbroken continuity is of the essence of being; and that we are literally in the midst of an infinite, to perceive the existence of which is the utmost we can attain. Without the same as a basis, how could strife occur? Strife presupposes something to be striven about; and in this common topic, the same for both parties, the differences merge. From the hardest contradiction to the tenderest diversity of verbiage differences evaporate; yes and no agree at least in being assertions; a denial of a statement is but another mode of stating the same, contradiction can only occur of the same thing,—all opinions are thus synonyms, are synonymous, are the same. But the same phrase by difference of emphasis is two; and here again difference and no-difference merge in one.

The intense emotional feeling of reconciliation that defines the 'sappy' stage of being drunk— a stage that seems ridiculous to onlookers, but the overwhelming joy of which likely represents a major part of the allure of drinking— is well known. The center and edges of experiences feel intertwined. The self and its surroundings, the meum and the tuum, become one. Now this, magnified a thousand times, was the effect the gas had on me: it made me utterly convinced that Hegelian philosophy was true and that the deepest beliefs I held were mistaken. Any thought or idea that came to mind was captured by the same logical tools and illustrated the same truth; that truth being that all oppositions, no matter what they are, dissolve into a higher unity from which they arise; that all so-called contradictions are merely differences; that all differences are about degrees; that all degrees share a common nature; that unbroken continuity is fundamental to existence; and that we are truly surrounded by an infinite, the recognition of which is the highest reality we can achieve. Without the same as a foundation, how could conflict arise? Conflict assumes there’s something to fight over; and in this shared topic, common to both sides, differences fade away. From the most stubborn contradiction to the gentlest variation in wording, differences dissolve; yes and no at least agree in being statements; denying a statement is just another way of expressing it, contradictions can only involve the same thing—all opinions are thus synonyms, are synonymous, are the same. However, the same phrase can become two through differing emphasis, and once again, difference and sameness blend into one.

It is impossible to convey an idea of the torrential character of the identification of opposites as it streams through the mind in this experience. I have sheet after sheet of phrases dictated or written during the intoxication, which to the sober reader seem meaningless drivel, but which at the moment of transcribing were fused in the fire of infinite rationality. God and devil, good and evil, life and death, I and thou, sober and drunk, matter and form, black and white, quantity and quality, shiver of ecstasy and shudder of horror, vomiting and swallowing, inspiration and expiration, fate and reason, great and small, extent and intent, joke and earnest, tragic and comic, and fifty other {296} contrasts figure in these pages in the same monotonous way. The mind saw how each term belonged to its contrast through a knife-edge moment of transition which it effected, and which, perennial and eternal, was the nunc stans of life. The thought of mutual implication of the parts in the bare form of a judgment of opposition, as 'nothing—but,' 'no more—than,' 'only—if,' etc., produced a perfect delirium of theoretic rapture. And at last, when definite ideas to work on came slowly, the mind went through the mere form of recognizing sameness in identity by contrasting the same word with itself, differently emphasized, or shorn of its initial letter. Let me transcribe a few sentences:

It’s impossible to express how overwhelming the identification of opposites feels as it flows through the mind during this experience. I have page after page of phrases dictated or written while under this intoxication, which to a sober reader might seem like pointless nonsense, but at the time of writing felt infused with deep understanding. God and devil, good and evil, life and death, I and you, sober and drunk, matter and form, black and white, quantity and quality, ecstasy and horror, vomiting and swallowing, inhalation and exhalation, fate and reason, big and small, extent and intent, joke and seriousness, tragedy and comedy, and many other contrasts appear on these pages in a similarly repetitive manner. The mind recognized how each concept was connected to its opposite through a razor-edge moment of transition that it created, and which, eternal and unchanging, represented the essence of life. The idea of how the parts are intertwined in a simple judgment of opposition, such as 'nothing—but,' 'no more—than,' 'only—if,' etc., triggered a complete frenzy of theoretical joy. Finally, when clear ideas started to emerge, the mind went through the basic form of recognizing sameness in identity by contrasting the same word with itself, emphasizing it differently or removing its first letter. Let me write down a few sentences:

What's mistake but a kind of take?
What's nausea but a kind of -ausea?
Sober, drunk, -unk, astonishment.
Everything can become the subject of criticism—how
criticise without something to criticise?
Agreement—disagreement!!
Emotion—motion!!!
Die away from, from, die away (without the from).
Reconciliation of opposites; sober, drunk, all the same!
Good and evil reconciled in a laugh!
It escapes, it escapes!
But——
What escapes, WHAT escapes?
Emphasis, EMphasis; there must be some emphasis in order
for there to be a phasis.
No verbiage can give it, because the verbiage is other.
Incoherent, coherent—same.
And it fades! And it's infinite! AND it's infinite!
If it was n't going, why should you hold on to it?
Don't you see the difference, don't you see the identity?
Constantly opposites united!
The same me telling you to write and not to write!
Extreme—extreme, extreme! Within the extensity that
'extreme' contains is contained the 'extreme' of intensity.
Something, and other than that thing!
Intoxication, and otherness than intoxication.
Every attempt at betterment,—every attempt at otherment,—is a——.
It fades forever and forever as we move.

What's a mistake but a kind of take?
What's nausea but a kind of -ausea?
Sober, drunk, -unk, astonishment.
Everything can be criticized—how
can you criticize without a reason?
Agreement—disagreement!!
Emotion—motion!!!
Die away from, from, die away (without the from).
Reconciliation of opposites; sober, drunk, it’s all the same!
Good and evil reconciled in a laugh!
It escapes, it escapes!
But——
What escapes, WHAT escapes?
Emphasis, EMphasis; there needs to be some emphasis in order
for there to be emphasis.
No verbiage can provide it, because the verbiage is other.
Incoherent, coherent—same.
And it fades! And it's infinite! AND it's infinite!
If it wasn't going, why should you hold on to it?
Don't you see the difference, don't you see the identity?
Constantly opposites united!
The same me telling you to write and not to write!
Extreme—extreme, extreme! Within the extensity that
'extreme' includes the 'extreme' of intensity.
Something, and other than that thing!
Intoxication, and otherness than intoxication.
Every attempt at betterment,—every attempt at otherment,—is a——.
It fades forever and forever as we move.

{297}

There is a reconciliation!
Reconciliation—econciliation!
By God, how that hurts! By God, how it does n't hurt!
Reconciliation of two extremes.
By George, nothing but othing!
That sounds like nonsense, but it is pure onsense!
Thought deeper than speech——!
Medical school; divinity school, school! SCHOOL! Oh my
God, oh God, oh God!

There is a reconciliation!
Reconciliation—econciliation!
By God, how that hurts! By God, how it doesn't hurt!
Bringing together two extremes.
By George, nothing but othing!
That sounds like nonsense, but it is pure onsense!
Thought deeper than speech——!
Medical school; divinity school, school! SCHOOL! Oh my
God, oh God, oh God!

The most coherent and articulate sentence which came was this:—

The clearest and most expressive sentence that emerged was this:—

There are no differences but differences of degree between different degrees of difference and no difference.

There are only differences of degree between different levels of difference and no difference.

This phrase has the true Hegelian ring, being in fact a regular sich als sich auf sich selbst beziehende Negativität. And true Hegelians will überhaupt be able to read between the lines and feel, at any rate, what possible ecstasies of cognitive emotion might have bathed these tattered fragments of thought when they were alive. But for the assurance of a certain amount of respect from them, I should hardly have ventured to print what must be such caviare to the general.

This phrase has a true Hegelian vibe, being essentially a typical sich als sich auf sich selbst beziehende Negativität. And real Hegelians will überhaupt manage to read between the lines and sense, at the very least, what possible bursts of cognitive emotion might have surrounded these worn-out fragments of thought when they were alive. But to ensure a certain level of respect from them, I probably wouldn’t have dared to publish what must be such caviar to the general audience.


But now comes the reverse of the medal. What is the principle of unity in all this monotonous rain of instances? Although I did not see it at first, I soon found that it was in each case nothing but the abstract genus of which the conflicting terms were opposite species. In other words, although the flood of ontologic emotion was Hegelian through and through, the ground for it was nothing but the world-old principle that things are the same only so far and no farther than they are the same, or partake of a common nature,—the principle that Hegel most tramples under foot. At the same time the rapture of beholding a process that was infinite, changed (as the nature of the infinitude was realized by the mind) into the sense of a dreadful and ineluctable fate, with whose magnitude every finite effort is incommensurable and in the light of which whatever happens is indifferent. This instantaneous revulsion of mood from rapture to horror is, perhaps, the strongest emotion I have ever experienced. I got it repeatedly when the inhalation was continued long enough to produce incipient nausea; and I cannot but regard it as the normal and inevitable outcome of the {298} intoxication, if sufficiently prolonged. A pessimistic fatalism, depth within depth of impotence and indifference, reason and silliness united, not in a higher synthesis, but in the fact that whichever you choose it is all one,—this is the upshot of a revelation that began so rosy bright.

But now we see the other side of the coin. What is the common thread in this endless stream of examples? Although I didn't notice it at first, I soon realized it was simply the abstract genus, where the conflicting terms were different species. In other words, while the overwhelming ontological emotion was thoroughly Hegelian, the underlying reason for it was just the age-old principle that things are the same only to the extent that they are the same or share a common nature—the principle that Hegel often ignores. At the same time, the joy of witnessing an infinite process quickly transformed (as the nature of infinity was understood by the mind) into a sense of a terrifying and unavoidable fate, one that dwarfs any finite effort and makes everything that happens seem unimportant. This sudden shift in feeling from ecstasy to dread is probably the strongest emotion I've ever felt. I experienced it many times when the inhalation continued long enough to cause slight nausea, and I can't help but see it as the normal and unavoidable result of the {298} intoxication if it lasts long enough. A pessimistic fatalism, layers upon layers of helplessness and indifference, reason and nonsense combined, not in a higher synthesis, but in the reality that no matter which you choose, it all amounts to the same—this is the conclusion of a revelation that began so brightly.

Even when the process stops short of this ultimatum, the reader will have noticed from the phrases quoted how often it ends by losing the clue. Something 'fades,' 'escapes;' and the feeling of insight is changed into an intense one of bewilderment, puzzle, confusion, astonishment. I know no more singular sensation than this intense bewilderment, with nothing particular left to be bewildered at save the bewilderment itself. It seems, indeed, a causa sui, or 'spirit become its own object.'

Even when the process doesn't reach this ultimate conclusion, the reader will notice from the quoted phrases how often it ends up losing the core idea. Something 'fades,' 'escapes;' and the feeling of understanding shifts into a strong sense of confusion, puzzlement, surprise, and astonishment. I know of no other feeling quite like this deep bewilderment, with nothing specific left to be confused about except the bewilderment itself. It seems, in fact, a causa sui, or 'spirit becoming its own object.'

My conclusion is that the togetherness of things in a common world, the law of sharing, of which I have said so much, may, when perceived, engender a very powerful emotion, that Hegel was so unusually susceptible to this emotion throughout his life that its gratification became his supreme end, and made him tolerably unscrupulous as to the means he employed; that indifferentism is the true outcome of every view of the world which makes infinity and continuity to be its essence, and that pessimistic or optimistic attitudes pertain to the mere accidental subjectivity of the moment; finally, that the identification of contradictories, so far from being the self-developing process which Hegel supposes, is really a self-consuming process, passing from the less to the more abstract, and terminating either in a laugh at the ultimate nothingness, or in a mood of vertiginous amazement at a meaningless infinity.

My conclusion is that the interconnectedness of things in a shared world, the principle of sharing, which I have discussed extensively, may, when recognized, generate a very strong emotion. Hegel was particularly sensitive to this emotion throughout his life, and its fulfillment became his ultimate goal, making him fairly unscrupulous about the methods he used. Moreover, indifference is the true result of any worldview that treats infinity and continuity as its core, and that either pessimistic or optimistic attitudes are merely the accidental perspectives of the moment. Lastly, the identification of contradictions, rather than being the self-developing process Hegel believes it to be, is actually a self-consuming process that shifts from the less to the more abstract, ending either in laughter at the ultimate emptiness or in a state of dizzying amazement at a meaningless infinity.



[1] Reprinted from Mind, April, 1882.

[1] Reprinted from Mind, April, 1882.

[2] The seeming contradiction between the infinitude of space and the fact that it is all finished and given and there, can be got over in more than one way. The simplest way is by idealism, which distinguishes between space as actual and space as potential. For idealism, space only exists so far as it is represented; but all actually represented spaces are finite; it is only possibly representable spaces that are infinite.

[2] The apparent contradiction between the endlessness of space and the reality that it is all complete and present can be resolved in several ways. The easiest way is through idealism, which makes a distinction between actual space and potential space. According to idealism, space only exists to the extent that it is represented; however, all spaces that are actually represented are finite; it is only the spaces that could potentially be represented that are infinite.

[3] Not only for simplicity's sake do we select space as the paragon of a rationalizing continuum. Space determines the relations of the items that enter it in a far more intricate way than does time; in a far more fixed way than does the ego. By this last clause I mean that if things are in space at all, they must conform to geometry; while the being in an ego at all need not make them conform to logic or any other manner of rationality. Under the sheltering wings of a self the matter of unreason can lodge itself as safely as any other kind of content. One cannot but respect the devoutness of the ego-worship of some of our English-writing Hegelians. But at the same time one cannot help fearing lest the monotonous contemplation of so barren a principle as that of the pure formal self (which, be it never so essential a condition of the existence of a world of organized experience at all, must notwithstanding take its own character from, not give the character to, the separate empirical data over which its mantle is cast), one cannot but fear, I say, lest the religion of the transcendental ego should, like all religions of the 'one thing needful,' end by sterilizing and occluding the minds of its believers.

[3] We choose space as the ideal example of a rationalizing continuum not just for simplicity. Space shapes the relationships between the items within it in a more complex way than time does; it also does so in a more definitive way than the self. By this last point, I mean that if things occupy space at all, they must adhere to geometry; meanwhile, being part of a self doesn’t require them to conform to logic or any other form of rationality. Within the protective embrace of a self, the matter of irrationality can settle as comfortably as any other kind of content. One can't help but admire the devotion of some of our English-writing Hegelians to self-worship. However, one also can't shake the concern that the unending focus on such an empty principle as the pure formal self (which, even though it is a vital condition for the existence of an organized world, must still derive its own character from the individual empirical data it overshadows, rather than impart character to them), one can't help but worry that the faith in the transcendental self might, like all faiths in the 'one necessary thing,' end up stifling and blocking the minds of its adherents.

[4] Journal of Speculative Philosophy, viii. 37.

[4] Journal of Speculative Philosophy, viii. 37.




{299}

WHAT PSYCHICAL RESEARCH HAS ACCOMPLISHED.[1]

"The great field for new discoveries," said a scientific friend to me the other day, "is always the unclassified residuum." Round about the accredited and orderly facts of every science there ever floats a sort of dust-cloud of exceptional observations, of occurrences minute and irregular and seldom met with, which it always proves more easy to ignore than to attend to. The ideal of every science is that of a closed and completed system of truth. The charm of most sciences to their more passive disciples consists in their appearing, in fact, to wear just this ideal form. Each one of our various ologies seems to offer a definite head of classification for every possible phenomenon of the sort which it professes to cover; and so far from free is most men's fancy, that, when a consistent and organized scheme of this sort has once been comprehended and assimilated, a different scheme is unimaginable. No alternative, whether to whole or parts, can any longer be conceived as possible. Phenomena unclassifiable within the system are therefore paradoxical {300} absurdities, and must be held untrue. When, moreover, as so often happens, the reports of them are vague and indirect; when they come as mere marvels and oddities rather than as things of serious moment,—one neglects or denies them with the best of scientific consciences. Only the born geniuses let themselves be worried and fascinated by these outstanding exceptions, and get no peace till they are brought within the fold. Your Galileos, Galvanis, Fresnels, Purkinjes, and Darwins are always getting confounded and troubled by insignificant things. Any one will renovate his science who will steadily look after the irregular phenomena. And when the science is renewed, its new formulas often have more of the voice of the exceptions in them than of what were supposed to be the rules.

"The important area for new discoveries," a scientific friend told me the other day, "is always the unclassified leftovers." Surrounding the well-accepted and orderly facts of every science is a sort of dust-cloud of exceptional observations, of small and irregular occurrences that are rarely encountered, which are often easier to ignore than to pay attention to. The ideal of every science is to be a closed and completed system of truth. The appeal of most sciences to their more passive followers lies in their appearance to actually fit this ideal form. Each of our various ologies seems to provide a clear classification for every possible phenomenon it claims to cover; and so far from being free, most people's imagination gets stuck in such a consistent and organized scheme once they have grasped it, making it hard to imagine a different one. No alternative, either to the whole or parts, can be considered possible anymore. Unclassifiable phenomena within the system then become paradoxical absurdities that must be deemed untrue. Furthermore, when the reports of these phenomena are often vague and indirect, coming off as mere curiosities rather than serious matters, people tend to neglect or deny them with the best of scientific integrity. Only true geniuses allow themselves to be troubled and captivated by these outstanding exceptions, and they can't find peace until they are integrated into the larger framework. Your Galileos, Galvanis, Fresnels, Purkinjes, and Darwins are always being perplexed by minor details. Anyone who consistently pays attention to irregular phenomena will revitalize their science. And when the science evolves, its new formulas often reflect the voice of these exceptions more than what was previously viewed as the rules.

No part of the unclassified residuum has usually been treated with a more contemptuous scientific disregard than the mass of phenomena generally called mystical. Physiology will have nothing to do with them. Orthodox psychology turns its back upon them. Medicine sweeps them out; or, at most, when in an anecdotal vein, records a few of them as 'effects of the imagination,'—a phrase of mere dismissal, whose meaning, in this connection, it is impossible to make precise. All the while, however, the phenomena are there, lying broadcast over the surface of history. No matter where you open its pages, you find things recorded under the name of divinations, inspirations, demoniacal possessions, apparitions, trances, ecstasies, miraculous healings and productions of disease, and occult powers possessed by peculiar individuals over persons and things in their neighborhood. We suppose that 'mediumship' {301} originated in Rochester, N. Y., and animal magnetism with Mesmer; but once look behind the pages of official history, in personal memoirs, legal documents, and popular narratives and books of anecdote, and you will find that there never was a time when these things were not reported just as abundantly as now. We college-bred gentry, who follow the stream of cosmopolitan culture exclusively, not infrequently stumble upon some old-established journal, or some voluminous native author, whose names are never heard of in our circle, but who number their readers by the quarter-million. It always gives us a little shock to find this mass of human beings not only living and ignoring us and all our gods, but actually reading and writing and cogitating without ever a thought of our canons and authorities. Well, a public no less large keeps and transmits from generation to generation the traditions and practices of the occult; but academic science cares as little for its beliefs and opinions as you, gentle reader, care for those of the readers of the Waverley and the Fireside Companion. To no one type of mind is it given to discern the totality of truth. Something escapes the best of us,—not accidentally, but systematically, and because we have a twist. The scientific-academic mind and the feminine-mystical mind shy from each other's facts, just as they fly from each other's temper and spirit. Facts are there only for those who have a mental affinity with them. When once they are indisputably ascertained and admitted, the academic and critical minds are by far the best fitted ones to interpret and discuss them,—for surely to pass from mystical to scientific speculations is like passing from lunacy to sanity; but on the other hand if there is {302} anything which human history demonstrates, it is the extreme slowness with which the ordinary academic and critical mind acknowledges facts to exist which present themselves as wild facts, with no stall or pigeon-hole, or as facts which threaten to break up the accepted system. In psychology, physiology, and medicine, wherever a debate between the mystics and the scientifics has been once for all decided, it is the mystics who have usually proved to be right about the facts, while the scientifics had the better of it in respect to the theories. The most recent and flagrant example of this is 'animal magnetism,' whose facts were stoutly dismissed as a pack of lies by academic medical science the world over, until the non-mystical theory of 'hypnotic suggestion' was found for them,—when they were admitted to be so excessively and dangerously common that special penal laws, forsooth, must be passed to keep all persons unequipped with medical diplomas from taking part in their production. Just so stigmatizations, invulnerabilities, instantaneous cures, inspired discourses, and demoniacal possessions, the records of which were shelved in our libraries but yesterday in the alcove headed 'superstitions,' now, under the brand-new title of 'cases of hystero-epilepsy,' are republished, reobserved, and reported with an even too credulous avidity.

No part of the unclassified leftovers has typically been treated with more disdain by the scientific community than the collection of phenomena commonly referred to as mystical. Physiology wants nothing to do with them. Mainstream psychology ignores them. Medicine brushes them aside; or, at best, when feeling anecdotal, records a few of them as 'effects of the imagination'—a dismissive phrase whose meaning, in this context, is impossible to clarify. Still, the phenomena are present, spread across the pages of history. No matter where you turn, you find things documented as divinations, inspirations, demonic possessions, apparitions, trances, ecstasies, miraculous healings, and instances of illness, as well as extraordinary abilities possessed by certain individuals over people and things around them. We think that 'mediumship' originated in Rochester, N.Y., and that animal magnetism started with Mesmer; but if you look beyond official history in personal memoirs, legal documents, and popular stories, you'll see that these things have always been reported just as frequently as they are today. We, the well-educated elite who exclusively engage with mainstream culture, often come across some long-established journal or a prolific local author whose names we never hear in our circles, but who have readerships numbering in the hundreds of thousands. It’s always a bit shocking to realize that this large group of people not only lives while ignoring us and our ideals, but is also actively reading, writing, and pondering without considering our standards and authorities. Well, a similarly large public keeps alive and passes down the traditions and practices of the occult; yet, academic science pays as little attention to their beliefs and opinions as you, dear reader, care for those of Waverley and the Fireside Companion’s audience. No single type of mind can grasp the entirety of truth. Some things elude even the best of us—not accidentally, but methodically, stemming from our biases. The scientific-academic mindset and the feminine-mystical perspective shy away from each other's facts, just as they avoid each other's moods and spirit. Facts exist only for those who have a mental connection with them. Once they are undeniably verified and recognized, the academic and critical minds are best suited to interpret and discuss them—after all, moving from mystical to scientific speculation is like transitioning from madness to sanity; however, if there is anything that human history demonstrates, it is the extreme sluggishness with which the average academic and critical mind accepts facts that appear as bizarre, not fitting into any established categories, or as facts that threaten to disrupt the accepted system. In psychology, physiology, and medicine, wherever a debate between mystics and scientists has been permanently settled, it is usually the mystics who have been proven correct about the facts, while the scientists have had the upper hand regarding the theories. The clearest and most obvious recent example of this is 'animal magnetism,' whose facts were rigorously dismissed as lies by academic medical science worldwide, until the non-mystical explanation of 'hypnotic suggestion' was formulated for them—when they were ultimately recognized as alarmingly and dangerously prevalent, necessitating the passing of special penal laws to prevent anyone without medical qualifications from engaging in their practice. Similarly, stigmatizations, invulnerabilities, instantaneous cures, inspired speeches, and demonic possessions, which were just recently filed away in our libraries under 'superstitions,' are now reissued, reexamined, and reported with excessive credulity under the new label 'cases of hystero-epilepsy.'

Repugnant as the mystical style of philosophizing maybe (especially when self-complacent), there is no sort of doubt that it goes with a gift for meeting with certain kinds of phenomenal experience. The writer of these pages has been forced in the past few years to this admission; and he now believes that he who will pay attention to facts of the sort dear to mystics, {303} while reflecting upon them in academic-scientific ways, will be in the best possible position to help philosophy. It is a circumstance of good augury that certain scientifically trained minds in all countries seem drifting to the same conclusion. The Society for Psychical Research has been one means of bringing science and the occult together in England and America; and believing that this Society fulfils a function which, though limited, is destined to be not unimportant in the organization of human knowledge, I am glad to give a brief account of it to the uninstructed reader.

As off-putting as mystical thinking can be (especially when it's self-satisfied), there's no doubt that it comes with a knack for experiencing certain types of phenomena. Over the past few years, I’ve come to accept this. I now believe that anyone who pays attention to the kinds of facts that mystics appreciate, while examining them through a scientific lens, will be in the best position to contribute to philosophy. It's a promising sign that scientifically trained individuals across the world seem to be reaching the same conclusion. The Society for Psychical Research has played a role in bridging the gap between science and the occult in England and America. I believe that this Society serves a purpose that, while limited, is likely to be significant in how we organize human knowledge, so I'm happy to provide a brief overview of it for those who are unfamiliar. {303}

According to the newspaper and drawing-room myth, soft-headedness and idiotic credulity are the bond of sympathy in this Society, and general wonder-sickness its dynamic principle. A glance at the membership fails, however, to corroborate this view. The president is Prof. Henry Sidgwick,[2] known by his other deeds as the most incorrigibly and exasperatingly critical and sceptical mind in England. The hard-headed Arthur Balfour is one vice-president, and the hard-headed Prof. J. P. Langley, secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, is another. Such men as Professor Lodge, the eminent English physicist, and Professor Richet, the eminent French physiologist, are among the most active contributors to the Society's Proceedings; and through the catalogue of membership are sprinkled names honored throughout the world for their scientific capacity. In fact, were I asked to point to a scientific journal where hard-headedness and never-sleeping suspicion of sources of error might be seen in their full bloom, {304} I think I should have to fall back on the Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research. The common run of papers, say on physiological subjects, which one finds in other professional organs, are apt to show a far lower level of critical consciousness. Indeed, the rigorous canons of evidence applied a few years ago to testimony in the case of certain 'mediums' led to the secession from the Society of a number of spiritualists. Messrs. Stainton Moses and A. R. Wallace, among others, thought that no experiences based on mere eyesight could ever have a chance to be admitted as true, if such an impossibly exacting standard of proof were insisted on in every case.

According to the myths in newspapers and social gatherings, being soft-headed and gullible is what brings people together in this Society, with a general fascination for the bizarre driving its activity. However, a look at the membership doesn't support this view. The president is Prof. Henry Sidgwick,[2] who is recognized for being one of the most relentlessly critical and skeptical thinkers in England. One vice-president is the clear-headed Arthur Balfour, and another is the clear-headed Prof. J. P. Langley, secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Influential figures like Professor Lodge, a well-known English physicist, and Professor Richet, a respected French physiologist, are among the most engaged contributors to the Society's Proceedings. Throughout the membership list, you'll find names honored worldwide for their scientific expertise. In fact, if I were asked to point to a scientific journal where critical thinking and constant questioning of error sources shine, I would have to refer to the Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research. The average papers, say on physiological topics, found in other professional publications tend to display a much lower level of critical awareness. The strict standards of evidence applied a few years ago to testimony from certain 'mediums' actually caused some spiritualists to leave the Society. Messrs. Stainton Moses and A. R. Wallace, among others, believed that no experiences based solely on visual observation could ever be validated as true if such an impossibly high standard of proof was enforced in every instance.

The S. P. R., as I shall call it for convenience, was founded in 1882 by a number of gentlemen, foremost among whom seem to have been Professors Sidgwick, W. F. Barrett, and Balfour Stewart, and Messrs. R. H. Hutton, Hensleigh Wedgwood, Edmund Gurney, and F. W. H. Myers. Their purpose was twofold,—first, to carry on systematic experimentation with hypnotic subjects, mediums, clairvoyants, and others; and, secondly, to collect evidence concerning apparitions, haunted houses, and similar phenomena which are incidentally reported, but which, from their fugitive character, admit of no deliberate control. Professor Sidgwick, in his introductory address, insisted that the divided state of public opinion on all these matters was a scandal to science,—absolute disdain on à priori grounds characterizing what may be called professional opinion, while indiscriminate credulity was too often found among those who pretended to have a first-hand acquaintance with the facts.

The S. P. R., as I’ll refer to it for convenience, was founded in 1882 by several prominent individuals, including Professors Sidgwick, W. F. Barrett, and Balfour Stewart, as well as Messrs. R. H. Hutton, Hensleigh Wedgwood, Edmund Gurney, and F. W. H. Myers. Their goals were twofold: first, to conduct systematic experiments with hypnotic subjects, mediums, clairvoyants, and others; and second, to gather evidence about apparitions, haunted houses, and similar phenomena that are often reported but lack the thorough investigation due to their fleeting nature. Professor Sidgwick, in his introductory speech, emphasized that the divided public opinion on these issues was a disgrace to science—absolute disdain based on a priori reasoning characterized what could be called professional opinion, while too much blind belief was commonly found among those who claimed to have firsthand knowledge of the facts.

As a sort of weather bureau for accumulating {305} reports of such meteoric phenomena as apparitions, the S. P. R. has done an immense amount of work. As an experimenting body, it cannot be said to have completely fulfilled the hopes of its founders. The reasons for this lie in two circumstances: first, the clairvoyant and other subjects who will allow themselves to be experimented upon are few and far between; and, secondly, work with them takes an immense amount of time, and has had to be carried on at odd intervals by members engaged in other pursuits. The Society has not yet been rich enough to control the undivided services of skilled experimenters in this difficult field. The loss of the lamented Edmund Gurney, who more than any one else had leisure to devote, has been so far irreparable. But were there no experimental work at all, and were the S. P. R. nothing but a weather-bureau for catching sporadic apparitions, etc., in their freshness, I am disposed to think its function indispensable in the scientific organism. If any one of my readers, spurred by the thought that so much smoke must needs betoken fire, has ever looked into the existing literature of the supernatural for proof, he will know what I mean. This literature is enormous, but it is practically worthless for evidential purposes. Facts enough are cited, indeed; but the records of them are so fallible and imperfect that at most they lead to the opinion that it may be well to keep a window open upon that quarter in one's mind.

As a kind of weather service for gathering reports on strange occurrences like apparitions, the S. P. R. has done a tremendous amount of work. However, as an experimental organization, it hasn't completely met the expectations of its founders. This is due to two main reasons: first, the number of clairvoyants and other subjects willing to participate in experiments is very limited; and second, working with them requires a huge amount of time and has to be squeezed in between other commitments from the members. The Society hasn’t been wealthy enough to secure the full-time services of skilled researchers in this challenging area. The loss of the much-missed Edmund Gurney, who had the most time to dedicate, has been particularly devastating. Yet even if there were no experimental work at all and the S. P. R. was only a weather station tracking random apparitions, I still believe its role is essential in the scientific community. If any reader, motivated by the idea that such persistent reports must indicate something real, has ever explored the available literature on the supernatural for evidence, they will understand what I mean. This literature is vast, but it is nearly useless for providing solid evidence. There are indeed many facts mentioned, but the accounts of them are so unreliable and incomplete that they mostly lead to the conclusion that it might be wise to keep an open mind about these matters.

In the S. P. R.'s Proceedings, on the contrary, a different law prevails. Quality, and not mere quantity, is what has been mainly kept in mind. The witnesses, where possible, have in every reported case been cross-examined personally, the collateral facts {306} have been looked up, and the story appears with its precise coefficient of evidential worth stamped on it, so that all may know just what its weight as proof may be. Outside of these Proceedings, I know of no systematic attempt to weigh the evidence for the supernatural. This makes the value of the volumes already published unique; and I firmly believe that as the years go on and the ground covered grows still wider, the Proceedings will more and more tend to supersede all other sources of information concerning phenomena traditionally deemed occult. Collections of this sort are usually best appreciated by the rising generation. The young anthropologists and psychologists who will soon have full occupancy of the stage will feel how great a scientific scandal it has been to leave a great mass of human experience to take its chances between vague tradition and credulity on the one hand and dogmatic denial at long range on the other, with no body of persons extant who are willing and competent to study the matter with both patience and rigor. If the Society lives long enough for the public to become familiar with its presence, so that any apparition, or house or person infested with unaccountable noises or disturbances of material objects, will as a matter of course be reported to its officers, we shall doubtless end by having a mass of facts concrete enough to theorize upon. Its sustainers, therefore, should accustom themselves to the idea that its first duty is simply to exist from year to year and perform this recording function well, though no conclusive results of any sort emerge at first. All our learned societies have begun in some such modest way.

In the S. P. R.'s Proceedings, however, a different approach is taken. Quality, rather than just quantity, is what's primarily focused on. The witnesses, whenever possible, have been personally cross-examined in every reported case, related facts have been researched, and the story is presented with its specific level of evidential value clearly marked, so that everyone knows exactly how much weight it carries as proof. Outside of these Proceedings, I’m not aware of any systematic effort to evaluate the evidence for the supernatural. This makes the value of the already published volumes unique; I strongly believe that as time passes and the scope of coverage expands, the Proceedings will increasingly overshadow all other sources of information about phenomena typically considered occult. Collections like these are often best appreciated by the upcoming generation. The young anthropologists and psychologists who will soon take center stage will recognize how much of a scientific outrage it has been to leave a substantial amount of human experience to the whims of vague tradition and gullibility on one side, and dogmatic rejection from a distance on the other, with no organized group willing and able to investigate the matter with both thoroughness and care. If the Society lasts long enough for the public to become aware of its existence, so that any apparition, or places/people experiencing unexplained sounds or disturbances of physical objects are routinely reported to its officers, we will likely end up with a collection of facts solid enough to theorize about. Therefore, its supporters should get used to the idea that its primary responsibility is simply to exist year after year and carry out this recording function effectively, even if no definitive results come forth at first. All our scholarly societies have started in some similar unassuming manner.

But one cannot by mere outward organization make much progress in matters scientific. Societies can {307} back men of genius, but can never take their place. The contrast between the parent Society and the American Branch illustrates this. In England, a little group of men with enthusiasm and genius for the work supplied the nucleus; in this country, Mr. Hodgson had to be imported from Europe before any tangible progress was made. What perhaps more than anything else has held the Society together in England is Professor Sidgwick's extraordinary gift of inspiring confidence in diverse sorts of people. Such tenacity of interest in the result and such absolute impartiality in discussing the evidence are not once in a century found in an individual. His obstinate belief that there is something yet to be brought to light communicates patience to the discouraged; his constitutional inability to draw any precipitate conclusion reassures those who are afraid of being dupes. Mrs. Sidgwick—a sister, by the way, of the great Arthur Balfour—is a worthy ally of her husband in this matter, showing a similarly rare power of holding her judgment in suspense, and a keenness of observation and capacity for experimenting with human subjects which are rare in either sex.

But you can't really make significant progress in scientific matters just by organizing things on the surface. Societies can support talented individuals, but they can never replace them. The difference between the parent Society and the American Branch shows this well. In England, a small group of passionate and talented people formed the core; here in America, Mr. Hodgson had to be brought over from Europe before any real advancements were made. What has perhaps kept the Society in England united more than anything else is Professor Sidgwick's remarkable ability to inspire confidence in a variety of people. Such a persistent interest in the results and such complete impartiality in examining the evidence are seldom found in a single person. His stubborn belief that there is still more to discover gives hope to those who feel discouraged; his natural inability to rush into conclusions reassures those who worry about being misled. Mrs. Sidgwick—who, by the way, is the sister of the great Arthur Balfour—is a valuable partner to her husband in this regard, showing a similarly rare talent for keeping her judgment open, as well as a sharp eye for observation and a knack for experimenting with human subjects that is uncommon in either gender.

The worker of the Society, as originally constituted, was Edmund Gurney. Gurney was a man of the rarest sympathies and gifts. Although, like Carlyle, he used to groan under the burden of his labors, he yet exhibited a colossal power of dispatching business and getting through drudgery of the most repulsive kind. His two thick volumes on 'Phantasms of the Living,' collected and published in three years, are a proof of this. Besides this, he had exquisite artistic instincts, and his massive volume on 'The Power of Sound' was, when it appeared, the most important {308} work on aesthetics in the English language. He had also the tenderest heart and a mind of rare metaphysical power, as his volumes of essays, 'Tertium Quid,' will prove to any reader. Mr. Frederic Myers, already well known as one of the most brilliant of English essayists, is the ingenium praefervidum of the S. P. R. Of the value of Mr. Myers's theoretic writings I will say a word later. Dr. Hodgson, the American secretary, is distinguished by a balance of mind almost as rare in its way as Sidgwick's. He is persuaded of the reality of many of the phenomena called spiritualistic, but he also has uncommon keenness in detecting error; and it is impossible to say in advance whether it will give him more satisfaction to confirm or to smash a given case offered to his examination.

The worker of the Society, as it was originally formed, was Edmund Gurney. Gurney was a person with rare empathy and talents. Even though he often complained about the weight of his responsibilities, he showed an incredible ability to tackle tasks and handle the most tedious work. His two substantial volumes on 'Phantasms of the Living,' which he collected and published in just three years, are evidence of this. In addition, he had a refined artistic sense, and his comprehensive book on 'The Power of Sound' was, at its release, the most significant work on aesthetics in the English language. He also had the kindest heart and a mind with exceptional metaphysical capacity, as his essay collections, 'Tertium Quid,' will demonstrate to any reader. Mr. Frederic Myers, already recognized as one of the most brilliant English essayists, is the ingenium praefervidum of the S. P. R. I will discuss the value of Mr. Myers's theoretical writings later. Dr. Hodgson, the American secretary, is notable for having a balance of mind that is nearly as rare as Sidgwick's. He believes in the reality of many phenomena considered spiritualistic, but he also has a remarkable sharpness in identifying mistakes; it’s impossible to predict whether he will find more satisfaction in confirming or disproving a particular case he examines.


It is now time to cast a brief look upon the actual contents of these Proceedings. The first two years were largely taken up with experiments in thought-transference. The earliest lot of these were made with the daughters of a clergyman named Creery, and convinced Messrs. Balfour Stewart, Barrett, Myers, and Gurney that the girls had an inexplicable power of guessing names and objects thought of by other persons. Two years later, Mrs. Sidgwick and Mr. Gurney, recommencing experiments with the same girls, detected them signalling to each other. It is true that for the most part the conditions of the earlier series had excluded signalling, and it is also possible that the cheating may have grafted itself on what was originally a genuine phenomenon. Yet Gurney was wise in abandoning the entire series to the scepticism of the reader. Many critics of the S. P. R. seem out of all {309} its labors to have heard only of this case. But there are experiments recorded with upwards of thirty other subjects. Three were experimented upon at great length during the first two years: one was Mr. G. A. Smith; the other two were young ladies in Liverpool in the employment of Mr. Malcolm Guthrie.

It’s time to take a quick look at the actual content of these Proceedings. The first two years mainly focused on experiments in thought-transference. The initial set of experiments was conducted with the daughters of a clergyman named Creery, which convinced Messrs. Balfour Stewart, Barrett, Myers, and Gurney that the girls had an unexplained ability to guess names and objects that other people were thinking of. Two years later, Mrs. Sidgwick and Mr. Gurney resumed experiments with the same girls and noticed that they were signaling to each other. While it's true that the conditions of the earlier series mostly prevented signaling, it’s also possible that the cheating might have blended with what was initially a genuine phenomenon. Nevertheless, Gurney wisely chose to leave the entire series to the skepticism of the reader. Many critics of the S. P. R. seem to have only heard about this case from all its work. However, there are experiments recorded with over thirty other subjects. Three were thoroughly tested during the first two years: one was Mr. G. A. Smith, and the other two were young women in Liverpool working for Mr. Malcolm Guthrie.

It is the opinion of all who took part in these latter experiments that sources of conscious and unconscious deception were sufficiently excluded, and that the large percentage of correct reproductions by the subjects of words, diagrams, and sensations occupying other persons' consciousness were entirely inexplicable as results of chance. The witnesses of these performances were in fact all so satisfied of the genuineness of the phenomena, that 'telepathy' has figured freely in the papers of the Proceedings and in Gurney's book on Phantasms as a vera causa on which additional hypotheses might be built. No mere reader can be blamed, however, if he demand, for so revolutionary a belief, a more overwhelming bulk of testimony than has yet been supplied. Any day, of course, may bring in fresh experiments in successful picture-guessing. But meanwhile, and lacking that, we can only point out that the present data are strengthened in the flank, so to speak, by all observations that tend to corroborate the possibility of other kindred phenomena, such as telepathic impression, clairvoyance, or what is called 'test-mediumship.' The wider genus will naturally cover the narrower species with its credit.

Everyone involved in these recent experiments agrees that potential sources of both conscious and unconscious deception were largely eliminated. The high percentage of correct reproductions by the subjects of words, diagrams, and sensations from other people's minds cannot simply be explained by chance. The observers of these performances were all convinced of the authenticity of the phenomena, which is why 'telepathy' has been frequently mentioned in the Proceedings and Gurney's book on Phantasms as a legitimate cause that could support more theories. However, it's understandable for any reader to require more substantial evidence for such a groundbreaking belief than what has been provided so far. Of course, new experiments in successful picture-guessing could emerge at any time. In the meantime, we should note that the current findings are reinforced by observations that support the possibility of other related phenomena like telepathic impressions, clairvoyance, or what's known as 'test-mediumship.' The broader category will naturally lend credibility to the narrower examples.

Gurney's papers on hypnotism must be mentioned next. Some of them are less concerned with establishing new facts than with analyzing old ones. But omitting these, we find that in the line of pure {310} observation Gurney claims to have ascertained in more than one subject the following phenomenon: The subject's hands are thrust through a blanket, which screens the operator from his eyes, and his mind is absorbed in conversation with a third person. The operator meanwhile points with his finger to one of the fingers of the subject, which finger alone responds to this silent selection by becoming stiff or anaesthetic, as the case may be. The interpretation is difficult, but the phenomenon, which I have myself witnessed, seems authentic.

Gurney's work on hypnotism should be acknowledged next. Some of his papers focus more on analyzing existing information rather than introducing new findings. However, excluding these, we find that in terms of straightforward observation, Gurney claims to have identified the following phenomenon in more than one subject: The subject's hands are placed through a blanket that hides the operator from view, and the subject's mind is engaged in conversation with a third person. Meanwhile, the operator discreetly points to one of the subject's fingers, and that specific finger reacts to this silent gesture by becoming stiff or numb, depending on the situation. The explanation is complex, but the phenomenon, which I have personally observed, appears to be genuine.

Another observation made by Gurney seems to prove the possibility of the subject's mind being directly influenced by the operator's. The hypnotized subject responds, or fails to respond, to questions asked by a third party according to the operator's silent permission or refusal. Of course, in these experiments all obvious sources of deception were excluded. But Gurney's most important contribution to our knowledge of hypnotism was his series of experiments on the automatic writing of subjects who had received post-hypnotic suggestions. For example, a subject during trance is told that he will poke the fire in six minutes after waking. On being waked he has no memory of the order, but while he is engaged in conversation his hand is placed on a planchette, which immediately writes the sentence, "P., you will poke the fire in six minutes." Experiments like this, which were repeated in great variety, seem to prove that below the upper consciousness the hypnotic consciousness persists, engrossed with the suggestion and able to express itself through the involuntarily moving hand.

Another observation made by Gurney seems to confirm the possibility that the subject's mind can be directly influenced by the operator's. The hypnotized subject either responds or doesn’t respond to questions asked by a third party based on the operator's silent permission or refusal. Naturally, all obvious sources of deception were removed in these experiments. However, Gurney's most significant contribution to our understanding of hypnotism was his series of experiments on the automatic writing of subjects who had received post-hypnotic suggestions. For instance, a subject in a trance is told that he will poke the fire six minutes after waking up. When he is awakened, he has no memory of the instruction, but while engaged in conversation, his hand ends up on a planchette, which immediately writes the sentence, "P., you will poke the fire in six minutes." Experiments like this, which were conducted in many different ways, seem to demonstrate that beneath the upper consciousness, the hypnotic consciousness remains engaged with the suggestion and can express itself through the involuntarily moving hand.

Gurney shares, therefore, with Janet and Binet, the {311} credit of demonstrating the simultaneous existence of two different strata of consciousness, ignorant of each other, in the same person. The 'extra-consciousness,' as one may call it, can be kept on tap, as it were, by the method of automatic writing. This discovery marks a new era in experimental psychology, and it is impossible to overrate its importance. But Gurney's greatest piece of work is his laborious 'Phantasms of the Living.' As an example of the drudgery stowed away in the volumes, it may suffice to say that in looking up the proofs for the alleged physical phenomena of witchcraft, Gurney reports a careful search through two hundred and sixty books on the subject, with the result of finding no first-hand evidence recorded in the trials except the confessions of the victims themselves; and these, of course, are presumptively due to either torture or hallucination. This statement, made in an unobtrusive note, is only one instance of the care displayed throughout the volumes. In the course of these, Gurney discusses about seven hundred cases of apparitions which he collected. A large number of these were 'veridical,' in the sense of coinciding with some calamity happening to the person who appeared. Gurney's explanation is that the mind of the person undergoing the calamity was at that moment able to impress the mind of the percipient with an hallucination.

Gurney shares, along with Janet and Binet, the credit for demonstrating the simultaneous existence of two different levels of consciousness, unaware of each other, in the same individual. The 'extra-consciousness,' as it can be called, can be accessed, so to speak, through the method of automatic writing. This discovery marks a new phase in experimental psychology, and its significance cannot be overstated. However, Gurney's major achievement is his extensive work 'Phantasms of the Living.' As an example of the thoroughness contained within the volumes, it suffices to mention that in examining the proofs for the alleged physical phenomena of witchcraft, Gurney reports a meticulous search through two hundred and sixty books on the topic, ultimately finding no first-hand evidence recorded in the trials except for the confessions of the victims themselves; and these, of course, are presumably due to either torture or hallucination. This observation, made in a discreet note, is just one instance of the diligence exhibited throughout the volumes. In the course of his work, Gurney discusses around seven hundred cases of apparitions that he gathered. Many of these were 'veridical,' meaning they coincided with some misfortune occurring to the person who appeared. Gurney's explanation is that the mind of the person experiencing the misfortune was at that moment able to impress the mind of the perceiver with a hallucination.

Apparitions, on this 'telepathic' theory, may be called 'objective' facts, although they are not 'material' facts. In order to test the likelihood of such veridical hallucinations being due to mere chance, Gurney instituted the 'census of hallucinations,' which has been continued with the result of obtaining answers from over twenty-five thousand persons, asked {312} at random in different countries whether, when in good health and awake, they had ever heard a voice, seen a form, or felt a touch which no material presence could account for. The result seems to be, roughly speaking, that in England about one adult in ten has had such an experience at least once in his life, and that of the experiences themselves a large number coincide with some distant event. The question is, Is the frequency of these latter cases too great to be deemed fortuitous, and must we suppose an occult connection between the two events? Mr. and Mrs. Sidgwick have worked out this problem on the basis of the English returns, seventeen thousand in number, with a care and thoroughness that leave nothing to be desired. Their conclusion is that the cases where the apparition of a person is seen on the day of his death are four hundred and forty times too numerous to be ascribed to chance. The reasoning employed to calculate this number is simple enough. If there be only a fortuitous connection between the death of an individual and the occurrence of his apparition to some one at a distance, the death is no more likely to fall on the same day as the apparition than it is to occur on the same day with any other event in nature. But the chance-probability that any individual's death will fall on any given day marked in advance by some other event is just equal to the chance-probability that the individual will die at all on any specified day; and the national death-rate gives that probability as one in nineteen thousand. If, then, when the death of a person coincides with an apparition of the same person, the coincidence be merely fortuitous, it ought not to occur oftener than once in nineteen thousand cases. As a matter of fact, {313} however, it does occur (according to the census) once in forty-three cases, a number (as aforesaid) four hundred and forty times too great. The American census, of some seven thousand answers, gives a remarkably similar result. Against this conclusion the only rational answer that I can see is that the data are still too few; that the net was not cast wide enough; and that we need, to get fair averages, far more than twenty-four thousand answers to the census question. This may, of course, be true, though it seems exceedingly unlikely; and in our own twenty-four thousand answers veridical cases may possibly have heaped themselves unduly.

Apparitions, based on this 'telepathic' theory, can be considered 'objective' facts, even if they aren't 'material' facts. To evaluate how likely these veridical hallucinations are just random occurrences, Gurney set up the 'census of hallucinations,' which has continued, resulting in responses from over twenty-five thousand individuals randomly asked in various countries if, while healthy and awake, they had ever heard a voice, seen a figure, or felt a touch that couldn’t be explained by any physical presence. The findings suggest that roughly one in ten adults in England has experienced something like this at least once in their life, and many of these experiences align with some distant event. The question arises: is the frequency of these occurrences too high to be considered coincidental, and should we assume there is some hidden connection between the two events? Mr. and Mrs. Sidgwick meticulously analyzed this issue based on the English results, which number seventeen thousand, leaving no stone unturned. They concluded that instances where someone’s apparition appears on the day of their death are four hundred and forty times more common than chance would suggest. The logic behind this figure is straightforward. If there’s only a random connection between an individual’s death and their apparition appearing to someone at a distance, the death is just as likely to happen the same day as the apparition as it is with any other event in nature. The probability of any individual dying on a specific pre-marked day coinciding with another event is equal to the general probability of that individual dying on any given day, which the national death rate estimates at one in nineteen thousand. Therefore, if the death of a person coincides with an apparition of the same person and this match is purely coincidental, it should not occur more than once in nineteen thousand cases. However, in reality, according to the census, it happens once in forty-three instances, which is (as mentioned) four hundred and forty times higher than expected. The American census, with around seven thousand responses, shows a remarkably similar outcome. The only reasonable counterargument I see to this conclusion is that the data might still be too limited; that the survey wasn’t extensive enough; and that we need more than twenty-four thousand responses to get accurate averages. This may be true, but it seems highly unlikely; and in our twenty-four thousand responses, veridical cases might have accumulated disproportionately.

The next topic worth mentioning in the Proceedings is the discussion of the physical phenomena of mediumship (slate-writing, furniture-moving, and so forth) by Mrs. Sidgwick, Mr. Hodgson, and 'Mr. Davey.' This, so far as it goes, is destructive of the claims of all the mediums examined. 'Mr. Davey' himself produced fraudulent slate-writing of the highest order, while Mr. Hodgson, a 'sitter' in his confidence, reviewed the written reports of the series of his other sitters,—all of them intelligent persons,—and showed that in every case they failed to see the essential features of what was done before their eyes. This Davey-Hodgson contribution is probably the most damaging document concerning eye-witnesses' evidence that has ever been produced. Another substantial bit of work based on personal observation is Mr. Hodgson's report on Madame Blavatsky's claims to physical mediumship. This is adverse to the lady's pretensions; and although some of Madame Blavatsky's friends make light of it, it is a stroke from which her reputation will not recover.

The next topic worth mentioning in the Proceedings is the discussion of the physical phenomena of mediumship (slate-writing, moving furniture, and so on) by Mrs. Sidgwick, Mr. Hodgson, and 'Mr. Davey.' This, as far as it goes, undermines the claims of all the mediums examined. 'Mr. Davey' himself produced highly fraudulent slate-writing, while Mr. Hodgson, a 'sitter' in his confidence, reviewed the written reports from the other sitters—who were all intelligent people—and showed that in every case they failed to recognize the key elements of what occurred right in front of them. This contribution from Davey and Hodgson is probably the most damaging document regarding eyewitness evidence that has ever been produced. Another significant piece based on personal observation is Mr. Hodgson's report on Madame Blavatsky's claims to physical mediumship. This report is critical of her claims; and even though some of Madame Blavatsky's friends downplay it, it is a blow from which her reputation will not recover.

{314}

Physical mediumship in all its phases has fared hard in the Proceedings. The latest case reported on is that of the famous Eusapia Paladino, who being detected in fraud at Cambridge, after a brilliant career of success on the continent, has, according to the draconian rules of method which govern the Society, been ruled out from a further hearing. The case of Stainton Moses, on the other hand, concerning which Mr. Myers has brought out a mass of unpublished testimony, seems to escape from the universal condemnation, and appears to force upon us what Mr. Andrew Lang calls the choice between a moral and a physical miracle.

Physical mediumship in all its forms has faced significant challenges in the Proceedings. The most recent case discussed is that of the well-known Eusapia Paladino, who was caught committing fraud at Cambridge. After a successful career in Europe, she has, due to the strict rules governing the Society, been barred from any further hearings. Conversely, the case of Stainton Moses, which Mr. Myers has presented with a wealth of unpublished evidence, seems to avoid universal condemnation and presents us with what Mr. Andrew Lang describes as a choice between a moral and a physical miracle.

In the case of Mrs. Piper, not a physical but a trance medium, we seem to have no choice offered at all. Mr. Hodgson and others have made prolonged study of this lady's trances, and are all convinced that super-normal powers of cognition are displayed therein. These are primâ facie due to 'spirit-control.' But the conditions are so complex that a dogmatic decision either for or against the spirit-hypothesis must as yet be postponed.

In the case of Mrs. Piper, who is a trance medium rather than a physical medium, it seems we aren't given any options at all. Mr. Hodgson and others have thoroughly studied her trances and are convinced that there are extraordinary powers of perception involved. These are apparently due to 'spirit-control.' However, the conditions are so complicated that we must hold off on making a definitive decision for or against the spirit hypothesis for now.

One of the most important experimental contributions to the Proceedings is the article of Miss X. on 'Crystal Vision.' Many persons who look fixedly into a crystal or other vaguely luminous surface fall into a kind of daze, and see visions. Miss X. has this susceptibility in a remarkable degree, and is, moreover, an unusually intelligent critic. She reports many visions which can only be described as apparently clairvoyant, and others which beautifully fill a vacant niche incur knowledge of subconscious mental operations. For example, looking into the crystal before breakfast one morning she reads in printed characters of the {315} death of a lady of her acquaintance, the date and other circumstances all duly appearing in type. Startled by this, she looks at the 'Times' of the previous day for verification, and there among the deaths are the identical words which she has seen. On the same page of the Times are other items which she remembers reading the day before; and the only explanation seems to be that her eyes then inattentively observed, so to speak, the death-item, which forthwith fell into a special corner of her memory, and came out as a visual hallucination when the peculiar modification of consciousness induced by the crystal-gazing set in.

One of the most significant experimental contributions to the Proceedings is Miss X.'s article on 'Crystal Vision.' Many people who stare intently into a crystal or any vaguely shiny surface enter a kind of trance and start seeing visions. Miss X. has this ability to a remarkable extent and is also an unusually insightful critic. She describes numerous visions that can only be considered seemingly clairvoyant, as well as others that beautifully explain subconscious mental processes. For example, one morning before breakfast, she looks into the crystal and reads in printed text about the death of a lady she knows, complete with the date and other details. Startled, she checks the previous day's 'Times' for confirmation, and there, among the obituaries, are the exact words she saw. On the same page of the 'Times' are other details she remembers reading the day before; the only explanation seems to be that her eyes inadvertently took note of the death notice, which then settled in a specific part of her memory, surfacing as a visual hallucination when the unique shift in consciousness from crystal-gazing occurred.

Passing from papers based on observation to papers based on narrative, we have a number of ghost stories, etc., sifted by Mrs. Sidgwick and discussed by Messrs. Myers and Podmore. They form the best ghost literature I know of from the point of view of emotional interest. As to the conclusions drawn, Mrs. Sidgwick is rigorously non-committal, while Mr. Myers and Mr. Podmore show themselves respectively hospitable and inhospitable to the notion that such stories have a basis of objectivity dependent on the continued existence of the dead.

Moving from research based on observation to research based on storytelling, we have a collection of ghost stories, etc., compiled by Mrs. Sidgwick and analyzed by Messrs. Myers and Podmore. They represent the best ghost literature I know of in terms of emotional engagement. Regarding the conclusions drawn, Mrs. Sidgwick remains strictly neutral, while Mr. Myers and Mr. Podmore demonstrate varying openness to the idea that these stories may have an objective basis linked to the ongoing existence of the deceased.

I must close my gossip about the Proceedings by naming what, after all, seems to me the most important part of its contents. This is the long series of articles by Mr. Myers on what he now calls the 'subliminal self,' or what one might designate as ultra-marginal consciousness. The result of Myers's learned and ingenious studies in hypnotism, hallucinations, automatic writing, mediumship, and the whole series of allied phenomena is a conviction which he expresses in the following terms:—

I have to wrap up my discussion about the Proceedings by highlighting what I believe is the most important part of its contents. This is the extensive series of articles by Mr. Myers on what he now refers to as the 'subliminal self,' or what could be described as ultra-marginal consciousness. The outcome of Myers's insightful and clever studies in hypnotism, hallucinations, automatic writing, mediumship, and related phenomena is a belief that he states in the following terms:—

{316}

"Each of us is in reality an abiding psychical entity far more extensive than he knows,—an individuality which can never express itself completely through any corporeal manifestation. The self manifests itself through the organism; but there is always some part of the self unmanifested, and always, as it seems, some power of organic expression in abeyance or reserve."

"Each of us is actually a lasting mental being much greater than we realize—a unique identity that can never fully express itself through any physical form. The self presents itself through the body, but there is always some part of the self that remains unexpressed, and it seems there is always some potential for physical expression that is held back or reserved."


The ordinary consciousness Mr. Myers likens to the visible part of the solar spectrum; the total consciousness is like that spectrum prolonged by the inclusion of the ultra-red and ultra-violet rays. In the psychic spectrum the 'ultra' parts may embrace a far wider range, both of physiological and of psychical activity, than is open to our ordinary consciousness and memory. At the lower end we have the physiological extension, mind-cures, 'stigmatization' of ecstatics, etc.; in the upper, the hyper-normal cognitions of the medium-trance. Whatever the judgment of the future may be on Mr. Myers's speculations, the credit will always remain to them of being the first attempt in any language to consider the phenomena of hallucination, hypnotism, automatism, double personality, and mediumship as connected parts of one whole subject. All constructions in this field must be provisional, and it is as something provisional that Mr. Myers offers us his formulations. But, thanks to him, we begin to see for the first time what a vast interlocked and graded system these phenomena, from the rudest motor-automatisms to the most startling sensory-apparition, form. Quite apart from Mr. Myers's conclusions, his methodical treatment of them by classes and series is the first great step toward overcoming the distaste of orthodox science to look at them at all.

Mr. Myers compares ordinary consciousness to the visible part of the solar spectrum, while total consciousness is like that spectrum extended by including the infrared and ultraviolet rays. In the psychic spectrum, the 'ultra' parts can encompass a much wider range of both physiological and psychic activities than what our ordinary consciousness and memory can access. At the lower end, we have the physiological extension, such as mind cures, 'stigmatization' of ecstatics, and so on; at the upper end, we have the hyper-normal perceptions experienced during medium trances. Regardless of how future judgments assess Mr. Myers's ideas, he will always be credited with making the first attempt in any language to view the phenomena of hallucination, hypnotism, automatism, double personality, and mediumship as interconnected elements of a single subject. All theories in this area must remain provisional, and that is how Mr. Myers presents his concepts to us. However, thanks to him, we are starting to understand for the first time what a vast, interconnected, and graded system these phenomena create, from the simplest motor automatism to the most surprising sensory experiences. Apart from Mr. Myers's conclusions, his systematic approach to categorizing these phenomena is the first significant step toward getting orthodox science to engage with them at all.

{317}

One's reaction on hearsay testimony is always determined by one's own experience. Most men who have once convinced themselves, by what seems to them a careful examination, that any one species of the supernatural exists, begin to relax their vigilance as to evidence, and throw the doors of their minds more or less wide open to the supernatural along its whole extent. To a mind that has thus made its salto mortale, the minute work over insignificant cases and quiddling discussion of 'evidential values,' of which the Society's reports are full, seems insufferably tedious. And it is so; few species of literature are more truly dull than reports of phantasms. Taken simply by themselves, as separate facts to stare at, they appear so devoid of meaning and sweep, that, even were they certainly true, one would be tempted to leave them out of one's universe for being so idiotic. Every other sort of fact has some context and continuity with the rest of nature. These alone are contextless and discontinuous.

A person's response to hearsay testimony is always shaped by their own experiences. Most people who have convinced themselves, after what they believe is a careful examination, that any particular type of supernatural phenomenon exists, start to lower their guard regarding evidence and open their minds more freely to the supernatural in all its forms. For someone who has made this leap, the detailed analysis of trivial cases and the nitpicking over 'evidential values' found in the Society's reports feels incredibly tedious. And it really is; few kinds of literature are as genuinely boring as reports of ghosts. When considered on their own, as isolated facts, they seem so lacking in meaning and depth that, even if they were undeniably true, one might be tempted to exclude them from their understanding of the world for being so ridiculous. Every other type of fact has some context and connection to the rest of nature. These alone lack context and continuity.

Hence I think that the sort of loathing—no milder word will do—which the very words 'psychical research' and 'psychical researcher' awaken in so many honest scientific breasts is not only natural, but in a sense praiseworthy. A man who is unable himself to conceive of any orbit for these mental meteors can only suppose that Messrs. Gurney, Myers, & Co.'s mood in dealing with them must be that of silly marvelling at so many detached prodigies. And such prodigies! So science simply falls back on her general non-possumus; and most of the would-be critics of the Proceedings have been contented to oppose to the phenomena recorded the simple presumption that in some way or other the reports must be {318} fallacious,—for so far as the order of nature has been subjected to really scientific scrutiny, it always has been proved to run the other way. But the oftener one is forced to reject an alleged sort of fact by the use of this mere presumption, the weaker does the presumption itself get to be; and one might in course of time use up one's presumptive privileges in this way, even though one started (as our anti-telepathists do) with as good a case as the great induction of psychology that all our knowledge comes by the use of our eyes and ears and other senses. And we must remember also that this undermining of the strength of a presumption by reiterated report of facts to the contrary does not logically require that the facts in question should all be well proved. A lot of rumors in the air against a business man's credit, though they might all be vague, and no one of them amount to proof that he is unsound, would certainly weaken the presumption of his soundness. And all the more would they have this effect if they formed what Gurney called a fagot and not a chain,—that is, if they were independent of one another, and came from different quarters. Now, the evidence for telepathy, weak and strong, taken just as it comes, forms a fagot and not a chain. No one item cites the content of another item as part of its own proof. But taken together the items have a certain general consistency; there is a method in their madness, so to speak. So each of them adds presumptive value to the lot; and cumulatively, as no candid mind can fail to see, they subtract presumptive force from the orthodox belief that there can be nothing in any one's intellect that has not come in through ordinary experiences of sense.

I think it's completely understandable—and frankly commendable—that so many honest scientists feel a strong aversion to the terms 'psychical research' and 'psychical researcher.' A person who can't imagine any valid framework for these unusual phenomena might assume that Gurney, Myers, and their colleagues react to them with nothing more than childish awe at these bizarre occurrences. And what bizarre occurrences they are! So science falls back on its usual dismissal; most of the critics of the Proceedings just counter the recorded phenomena with the assumption that the reports must somehow be wrong—because every time science has properly investigated the natural order, it has consistently shown the opposite to be true. But the more one dismisses this type of evidence using that simple assumption, the weaker that assumption becomes. Over time, you might exhaust your ability to make those assumptions—even if you start with a strong position like the anti-telepathy advocates do, which is based on the idea that all our knowledge comes through our senses. It’s also worth noting that the repeated refutation of an assumption doesn’t require that every single fact be heavily substantiated. A collection of rumors against a businessperson’s reputation, even if they're all vague and none prove they’re untrustworthy, would still damage the assumption of their trustworthiness. This effect would be even stronger if the rumors were independent and came from different sources, as Gurney described in terms of a fagot rather than a chain. Right now, the evidence for telepathy, both weak and strong, comes together as a fagot. No single piece references any other piece as proof of its own claims. But collectively, these pieces exhibit a certain overall consistency; there’s a method to the chaos, so to speak. Each one adds some weight to the overall argument, and together they gradually erode the traditional belief that nothing can exist in someone’s mind without being gained through ordinary sensory experience.

But it is a miserable thing for a question of truth {319} to be confined to mere presumption and counter-presumption, with no decisive thunderbolt of fact to clear the baffling darkness. And, sooth to say, in talking so much of the merely presumption-weakening value of our records, I have myself been wilfully taking the point of view of the so-called 'rigorously scientific' disbeliever, and making an ad hominem plea. My own point of view is different. For me the thunderbolt has fallen, and the orthodox belief has not merely had its presumption weakened, but the truth itself of the belief is decisively overthrown. If I may employ the language of the professional logic-shop, a universal proposition can be made untrue by a particular instance. If you wish to upset the law that all crows are black, you must not seek to show that no crows are; it is enough if you prove one single crow to be white. My own white crow is Mrs. Piper. In the trances of this medium, I cannot resist the conviction that knowledge appears which she has never gained by the ordinary waking use of her eyes and ears and wits. What the source of this knowledge may be I know not, and have not the glimmer of an explanatory suggestion to make; but from admitting the fact of such knowledge I can see no escape. So when I turn to the rest of the evidence, ghosts and all, I cannot carry with me the irreversibly negative bias of the 'rigorously scientific' mind, with its presumption as to what the true order of nature ought to be. I feel as if, though the evidence be flimsy in spots, it may nevertheless collectively carry heavy weight. The rigorously scientific mind may, in truth, easily overshoot the mark. Science means, first of all, a certain dispassionate method. To suppose that it means a certain set of {320} results that one should pin one's faith upon and hug forever is sadly to mistake its genius, and degrades the scientific body to the status of a sect.

But it's really unfortunate for a question of truth {319} to be limited to just assumptions and counter-assumptions, with no clear proof to illuminate the confusing darkness. And honestly, in discussing the merely assumption-diminishing value of our records, I've been willfully adopting the perspective of the so-called 'rigorously scientific' nonbeliever, making an ad hominem argument. My own perspective is different. To me, the proof has appeared, and the traditional belief has not only lost its presumption but the truth of that belief has been decisively overturned. If I may use the language of professional logic, a universal statement can be proven false by a specific case. If you want to disprove the idea that all crows are black, you don't need to show that no crows are black; it’s enough to prove just one crow is white. My own white crow is Mrs. Piper. In the trances of this medium, I can't help but feel that knowledge comes through that she hasn’t gathered from the ordinary use of her eyes, ears, and mind. I don't know what the source of this knowledge might be, and I lack a shred of an explanatory idea; but I can't find a way to deny the fact of such knowledge. So when I consider the other evidence, including ghosts, I can't maintain the unyieldingly negative bias of the 'rigorously scientific' mindset, which presumes what the true order of nature should be. I feel like, even if the evidence is weak in some areas, it can still collectively hold significant weight. The rigorously scientific mind can, in fact, easily miss the mark. Science fundamentally means a certain objective method. To think that it represents a specific {320} set of results to which one should cling forever is to misinterpret its essence and reduces the scientific community to the status of a sect.

We all, scientists and non-scientists, live on some inclined plane of credulity. The plane tips one way in one man, another way in another; and may he whose plane tips in no way be the first to cast a stone! As a matter of fact, the trances I speak of have broken down for my own mind the limits of the admitted order of nature. Science, so far as science denies such exceptional occurrences, lies prostrate in the dust for me; and the most urgent intellectual need which I feel at present is that science be built up again in a form in which such things may have a positive place. Science, like life, feeds on its own decay. New facts burst old rules; then newly divined conceptions bind old and new together into a reconciling law.

We all, whether scientists or not, exist on some slope of belief. This slope tilts one way for one person and another way for someone else; and let the person whose beliefs never waver be the first to throw a stone! In fact, the experiences I’m referring to have pushed the boundaries of what I thought was possible in nature. For me, science—when it dismisses these extraordinary events—is utterly useless; what I urgently need right now is for science to be restructured in a way that allows for these phenomena to have a valid place. Science, much like life, thrives on its own decline. New discoveries challenge old theories, and then fresh insights connect the old and new into a cohesive understanding.

And here is the real instructiveness of Messrs. Myers and Gurney's work. They are trying with the utmost conscientiousness to find a reconciling conception which shall subject the old laws of nature to the smallest possible strain. Mr. Myers uses that method of gradual approach which has performed such wonders in Darwin's hands. When Darwin met a fact which seemed a poser to his theory, his regular custom, as I have heard an able colleague say, was to fill in all round it with smaller facts, as a wagoner might heap dirt round a big rock in the road, and thus get his team over without upsetting. So Mr. Myers, starting from the most ordinary facts of inattentive consciousness, follows this clue through a long series which terminates in ghosts, and seeks to show that these are but extreme manifestations of a {321} common truth,—the truth that the invisible segments of our minds are susceptible, under rarely realized conditions, of acting and being acted upon by the invisible segments of other conscious lives. This may not be ultimately true (for the theosophists, with their astral bodies and the like, may, for aught I now know, prove to be on the correcter trail), but no one can deny that it is in good scientific form,—for science always takes a known kind of phenomenon, and tries to extend its range.

And here’s the real value of Messrs. Myers and Gurney's work. They are earnestly trying to find a reconciliatory idea that puts the old laws of nature under as little strain as possible. Mr. Myers adopts the gradual approach that has yielded incredible results for Darwin. When Darwin encountered a fact that challenged his theory, his usual method, as I’ve heard a knowledgeable colleague say, was to surround it with smaller facts, like a driver piling dirt around a big rock in the road to help his team get past without tipping over. Similarly, Mr. Myers starts with the most everyday facts of inattentive consciousness and follows this trail through a long sequence that leads to ghosts, aiming to show that these are just extreme expressions of a common truth—the truth that the hidden parts of our minds can, under rare conditions, act and be influenced by the hidden parts of other conscious lives. This may not ultimately be accurate (the theosophists, with their astral bodies and similar concepts, might, for all I know, be on the right track), but no one can deny that it follows good scientific principles—since science always begins with a known type of phenomenon and attempts to broaden its scope. {321}

I have myself, as American agent for the census, collected hundreds of cases of hallucination in healthy persons. The result is to make me feel that we all have potentially a 'subliminal' self, which may make at any time irruption into our ordinary lives. At its lowest, it is only the depository of our forgotten memories; at its highest, we do not know what it is at all. Take, for instance, a series of cases. During sleep, many persons have something in them which measures the flight of time better than the waking self does. It wakes them at a preappointed hour; it acquaints them with the moment when they first awake. It may produce an hallucination,—as in a lady who informs me that at the instant of waking she has a vision of her watch-face with the hands pointing (as she has often verified) to the exact time. It may be the feeling that some physiological period has elapsed; but, whatever it is, it is subconscious.

I, as an American census agent, have collected hundreds of cases of hallucinations in healthy individuals. This leads me to believe that we all have a 'subliminal' self that can suddenly break into our everyday lives. At its simplest, it serves as a storage for our forgotten memories; at its most complex, we have no idea what it really is. For example, consider a series of cases. While sleeping, many people seem to have something within them that keeps track of time better than their waking selves. It wakes them up at a set hour and lets them know exactly when they first become conscious. It can even create a hallucination, like in one case where a woman told me that at the moment she wakes up, she sees a vision of her watch with the hands showing (as she has often checked) the exact time. It might be the sensation that a certain time period has passed, but whatever it is, it exists in the subconscious.

A subconscious something may also preserve experiences to which we do not openly attend. A lady taking her lunch in town finds herself without her purse. Instantly a sense comes over her of rising from the breakfast-table and hearing her purse drop upon the floor. On reaching home she finds {322} nothing under the table, but summons the servant to say where she has put the purse. The servant produces it, saying; "How did you know where it was? You rose and left the room as if you did n't know you 'd dropped it." The same subconscious something may recollect what we have forgotten. A lady accustomed to taking salicylate of soda for muscular rheumatism wakes one early winter morning with an aching neck. In the twilight she takes what she supposes to be her customary powder from a drawer, dissolves it in a glass of water, and is about to drink it down, when she feels a sharp slap on her shoulder and hears a voice in her ear saying, "Taste it!" On examination, she finds she has got a morphine powder by mistake. The natural interpretation is that a sleeping memory of the morphine powders awoke in this quasi-explosive way. A like explanation offers itself as most plausible for the following case: A lady, with little time to catch the train, and the expressman about to call, is excitedly looking for the lost key of a packed trunk. Hurrying upstairs with a bunch of keys, proved useless, in her hand, she hears an 'objective' voice distinctly say, "Try the key of the cake-box." Being tried, it fits. This also may well have been the effect of forgotten experience.

A subconscious part of us can hold onto experiences that we don't actively think about. A woman having lunch in town realizes she’s forgotten her purse. Suddenly, she remembers getting up from the breakfast table and hearing her purse drop on the floor. When she gets home, she finds nothing under the table but asks the servant where she left it. The servant hands it to her and asks, "How did you know where it was? You got up and left the room like you didn’t even know you dropped it." The same subconscious part can bring back things we've forgotten. A woman who usually takes salicylate of soda for muscular rheumatism wakes up one chilly winter morning with a stiff neck. In the dim light, she grabs what she thinks is her usual powder from a drawer, dissolves it in a glass of water, and is about to drink it when she feels a sharp tap on her shoulder and hears someone say, "Taste it!" When she checks, she realizes she accidentally picked up a morphine powder. The obvious explanation is that a forgotten memory of the morphine powder triggered this reaction. A similar explanation works for this next case: A woman, short on time to catch the train and with the expressman about to arrive, is frantically searching for the lost key to her packed trunk. As she rushes upstairs with a bunch of keys that aren’t working, she clearly hears a voice say, "Try the key from the cake-box." When she does, it fits. This too could have been triggered by a buried memory.

Now, the effect is doubtless due to the same hallucinatory mechanism; but the source is less easily assigned as we ascend the scale of cases. A lady, for instance, goes after breakfast to see about one of her servants who has become ill over night. She is startled at distinctly reading over the bedroom door in gilt letters the word 'small-pox.' The doctor is sent for, and ere long pronounces small-pox to be the disease, although the lady says, "The thought of {323} the girl's having small-pox never entered my mind till I saw the apparent inscription." Then come other cases of warning; for example, that of a youth sitting in a wagon under a shed, who suddenly hears his dead mother's voice say, "Stephen, get away from here quick!" and jumps out just in time to see the shed-roof fall.

Now, the effect is definitely due to the same hallucinatory mechanism; however, it's harder to pinpoint the source as we look at more cases. For example, a woman goes after breakfast to check on one of her servants who fell ill overnight. She is shocked to see the word 'small-pox' clearly written in gold letters over the bedroom door. The doctor is called, and soon declares that small-pox is indeed the illness, even though the woman says, "The thought of the girl having small-pox never crossed my mind until I saw the apparent inscription." Then there are other cases of warnings; for instance, a young man sitting in a wagon under a shed suddenly hears his deceased mother's voice say, "Stephen, get away from here quickly!" and jumps out just in time to see the roof of the shed collapse.

After this come the experiences of persons appearing to distant friends at or near the hour of death. Then, too, we have the trance-visions and utterances, which may appear astonishingly profuse and continuous, and maintain a fairly high intellectual level. For all these higher phenomena, it seems to me that while the proximate mechanism is that of 'hallucination,' it is straining an hypothesis unduly to name any ordinary subconscious mental operation—such as expectation, recollection, or inference from inattentive perception—as the ultimate cause that starts it up. It is far better tactics, if you wish to get rid of mystery, to brand the narratives themselves as unworthy of trust. The trustworthiness of most of them is to my own mind far from proved. And yet in the light of the medium-trance, which is proved, it seems as if they might well all be members of a natural kind of fact of which we do not yet know the full extent.

After this, we encounter experiences of people appearing to distant friends around the time of death. We also have trance visions and statements, which can seem surprisingly abundant and ongoing while maintaining a relatively high intellectual level. For all these advanced phenomena, it feels to me that although the immediate mechanism is 'hallucination,' it’s pushing the theory too far to label any ordinary subconscious mental process—like expectation, memory, or inference from inattentive perception—as the ultimate cause that triggers it. It’s much better strategy, if you want to eliminate mystery, to dismiss the narratives themselves as untrustworthy. The reliability of most of them seems questionable to me. Yet, considering the established medium trance, it appears that they could all belong to a natural type of phenomenon of which we don’t yet fully understand the scope.

Thousands of sensitive organizations in the United States to-day live as steadily in the light of these experiences, and are as indifferent to modern science, as if they lived in Bohemia in the twelfth century. They are indifferent to science, because science is so callously indifferent to their experiences. Although in its essence science only stands for a method and for no fixed belief, yet as habitually taken, both by its votaries and outsiders, it is {324} identified with a certain fixed belief,—the belief that the hidden order of nature is mechanical exclusively, and that non-mechanical categories are irrational ways of conceiving and explaining even such things as human life. Now, this mechanical rationalism, as one may call it, makes, if it becomes one's only way of thinking, a violent breach with the ways of thinking that have played the greatest part in human history. Religious thinking, ethical thinking, poetical thinking, teleological, emotional, sentimental thinking, what one might call the personal view of life to distinguish it from the impersonal and mechanical, and the romantic view of life to distinguish it from the rationalistic view, have been, and even still are, outside of well-drilled scientific circles, the dominant forms of thought. But for mechanical rationalism, personality is an insubstantial illusion. The chronic belief of mankind, that events may happen for the sake of their personal significance, is an abomination; and the notions of our grandfathers about oracles and omens, divinations and apparitions, miraculous changes of heart and wonders worked by inspired persons, answers to prayer and providential leadings, are a fabric absolutely baseless, a mass of sheer untruth.

Thousands of sensitive organizations in the United States today live as consistently in the light of these experiences, and are as indifferent to modern science, as if they lived in Bohemia in the twelfth century. They are indifferent to science because science is so callously indifferent to their experiences. Although science essentially represents a method and not a fixed belief, it is commonly understood, both by its supporters and outsiders, to be linked with a certain fixed belief—the belief that the hidden order of nature is exclusively mechanical, and that non-mechanical categories are irrational ways of understanding and explaining even aspects of human life. This mechanical rationalism, as one might call it, creates a significant disconnect with the modes of thinking that have been most influential in human history. Religious thinking, ethical thinking, poetic thinking, teleological, emotional, sentimental thinking—the personal view of life, to distinguish it from the impersonal and mechanical—and the romantic view of life, to differentiate it from the rationalistic view, have been, and still are, dominant forms of thought outside of strict scientific circles. However, for mechanical rationalism, personality is just an insubstantial illusion. The long-standing belief of humanity that events can occur for their personal significance is considered abhorrent; and the views our grandfathers held about oracles and omens, divinations and apparitions, miraculous changes of heart and wonders performed by inspired individuals, answers to prayer, and providential guidance, are seen as entirely baseless—a collection of sheer untruth.

Now, of course, we must all admit that the excesses to which the romantic and personal view of nature may lead, if wholly unchecked by impersonal rationalism, are direful. Central African Mumbo-jumboism is one of unchecked romanticism's fruits. One ought accordingly to sympathize with that abhorrence of romanticism as a sufficient world-theory; one ought to understand that lively intolerance of the least grain of romanticism in the views of life of other people, which are such characteristic marks of those who {325} follow the scientific professions to-day. Our debt to science is literally boundless, and our gratitude for what is positive in her teachings must be correspondingly immense. But the S. P. R.'s Proceedings have, it seems to me, conclusively proved one thing to the candid reader; and that is that the verdict of pure insanity, of gratuitous preference for error, of superstition without an excuse, which the scientists of our day are led by their intellectual training to pronounce upon the entire thought of the past, is a most shallow verdict. The personal and romantic view of life has other roots besides wanton exuberance of imagination and perversity of heart. It is perennially fed by facts of experience, whatever the ulterior interpretation of those facts may prove to be; and at no time in human history would it have been less easy than now—at most times it would have been much more easy—for advocates with a little industry to collect in its favor an array of contemporary documents as good as those which our publications present. These documents all relate to real experiences of persons. These experiences have three characters in common: They are capricious, discontinuous, and not easily controlled; they require peculiar persons for their production; their significance seems to be wholly for personal life. Those who preferentially attend to them, and still more those who are individually subject to them, not only easily may find, but are logically bound to find, in them valid arguments for their romantic and personal conception of the world's course. Through my slight participation in the investigations of the S. P. R. I have become acquainted with numbers of persons of this sort, for whom the very word 'science' has become a name of reproach, for reasons that I now both understand {326} and respect. It is the intolerance of science for such phenomena as we are studying, her peremptory denial either of their existence or of their significance (except as proofs of man's absolute innate folly), that has set science so apart from the common sympathies of the race. I confess that it is on this, its humanizing mission, that the Society's best claim to the gratitude of our generation seems to me to depend. It has restored continuity to history. It has shown some reasonable basis for the most superstitious aberrations of the foretime. It has bridged the chasm, healed the hideous rift that science, taken in a certain narrow way, has shot into the human world.

Now, of course, we all have to admit that the extremes of the romantic and personal view of nature can lead to negative outcomes if not kept in check by impersonal rationalism. Central African superstition is one result of unchecked romanticism. Therefore, we should sympathize with the dislike of viewing romanticism as a complete worldview; we should understand the strong intolerance for even the slightest hint of romanticism in the life perspectives of others, which are characteristic of those who pursue scientific fields today. Our debt to science is practically limitless, and our gratitude for its positive teachings should be immense. However, the Proceedings of the S. P. R. have, it seems to me, conclusively shown one thing to the open-minded reader: that the verdict of pure insanity, of an arbitrary preference for falsehood, and superstition without justification, that today's scientists are inclined to place on all past thought, is a very superficial judgment. The personal and romantic view of life has deeper roots than just reckless imagination and twisted hearts. It is continually nourished by facts of experience, regardless of what the underlying interpretation of those facts may ultimately reveal; and at no point in human history would it have been less easy than now—at most times it would have been more straightforward—for advocates with some effort to gather a strong collection of contemporary documents supporting it just as good as those we present in our publications. All these documents pertain to the real experiences of individuals. These experiences share three common traits: they are unpredictable, sporadic, and not easily controlled; they require specific individuals to produce them; and their significance seems entirely linked to personal life. Those who focus on them, and more so those who are personally affected by them, may easily find—and are logically compelled to find—valid arguments for their romantic and personal view of the world's progression. Through my limited involvement in the research of the S. P. R., I have met many such individuals for whom the very word 'science' has become an insult, for reasons I now both understand and respect. It is science's intolerance for the phenomena we are studying, its outright denial of either their existence or significance (apart from being evidence of humanity's fundamental folly), that has distanced science from the shared feelings of the human race. I admit that it is on this aspect of its humanizing mission that the Society’s best claim to our generation’s gratitude seems to rest. It has restored continuity to history. It has provided a reasonable basis for the most superstitious beliefs of the past. It has bridged the divide, healed the terrible rift that science, viewed in a certain narrow way, has created in the human world.

I will even go one step farther. When from our present advanced standpoint we look back upon the past stages of human thought, whether it be scientific thought or theological thought, we are amazed that a universe which appears to us of so vast and mysterious a complication should ever have seemed to any one so little and plain a thing. Whether it be Descartes's world or Newton's, whether it be that of the materialists of the last century or that of the Bridgewater treatises of our own, it always looks the same to us,—incredibly perspectiveless and short. Even Lyell's, Faraday's, Mill's, and Darwin's consciousness of their respective subjects are already beginning to put on an infantile and innocent look. Is it then likely that the science of our own day will escape the common doom; that the minds of its votaries will never look old-fashioned to the grandchildren of the latter? It would be folly to suppose so. Yet if we are to judge by the analogy of the past, when our science once becomes old-fashioned, it will be more for its omissions of fact, for its {327} ignorance of whole ranges and orders of complexity in the phenomena to be explained, than for any fatal lack in its spirit and principles. The spirit and principles of science are mere affairs of method; there is nothing in them that need hinder science from dealing successfully with a world in which personal forces are the starting-point of new effects. The only form of thing that we directly encounter, the only experience that we concretely have, is our own personal life. The only complete category of our thinking, our professors of philosophy tell us, is the category of personality, every other category being one of the abstract elements of that. And this systematic denial on science's part of personality as a condition of events, this rigorous belief that in its own essential and innermost nature our world is a strictly impersonal world, may, conceivably, as the whirligig of time goes round, prove to be the very defect that our descendants will be most surprised at in our own boasted science, the omission that to their eyes will most tend to make it look perspectiveless and short.

I’ll even take it a step further. When we look back on the earlier stages of human thought from our current advanced perspective, whether it's scientific or theological, we are astonished that a universe that seems so vast and complex to us ever appeared so simple and straightforward to anyone. Whether it's Descartes’s world or Newton’s, whether it's that of the materialists from the last century or the Bridgewater treatises of our time, it all seems incredibly one-dimensional and limited. Even the insights of Lyell, Faraday, Mill, and Darwin are starting to look naive and childlike. Is it likely that the science of our time will escape this fate; that the minds of its followers will never seem outdated to their grandchildren? That would be foolish to believe. Yet, if we judge based on past patterns, once our science becomes old-fashioned, it will likely be due to its failure to address certain facts, its ignorance of entire ranges and orders of complexity in the phenomena it attempts to explain, rather than any fundamental flaws in its spirit and principles. The spirit and principles of science are just methods; nothing in them should prevent science from effectively dealing with a world where personal forces kick off new effects. The only thing we directly experience, the only reality we actually have, is our own personal life. The only complete category of our thinking, as our philosophy professors tell us, is the category of personality, with every other category being an abstract element of that. This systematic denial by science of personality as a factor in events, this strict belief that our world is fundamentally impersonal, could, as time goes on, turn out to be the very flaw that surprises our descendants the most about our supposedly advanced science—this omission that will likely make it seem limited and lacking in perspective.



[1] This Essay is formed of portions of an article in Scribner's Magazine for March, 1890, of an article in the Forum for July, 1892, and of the President's Address before the Society for Psychical Research, published in the Proceedings for June, 1896, and in Science.

[1] This essay is made up of sections from an article in Scribner's Magazine from March 1890, an article in the Forum from July 1892, and the President's Address given to the Society for Psychical Research, published in the Proceedings from June 1896 and in Science.

[2] Written in 1891. Since then, Mr. Balfour, the present writer, and Professor William Crookes have held the presidential office.

[2] Written in 1891. Since then, Mr. Balfour, the current author, and Professor William Crookes have served as president.




{329}

INDEX.


ABSOLUTISM, 12, 30.

ABSOLUTISM, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Abstract conceptions, 219.

Abstract ideas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Action, as a measure of belief, 3, 29-30.

Action, as a sign of faith, 3, 29-30.

Actual world narrower than ideal, 202.

Actual world is narrower than the ideal, 202.

Agnosticism, 54, 81, 126.

Agnosticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Allen, G., 231, 235, 256.

Allen, G., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Alps, leap in the, 59, 96.

Alps, dive in the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Alternatives, 156, 161, 202, 269.

Alternatives, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Ambiguity of choice, 156; of being, 292.

Ambiguity of choice, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; of existence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Anaesthetic revelation, 294.

Anaesthesia breakthrough, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

A priori truths, 268.

A priori truths, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Apparitions, 311.

Ghosts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Aristotle, 249.

Aristotle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Associationism, in Ethics, 186.

Associationism in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Atheist and acorn, 160.

Atheist and acorn, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Authorities in Ethics, 204; versus champions, 207.

Authorities in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; versus advocates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Axioms, 268.

Principles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


BAGEHOT, 232.

Bagehot, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bain, 71, 91.

Bain, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Balfour, 9.

Balfour, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Being, its character, 142; in Hegel, 281.

Being, its nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; in Hegel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Belief, 59. See 'Faith.'

Belief, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. See 'Faith.'

Bellamy, 188.

Bellamy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bismarck, 228.

Bismarck, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Block-universe, 292.

Block universe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Blood, B. P., vi, 294.

Blood, B. P., vi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Brockton murderer, 160, 177.

Brockton killer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Bunsen, 203, 274.

Bunsen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.


CALVINISM, 45.

CALVINISM, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Carlyle, 42, 44, 45, 73, 87, 173.

Carlyle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__.

'Casuistic question' in Ethics, 198.

"Casuistic question" in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Causality, 147.

Causation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Causation, Hume's doctrine of, 278.

Hume's theory of causation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Census of hallucinations, 312.

Census of hallucinations, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Certitude, 13, 30.

Certainty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Chance, 149, 153-9, 178-180.

Chance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Choice, 156.

Choice, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Christianity, 5, 14.

Christianity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cicero, 92.

Cicero, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

City of dreadful night, 35.

City of dreadful night, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Clark, X., 50.

Clark, X., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Classifications, 67.

Classifications, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Clifford, 6, 7, 10, 14, 19, 21, 92, 230.

Clifford, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__.

Clive, 228.

Clive, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Clough, 6.

Clough, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Common-sense, 270.

Common sense, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Conceptual order of world, 118.

Conceptual order of the world, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Conscience, 186-8.

Conscience, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Contradiction, as used by Hegel, 275-277.

Contradiction, as defined by Hegel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Contradictions of philosophers, 16.

Philosophers' contradictions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Crillon, 62

Crillon, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Criterion of truth, 15, 16; in Ethics, 205.

Criterion of truth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Crude order of experience, 118.

Rough sequence of experience, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Crystal vision, 314.

Crystal clear vision, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Cycles in Nature, 220, 223-4.

Cycles in Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.


DARWIN, 221, 223, 226, 320.

DARWIN, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Data, 271.

Data, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Davey, 313.

Davey, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Demands, as creators of value, 201.

Demands, as value creators, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

'Determination is negation,' 286-290.

'Determination is denial,' __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Determinism, 150; the Dilemma of;

Determinism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; the Dilemma of;

145-183; 163, 166; hard and soft, 149.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__; hard and soft, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Dogs, 57.

Dogs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dogmatism, 12.

Dogmatic thinking, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Doubt, 54, 109.

Doubt, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Dupery, 27.

Dupery, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


EASY-GOING mood, 211, 213.

Laid-back vibe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Elephant, 282.

Elephant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Emerson, 23, 175.

Emerson, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Empiricism, i., 12, 14, 17, 278.

Empiricism, i., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

England, 228.

England, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Environment, its relation to great men,

Environment, its connection to influential individuals,

223, 226; to great thoughts, 250.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; to big ideas, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Error, 163; duty of avoiding, 18.

Error, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; duty to prevent, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Essence of good and bad, 200-1.

Essence of good and bad, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ethical ideals, 200.

Ethical values, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ethical philosophy, 208, 210, 216.

Ethical philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Ethical standards, 205; diversity of, 200.

Ethical standards, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; diversity of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Ethics, its three questions, 185.

Ethics, its three questions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Evidence, objective, 13, 15, 16.

Evidence, objective, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Evil, 46, 49, 161, 190.

Evil, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Evolution, social, 232, 237; mental, 245.

Evolution, social, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; mental, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Evolutionism, its test of right, 98-100.

Evolutionism, its standard of truth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Expectancy, 77-80.

Expectancy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Experience, crude, versus rationalized,

Experience, raw, versus refined,

118; tests our faiths, 105.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; tests our beliefs, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.


FACTS, 271.

FACTS, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Faith, that truth exists, 9, 23; in our

Faith, that truth exists, 9, 23; in our

fellows, 24-5; school boys' definition of, 29;

fellows, 24-5; the definition of school boys, 29;

a remedy for pessimism, 60, 101; religious, 56;

a remedy for negativity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; spiritual, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;

defined, 90; defended against 'scientific'

defined, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; defended against "scientific"

objections, viii-xi, 91-4; may

objections, viii-xi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; might

create its own verification, 59, 96-103.

create its own verification, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Familiarity confers rationality, 76.

Familiarity brings rationality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fatalism, 88.

Fatalism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fiske, 255, 260.

Fiske, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Fitzgerald, 160.

Fitzgerald, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Freedom, 103, 271.

Freedom, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Free-will, 103, 145, 157.

Free will, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.


GALTON, 242.

GALTON, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Geniuses, 226, 229.

Geniuses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Ghosts, 315,

Ghosts, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,

Gnosticism, 138-140, 165, 169.

Gnosticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

God, 61, 68; of Nature, 43; the most

God, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; of Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__; the most

adequate object for our mind, 116,

suitable object for our mind, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,

122; our relations to him, 134-6;

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; our relationship with him, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;

his providence, 182; his demands

his guidance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; his expectations

create obligation, 193; his function

create obligation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; his role

in Ethics, 212-215.

in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Goethe, 111.

Goethe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Good, 168, 200, 201.

Good, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Goodness, 190.

Wow, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Great-man theory of history, 232.

Great man theory of history, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Great men and their environment, 216-254.

Great leaders and their surroundings, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Green, 206,

Green, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,

Gryzanowski, 240.

Gryzanowski, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gurney, 306, 307, 311.

Gurney, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Guthrie, 309.

Guthrie, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Guyau, 188.

Guyau, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


HALLUCINATIONS, Census of, 312.

HALLUCINATIONS, Census of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Happiness, 33.

Happiness, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Harris, 282.

Harris, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hegel, 72, 263; his excessive claims,

Hegel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; his bold claims,

272; his use of negation, 273, 290;

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; his use of negation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;

of contradiction, 274, 276; on being,

of contradiction, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; on existence,

281; on otherness, 283; on infinity,

281; about being different, 283; about endlessness,

284; on identity, 285; on determination,

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; about identity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; about grit,

289; his ontological emotion, 297.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; his existential feeling, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Hegelisms, on some, 263-298.

Hegelian ideas, on some, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Heine, 203.

Heine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Helmholtz, 85, 91.

Helmholtz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Henry IV., 62.

Henry IV, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Herbart, 280.

Herbart, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hero-worship, 261.

Idolizing, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hinton, C. H., 15.

Hinton, C. H., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hinton, J., 101.

Hinton, J., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hodgson, R., 308.

Hodgson, R., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hodgson, S, H., 10.

Hodgson, S. H., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Honor, 50.

Honor, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hugo, 213.

Hugo, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Human mind, its habit of abstracting, 219.

Human mind, its habit of abstracting, 219.

Hume on causation, 278.

Hume on causation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Huxley, 6, 10, 92.

Huxley, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Hypnotism, 302, 309.

Hypnosis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Hypotheses, live or dead, 2; their

Hypotheses, whether they're valid or not, 2; their

verification, 105; of genius, 249.

verification, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; of genius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.


IDEALS, 200; their conflict, 202.

IDEALS, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; their clash, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Idealism, 89, 291.

Idealism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Identity, 285.

Identity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Imperatives, 211.

Commands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Importance of individuals, the, 255-262;

Value of individuals, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;

of things, its ground, 257.

of things, its base, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Indeterminism, 150.

Indeterminism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Individual differences, 259.

Individual differences, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Individuals, the importance of, 255-262

Individuals, the importance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Infinite, 284.

Infinite, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Intuitionism, in Ethics, 186, 189.

Intuitionism in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.


JEVONS, 249.

JEVONS, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Judgments of regret, 159.

Regret judgments, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


KNOWING, 12.

KNOWING, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Knowledge, 85.

Knowledge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


LEAP on precipice, 59, 96.

LEAP on edge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Leibnitz, 43.

Leibniz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Life, is it worth living, 32-62.

Life, is it worth living, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__?


MAGGOTS, 176-7.

MAGGOTS, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mahdi, the, 2, 6.

Mahdi, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Mallock, 32, 183.

Mallock, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Marcus Aurelius, 41.

Marcus Aurelius, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Materialism, 126.

Materialism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

'Maybes,' 59.

'Maybe,' __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Measure of good, 205.

Measure of quality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mediumship, physical, 313, 314.

Mediumship, physical, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Melancholy, 34, 39, 42.

Melancholy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Mental evolution, 246; structure, 114, 117.

Mental evolution, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; structure, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Mill, 234.

Mill, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mind, its triadic structure, 114, 117;

Mind, its three-part structure, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;

its evolution, 246; its three departments,

its growth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; its three divisions,

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Monism, 279.

Monism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Moods, the strenuous and the easy, 211, 213

Moods, the intense and the relaxed, 211, 213

Moralists, objective and subjective, 103-108.

Moralists, objective and subjective, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Moral judgments, their origin, 186-8;

Moral judgments and their origin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;

obligation, 192-7; order, 193;

obligation, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; command, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;

philosophy, 184-5.

philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Moral philosopher and the moral life, the, 184-215.

Moral philosopher and the moral life, the, 184-215.

Murder, 178.

Murder, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Murderer, 160, 177.

Murderer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Myers, 308, 315, 320.

Myers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Mystical phenomena, 300.

Mystical events, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mysticism, 74.

Mysticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


NAKED, the, 281.

NAKED, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Natural theology, 40-4.

Natural theology, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nature, 20, 41-4, 56.

Nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Negation, as used by Hegel, 273.

Negation, as Hegel used it, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Newman, 10.

Newman, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nitrous oxide, 294.

Nitrous oxide, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nonentity, 72.

Nonentity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


OBJECTIVE evidence, 13, 15, 16.

OBJECTIVE evidence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Obligation, 192-7.

Responsibility, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Occult phenomena, 300; examples of, 323.

Occult phenomena, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; examples of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Omar Khayam, 160.

Omar Khayyam, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Optimism, 60, 102, 163.

Optimism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Options offered to belief, 3, 11, 27.

Options for belief, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Origin of moral judgments, 186-8.

Origin of moral judgments, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

'Other,' in Hegel, 283.

'Other,' in Hegel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


PARSIMONY, law of, 132.

Law of parsimony, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Partaking, 268, 270, 275, 291.

Partaking, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Pascal's wager, 5, 11.

Pascal's wager, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Personality, 324, 327.

Personality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Pessimism, 39, 40, 47, 60, 100, 101, 161, 167.

Pessimism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__.

Philosophy, 65; depends on personal

Philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; based on personal belief

demands, 93; makes world unreal,

demands, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; makes the world feel unreal,

39; seeks unification, 67-70; the

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; aims for unity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; the

ultimate, 110; its contradictions, 16.

ultimate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; its contradictions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Physiology, its prestige, 112.

Physiology, its status, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Piper, Mrs., 314, 319.

Piper, Mrs., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Plato, 268

Plato, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Pluralism, vi, 151, 178, 192, 264, 267.

Pluralism, vi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Positivism, 54, 108

Positivism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Possibilities, 151, 181-2, 292, 294.

Possibilities, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Postulates, 91-2.

Postulates, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Powers, our powers as congruous with the world, 86.

Powers, our abilities that align with the world, 86.

Providence, 180.

Providence, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Psychical research, what it has accomplished, 299-327;

Psychological research, what it has achieved, 299-327;

Society for, 303, 305, 325.

Society for __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Pugnacity, 49, 51.

Aggressiveness, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.


QUESTIONS, three, in Ethics, 185.

QUESTIONS, three, in Ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


RATIONALISM, 12, 30.

Rationalism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Rationality, the sentiment of, 63-110;

Rationality, the feeling of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;

limits of theoretic, 65-74; mystical,

the limits of theory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; mystical,

74; practical, 82-4; postulates of, 152.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; practical, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; principles of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.


Rational order of world, 118, 125, 147.

Rational order of the world, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Reflex action and theism, 111-144.

Reflex action and belief in God, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Reflex action defined, 113; it refutes gnosticism, 140-1.

Reflex action defined, 113; it contradicts gnosticism, 140-1.

Regret, judgments of, 159.

Regrets, judgments of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Religion, natural, 52; of humanity, 198.

Religion, nature, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; of humanity, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Religious hypothesis, 25, 28, 51.

Religious theory, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Religious minds, 40.

Religious thinkers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Renan, 170, 172.

Renan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Renouvier, 143.

Renouvier, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Risks of belief or disbelief, ix, 26; rules for minimizing, 94.

Risks of believing or not believing, ix, 26; guidelines for reducing, 94.

Romantic view of world, 324.

Romantic outlook on the world, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Romanticism, 172-3.

Romanticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rousseau, 4, 33, 87.

Rousseau, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Ruskin, 37.

Ruskin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


SALTER, 62.

SALTER, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Scepticism, 12, 23, 109.

Skepticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Scholasticism, 13.

Scholasticism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Schopenhauer, 72, 169.

Schopenhauer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Science, 10, 21; its recency, 52-4;

Science, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; its recent rise, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;

due to peculiar desire, 129-132, 147;

due to unusual desire, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;

its disbelief of the occult, 317-320;

its disbelief in the occult, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;

its negation of personality, 324-6;

its denial of personality, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;

cannot decide question of determinism, 152.

cannot decide the determinism question, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Science of Ethics, 208-210.

Ethics in Science, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Selection of great men, 226.

Selection of great individuals, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sentiment of rationality, 63.

Rational sentiment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Seriousness, 86.

Seriousness, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shakespeare, 32, 235.

Shakespeare, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Sidgwick, 303, 307.

Sidgwick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Sigwart, 120, 148.

Sigwart, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Society for psychical research, 303; its 'Proceedings,' 305, 325.

Society for psychical research, 303; its 'Proceedings,' 305, 325.

Sociology, 259.

Sociology, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Solitude, moral, 191.

Solitude, ethics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Space, 265.

Space, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Spencer, 168, 218, 232-235, 246, 251, 260.

Spencer, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__.

Stephen, L., 1.

Stephen, L., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Stephen, Sir J., 1, 30, 212.

Stephen, Sir J., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Stoics, 274.

Stoics, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Strenuous mood, 211, 213.

Strained vibe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Subjectivism, 165, 170.

Subjectivism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

'Subliminal self,' 315, 321.

'Subliminal self,' __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Substance, 80.

Substance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Suicide, 38, 50, 60.

Suicide, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

System in philosophy, 13, 185, 199.

System in philosophy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.


TELEPATHY, 10, 309.

Telepathy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Theism, and reflex action, 111-144.

Theism and reflex action, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Theism, 127, 134-6; see 'God.'

Theism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; see 'God.'

Theology, natural, 41; Calvinistic, 45.

Theology, natural, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; Calvinist, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Theoretic faculty, 128.

Theoretical faculty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Thought-transference, 309.

Telepathy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Thomson, 35-7, 45, 46.

Thomson, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Toleration, 30.

Toleration, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Tolstoi, 188.

Tolstoy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

'Totality,' the principle of, 277.

'Totality,' the principle of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Triadic structure of mind, 123.

Triadic structure of the mind, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Truth, criteria of, 15; and error, 18; moral, 190-1.

Truth, standard of, 15; and mistake, 18; ethical, 190-1.


UNITARIANS, 126, 133.

UNITARIANS, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Unknowable, the, 68, 81.

Unknowable, the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Universe = M + x, 101; its rationality, 125, 137.

Universe = M + x, 101; its rationality, 125, 137.

Unseen world, 51, 54, 56, 61.

Unseen world, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Utopias, 168.

Utopias, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


VALUE, judgments of, 103.

Value judgments, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Variations, in heredity, etc., 225, 249.

Variations in heredity, etc., __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Vaudois, 48.

Vaudois, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Veddah, 258.

Veddah, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Verification of theories, 95, 105-8.

Theory verification, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Vivisection, 58.

Vivisection, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


WALDENSES, 47-9.

Waldenses, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wallace, 239, 304,

Wallace, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__,

Whitman, 33, 64, 74.

Whitman, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Wordsworth, 60.

Wordsworth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

World, its ambiguity, 76; the invisible,

World, its uncertainty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; the unseen,

51, 54, 56; two orders of, 118.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__; two orders of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Worth, judgments of, 103.

Judgments of worth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wright, 52.

Wright, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


X., Miss, 314.

X., Miss, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


ZOLA, 172.

ZOLA, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Zöllner, 15.

Zöllner, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.




By the Same Author


THE PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY.
2 vols. 8vo. New York: Henry Holt & Co. London;
Macmillan & Co. 1890

THE PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY.
2 vols. 8vo. New York: Henry Holt & Co. London;
Macmillan & Co. 1890

PSYCHOLOGY: BRIEFER COURSE (TEXT BOOK).
12mo. New York: Henry Holt & Co. London:
Macmillan & Co. 1892.

PSYCHOLOGY: BRIEFER COURSE (TEXT BOOK).
12mo. New York: Henry Holt & Co. London:
Macmillan & Co. 1892.

THE WILL TO BELIEVE, AND OTHER ESSAYS
IN POPULAR PHILOSOPHY.
12mo. New York, London. Bombay and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1897.

THE WILL TO BELIEVE, AND OTHER ESSAYS
IN POPULAR PHILOSOPHY.
12mo. New York, London. Bombay and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1897.

HUMAN IMMORTALITY: TWO SUPPOSED
OBJECTIONS TO THE DOCTRINE.
16mo. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co. 1898.

HUMAN IMMORTALITY: TWO SUPPOSED
OBJECTIONS TO THE DOCTRINE.
16mo. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co. 1898.

TALKS TO TEACHERS ON PSYCHOLOGY: AND
TO STUDENTS ON SOME OF LIFE'S IDEALS.
12mo. New York: Henry Holt & Co. London,
Bombay and Calcutta: Longmans, Green & Co. 1899.

TALKS TO TEACHERS ON PSYCHOLOGY: AND
TO STUDENTS ON SOME OF LIFE'S IDEALS.
12mo. New York: Henry Holt & Co. London,
Bombay and Calcutta: Longmans, Green & Co. 1899.

THE VARIETIES OF RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE:
A STUDY IN HUMAN NATURE.
Gifford Lectures delivered at Edinburgh in 1901-1902.
8vo. New York, London, Bombay and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1902.

THE VARIETIES OF RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE:
A STUDY IN HUMAN NATURE.
Gifford Lectures given in Edinburgh in 1901-1902.
8vo. New York, London, Bombay, and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1902.

PRAGMATISM: A NEW NAME FOR SOME OLD
WAYS OF THINKING: POPULAR LECTURES ON PHILOSOPHY.
New York, London, Bombay and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1907.

PRAGMATISM: A NEW NAME FOR SOME OLD
WAYS OF THINKING: POPULAR LECTURES ON PHILOSOPHY.
New York, London, Bombay and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1907.

A PLURALISTIC UNIVERSE: HIBBERT
LECTURES AT MANCHESTER COLLEGE ON THE
PRESENT SITUATION IN PHILOSOPHY.
New York, London, Bombay, and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1909.

A PLURALISTIC UNIVERSE: HIBBERT
LECTURES AT MANCHESTER COLLEGE ON THE
PRESENT SITUATION IN PHILOSOPHY.
New York, London, Bombay, and Calcutta:
Longmans, Green & Co. 1909.

THE MEANING OF TRUTH; A SEQUEL TO "PRAGMATISM."
New York, London, Bombay, and Calcutta;
Longmans, Green & Co. 1909.

THE MEANING OF TRUTH; A SEQUEL TO "PRAGMATISM."
New York, London, Bombay, and Calcutta;
Longmans, Green & Co. 1909.

THE LITERARY REMAINS OF HENRY JAMES
Edited, with an Introduction, by WILLIAM JAMES.
With Portrait. Crown 8vo. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin Co. 1885.

THE LITERARY REMAINS OF HENRY JAMES
Edited, with an Introduction, by WILLIAM JAMES.
With Portrait. Crown 8vo. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin Co. 1885.






Transcriber's notes:

Footnotes are indicated by numbers enclosed in square brackets, e.g. [2]. They have been renumbered sequentially and moved to the end of their respective chapters.

Footnotes are shown with numbers in square brackets, like [2]. They’ve been renumbered in order and placed at the end of their respective chapters.







        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!